EVERYDAY

ENGLISH

BOOK

TWO

COMPANY

MACMILLAN

THE

NEW

DALLAS

CHICAGO

BOSTON

YORK

"

"
"

ATLANTA

FRANCISCO

SAN
"

"

MACMILLAN

Limited

CO.,

CALCUTTA

BOMBAY

LONDON

"
"

MELBOURNE

THE

MACMILLAN

CO

TORONTO

OF

CANADA,

Lrr

EVERYDAY

ENGLISH
BOOK

TWO

BT

FRANKLIN
PROFESSOR
AND

OF

T.

ENGLISH

IN

SUPERVISOR

OF

HORACE

BAKER
COLLEGE

TEACHERS

ENGLISH

IN

THE

SCHOOL

MANN

AND

ASHLEY
PROFESSOR

OF

THORNDIKE

H.
ENGLISH

IN

4G622
THE

"

COMPANY

MACMILLAN
1922
All

UNIVERSITY

COLUMBIA

rights res^rved

1913,

Copyright,

By

Set

the

up

and

COMPANY,

MACMILLAN

Published

electrotyped.

S.

Ciisbiiit,'

Norwood,

1913,

iJrtsa

NotfaooD
J.

May,

BiMwick

Co.

vt

"

Mass."

U.S.A.

Smith

Co.

110

PREFACE
Among

the

traditional

English has taken

much

first place.

the

total

geography.

The

study

the

main

as

as

subjects of

time
of

given

our

chamiel

The

the

time

given
and

language

of

continuity

to

the

in the

'V

become

"^

from

*^

of the importance of the study of English has

the

formal

primary schools
of

study

In

spiteof

for children
^

in

its

in

it is their mother

idiom, uncertain

and

capricious in

that

demands

its

skillful
of

stimulation

an

in

both

It is

of usage,

principles.

its

arbitrary
imperfect

is

It

statement,

of

subject

the
details,

and

textbooks

the

to

even
su]:)ject,

teaching. Careful selection

necessary

the

the schools.

tongue.

clearest

recognition

grammar

easy

in matters

grammatical

interest,the

repetition are

is not

subjects

lifted it from

subjectof

importance, English

to whom

spellingand

university. This

culture

nearly

literature has

varied

reading, writing,spelling,anrl

present positionas the main

it is

to

arithmetic,history, and

to

own

school

elementary

frequent
in

and

the

teaching.
Part
of

English

of needless

subjecthke

simple

needs

one

simple yet comprehensive

and

in statement

the

grammar

of the

of

study
is hard

and

in

use

in the

to learn

free

and

use

the

frequent
"logic chopping"

survey

omission

it includes

all the

of everyday English
An

foreign language.

book, whereby

different angles, and

puzzles

for his

to know

have, therefore,made

general plan
from

is

subtleties,comprehensive in that

for taking up

authors

grammar

that

grammar
or

of this book

One

easy

to

abstract

forget. The

of repetition,both
same
cross

in the

subjectsare

viewed

references.

matical
Gram-

distinctions

have

been

vi

Preface

excluded.
learn and

It is idle to

ought

not

try to teach

children what

they

cannot

to know.

Illustrative sentences

for
partly chosen from literature,
such attractiveness as thej^may
impart to the book, and partly
made from familiar and colloquial
speech. The field of grammar
both

But

are

archaic

forms, poetic diction, and

of linguistic
matters
historyhave been sparingly admitted.
The sentence
has been made
the objectivepoint of our study.
Chapter One gives its types and its structure.
Chapter Two
defines the parts of speech in their relation as elements
of the
sentence.
Chapter Three discusses inflection as a means
of
the
of
function
words
in a sentence.
indicating
Chapter Four
treats more
ments
fullythe propertiesand the uses of words as eleof the sentence.
Chapter Five brieflyconsiders certain
syntacticalvariations in their relation to the making of sentences.
covers

Diagrams

types.

explained in the last chapter. The type

recommended
is simple, easily learned, and
easily applied.
Elaborate
diagrams defeat their own
viz.,graphic
purpose,
In
and
its
labor
lies the
simplicity.
this,
saving for children,
only value of the diagram. If the teacher wishes, the diagram
be used m all the chapters. But extremely long or complicated
may
should
sentences
be analyzed, with or without
not
diagrams.
The
is to help
general i)urpose of our
study of grammar
the pupil to an insightinto and control over
simple and familiar
kinds of English. Hence
idiomatic
and colloquiallocutions,
such as contractions,the progressive and
emphatic forms of
the verb, independent elements, and other peculiarities
of common
English are given due prominence.
are

Part

Two, on Composition,
principles:that language

practice and review are

form, though a necessary

is based
is

necessary

upon

certain

primarily oral
to

skill in

tal
fundamen-

; that

constant

language

element,'isless important

; that

and

less

vii

Preface
study

his range

and

interests

the student's

the

; that

interestingthan ideas

Enghsh should

of

of

widen

reading.

language precedes written, not only in the order of

acquisition,but in its place and importance in the life of both
than written
Oral language is swifter and surer
child and adult
order of expressionfor the child,not only in infancy,
The normal
Oral

then the
throughout the elementary school,is the oral first,
talk and hear talk before he writes,for the
He must
written.

but

he will write

And

of the talk itself.

value

the better

preparationby the talk. As the Autocrat

Table observes,"Talking shapes our thoughts

of the Breakfast

the

conversation

of

at

mark

another

enough,

time

for

and

in

use

; the

us

waves

pebbles on the
talking is like playing

if it is within

reach

and

help hittingit."

can't

adopted. The Oral Lesson

cussion,
opportunity for reading aloud, for disLesson
gives the
writing; the Written

and

material

furnishes

you

engine ;

an

for

surf rolls the

the

illustration

of lessons

the order

Hence

as

the hose of

with

have

you

take

Or, to

shore.

roll them

of

because

here

practice in writing and ordering ideas ; the Language Lesson

presents principlesand guides in self-criticism. This plan of
procedure divides the difficultyand takes the steps in their
normal
lesson
the

The

order.

made, the

be

can

alert

more

better

and

will be

the

spontaneous

lesson

the written

oral
and

language lesson.
has been

material

The

its cultural

selected with reference

its interest

value, and

as

to its simplicity,

We

information.

have

danger of forgetting,not only the interest

world in which they
with which children read of the wonderful
eral
Genlive,but the high educational value of such knowledge.
been, of

late years,

writing

nature.

The

One, but this

far better

is,moreover,

information
and

in

of

immature

dramatic
may

be

than

minds

adapted
material

to

of

the
a

talking
literary

emphasized than in Book

the teacher wishes, into the

feature is less

extended, if

pupil'sother readings.
Narration, Description, and

Expositionare

introduced, but

Preface

viil

not

We

types.

be

to

natural

few

in the

of

form

of this

making

blundering

should

be

often
no

be

for

of

be

The

not

of

be

if

vain
the

Harris

on

have

They

the

authors

to

Houghton

to the

for the

Forest

read

to

Mifflin

to

the

most

the

form

of

that

thank

for

the

panacea,

and

teacher.

in

the

ideals

Louis,

racy
Accu-

set

Mr.

in
D.

F.

Old

Department

R.

of

the

material.
and

New
on

are

valuable

Owens,

Appleton

selection

Lumbering.

forth

Apgar,

for

gathering

of

many

Lemuel

Cleveland,

to

for the

here

Genevieve

Jennie

to

are

the

to

and

of

of expression.

power

indebtedness

selection

States

no

of ideas

the

grow

assistance

print

is

should

interest, self-reliance

Miss

thanks

of Destructive

of

School,

their

Company

There

especially Miss

and

(2) Writing

Fullness

part

pupils

their

ideas.

Dullness

Compositions

(3)

the

on

shown

Service, United

picture

on

dominated

grasped.

of

English.

have

School,

well

hear.

or

discussed.

manuscript,

for permission

as

have

English

lack

to

Training

express

not

child, and

and

College, St.

Normal

Jersey City High

The

mainly

would

Teachers

of the

criticisms

interesting

acknowledge

hopes.

Brown,

teaching

spontaneity

who

subject,

thing
some-

"

presumed

we

authors
teachers

good

and

knowledge,

developed

of

of teaching

way,

must

resources

book

one

aloud

read

best

one

some

explain

is prominent,
for

writing by

days.

due

are

in

or

the

on

expression

be

must

or

writing

principles

(1) Material
and

Letter

school

cardinal

describe

minds

our

written

beyond

story,

with

write

we

produced.

used

most

tell

to

is interested

Nobody

types.

or

want

and

type

forms,

set

as

pany
Com-

England;

Japan;

and

of Agriculture,

CONTENTS

OF

TABLE

PART

CHAPTER

ONE

I.

SENTENCES

LESSON

1.

Introduction.

2.

Sentences

3.

Kinds

and

of

is Grammar

What

Non-sentences

Sentences
.

4.

Sentences

Building

Predicate

and

5.

Subject

6.

Inverted

7.

Expletives:

8.

Elliptical

9.

The

Simple

Subject

10.

The

Simple

Predicate

11.

Analysis

of

Sentences

12.

Compound

13.

Simple

and

Compound

14.

Words

and

Phrases

15.

Clauses

16.

Clauses

17.

Complex

18.

Compound-complex

10.

Analysis

20.

Review

Order
H,nd It

There

Sentences
its Modifiers

and

its Modifiers

and

and

Subjects

Predicates

Compound
Sentences
.

....

......

and

Dependent

Sentences

Independent

....

Sentences

of Sentences
and

Building

Sentence

II.

CHAPTER
Parts

21.

The

22.

Nouns

23.

Pronouns

24.

Adjectives

25.

Verbs

26.

Verbs

27.

Verbs

28.

Predicate

29.

Adverbs

30.

Prepositions

31.

Conjunctions

Eight

of

The

Copula
and

Nouns

and

OF

Speech

and

Transitive

PARTS

Intransitive

....

Predicate

Interjections

Adjectives

SPEECH

Contents
PAOK

32.

Function

33.

Review

of Speech

Parts

and

Sentence

41

Building

CHAPTER
34.

Examples

35.

Number

36.

Person

37.

Gender

III.

of Inflection
in

Nouns,

38.

Case

39.

Inflection

40.

Comparison

41.

Tense

42.

Revievf

....

and

in Nouns

and

and

Verbs

Verbs

Pronouns

Pronouns

of Personal
in

INFLECTIONS

Pronouns, and

in Pronouns

in Nouns

42

Pronouns

Adjectives and Adverbs

in Verbs
....

of Sentence

CHAPTER

IV.

Structure,

Parts

PROPERTIES

of

OF

T HE

Kinds

Nouns

Number

Nouns

and

Pronouns

Gender

46.

Nouns

and

Pronouns

Person

47.

Nouns

and

I'ronouns

Nominative

48.

Nominative

49.

Nouns

50.

Objective Case

51.

Objective Case

Object of Preposition

52.

Objective Case

Indirect

53.

Objective Case

Adverbial

54.

Review

55.

Appositives

66.

Review

57.

Pronouns

Nouns

44.
45.

...

of the

Possessive

Case

....

Object

Objective Case

Properties

Nouns
of
.

58.

Personal

59.

The

60.

Relative

Pronouns

61.

Relative

Pronouns

(Continued)

62.

Relative

Pronouns

(Contitmed)

63.

Relative

Pronouns

(Continued)

64.

Relative

Pronouns

65.

Interrogative Pronouns

66.

Demonstrative

67.

Indefinite

68.

Review

Pronouns

Expletive

Case

{Continued)

Parsing of

It.

Antecedents

The

Impersonal

It.

The

Compound

....

and

SPEECH

Pronouns

and

OF

....

Case

and

PARTS

of

43.

Speech, Inflection

Review
and

Indirect

Pronouns

Pronouns

Parsing of Pronouns

Questions

Personal

Contents

69.

Adjectives

Descriptive and

70.

Adjectives

Comparison

IrregularComparison

Limiting

XI

....

71.

Adjectives

72.

Phrases

73.
74.

Adjectives as Nouns
Adjectives Tlie Article

76.

Pronominal

76.

Adjectives

77.

Adverbs

78.

Adverbs

'

used

Adjectives

as

....

Adjectives

Uses

and

....

and

Summary

Parsing

Comparisons

of Adverbs

79.

Special Uses

80.

Adverbial

81.

Verbs

82.

Verbs

Transitive

83.

Verbs

Transitive

84.

Verb,^

with

85.

Verbs

The

86.

Verbs

Tense

87.

Tense

Tense

and

Phrases
Number

and

Clauses

Person
.

Intransitive

and

Intransitive

or

Adverbial

Nouns
.

and

Copula

Predicate

Nouns

Regular Verbs
IrregularVerbs

The

Future

Tense

90.

The

Perfect

Tenses

91.

Conjugation of

Verlis

92.

Conjugation of

Verbs

93.

Conjugation

94.

Progressiveand Emphatic

95.

Sequence

of Tenses

96.

Contracted

Verb

97.

Verbs

Review

98.

Verbs

Active

and

Passive

Voice

99.

Verbs

Active

and

Passive

Voice

and

of Be

Tenses

101.

The

102.

Mood

103.

Moods:

104.

Uses

105.

Potential

Verb-groups

106.

Potential

Verb

107.

The

Imperative

108.

The

Infinitive

109.

The

Uses

Forms

Voice

100.

Passive

Have

Forms

Passive

The

Regular
Irregular

Voice

Retained

{Continued)

Objective

in Verbs
and

Indicative

of the

Subjunctive

Subjunctive

of the

Groups
Mood

....

....

Shall

....

.....

Infinitive

and

Will

Contents

xu

PAOB

LESSON

Infinitive

110.

Special Uses

of the

111.

The

Present

Participle

112.

The

Past

113.

Infinitives in -ing

114.

Verbs:

and

160
163

Stem

Three

Forms

164

List of IrregularVerbs

116.

116.

Parsing Verbs

117.

Review

118.

Prepositions

119.

Conjunctions

120.

Conjunctions

121.

Subordinate

122.

Interjections

123.

169

Participle

Perfect

The

.158

]66
167

167

of Verbs

169

...........

171
:

Coordinate

Conjunctions {Continued)

CHAPTER

Clauses

Building Compound

125.

Adjective Phrases

126.

Substantive

and

Clauses

and

Adverbial

128.

Compound

129.

Independent

130.

Analysis and

Written.

3.

Language.

4.

Oral.

5.

Written.

6.

Language.

7.

Oral.

8.

Written.

9.

and

The

Clauses

Oral.

11.

Written.

An

The

Oral.

14.

Written.

15.

Language.

180
....

Poem

Punctuation

TWO
191

Language

....

193

Composition
of

Criticism
a

Rules

Compositions

Composition
of

the

194
....

....

195
.....

Story
the

196

PhaHhon

Story

197
....

197

Work

of Written

Correction

194
.

195

Plan

Usage

Unfinished

Big

of California. Full-page Picture

Trees

with

The

Dictation:
Phrases

200

Bells, Edgar Allan

Clauses

201

Poe

TTie Snmcflakes, II. W.

and

198
199

Outline

Paragraphs
:

183

186

Diagrams

Composition

13.

179

184

Completing

Language.

178

Elements

Developing

12.

COMPOSITION

Sentences

Sentences

Complex

Planning

176

182

Spoken
A

Language.

10.

....

....

PART

2.

Speech

AND

Complex

and

Phrases

as

Clauses

127.

Oral.

176

......

of

Parts

SYNTAX

V.

124.

1.

172

176

Phrases, and

Words,

Subordinate

and

.'....

Longfellow

203
203

Contents

xiii

LESSOR

16.

17.

PAGE

Oral.

Foi'ests,Illustrated

Our

Outline

Written.

18.

Language.

19.

Oral.

20.

Written.

Analysis

207

.....

207
208

Sentences

21.

Language.
Oral.

23.

Written.

24.

Language.

25.

Oral.

26.

Written.

27.

Language.

28.

Oral.

29.

Written.

208
in the Use

Mistakes
Unfinished

An

Story.

Completing

Abridged

209
from

Frank

Stockton

211

Compositions

.211

211

Composition
Sentences

Poem:

213

Unity

Captain!

213

ilf?/Captouj / Walt

Whitman

216
.

Transcription of the Poem

Language.

31.

Oral.

Saying Things

Old

New

United
32.

Written.

33.

Language.

34.

Oral.

Written.

Language.

40.

Oral.

41.

Written.

42.

Language.

43.

Oral.

History

of

the
218

Paragraph

Topics

221

in Various

Ways

222

Letters

223

Informal

Letter

Criticisms

Language.

39.

.....

Illustrated,McMasters'

Saying Things

Written.

38.

Ways

217

States

An

Oral.

217

in Various

England,

Informal

37.

Courtesy

of

223

Compositions

225

......

in Business

225

Letters
,

Criticism
Deed

of

of

Written.

45.

Language.

46.

Oral.

47.

Written.

48.

Language.

49.

Oral.

50.

Written.

51.

Language.

52.

Oral.

53.

Written.

of

Rules

Little

The

227
Comma

Hawthorne;

Pussy
230

Topics

232

232

Description

Priest

Full-page Picture

Hearn.

of Description

The

228

Loti

describingthe

Sentences

Poem:

Japan, Lafcadio
Rules

227

Grandfather's Chair,

Description

and

233

235

(Co?i"m?(et?)

the

Picture

Mulberry

235

....

Tree,

T.

L.

Peacock

237

Dictation

Synonyms

Ocean

Language.

238
and

Antonyms

Traffic. Full-page
Composition
Does

226

227

Building

Punctuation

Courtesy

Sentence

Descriptions:

44.

Composition

White, Illustrated,Pierre

54.

209
.

Virginia, Illustrated

Old
A

of

of Words

Story

the

Criticism

In

30.

36.

Paragraph

in Sentences

Study

Picture

22.

35.

and

Order

205

.......

Grammar

with

Topics

Help

239

Picture

Our

and

240

Outlines

Reading

241
.

?
.

242
.

Contents

XIV

LESSON

56.

Oral.

The

George
Written.

57.

Language.

58.

Oral.

Curtis.

Selection

Poem

from

Prue

Written.

(JO.

Language.
Camp,

Travel, Stevenson

ni.

Oral.

(i2. Written.

Stone

Face, Nathaniel

Poem

Robert

247

Selections

from

Hawthorne

be

Interpreted.
Browning,

Writing

"i;5.Language.

to

Story

Incident

of

Oral.

252

Story

253
253

told through Conversation

The

Greedy Waiter,

Dickens

Writing

255
for

Story

Written.

70.

r)ral.

71.

Written.

Language.
Oral.

74.

Written.

258

258

....

259
of Stories

259
Sir

Yoking Lochinvar,

Walter

Scott

Drama

72.

Younger

257

Story
Criticism

Poem:

73.

Children

Paragraphs

Collaboratinga Story

Language.

75.

Analyzing

09.

French

....

Narrative

07.

the

250

.....

08.

249

Narrative

Charles

Language.

Ilaw-

Full-page Picture

Unfinished

An

(iO.

244

247

TJie Great

Descriptions.

Written.

I,

of Letters

Description

59.

65.

and

247

Criticism

thorne.

Oral.

Travel.

Letter

56.

04.

of

Koniaiice

William

Haio
An

259
261

Poetic

Diction

Wild

Creatures

Animal

262

....

Build, Illustrated

262
266

Story

....

Language. On Explaining Things

Oral.
K.xplanation

266

76.
77.

"Written.

267

78.

Language.

Sentence

79.

Oral.

The

Framework

80.

AVritten.

81.

Language.

82.

Oral.

83.

Written.

84.

Language.

267

.....

An

An

Explanation

Game

267

of

of

Exposition

House, Illustrated
a

Meclianical

Analysis of Paragraph
An

85.

Oral.

80.

Written.

87

Language.

88

Oral.

89.

Written.

90.

Language.

91

Oral.

Structure

of

272

Topics

Compositions

272
.

SubstitutingClauses

274
for Words

Full-page Picture

or

Phrases

275
275
276

Letters
What

272

Sentences

Study.

270
271

Skyscraper, Illustrated

Building
Picture

Process

271

Exposition.

268

....

Criticism

Building

Structure

Expositions

of

makes

Building Bridges,

Correct

Usage*

Illustrated

277
278

Contents
(,E880N

92.

'

PAGE

Written.

93.

Language.
Oral.

96.

Written.

96.

Language.

97.

Oral.

98.

Written.

9!).

Language.

102.

Language.

English

284
.

.287
288

Language

Letter

289

Letter

Language.

Coesar

Jidins

Everyday

290

and

Condensing.

Composition,

Telegrams

Full-page

Pyramids of Egypt.

Written.

Oral.

283
from

Scene

into

Amplifying

The

106.

in

Fitness

105.

107.

283

Ghost

The

Planning

Oral.

282

of Words

Choice

The

Paraphrasing

Written.

Read

that I have

Drama

Oral.

280

Composition

101.

280

......

in Verbs

Number

Book

100.

104.

Expository Description

An

94.

103.

xv

290

Picture
.

.291

Sentences

or

293

Idioms

293

Memorizing

Poetry

Transcription of

AVritten.

Song from

ArieVs

The

296

Tempest

Poem

297

108.

Language.

297

109.

Oral.

299

110.

Written.

111.

Language.

112.

Oral.

113.

Written.

Rhythm
Sanitation, Illustrated
Outlines

Topics and

Compositions.

302

Synonyms

Formal

Informal

and

Formal

302

Letters

Invitations

305

Answers

and

305

114.

Language.

115.

Oral.

116.

Written.

117.

Language.

118.

Oral.

119.

Written.

120.

Language.

121.

Oral.

122.

Written.

123.

Review.

Plans, Paragraphs, Sentences,

124.

Review.

Capitalization and

125.

Oral.

Rhyme

Poem

Thp

and

Rhythm.
School

FigurativeLanguage

In

Flanders

Lord

Byron

McCrae

Fields, John

the

Review.

School
Letters

Lincoln

309
310

for the

School

Paper

.311

Revising Manuscript

Reading

307
308

....

Paper

Assignments

How

of Sennacherib,

Destruction

Sentences

301

....

studied

311

312

Paper
on

your

Work

School

Words

.312
313

....

Punctuation

314

Grammar

316

APPENDIXES
The

School

Magazine

Business
Books
Index

Forms
for

Boys
.........."""

"

.........

and

Girls

in

Grades

and

319
325

"

327
331

EVERYDAY

ENGLISH
BOOK

TWO

PART

ONE

CHAPTER

SENTENCES

I.

LESSON

WHAT

is

Language
it in making

off

each

only

this

used.

We

book

and

in

things.
we

had

no

making

things

with

work,

which

we

Imagine,

if you

words

use,

signs.

have.

we

our

doing

tools

are

to

We
in

and
do

essary
nec-

badly
express

could

we

taking

how

could

and

use

many

can,

little

How

are

to

our

ideas

used

in

laws,

or

we

govern
B

facts

and

learn

facts

those

in

like

In

rules.

facts.

sciences,

other

about
An

the

the

explanation
1

the

to

say

it is

of

are

study

of

of

facts

Geography,

for

study

surface, and
of

they

Grammar

Grammar.

science

earth's

way

And

sentences.

is called

sentences

the

and

words

study

are

science, because,

example,
which

we

express

words

how

by

useful

most

other

In

if

be

should

we

ourselves

is

Words

enjoyable

and

GRAMMAR?

known,

wants

pleasures.

our

of the

one

our

IS

why

we

the

have

laws

day

Everyday English

2
and

of how

which

the way

But

grammar.

better

and

Words

without

7iouns,

this

is

the

facts

in

in different ways

The

names.

words

the

that

tell

Each

word

specialkind

of work

to

do, and

is named

of this work.

We

have

in all

eight names

course

anytliing about
the

ideas

our

why

reasons

centuries,and whj^

are

assert

or

in

are

sentence, and they

words

that

of
for

care

Of

to express

one

on.

noun,

this science

way

knowing

so

verbs,and

called

same

lielpsus

grammar

accurately;

used

explanation
richer by the soil

tells what

been

are

called

are

talk

to

knowing

by different

called

In the

studying it with
studying it to-day.

are

is the

so

language, and explainsthem.

use

more

people have
you

we

made

call grammar

we

all learned

have

we

th'^ hillsides.

from

language

about

winter, is science

happens that the valleysare

it

carried down
of

and

night,summer

used

as

names

something
has its

sentence

according to

arc

are
own

the nature

for the words

use

we

adverb, preposition,
conjunction,
verb,adjective,

pronoun,

called the Parts

of Speech.
These
are
interjection.
A word
often changes its form to indicate its meaning or its
is used to
For example, when
relation to other words.
a
noun
than one
indicate more
s or
an
or thing,it generallyadds
person
and
changes its form in some
men;
way
; as, boy, boys, man,
In
this fact.
it adds 's to show
when
it indicates possession,
have change of form to indicate tense, or the
the same
we
way,
time of an action.
We say, I walk now
; but, I walked yesterday.
We
indicate different genders in the pronouns
by he, she,or it,
and in m.any
nouns
by a difference in ending ; as, preceptor,preceptress.
We
by using /, or you, or he,
change the pronoun

according to

the

person

change
changes of
learn

more

The

form

meant, and

in the

in the

words

be

depend

upon

studied.
one

as

may.

walk,

also make
he

walks.

called inflection.

are

an

We

companying
ac-

These

shall

inflection later.

about

have

relations that words

also to

verb,

we

other in

belong together

Words

another

to each

for the

sentence

in groups;

of meaning.
(Expression

are

they
Such

Grammar
a

collection of words

\ve

Words
And

is in the

John

say,

be

must

the

John

as

chair

chair,we

in proper

3
in, has

mean

part of grammar

which

But

ea?h

other

in

considers

these

relations

to

if

'thingquite definite.

son"

relation

meaning.

no

language.
we

call Syntax.
These

things

can,

of course,

be

not

clear to you

very

now.

the

But

them
study of this book should make
perfectly clear.
It is enough for you
at present that grammar
to remember
is
the study of language, its facts and its rules ; that it is the studj^
of (1) the parts of speech, which
the study of the different
means
kinds
the
and

of words

changes in
(3) syntax,

None

form

they must,

the different
made

(3)

the

used

that words

things

In this book

are

in

sentences, (2) inflection, or

take to express

the relation of words

or

of these

others ;

they

as

more

or

shall

we

be

can

which
have

study, (1) the

sentence

its

as

explain further

tools ?

Could

we

What

speak

Grammar

2.

The
you

from

the

whole,
they

main
and

"

are

uses

(4)

each

syntax.

do

of their

if

1.

that

sentence.

Is there anything in them

preceding paragraphs aloud.
would
like to
do not
understand?
anything which you

the teacher

as

as

the parts of which

and

meanings,

together.

eight parts of speech, and their

and their purposes
principal inflections,
;

you

entirely apart

soldiers in an army,
or
they were
?
has
How
long
boys playing a game
grammar
the followingtopics:
on
briefly

form

in

(2) the

the

of words

other

less,be considered

part of speech in its inflections and

Read

to each

studied

of sentences

kinds

different

of

Parts

know

3.

Inflection

4.

Words

5.

Sentences

what

it

is,and what

Speech :

what

they

we

when

mean

and

uses

their

workmen

in

l^een studied

we

speak

changes in
factory,or
?

Recite

it includes.
are, and

explanation of those

an

about.
:

are
:

in the lower

explanation and examples.

like tools : explainby examples.
what

you

grades.

learned

about

them

in your

sons
language les-

Everyday English

LESSON
SENTENCES

In

say

The

wind

the
two

AND

talkingor writing,we

might

hard

blew

saying this
The

night,the

second

all last

we

in groups.

We

that

saw

it had

and

rattled

blown

down

three groups
of words and make
three
first group
tells about the wind's blowing all
tells about

group

statement,

the house

use

its

its effect

having blown

of words

each of these groups

made

words

It shook

night.
the morning we

tells about

third group

the

said

have

we

house, the
down.

trees

something

expresseda thought.

or

the

on

We

might

In

have

we

go

to

on

questions:

Did

hear

you

it blow ?

of words

A group
a

generallyuse

statements.

is

NON-SENTENCES

window-panes. In
big trees in the park.

In

ask

John's

sense,

hat is not

table make

alone

makes

together and
In the

which

are

that makes

it is not
a

John's

followinggroups

asks

or

of words

group

question

make

does not

sense.

hat is

neither
But
on

of words

if

the

the words

do

; neither

sentence, because

say,

statement

sentence.

sentence

complete

frightened?

not

you

If,however, the

sentence.

complete

Were

put the

we
table,

tell which

on

of words

group
we

is

have
are

two
a

the

taken
groups

sentence.

sentences

and

non-sentences:

hold.
departed. 2. Silence reignedin the house4. My
to go.
3. Nowhere
country, 'tis of thee. 5. I love
thy rocks and rills. 6. Early to bed, early to rise. 7. Never is a
long time. 8. A livingdog is better than a dead lion. 9. The open
becomes
door.
10. Lifted himself by his boot
straps. 11. What
his grasp the goldenprize. 13. Up
12. Within
of all the flowers?
down
too
in the moon.
the airships. 14. The
15. Came
went
man
17. The glory
16. Thy rod and thy staff,
soon.
they comfort me.
1. The

guests rose

and

of Sentences

Kinds
that

Rome.
Greece, and the grandeur that was
hung round the black buildingand the dirtyquays.
Not a drum
was
heard, not a funeral note,

18.

heavy

complete sentences, by adding something

to

them,

was

smoke
19.

his

As

rampart

hurried.

we

flagto April'sbreeze unfurled.

farmers
the embattled
once
stood.

Their
Here

fired the shot heard

And

Make

into

read

usually followed

is

sentence

period (.)after
(?) after a question. A

indicated
mark

by

the world.

by

listthat

are

when

pause

it is written

when

; and

aloud

round

in the above

of words

all the groups

or

to the

corse

By the rude bridge that arched the flood,

20.

it is

printed this

or

spoken
is

pause

and

by a question
always begins with a

statement,

sentence

non-sentences.

capitalletter.
LESSON

In Lesson

These
assert

have

we

declare

or

that

seen

called

are

SENTENCES

OF

KINDS

something

declarative
; as. It is

make

sentences

some

because

sentences,

Some

raining.

ment.
state-

they

sentences

The
question. These are called interrogativesentences.
of the sentences
Is it rainingf is interrogative. Most
sentence
used in speaking and writing are declarative.
to the interrogative
Change each of the following sentences
:
form, so that it asks a question instead of making a statement

ask

They

Example:

playing

are

ball.

Are

Interrogativeform:

they

playing ball ?

3.

CMnese

The

York

State.

Greenland
8.

Many

Maple

5.

cold.

buffaloes
the

once

in

nests

from

come

is very

valleyare
Holland.

their

build

1. Birds

Asia.

spring.
4.

There

from
sirup comes
7. Saihng shipsare

lived

on

AppalacWan

the

2.
are

The
a

trees.

Mountains.

10.

Indians

few

The

6.

stiU used

prairies. 9.

is

snow

falhng.
in New

climate of

to carry

freight.

East

sippi
of the Missis-

The

Dutch

five in

Everyday English

6
the

Change
form,
Example

followinginterrogativesentences
that

so

Does

make

they

he live in

the declarative

to

statements.

Chicago?

Declarative

form

He

lives in

Chicago.
1.

there
paper

birds

fly?
be Sunday ?

Can

bees

many

made

in

2.

Is Paris the

4.

Do

of wood

the Eskimos

hive ?

September thirty days?

Ocean

speak

we

give

we

do

we

Did

owls

Will tomorrow

3.

huts ?

snow

kill chickens

5.

in the dark ?

see

discover

Magellan

we

command

wc

using the

are

Are

7.
9.

the

Is

Has

Pacific

Again, if we
making

feeling. We

are

It appears,
purposes

or,

question

make

or

request.

How

can

mainly

you

When

times
somewe

tldnk

say.

of such

strong feeling.

to express

Let

not
me
we
are
door, or
go, please,
asking a question, or expressing strong

or

giving

command

of these commands

making

or

requests is a

or

then, that

sentences

request, and

sentence.

for

used

are

four

different

1.

To

make

2.

To

ask

3.

To

give a command

4.

To

express

a
a

statement.

question.
or

that

make

Sentences

that

ask

Sentences

that

express

imperative
Sentences

make

request.

strong feeling.

Sentences

sentences.

is!

say, Close the

statement

make

or

strong feeling,and

express

sentence

ask

always

not

foolishquestionthat

thing!

each

cats and

10.

Sometimes

statement.

What

live in

weasels

Do

France

When
a

6.

Can

8.

capitalof

statement

question

command

called declarative

tences.
sen-

called interrogative

tences.
sen-

are

are

or

request

are

called

sentences.

that

They

express
are

strong feeling are

called exclamatory

followed b/the exlamation

mark

(!).

of Sentences

Kinds
In'the

There

1.

was

the

"I," said

die?

liim

saw

woods

the

class each

all

night.

Bring forth the prisoner. 4.

Lord is my
shepherd ; I shall

3.

5. The

making

are

roaring in

this ?

done

have

tell to which

following sentences

7.

fly.

"What

noise

they

6. Who

want.

not

of you

Wliich

2.

quickly

How

belongs

flies!

time

the

first
God's
were
gratitude by deserving it. 9. The groves
temples. 10. Can the Ethiopian change his sldn,or the leopard his
call
best.
take
time
to do your
12. Do
11. Always
spots?
you
13. Shall not the judge of all the earth do right?
that being a soldier ?
Earn

8.

put the

Please

14.

breaking

The

15.

On
Be

16.

Be

Still sits the schoolhouse

17.

Isn't God
the

Just

All in

Right

make

of the

In

context

or

be
as

the

ask

did

mast

the

stand,

moon.

imperative

and

sentences

interrogative.

and

question,

or

give

be

cannot

exclamatory

The

command,

strictly

so

sentence

may

still be exclamatory

and

feeling expressed.
Are

again !

here

you

request,

Will

you

forms,

three

simply. Go
well

sky.

again,

may

Forward

march!

expressed

be

in the

form

of

statement,

exclamation.

an

out.

these
may

at noon.

strong

or

question,
go

sun,

declarative

liveth!

command

You

copper

exclamatory

statement,

Lord

The
A

the

as

the land ?

on

above

up

The

"

because

tree

water,

and

bigger than

No

defined

as

same

hot

the

upon

bloody

The

Note.

grow,

villagesmithy stands.

The

20.

road,

running.

are

spreading chestnut

the

Under

19.

vines

blackberry

And

sumachs

it still the

Arovmd

the

by

ragged beggar sunning

18.

coast.

strife.

in the

hero

rock-bound

dumb, driven cattle

like

not

high

dashed

waves

and

stern

into water.

roses

as

upon

go

out

Out

declarative,
out.

In

the form

some

go!
you
interrogative, and
cases,

of the

the

sentence.

exclamatory,

classification

depends

the

ing
mean-

upon

the

Everyday English

LESSON

SENTENCES

BUILDING

and

Write

five

imperative sentences

Write

five

interrogativesentences

five

and

exclamatory

change them

to

tences.
sen-

clarativ
de-

form.

Exchange
Mark

with

(x) any

cross

and
capitalization

for

Correct

papers.

non-sentences.

LESSON

We

have

that there

seen

sentence

from

When

w^e

say

anything,

When

we

say

The

something about
what

hearers

The

we

say

the cat

would

cat has

be

not

If

or

satisfied.

said.The

we

green

If

eyes,

we

sentence

merely
or

know

thing.
saying

or
are

said The

might
The

to

sentence.

sings,we

They
would

consider

person

cat purrs,

they

sentences,

now

is not

some

bird

The

the bird.

or

that

it about

of

must

there is in

of words

group

cat purrs,

about the cat?

mice, or

We

we

distinguish it

our

four different kinds

are

desire to express.
is made
; that is,what

according to what
how

PREDICATE

AND

SUBJECT

tion.
punctua-

cat,

Well,

say.

cat catches

that

we

had

that
if we made
Even
a statement
complete statement.
they did not believe,it would be a sentence ; as, for example.
is made
The moon
of green cheese. Again, if w^e said,has green
friends would say. Well, what has green
eyes, or catches mice, our

made

eyes?

or.

What

catches

mice?

Our

statement

would

not

be

complete ; though we say something,we are not tellingwhat we

are
saying it about.
has two
parts, subject and predicate. The
Every sentence
The
predicate is what
subject is what we are tellingabout.

and

Subject
we

the

about

say

into these two

Let

Let

cat

The

take somewhat

us

3.

The

4.

The

the

has

his

predicateis

has

indicated

thus

be

may

sentences

[ hoots
black cat | has
owl

green

eyes

divide them

into

day, the subject is Every

his

The

day.

parts of

two

tence
sen-

Predicate

Subject

lived many
years alone.
loved nothing but gold.

1.

Robinson

2.
3.

King Midas
Charles I,King

4.

Who

5.

What

6.

The

moon

is made

the

followingsubjects supply

For

simple

very

largersentences, and

subject and predicate :

In the sentence, Every dog
dog and

divide

us

parts.

| purrs
dog |barks

1. The
2.

subject.

Predicate

Crusoe

of

of all these

England

beheaded.

was

will die first?

heroes

is

country

so

free

as

ours

of green

cheese.

predicate:
evil deeds

1.

Trees

6.

Our

2.

Flowers

7.

Learning to read

3.

Fire

8.

The

4.

The

soldiers

9.

Ants

5.

The

Indians

10.

Fish

on

the trail

Supply subjectsfor

followingpredicates

of the

each

all the berries.

1.

ate

2.

broke

the

pitcher.

3.

burns.

4.

smell

was

6.

discovered

7.

was

8.

is covered

9.

tells the time

of

is filledwith

ice.

10.

sweet.

of his country.

the Father

5.

America.

caught

children

in the trap.

with wool.

day.

Everyday English

10

LESSON

6
ORDER

INVERTED

usual

The

direct order

or

in inverted

ideas

first and

when

Here

1.

2.

book

5.

is whose

did this

Up

mighty heart.

To

4.

the
man

every

the balloon.

went

sentences:
interrogative

order.)

(Direct order.)

why?

tlic inverted

or
predicate),

lies about

of the poor.

safety.

bear

here.) 2. Over

comes

(Inverted order.)

in

us

6.

Too

false witness.

the shade

of

brave

deserve

AVhen

shall

Many
example,

we

8.

5.

cooks

many

heroes.

President

The

4.

order:

infancy.

our

naval

in chief of tlie army.

our

examples of

few

(Direct order.)

do this?

England's greatest

burdens

predicate
especiallycommon

followingsentences, indicate the subject and predicate

and say whether
it has the direct order (the subject

Heaven

of

(The thief

is tliis? (Inverted

You

before the

one

is
are

order isthe usual order of

(lid you

of each

Here

burst his

sorrow.

Why

In the

1.

of

book

This

Then

3.

inverted

1. Whose

thief.

the

comes

his hour

The

This

the

order:

Alps lies Italy.

comes

transposed order, with

or

subject afterwards.
wish to be emphatic.

this inverted

English is,subject
howc^ver,to express

common,

the

we

in

sentence

It is very

first,
predicate next.
our

of

Who

In

3.

2.

Admiral

Heavy

of the United

the

multitude

spoilthe broth.

7.

sentences

are

in the sentence

suddenly plunged.
"

only
"

is

What

reward

our

reap

11.

so

rare

as

the

are

States is

mander
com-

10.

Under

9.

but the

None

day in

lies

shalt not

Thou

array?

huge elm lay a littlechild sleeping.

the fair.

bear

was

of counselors

these in white

are

to

Nelson

June

12.

in

part in the inverted

Into

the words

the

order.

fighta well-armed

into the

fightbelong to

For

horseman

the

predi-

Expletives,There

The
cate, but

order

in direct

the

"

fight. The

If

subject

the

lay the untrodden

All bloodless

Example:

After the rain

2.

To

3.

For

4.

Where

5.
6.

they opened the pipes.

alone

I done

have

this.

they knew not.

the days.
Dark
and gloomy were
Still sits the schoolhouse
by the road.
to turn

dazzled

8.

My

9.

Better

than

discovered

Columbus

1492

sighthe oft

deceives.

that

man

Every night my

can

no

prayers

THE

We

often

I say.

Instead

of

to say,

saying.Many

There

used

fill out

are

is called
the

the

transposed or

To

argue

argue.

was

many

THERE

there and

an

trees

AND

it to

in the

are

IT

introduce

we
forest,

are

sentence.

more

likely

forest. The word There when

something used to
expletive,which means

sentence.

used to introduce

EXPLETIVES,

the words

use

America.

do.

LESSON

so

following manner:

sunshine.

comes

the reservoir

7. In the year

10.

indicate

order, and

lay all bloodless

snow

1.

you

fight.

Predicate

untrodden

empty

horseman;

snow.

Subject

The

suddenly

horseman

in the

subject and the predicate of each

11

well-armed

is A

in direct

following sentences

the

It

write the sentence

we

well-armed

predicateis suddenly 'plungedinto

Write
the

have,

we

the

'plungedinto

predicate.

the whole

not

are

and

trees in the

In

sentence

inverted

useless.

In

the

same

when
order.

way

the

subject and
It

was

word

it is often

predicate are

useless to argue,

this sentence, the real

in

means

subject is

to

Everyday English

12
the

Rearrange

followingsentences,

after

dropping

the

out

expletives:
1. There

will be

to

comes

large crowd

one

every

the

at

great temptation. 2. There

some

fair.

It is

3.

impossibleto do this.

fault that you

disliked. 5. There
4. It is your own
are
hurt you
roads leading to the city. 6. It cannot
to try.
came

time of

than

to

Rearrange
there

the

It is easier to go

8.

There

9.

was

fountain

7.

this

up
in

our

many

There
tain
moun-

town.

like him?

followingsentences, introducing each

with

it.

or

beggars

Many

1.

down.

come

there another

Lives

10.

reckoning for him.

are

the work

of

in this town.

are

instant.

To

for

loosen

To

2.

dead

horse

the cords

was

is

unpleasant.
4. Three crows
were
sittingon a tree. 5. A strange thing happened
is discouragingwork.
last night. 6. To
row
against the current
8. Slidingon
here.
7. One more
are
lazy boy is in town when
you
is good sport. 9. Some
the crusted snow
sad experience comes
into
10. Vanity prompts
him to take the lead.
every one's Ufe.
an

3.

pay

LESSON
ELLIPTICAL

In order to

time

save

by omitting words.
is omitted, such sentences

emphatic
When

sentences

what

8
SENTENCES

to be

or

are

our

from
elliptical,

often shorten

hearers

just as clear

as

sentences
complete. Such
Greek
word
which
means
ellipsis,

grammatically

were

we

of

our

understand

though they
are

called

077iissio7i.

imperative sentence is regularlyomitted.

The followingexamples are common
forms of elliptical
sentences,
with the omitted
words put in parentheses.

The

subjectyou

1.

(You) Come

as

an

earlyas

reads better than

2.

He

3.

This

4.

(I) Thank

is the house
you

you

(come).

(do,or read).

(which)

for your

can

we

meant.

courtesy.

Sentences
Elliptical
(he was) reading,he heard the door open.

5. 'While

if (we go) at all.

6.

We

7.

as
soon
as
(itwas) possible.
They came
?
hesitation
Why (is)this
The maple leaves were
red, and the birch leaves (were) yellow.

8.
9.

must

go

now

if

good news

is

(itis)true.

10.

This

11.

He

12.

13.

It

14.

Do

15.

I love my

parents more

than

16.

I love my

parents

than

17.

You

18.

Lead

(that)we

thinks

eighteen (years old).

is haK past nine (o'clock).
I do

believe me?

you

more

understand?

do not

(believeyou).

words

some

1. Who

or

of words

groups

the

having

him

saw

What

3.

Whose

the

Here

answers

Yes
in the

are

all

If

some

use

with

what

is said

come

alongf and

or

you

No,

or

or

tence,
sen-

we

give our

are

answer

followingexamples

In many
instances,
singlewords.
to say something, the singleword

that

we

If

full sentence.

John's.

singleword
is reallyused in place of a group
are
merely short ways of saying

where

of

the purpose

Detroit.

is that ?

book

(shop).

serve

of

form

(understand)?

not

I.

go?

cityis this ?

2.

(do you)

Why

question we may answer

other singleword, as

(lovesIns parents).
(I love) him.

he

this horse to the blacksmith's

without
asked

afraid.

are

am

Some

in

13

asked.
say

Yes, you

are

you
one

or

agree

asks

and

Yes

The

of words.

do

not

using a short

agree

Will

you,
way

No

you

to say,

I ivill come

along.
In the questions above, the answers
mean,
This cityis Detroit,and That is John's hook.

the sentence
a

is

fuller way

of

saying what

may

saw

In such

him

go,

instances

also be said

by

singleword.
Give

clear

by

examples in which your

singleword that is equivalent to a

half dozen

a
a

meaning is made
sentence.

English

Everyday

14
In
words

the

following ellipticalsentences, supply the

omitted

1. Will you

with me?

come

do this ?

2.

Can

3.

Who

4.

Maud

5.

Charles

6.

Though

7.

School

8.

He

fellfrom

9.

He

thinks he

10.

He

says

11.

I like you

12.

Charles

13.

Can

14.

15.

Here

16.

Thank

17.

Then,

18.

Do

you

will offer
is not

Why

20.

The

swim

hira.

farther
this ?

to do

the boats

as

than

John.

Certainly; why not?

please.

want.

we

littleman.

my

come
as

soon

perfectdays.
convenient.

all this fuss and

more,

pother ?

the merrier.

LESSON
THE

the hill.

stay here.

undertake

as

destroyed.

past three.

better than

if ever,

black.

do this.
to

now

bicyclewhile going down

can

are

can

this

he is not

at half

his

we

you,

I?

coat, and John

gray

down,

is out

free

19.

than

more

cast

are

can.

seventeen.

wore

you

am

I will.

SIMPLE

SUBJECT

9
AND

ITS

MODIFIERS

cate.
subject and a predibe a single word, as
Either subject or predicate may
in the sentences
Either subject
Trees grow, and Frogs croak.
consist of two or more
or
predicate may
words, as Apple trees
We

grow

have

that every

seen

sloivly. In

very

sentence

has

sentence, Frogs croaked, the

the

word

subject; if we say. The big green frogs croaked,the

complete subject is The big green frogs,but the word frogsis still
the other words, the, big,and
the real or simple subject, and

frogs is

green

are

the

used

to

called modifiers,

or

modify

or

describe

modifying words.

the

word

frogs, and

are

The
In the

italics.

Modifiers

and

the words

followingsentences

printed in

are

Predicate

What

the

are

that

15

modify the subject

simple subjects that they

modify ?
bluebirds built their nest here.
"pretty

1.

The

2.

Ripe appleshung in clusters from

3.

Men

of courage were rare.

His hours of leisicrewere
usefullyemployed.
stillevening on.
Now
came

4.
5.

The

consists

complete subject
The

modifiers.

Lessons
In
the

the tree.

22 and

the

of the

simple subject

is

simple subject

noun

or

and

its

(See

pronoun.

23.)

following sentences

point

the

out

words

that

modify

simple subjects:

1. The
2.

The

3.

His

twilightcomes
earlyin winter.
little coins of gold were
tied up in his pouch.
painted face,cunning and treacherous,peered through the
gray

bushes.
4.

Not

5.

Green

food.

6.

studded
thickl^y

8.
9.

10.

wink

of

to them

sleepcame

apples are unwholesome

huge chest,made of oak and

in
7.

Obscure

of the

corner

one

with

nails,stood

room.

belated

alone,he wandered

tired
traveler,

wet, entered the

and

LESSON
THE

The

swim,

SIMPLE

predicateof
or

sentence

its modifiers.

of

Swim

number

and

be

may

the earth

near

room.

10
ITS

AND

PREDICATE

Everythingon

predicate consists
and

night.

through the great city.

The plays of William Shakespeare were
publishedin 1623.
Washington Irving,the author of Rip Van Winkle, lived
Tarrytown, N. Y.
A

and

all

singleword,
But

changes.
of

words,

changes are

MODIFIERS

the

more

as

in Ducks
often

the

simple predicate

simple predicates.

Eveiyday English

16
In the
cate

printedin

are

the modifiers

followingsentences

of the

simple predi~"
italics. Select the simple predicates.

eaglefliesswiftly.
The balloon rose high in tlieair.
We
go too fastand too far.
shot rapidlyup the hill.
A big automobile
By the brightsunlightwe could sec deep into

1. The
2.
3.
4.
5.

The

complete

predicate

consists

of the

the

forest.

simple predicate

and

its modifiers.

The
In

(See Lesson

simple predicateis a verb.

the

point

following sentences

out

the

25.)
modifiers

of

the

simple predicate:
truly. 2. He learns willinglyand quickl}-.3. Charity
of the spring. 5. He plunged
suffereth long. 4. He drank thirstily
deep into the study of science. 6. Without fear we journey onward.
blind fashion.
8. The crops grow finely
7. We worked hard in our own
the warm
the tender plants
9. Under
after the heavy rain.
snow,
slept in safety until spring. 10. The sweet perfume of the arbutus
1. Answer

from

came

hills.

the sunny

In Lesson

predicatein

9, page

15, point

out

of the

simple

the sentences.

LESSON
ANALYSIS

Divide

the modifiers

the

following

11

SENTENCES

OF

complete subject and

simple subject and the simple

scnitences

into

predicate; then indicate the

predicate,and the modifiers of each.
Example

The

littlefishswam

over

the clear sands.

subject is the littlefish,the complete predicateis sivam

The

complete

over

the clear

sands.
The

and
simple subjectis fislt,

is swam,
simple predicate

its niodifiors

and its modiliiT is over

are

the and

Utile.

the clear sands.

The

Compound
1. The

wind

Subjectsand

Predicates

17

blew

all day. 2. You told me

all about this
fiercely
3.
and
birds
brilliant butterflies flew across
yesterday.
the
Bright
meadow.
4. Eagerlythey pressed forward.
5. The two swimmers
green
into the
struggledvainly against the tide. 6. You must come
house at once.
7. Three ugly pictureshung against the dingy walls.
8. Boys of the right sort do not quarrelin their games.
9. Many
the seacoast
towns
on
depend on fishingfor their support. 10. We
all,Fred,Charlotte,and I,drove into the town after dinner. 11. Just
before twelve o'clock they climbed up into the high clock tower.
12.
Some
of the tired laborers sleptduring the sermon.
13. The choir,
touched by the sadness of the occasion,sang
with unusual
feeling.
often live in humble cottages. 15. After breakfast they
14. Wise men
the long climb.
all started on
16. In which
of these houses lives
17. The witchcraft craze
Mr. Winters,the carpenter ?
began in Salem
in the latter part of the seventeenth
century. IS. Now fades the glimmering
the
abundance
in
in
landscape on
sight. 19. Oranges grow
California and Florida.
20. On winter nightsthey sat by the war
a

peat fire.

LESSON
COMPOUND

May

are

COMPOUND

AND

SUBJECTS

have two
Many sentences
simple subjectof the sentence.
and

12

reading. Such

or

words

more

of which

is

and

tide wait for

The

ocean

and

3. You

and

I know

pound
com-

subjectsin the following

the winds

were

at rest.

to dance.

the Austrians

have

planted great forests.

were
plentiful.

The

5.

deep woods the deer and foxes

George,May, and their father went out for a walk.
Cats, dogs,and chickens are domestic animals.
Squirrelsand birds lived in our garden.
of the city.
The firemen and the policeare valuable servants

7.
8.
9.

In the

and

how

man.

4.

6.

Germans

no

George

1. Time
2.

each

and I could not go.

said to have
sentences
are
You

subject. Indicate the compound

sentences

PREDICATES

Everyday English

18
10.

All

11

John

and

They

and

and

time

our

12.

and

13.

You

14.

Charles

and

15.

He

she

and

A sentence

are

we

were

he
are

going fishingto-morrow.
late to scliool that day.
have just come.
brother and

often contains

subject. Charles plays

these

wasted.

were

the football team.

on

are

trouble

sister.

than

more

and

studies.

one

statement

Dogs

bark and

studies and

sentences, plays and

bark

and

predicates. In the followingsentences

subjects and
1. The
2.

His

3.

The

leaped and

growl. In
pound
growl are com-

find all compound

ran.

and

flowers grew

its

predicates:

compound

deer

about

blossomed.

birds built their

nests

and

reared

their young

in the old

apple trees.
heavily and

4.

The

rain

5.

Men

and

6.

All the littleboys and

7.

Bread

8.

The

9.

The

10.

The

came

shouted

women

and

cheese

sentinel

saw

fell in floods.

struggledin mad fear,

girlsran after the piper.
their only food.

were

and

the spy and halted him.

the soldiers marched
rapidlyacross

generaland
and captured the fort.
ducks

and

dived

and

swam

geese

LESSON
SIMPLE

simple

sentence

1. The

sun

is

one

followingare
is

warm.

2.

SENTENCES

that

contains

one

subjectand

one

pound.
predicate may be comexamples of simple sentences :

subject or

The

the

flowers

4.
singingand buildingtheir nests.
skip,on their way to school. 5. Is it not
are

in the clear water.

13

COMPOUND

either the

predicate;but
The

AND

the country

growing. 3. The birds

The boys and girlsrun
and
a fine day ?
are

and

Simple
1 and

Sentences

singlesentence,
This

"

is

sentence

The

two

that

they

The

is

and,

may

of two

up

parts of
A

the

In

1. The

to

as

parts, each of which

more

called compound
either

are
a

comma

or

for shelter.

5.

we

words

such

semicolon.

parts, each

more

compound

The

The

called members.

are

two

or

makes

sentences.

joined by

of

which

sentence.

sentences, indicate

several

the

each:

ringsand the pupilsrush

shall be pleased. 3. The sun
perfume of flowers fillsthe air.

is late and

itself

by

school bell

boys fought, and

8.

is

sense,

returned to their homes

hour

or

following compound

obey and I
singing,and the
ran

sentence.

of

composed

will

we

stand

sentence

that compose

members

growing.

might

sentences

compound

complete

makes

flowersare

of which

hut,or merely by

sentence

the

distinct parts, each

are
by itself,

sense

or, nor,

and

warm

to make

as

of two

and

sense

parts of compound
as

sun

so

are,

made

complete

might be combined,

19

in thought
however, so closelyconnected
well be placed together in a singlesentence.

parts

Sentences

2 above

composed

complete

makes

Sentences

Compound

The

enemy

; peace

once

hasten

must

the wives

and

to their seats.

is

the
sliining,

4.

The

retreated to the
more

7.

waited

The

birds

rain came,
; the

possessedthe land.

homeward.
mothers

sea

2.

men

You
are

and

victors
6.

and

The

the

anxiouslyat home.

again? 9. Shall we submit

tain
tyranny, or shall we sell our birthrightof freedom ? 10. The capdrove
the
the
wind
did their best,but
and the crew
ship on the
He

is gone

; when

shall

we

see

his like

rocks.

compound subject or compound

Instead
predicateis a shorter form for the compound sentence.
of saying, The apples are ripe and the peachesare ripe,we
say.
the peaches are
The apples and
ripe. Instead of saying, The
The

lambs

Such

with

simple

sentence

with

leap,we say, The lambs run and leap.

pound
by the use of comabridgments into simple sentences
not be confused
subjects or compound predicatesmust
compound sentences.
run

and

the lambs

Everyday English

20

LESSON
WORDS

Certain
are

used

are

run

they were
together, almost

1. The
2.
3.
4.
5.

in

if

as

PHRASES

belong together

sentence

single word.

as

When

single word.

weather

and

spoken they

Examples

italicized in the followingsentences

are

groups

AND

of words

groups

14

of such

colder in the

night.
a company
of children.
is the soldier's duty at all times.
Obedience
After the game, they cheered loudly.
is coming by to-morrow's
James
boat.
the shade

Under

Such

grew

trees sat

of words

group

usually equivalent

to

is called

phrase.

single word,

phrase, being

often

can

be

replaced

by it.
They worked loith eagerness, or, They worked eagerly.
They used cups of gold,or. They used goldencups.
The icy wind from the north blew on them, or, The icy northern wind
blew

A
the

on

them.

.phraseis often used

simple predicate,or
word

of

modifier

in

grew;

of the

other

some

example 1, the phrase in

In

thb

as

the

simple subject,

word

in

night is used

2, the phrase of children is used

the

tence.
sen-

to

modify

to

modify

company.
A

phrase

is

group

of

related

words,

without

subject

or

predicate.

examples of phrases in this lesson have all been introduced

by prepositions(in,of,at, often,by, with,from). Such phrases
The
known
term
are
as
phrase,however,
prepositionalphrases.
The

is

applied to
Write

word

many

other

groups

five sentences, each

each

phrase modifies.

of related words.

containing

phrase.

Tell what

Clauses

21

LESSON

15

CLAUSES

of related words

A group

subject and

examples

forming part of a
predicate is a clause.

the

the children
falls,

2.

Afterthe rain is over, the sun shines.

shall not succeed.
we
If we cannot do better,
Work, for the nightis coming.

and

snoio

clause

The

from

differs

predicate, while

are

some

pleased.

When

4.

Here

taining
con-

1.

3.

and

sentence

the

the

are

phrase, in that it has

phrase

has

neither.

subject

Clauses

are

usually introduced

by a conjunction ; such as, and, but,either,

if,while, until,for, because, since, etc., or by a pronoun,

or,

like

who, whose, which, that,etc.

1.

They waited

under

hurry, we

shall miss

do not
are

you

slow.

so

for

myself.

6.

saw

crowds
a

clauses in the

the

Find

water

Empty

to

the

also all the

honors

where
sailors

the

shelf,that I
after

in.

came

7.

After

8.

well-behaved.

Tom
9.

Curious

became

AUce
If you

10.

manners.

see

dead.

are

we

the fox has his den.

may

dered
won-

sist
per-

between
distinguish
In the

phrases and clauses,and

foregoing sentences, point out

phrases.

CLAUSES:

that

are

unhappy.

LESSON

passed. 2. If we
always late,because

^that come

had learned such

will be

storm

We

from

clean and

confused.

get them

3.

the book

me

are

the creatures

idleness,
you

until the

the train.

placein the woods

hung about, while the
baby, he learned to be

It is important to
not

tree

the

where
in

5.

the

Give

4.

following sentences

simple
contain

sentence

DEPENDENT

(See

subjects and

16
AND

Lesson

13)

INDEPENDENT

is not

predicates,and

divided
so

has

into
no

parts

clauses.

Everyday English

22
But

compound

every

The rainfallsand the grass

with

These

each

are

compound

In the sentence,
the

of the two

complete

is

wicked

clauses,

sense.

fleeivhen

no

man

and

sense,

part of the

second

clause.

independent

an

flee,makes

wicked

The

clause.

each

clauses,as,

clauses, or principalclauses, and

sentence

The

"

clause, The

first

Here

grows.

called independent

part of

at least two

predicate,makes

subject and

its

contains

sentence

pursueth.
"

is

pendent
inde-

an

sentence, when

no

when
sense
by
pursueth, is a clause,but does not make
itself. It depends on the other clause for its meaning, and is

man

called

clause.

subordinate

or

dependent clause always modifies

A
the

dependent

clause.

independent

flee;for

it tells when

make

qualifiessome

no

man

word

in

pursueth modifies

flee.

complete

depend for

clauses

Dependent

wicked

the

clauses

Independent

when

Thus,

or

their

when

sense

meaning

upon

taken
the

alone.
rest

of

the sentence.
In the

would
by itself,
and

blew

the

have

You

3.

I will pay;
fire

The

flames
In

no

They

complete sentence,

the soldiers advanced.

I have

or

way,

charges are

your

kindled

was

clause, if taken

independentclause.

bugle,and
but

be

would

sense,

leaped upward

feel the

we

in volumes

rolled up

the whole

soon

lost mine.

unjust.

smoke

; the

the following clauses

they have
else.

an

lost your

2.

4.

make

is therefore

1. He

sentences, each

followingcompound

meaning unless taken

pilewas

sense

dependent clauses.

are

1.

If j''ou

2.

When

3.

Who

4.

Although I

5.

Since

6. While

assist

to

care

the whistle

with

came

we

the

am

came
sun

me

me.

blew.

yesterday.

younger

than

here to live.
sliines.

you.

red

in ashes.

incomplete ;
with something

to be

in connection

; the

Sentences

Complex
Add
that

so

result will be

the

/ will reward

I will reward

to assist me,

1.

In wdnter

the

2.

The

is frozen

pond
The days

3.

complete

have

you

added

clause,
sense.

dependen
all in-

are

number

to

1, the

read, //

you

care

you.

independent clauses

dependent clauses.

the

and

sentence, making

following sentences, select the

the

In

another

Thus, you might add

you, making the sentence

clauses.

words

foregoing clauses

clauses

the

that

will find

You

six

the

of

each

to

23

hard

so

short,and

are

the fields where

covers

snow

that

the

we

skate

can

is almost

sun

the grass
upon

down

grew.

it.

before school is

out.

Saturday we can coast because we have no school.

like the days that are free.
5. We
coast by moonlight, until it is time to go to bed.
6. Sometimes
we
fast.
7. We
sleepso soundly that we do not hear mother gettingbreak-

"^

4.

On

8.

We

hate to

get up

cold after

we

are

happy

9.

We

are

10.

We

do not

as

as

the

while

if

lived in

we

or

have

seen,

sentence

independent clauses,and
clauses.

clauses of

Such

pronouns,

point

out

1. If
storm

we

the

wings grew

contain

or

one

tropics.

one

or

complex

principal

more

subordinate

more

is called

sentence

or

ent
dependThe

sentence.

are

dependent and

work,

is gone.

live in the

junction;
by a conusually connected
tain
if,when, while,because,since,for, etc.,or by cerIn the followingexamples,
who, which, that,etc.

complex

as,

climate.

warm

17

may

sentence

forgetthe

we

SENTENCES

COMPLEX

we

the children who

en\^

cold, but

dressed.

LESSON

As

is

room

we

3.

because

independent clauses.

shall succeed.
It is the

he wanted

2.

time

when

to

fly.

The
roses

5.

rainbow

bloom.

Though

comes

4.

after the
The

eagle's

she is but littleshe

Everyday English

24
Tell

is fierce. 6.

when

me

going.

are

you

earned

have

we

They will arrive to-night,unless they

9. Even when
with an accident.
they were defeated,they would
the false hopes which
10. These were
acknowledge their mistake.

meet
not

is sweet.

holiday

it,our

misled

8.

us.

complex

and

clause

contains

sentence

one

five

Write

or

subordinate

more

complex

independent
clauses.

dependent

or

sentences.

followingsentences, tell
(Compare Lesson
compound.
drum

principal or

one

In the
are

After

7.

heard

which

and

complex

are

13.)

buried the

general.

1.

Not

2.

We

heard

3.

My

uncle loved the peace of the fireside; but my aunt

kept moving.
creature, and poor uncle was

4.

The

the

children

Of what
useful

6.

He

was

9.

and Sarah

10.

Keep

if you

cat

arms,

compound

We

hurried

fallen. The

dog

at home

wouldn't

don't want

we

run, mj'

,Iim,the
to do

enough

sense

would

town

their

sentence

into the

to

go

and

noses

dog began

pulled

to worry

first member
is

is there

where

found

him

in

our

yard.

chase her.

18
SENTENCES

that
be

may

and

room

him

dog wouldn't

sentences

hurried into the room,

we

haven't

fast friends until Tom's

were

of the

more

up

less
rest-

to ride.

alwaj^sbroke
justthe same.

COMPOUND-COMPLEX
or

and

pony,

thought the

LESSON

One

was

cat.

your

If your

new

us.

him.

legsand

off their

Sarah's

the

all how

them

courage,

flew far above

her dolls ; but she

7. Jane loved

Tom

to teach

things?
a
noisy politicianwho

ruin without

8.

eaglethat

an

delightedwith

were

is all your

use

we

as

of

scream

boy, had

stable
5.

was

which

there
of

the

simple
he had

we

are

combined

complex.
found him

compound

sentence

For

make

example

where

he

sentence,

; the second

'fallen. Taken

to

had
We

member

this
by itself,

Analysisof
second

member

Sentences

25

is a

complete sentence, of which the independent

clause is there we found him, and the dependent clause where he
had fallen. Such a compound
of whose
sentence, one or more
is

members
In the

complex, is called

compound-complex

followingcompound-complex
show

parts, and

which

simple and

are

They rose early,while the dew

the experiencepleasant.
2. Longfellow and Whittier
were
1.

Lanier

poets who

were

sentences

was

South

indicate

which

are

the grass, and

on

New

lived in the

sentence.

the different

complex

they found

England poets; Poe and

Bryant and Cooper lived

York.

in New

that you make

takes
misSpeak gently,judge kindly,and remember
yourself.
is the science of language,because it explainsthe facts
4. Grammar
and laws of language ; geography is the science of the earth,and explains
3.

its facts and

If you

5.
you

waste

Write

waste

your

five

laws.
your

money,

time,you

can

you

never

may

Study
1.

the

Thick

OF

following Examples
flakes of

snow

make

more

; if

sentences.

LESSON
ANALYSIS

to

it.

recover

compound-complex

be able

whirled

19
SENTENCES

of

Analysis.
and

danced

rapidly through

the air.
pound
simple sentence containingone subject,flakes,and a comThe
predicateivhirled and danced.
subjectflakesis modified
the predicatewhirled and danced is
by thick and the phrase of snow;
modified by rapidlyand by the phrase throughthe air.

This

2.

is

The

boys

ran

to

their

homes, but the

men

stayed in the

fields.

compound sentence, composed of two independent clauses,

The boys ran
to their homes, and the men
stayedin the fields. They are
connected by the conjunction but. The subject of the first clause is
This is

Everyday English

26

boys,modified liv the,and its predicateis rmi, modified by the phrase,

The subjectof the second clause is men, modified by the
to their homes.
modified by the phrase,in the fields.
and the predicateis stayed,
3.

The

men

who

fought for

our

freedom

are

buried

here.

complex sentence, composed of the independent clause,

The men
buried here,and the dependent clause who fought for our
are
freedom. The subjectof the sentence is men, and the predicateis are
is modified
buried. The
subject men
by the,and by the dependent
clause,who foughtfor our freedom. The predicateare buried is modified
by here. The subject of the dependent clause is who; the predicate
is fought,modifed I)}'
the phrase for our freedom.
This

is

They came
sleptlast night.
4.

with

us, and

laughinglyshowed

we

where

we

This is a

The first independent clause

compound-complex sentence.
with us, taken by itself is a simple sentence, of which
the
they came
subjectis they,and has no modifiers,and the simple predicateis came
The
modified
second
by the phrase, tcith ns.
independent clause
joined to the first by the conjunction and, is we laughinglyshowed
where we sleptlast night. This clause is complex, because it contains a
the subject,prediwhere we sleptlast night. Name
dependent clause,
cate,
and modifiers in this complex sentence.
Note that the dependent
clause here,as always, modifies a word in the independentclause.

In
are

analyzingthese

used

will be

to
so

sentences

the words

subject and

predicate

simple subjectand simplepredicate. They

The
hereafter.
subject and its modifiers make

indicate

used

the

complete subject;
complete predicate.

the

predicate and

its modifiers

make

Analyze the following sentences, following the models

given :
1. We

learn

the

just

by hard study.
2. Books
are
good friends if we use them rightly.
3. The pine trees whispered,and the poplars rustled.
4. I came,
I saw,
I conquered.
5. They wandered
along the shiningbeach in the white moonlight.
,

Review
fished for minnows

He

6.
7.

Who

8.

Here

He

where

fresh fields and

are
run

came

the stream

in fine array

these

are

that
9.

of Sentences

27

runs

under

here

are

the

bridge.

?
green

woods

the

door

pebbly beds.
running to school,but

clear streams

over

had

closed before he

got there.
10.

I could not

11.

Learn

12.

The

to look my

bear

wisdom

of this man's
table

Uved

victim

with

groaned

; it will

the

give you no regrets.

weight of good things; our hosts

well.

LESSON
REVIEW

does

What

is

What

is

Give

an

order"

Illustrate

clause?

Illustrate.

subject?

an

the

of

tive?
impera-

an

each.

with

sentence

an

an

example.

an

?
interrogative

example
a

Give

sentence?

Give

are

Make

expletive,

subject modifiers?
What

by examples.
is

What

predicate? a compound
Give an example of each.

followingsentences

is

sentence?

simple

compound

sentence?

Make

What

subject,simple predicate.
modifiers

complete subject,complete predicate,simple

Define

it.

is

What

sentence

in the "inverted

sentence

BUILDING

sentence?
elliptical

an

exclamatory?

an

there,or

teach?

declarative

20

SENTENCE

AND

grammar

What

example.

in the face.

a
a

cate
predi-

phrase ?

compound
?

sentence

plex
com-

1.

simple

sentence

with

2.

simple

sentence

with

3.

compound

phrase modifying the subject.

phrase modifying the predicate.

sentence, each

of whose

clauses

is

simple

sentence.

4.

complex

by although or
5.

containing

sentence

dependent

clause

troduced
in-

if.

complex

compound-complex

sentence

with

clause introduced

which.
6.

sentence.

by

who

or

CHAPTER

PARTS

II.

OF

LESSON

So

in

far

the

kinds

different

sentence,
In

ways.

the

bit

tells

did

it.

what

John

the

In

sentence,

in

the

garden

and

neglected describe
flowers

are

and

the

weeds

If

of

the

things, the

of

these

things, the

did, and

the

briefly the
examine

we

it was,

words

ugly

word

when

tells
and

"

and
the

he
weeds

flowers, weeds,

words

beautiful, ugly,

word

tells

grew

together tells

word

different

animal

an

dog

tence.
sen-

yederday.

yesterday

"

the

in

John

hit

of

word

used

are

Beautiful flowers

"

names

it

names

kind

of

study

sentence.

in

as

neglected garden.

the

big dog

used

are

in

shall

in

considered

analysis

we

words

"

did, and

and

the

the

big tells what

he

together

grew

sentence,

word

lessons,

have

We

the

words

about

studying

and

words

that

see

SPEECH

sentences.

ten

next

shall

we

the

person,

been

sentence,

separate

dog and

words

the

of the

uses

OF

have

we

of

the

in

Now,
different

book

phrases, clauses, and

as

groups,

this

21

PARTS

EIGHT

THE

SPEECH

how

what

they

grew.

words

When
in

of

parts

the

of

(2) Pronouns,
of

named

to

the

indicate

to

part they

these

parts

plaj'
:

as

These

names

and

classes

of

words

are

called

the

which

are

speech.

all there
names

are

according

adjective, verb, adverb, preposition, conjunction,

pronoun,

interjection.

distinguished

they

sentence,

noun,

In

are

are

eight parts

of

speech.

(1) Nouns,

things.
like

he, she, it,who,

nouns.

28

etc., that

are

used

in

place

Nouns

29

(3) 'Adjectives,like good, sweet,

used to modify nouns
or
pronouns.
(4)

These

Verbs.

the

see

used

are

light;

make

to

it shines

hard; these

easy,

sour,

window

shines,and is are verbs.

(5) Adverbs, which modify the verb,
the noun;
quicMy. They are
as, I came

amples
Ex-

assertion.

an

in the

are

; it is for

us.

vt^'ordssee,

The

It is
adjectivesand other adverbs:
that they
now
very hadly. They saw

noun

or

and

pronoun

plate of apples ; there

some

are

had

also to

late.

did

We

relation
For

this

between

example

Bring

the pantry ; I have

tw

modify

too late.

come

the

word.

other

some

used

rather

indicate

(6) Prepositions. These

adjective does

the

as

eaten

not

since last year.

one

which

(7) Conjunctions,
and

clauses

in

These

sentence.

if,although,etc.
(8) Interjections.

used

are

Words

used

words

are

words, phrases,
like and- or, hut,

feelingor

to express

Oh, Ah, Alas, Hurrah,

attention:

to connect

to attract

etc.

followingconversation,select the parts of speech,the

verbs,etc.
yronouns,

In the
nouns,

ladies

The

splendid dresses

wore

hooped petticoatswere
them.
journey around
with gold
embroidered
down

came

almost

of such

gentlemen's coats

silver

lace, and

to the knees.

Ah, how

LESSON

brocade.

and

it

size that

enoraious

The
or

satin

of

sometimes
fine

they

were

Their

good
elaborately

was

their waistcoats
were

22

NOUNS

In

talking,we

ideas ; as,
and

many

these
to many

need

for

names

people,for things,and

As there are many

etc.
justice,
named, a language must contain

even

things

horse,man,
hall,
ideas to be

names,

or

nouns.

objects of

the

Some
same

of these

class

or

nouns

of the

may
same

for

many

be

kind;

of

applied
for

ex-

Everyday English

30

ample, hoy

is

Such

table, etc.
they

are

applied to

name

to

common

called

are

names

or
place or
applied to one
person
Columbus, Pacific Ocean, Mount

peculiarto,

or

called proper

to, the

proper

They

nouns.

table is

common

of the

one

any

boy,

any

class.

for any

nouns,

because

Other

object only

Vesuvius.

one

name

names

Washingtxm,

as

Such

person

always begun with

are

are

names

thing,

or

are

and

are

capital

letter.
One
is

as

of the most

subject of

the

each

examples

Life

4.

through Russia.
The
evening star
the steamboat.
and

come

may

swim.

14.

Marine

11.
men

The

may

was

the hills.
animals

the teacher had

Jack

13.

go.

words

as

has

are
:

6.

The

mist

15.

Fulton

invented
Men

12.

pool where big fish

suffered great privations
a

The

school

closed because

the measles.

phrase

the
the

sentences

will.

strange forms.

knows

Sometimes, however, the subject of

words,

which

drives locomotives.

Robert

10.

have

Valley Forge.

at

subject.

clauses

or

at

goes

following

and

Steam

soldiers of the Revolution

while the army

for its

noun

common

3.

the

the

above

rose

In

sentences

and

comes

in the sentence

noun

wintry sky the soldiers marched

9.
Mississippioften overflows its banks.

The

8.

subjectsof

Under

7.

an;

flows.

clause.

clause has

Water
James

5.

of

or

tell which

the

are

2.

valley.

or

and

run.

is short.

filled the

sentence

sentence

Select the nouns,

proper, and which
1. Horses

functions

common

use

or

or

In

clause.

function

of

word-groups that

such

group

of

group

of

the next

In
as

the

cases

novm.

used

arc

is

sentence

nouns

are

three

printed

in italics.
1.
2.
3.

To

own

way

is

pleasant.

to sivim is not

Learning
easy.
"Hurry! Hurry!" is not always

Make
and

have one's

five sentences

five sentences

having

having

common

proper

nouns

good

motto.

nouns
as

the

the

subjects,
subjects.
as

Pronouns
LESSON

31
23

PRONOUNS

If

repeated the

we

of

names

things every

time

wished

we

to

and unpleasant in
them, the result would be awkward
For
hat on
the table,and
sound.
example, John
put John's
the hat.
This is clear enough, certainly;
forgotwhere John had left
make
but everyday English would
it,John put his hat on the
table and forgotwhere he had leftit. He and his mean
exactly
refer to

the

same

Such

hat.

as

the

naming
in

means

and

John's;

as

substitutes

words, used

called

are

nouns,

placeof,or for,a
for which

noun

The

noun.

words

you

those

names

I stand

and

the most

and

for the

common

these refer

and

refer to

used

and

other kinds
In

the

the

3.

let the

James, show
The boy who
him

4.

You

and
us

pronoun
that

does

not

in

appear

the

in this sentence

people, whatever

he,she,it,his,her,i's,
or
speaking of some
person

to

some

who

I, my, me, we,

speaking. This

one

is

that and

hand, and

those

Who, which,what, and that

There

dependent clause.

pronouns,

which

select the

pronouns

still

are

will be studied
and

are

later.

indicate

they stand:
dog

out

; he will bite.

lesson ; I will

your

me
was

here

help you

yesterday has

come

with it.

again ;

can

you

see

now

with
5.

of the

uses

for which

1. Don't
2.

of

following sentences,

nouns

are

at

near

remote.

more

beginning

the

pronoun

remembered

of two

the person

something

to

something

at

But

names

pronouns

refer to

which

us,

be

often

late.

are

name

for which

noun

to avoid

and

nouns

The

stands

they,their,them, used when we are

thing ; you, your, used in speaking
our

for

thing

same

be.

may

Among

and

the

means

It must

the pronoun

; as, You

the sentence

it

pronouns.

is called its antecedent.

stands
the

John

as

person

are

going to

town

to-morrow.

Shall

we

take Clara

Call the cliildren and

tellthem

they

must

get their lessons.

Everyday English

32

poker, but I had not asked for that.

!Mary is going skating to-day,and she will need her thick gloves.
?
Are these the glovesyou mean
They do not seem
very thick.
We gave the dog a bone, and he buried it in the garden.
Is this the end of our
journey ? We thought it would be much
longer.
You

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Since

lianJed

the

me

stands

pronoun

subjectof
of the

Select

sentence.

for

it is often

noun,

the

used

that

pronouns

the

as

jects
sub-

the

are

foregoing sentences.
LESSON

24

ADJECTIVES
The

apple,or

sour

modify

to

by
or

the

given, when

they

may

also indicate

they

may

modify

quality

or

the

answer

quantity;
the

kind,

the

Such

noun

words

example just
kind
of? They

people,few

many

But

noun.

by

^sweet

in the

as

question, What
as,

say

in

jectives
culled adjectives. Ad-

are

in other

noun

usually placed before the

adjective is

The

ways.

Or

roads.

it follows the

sometimes

deep and

1. Counsels
2.

The

day

is dark

Select all the

what

nouns

nouns

and

theirs.

were

dreary.

in
adjectives

the sentences

in Lesson

Examine

and

clauses

the sentence

may

also

be

tell

used

to

each

modify

of these

nouns.

guide in the mountains, wtio knows

talker.
cheerful and interesting

Our old

19 and

they modify.

adjectivesthat might be applied to

River.
horse,tree,book, Chicago,Hudson

Phrases

ivise

five

Name

is

nouns

we

red.

words, sweet, sour,

describe

indicate

may

noun

if

an
idea; ])ut
apple conveys
apple,or red apple, the idea named

is described

apple

is to describe the ideas named

words

some

word

The

others.

used

of

function

all the

places,
good fishing

Verbs
The

phrase

33

and

in the mountains,

the clause who

all the

knows

since they
good fishingplaces,are both equivalent to adjectives,
guide. (See Lessons 9 and 14.)
modify the noun

LESSON

25

VERBS

Certain

is,they make

that

the

In

tell what

words

some

Such

assertion.

an

the words

following sentences

something does

or

one

words

is ;

called verbs.

are

in italics

or

verbs.

are

Boys play baseball.

horse eats oats.

The

Mosquitoes

are

pest.

The

child learns

The

wind

quickly.

fierce.

ivas

subject and
is not always a subject,as we
the verb the predicate. A noun
shall learn later ; and a verb is not always a predicate. But
used
verbs are
most
as
predicates.
these sentences

In

Find
of the

an

see

you

appropriate verb

followingnouns

the

that

used

to be

is the

noun

as

predicate with each

lions,captain, soldiers,
Snow, rain, clouds, trees, cat, men,
gun,
carpenter.
smoke, apple,sun, pen, broom, flowers,hunter,bees,tailor,
Find

an

appropriate noun

followingverbs

used

as

to

verb

may

be

subject for

singleword,

as

eaten.

in the

composed of several words ;

is thinking,was
have been,would have talked,
Or,

it may

of the

each

predicate:

Study, talk,ship,crawl,argued, has

A

as

serve

be

consists of several words, it is called

preceding examples.
as,

has eaten, ivillgo,

hurt.

When

verb-group

or

verb

verb-

phrase.
Select the verbs and

verb-groups in

the sentences

in Lesson

12.

Everyday English

34

LESSON
TRANSITIVE

VERBS:

26
AND

Many

verbs make

assertions that

1. The

boy

2.

if we

But

We

grows.

expect

three

verbs

grow,

or

he

are

walks.

in their

he

or

The

3.

naturally ask,

grows,

complete

in themselves.
talks.

boy

leave the meaning

we

anything

talk

or

boy

throws

complete

are

or

hoy
and

more,

walk,

he walks,

the

say

The

INTRANSITIVE

throws

moaning;

or

any

what?

The

the boy

does

not

we

say

When

person.

have

talks,we

incomplete.

made

first

complete

statement.

Tell whether

idea

or

of the following verbs

each

complete

not.

The

13.

Some

they

expresses

are

of the

followed

by the verb
example,
meaning

verbs,

by

as

postman

you

noun

see,

or

brings.
no

convey

The

pronoun.

unless

meaning
action

expressed

For
incomplete until something is acted upon.
lost my
knife comjiletesthe
knife. Here the noun
is

of the

verb, and

is said to be

its

object, or

its

object

complement.
Verbs
transitive

that

take

verbs ; and

their meaning
transitive verb
over

over.

to

an

are

verbs

that require no

called

intransitive

to

be exerted

seems

it ; hence

objectto com])letetheir meaning

the

name

object to complete

verbs.
upon

called

are

the

transitive,which

The

action

object,or
means

of the
to

pass

crossing

The
In the

Copula
tell what

following sentences

transitive verbs

the objects of the

1. The

35
and

nouns

are

pronouns

fox ate the goose.

2.

I broke

3.

I will

4.

The

5.

I think

the window.

is mine

dog
I

question.
I bouglithim.

your

answer

can

that

manage

for you.

Pay your debts and keep your promises.

7. Experience teaches caution.
8. The plowshare turned over
the fragrantbrown earth.
fall.
9. Do right,though the heavens
10. In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.
6.

Write

five sentences

transitive.

What

with
the

are

intransitive

VERBS:

are

verb

be and
most

Unlike

most

business

made
have

know

have

about

made

because

does
of

names

not

transitive
the

modifies the

This

same
noun.

verb, because

thing
The
it

The

something

the

or

from

action.

the

say

meaning

apple is

we

as

the

verb

Their

apple is,we
expect to

we

say

adding

something

predicate complement

completes the predicate. It

the verb, as does the object

subject;

when

itself is called

an

noun,

adjective,it

copula

or

tive
copula-

couplesor joins togetherthe subject and

predicate complement.

be

fruit.

by

is called

guage.
lan-

our

lohat it is must

we

If

in

predicate complement, when

The

verb.

If

is,ivas, etc.,

words

express

assertions

action

any

not

the apple.

it- complements

receive

not

apple is red.

ain,

necessary

that follow.

complete

the apple.

as

something is,but

about

more

The
we

that

sentence, but

something

and

verbs, they do

clear by the words

of

COPULA

forms, such

common

is to assert

the form

27

THE

its various

the

among

five with

objects of the transitive verbs?

LESSON

The

verbs, and

its

Everyday English

36
The

are, was,

of the verb

forms

common

be, will be, could be, would

the

In

follows

as

point

they

connect

out

the

I, be not afraid.
are
only children of
is mj^ neighbor ?

2.

Men

3.

Who

4.

Their

labors

5.

Thou

art the

6.

12.

They have been sick to-day.

She might be willingto go.
tell what might be the result.
You
cannot
I am
be as noisy as you were
When
gone, you may
That's the way
for Billyand me.
He will never
again be as strong as he has been.
than they were.
No one
could be more
generous

13.

I will be with

14.

Notliingcould be done

15.

There

16.

My

bed is like

17.

His

were
footi)rints

18.

When

8.
9.
10.
11.

am

20.

sailor

It

was

number

their

pleasuresfew.

before.

always.
that

would

be of any

use.

pain.

more

littleboat.
clear in the sand.
to man's

proud

and

estate

great.

that I could be

rain-poolsea !
pretty a dream, it seemed

the

on

all

no

grown

dear me,

Oh

and

many

thee

I shall be very
19.

largergrowth.

man.

shall be

be,shall

copulative verbs,

It is

7.

is,

be.

1.

were

be, am,

be,may

be,might be, should

following sentences

tell what

and

are

been,has been,had been,can

have

were,

be

so

of other

verbs

are

if it could not

as

often used

be.

equivalent to the

as

copula be.
He

looks tired.

Grubs

become

have

verbs

that

Here
and

Like

we

have

the
precisely

?'.s
and

sometimes

are

they

mean

almost

These

the

grapes

same

grammatical relations

same

are

butterflies.

followed

by predicate nouns.

taste sweet.

as

is and

are,

as

is and

are.

and
by predicateadjectives,

Nouns

Predicate

and

LESSON
NOUNS

PREDICATE

have

We
When

that

seen

used, the

so

may

also be

and

predicate.

copula
is called

noun

predicate.

in the

37

28
PREDICATE

AND

Adjectives

ADJECTIVES

be

may

followed

predicate

In

by
A

noun.

noun.

pronoun

the

dicate
followingsentences, inand pronouns
that are in the predicates. If
the nouns
is transposed or inverted,first read the
the order of the sentence
in the regularorder,that you may
sentence
not confuse subject

1. You
The

2.

the victims of

were

I ; I

culpritwas

Heirs of ail the ages

of action
4. Great men
3.

5. Their deeds
6.

He

7.

Men

8.

The

9. A
He

10.

was

become

heroes

are

we.

are

great dreamers.
dunce.

sometimes

intendingit.

without

expeditionproved a hopelessfailure.
fool he was
born, and a fool he will always be.
Uke the
seemed a saint ; but he was
only a man

usual

accomplish

the
adjective,

complement

to

; those

called

are

way

In the sentence,

in

sorry.

and remained
idler,

an

predicate adjectives

not

very

joke.

the deeds of heroes.

were

Adjectivesused
the

am

harmless

the

He

"

that

are

attributive
was

copulativeverb
used

"

strong is an

the

to

called

are

modify

us.

nouns

in

adjectives.

strong, hut

impossible.

second

rest of

even

strong

first strong is

attributive

man

could

predicate
adjective.
a

Distinguish between the predicateand attributive adjectives

the followingsentences
:
1. He

seemed

ready money
Lord
has

is
no

sure.

4.

troubled
to pay

altogether. 7.
locks were
yellow as

the unwelcome

news.

debts.
all legitimate

3.

2.
The

There

wisdom

is sufficient
of the

5. It is a long lane that

real,life is earnest.
The
eous
judgments of the Lord are true and rightThe
day is dark, and cold,and dreary. 8. Her
gold. /" /* r" n O
4 0 0^/;:

Life is

turning. 6.

by

Everyday English

38

LESSON

29

ADVERBS

Adverbs

used

are

predicate of

the

as, The

horse

ran

to

modify

tell how

sentence.

Some

fast; some

tell

tell when; as, the horse

meaning of verbs in

limit the

or

where;

the action

as,

The

horse

is done;

here;

ran

yesterday.
formed
from
are
adjectives by adding ly to
Many adverbs
the adjective
; soft,softly; true, truly,etc.
some

Read

the

1. The

away

and
carefully,

following sentences

adverb

each

ran

modifies.

old

man

walks

sloiohj.2.

Faster and

the

fastercame

4. There is
begged earnestlyfor another chance.
live?
5. Where
do you
6. They are
turning homeward.
it yesterday. 8. We
about
were
always at home.
you
troubled.
10. You
are
greatlymistaken.
slightly
3.

He

Adverbs

verb

tell which

may

modify adjectivesor

other

adverbs

engine.
home.

our

7. I told
He

9.

as

is

well

as

verbs.
In

the

adverbs

select the

followingsentences

that

modify

adjectives:
1. The

much

apples were

too

green

they

made

us

older than I ; he is nearlyfifteen. 3. The

terriblycold.
scarce, and the weather

very

sick.
was

game
4.

Why

2.

comicallyrueful ? 5. You are almost tragicover this trifle.

springis rather early,but the nights are pretty cold.
the

following sentences

select the

adverbs

is

ingly
disappointdo you

so

In

John

that

6.

look
The

modify

other adverbs.

early; we shall expect you not to arrive too late

rain
much
than we
for the opening. 2. The
pected.
excame
sooner
less hungrily and
3. They
ate
more
daintily than we.
4. I told you this onh^ yesterday. ^. We
are
nearlyalways at home
Come

on

Sunday.

very

39

Prepositions
Phrases

14) and

Lesson

Come

1.
to

frequentlyperform

very

us

and

2.

You

fo

a^

ws

called adverbial
Here

once.

both

at once,

there

modifying

part blamable.

in

are

then

are

work

the

the verb
Here

adverbial

phrases,

co7ne.

the

fies
phrase in part modi-

adjectiveblamable.

the
Select

adverbial

the

tell what

each

in

in the

followingsentences,

and

moment.

is heated

by

hot

2.

The

3.

My garden is full of flowers.

Early in the morning we heard them shouting with
might.
Over the river and through the woods,
To grandfather'shouse
we
go.

5.

house

phrases

modifies

shall start

1. We

4.

(see

adverbs

phrases.
two

are

of

water.

LESSON

all their

30

PREPOSITIONS

Prepositions
parts of the
italics are

used

as

links between

certain words

and

other

following,the words

In the sentences

sentence.

in

prepositions.
into the house.

1. Come
2.

They

3.

Wait

In

are

each

4.

day afterday.

came

6.

for me.
case

prepositions indicate

the
and

or

each

example carefullyuntil

pronoun

to know

some

the

common

word

other

noun

convenient

5.

dog sat beside him.

We
stayed during the storm.
until Thursday.
Wait

His

you

see

relation

in the
that

sentence.

this is true.

prepositions.Here

list of them.
about

across

above

after

against
along

between

among

around

Study
It is

is a partial

Everyday English

40

Prepositionsintroduce phrases, as
of the list. For example, The
one

will

by using any
shines afterthe rain.
sun
the purpose
of modifiers as either adjectives
Phrases may
serve
adverbs.
(See Lessons 24 and 29.)
or
Make
five sentences
using prepositional
phrases as modifiers
of the subject; and five sentences with similar phrases as modifiers
of the predicate.
LESSON
CONJUNCTIONS.

Conjunctions

see

31

INTERJECTIONS

link-words,but

are

you

in

from
different way
clearly understood.

difference
must
be
prepositions.The
and
thus make
or
Prepositionsintroduce nouns
pronouns,
words
or
30.) Conjunctions connect
phrases. (See Lesson
parts of sentences, but do not make phrases. In the following
the conjunctions are in italics.
sentences
1.

3.

We

them.

John
are

5.

and I

are

here.

old,hid strong. 4. Good times will

He forgave me
though I injuredhim.

Conjunctions sometimes
or

They requiredeither

2.

or

ij you

What

Some

of the

service.
deserve

sentences
words, sometimes
in the five exdo they connect
amples

connect

parts of sentences.

given?

come

money

common

conjunctionsare:

Function

in your

mark

are

1. Alas ! We

5.

! I knew

Ah

the

of the

rest

nect
con-

by

LESSON

exclamation

the

rest

of the

sentences.
here.

come

I have

never

Pshaw

3.

you

seen

32
OF

PARTS

FUNCTION:

If

sentence.

an

separated from

2.

It has

will still make

sentence

Oh, Jim,
it.
4.
of
Why, man,
it already.

word

thus

betrayed.

are

believe

before.

they

emotion.

express

interjectionsin these

Select the

sentence.

I don't

and

comma,

or

with

to

usually followed

are
Interjections

sense.

used

sentence, the

the

from

it is omitted

word

connection

grammatical

no

tell what

sentence, and

sentences.

interjection is

An

in

these, each

Use 'five of

41

SPEECH

are
previous lessons we have learned how sentences
organized, with subjectsand predicates,and the modifiers of
that various kinds of
subjects and predicates. We have seen
and
made
connections
tions.
conjuncby copulas,prepositions,
are

the

In

also

have

We

of the

some

seen

of the

principal uses

parts of speech.

By the
it is used
it

noun,

of

function

in

1. The

The

we

same

same

the

parts of speech

The

for different
word

word

functions.
be

may

the

Our

word

that makes
in the

noun

flag. Flag
be

may

the

noun

Here
or

are

few

verb

lish
Eng-

word
fixed

not

are

in which

in

words,

examples.

train.
or

an

adjective:

school is in the third school district.

subjectof

predicateis

The

of

It is the function

verb, or anything else. Now,

frequently employ the same
very

Wave

2.

the way

mean

we

pronoun,

different functions.
names

part of speech

sentence.

language
but

is

sentence

verb

or

usually a

noun

verb-group.

or

pronoun,

and

Adjectives modify

Everyday English

42
nouns,

and

adverbs

nouns

are

used

verbs

used

are

Here

modify verbs. Phrases or

adjectives. Phrases and

as

modifying
modifying

clauses

adverbs.

as

of

examples

are

clauses

phrases so

used.

adjective: The men

of the desert were hardy and fearless. This
is an adjectivephrase,modifying the noun
men.
caU.
This is an
As an
adverbial
adverb : My
at my
dog comes
phrase,modifing the verb comes.
As

an

Clauses
fact

be

may

As

noun

That

italicized words

as

are

appear

the

as

in

part of speech.

doth

wronged me
clause,used

noun

as

have

you

adverbs

adjectivesor

nouns,

clause is always used

dependent

used

in tliis. The

subject of

the

verb

doth appear.
As

an

italicsis used
As
as

an

an

ball which

adjective: The
as

adverb

adverb

adjective,
modifying

an
:

hare

you

You

must

when

come

modifying the verb

I call.

The

clause

in

ball.

clause here is used

33

SENTENCE

AND

noun

The

co7ne.

LESSON
REVIEW

the

is mine.

BUILDING

predicate. Sometimes
Give examples.
of these is not expressed,])ut understood.
one
Give an eximple of each of the four kinds of sentences
: declarative,
interrogative,
imperative,and exclamatory.
have the transposedor inverted order,the prediSentences sometimes
cate
Every

sentence

before
Write
What

are

Write
and

one

Write

the

must

have

su})ject.Give

subject and

example.
introduced
sentences
two
by the expletivesthere and it.
sentences?
Give three exanijile.s.
elliptical
in which
the subject has one
sentence
more
a
or
modifiers,

in which
two

an

tlu; predicatehas

sentences,

compound predicate.
Write
two
compound
complex.

one

with

one

or

more

compound

sentences, two
'

modifiers.

subject and

complex and

two

one

with

compound-

What
of

is

clause?

Building

dependent

clause?

43

Give

examples

each.
What
Write

What
Make

the

are

is

of

parts

speech
both

containing
is

meant

copula

by

by
:

What

is

verb

the

and

adjectives

transitive

Illustrate

containing

sentences

use

of

each

sentence.

adverbs.

illustrate

by

sentence.

pronoun

as

object,

predicate

noun,

Illustrate

by

adjective.

predicate
What

eight

sentence

what

Explain

phrase?

Sentence

and

Eeview

is

preposition?

is

conjunction?

prepositional

phrase?

sentence.

What
introduces

dependent

Make

clause.

sentences

in

which

conjunction

CHAPTER

INFLECTION

III.

LESSON

EXAMPLES

In
may

Lesson

1 your

change

their

they

way

hoy whistles,
of

the

indicates

the

hand,
are

wiser,

and
a

If

have

Italian, still

have

many

of

the

Here

the

is

and

hut

these

do

so

adjectives,

The

other

its subject
men

are

and

This
and

man

but

say,

the

on

inflection.
;

the

addition

verb

wise,

by

plural

both

hoy, the

and

wiser

is

men,

indicates

wise.

had

once

great

the

by

now

few

like

languages,

dropped,
of

order

kinds

German,

the

and

of
dicate
in-

we

and

words

by

that

inflection

of

or

Most

English.

than

been

have

inflections

more

many

inflections

more

are

modern

some

relations

prepositions.

and
are

that
man

we

whistle,

words

that

meanings

noun

verb

changes

language

our

the

This

say.

wiser

and

In

fact

example,

the

indicates

we

many

of

inflections

the

the

from

now

For
In

the

to

their

to

sentence.

plural.

language

English
it has

the

number

and

thing

called

was

according

singular

the

wise

different

than

the

singular.
we

INFLECTION

hoys whistle.

of

are;

The

in

addition

indicate

these

forms

The

or

OF

attention

used

are

34

still

remain.
In

by

changing

2.

of

indicate

we

the

stem

of

the
the

In

we

pronouns

word

adding

by

number

indicate

we

form;

as,

indicate

he

(masculine),
person

number

indicate

(singular), they (plural).

We

plural

or

possession by

's.

adding

he

nouns

in the

We
she
same

indicate

change

gender

by

of form,
the

as

change

(feminine).
way

44

by

/,

you,

he, show

by

their

Nvtmber

verbs, we

In

3.

is spoken to,

who

person

for the

they stand

whether

form

who

person

the person

or

show

can

45

is spoken of.

who

the tense,

is speaking, the

time, in similar

or

that he is doing it
walks, or he is walking, means
that he was
walked or was
walking means
doing it at
He

ways.

now.

He

some

past

time.
There

are

form

inflected

thus

are

ideas that
the

in

changes

or

speech

other

many

of

except

by such

be shown

can

All

words.

flectio
in-

parts of

the

prepositions,conjunctions,

interjections.

and

In the following pairs of sentences,

find that

can

Take

3.

Many

him

4.

Give

5.

They

and

ever

see

has

You

9.

They

ducks
a

will not

in stem

or

day.

care.

him

gave

I should

room.

Could

caught six minnows.

he

or

the wind

you

catch

smile
are

duck
?

upon

all that

here when

we

Did you

walk.

easilyas they can

as

swim

the wind.

saw

never

little boy and

the

smiled upon

queen

queens

you

ending

you

coward.

swim

can

goose

seen

and

Were

10.

be called

in

be called cowards.

than

sooner

many

king and
and

as

die

words

how

five miles every

John

you.

fishingand

minnow

Geese

8. The

with

room.

went

Who

7.

die

soon

as

book
would

men

They walked

mile.

John's

2.

6.

that is,changed
inflected,

are

walked

1. We

see

g'rl. Kings

boys and girls.

She and

left.

are

found

their books

I have

gone.

here

was

all the

time.

LESSON
NUMBER

The

word

IN

between

singular number

one.

Three

nouns

and

of the

verbs.

PRONOUNS,

in grammar,

number,

the distinction
The

NOUNS,

35

one
means

and
one,

as
more

the

we

than

AND

VERBS

have

seen,

one

person

plural number

parts of speech have

number

indicates
or
more

nouns,

thing.
than
prO'

Everyday English

46
1

In

adding

singular; as hoy,boys; hand, hands; quality,

indicated by changes of form in the
sometimes

is

qualities.It
stem:

indicate the

Pronouns

2.

tooth,teeth; mouse,

men;

man,

We

walk.

walks

verb

our;

my,

her, they.

ending ;

this

these

that

those

cannot

singular and plural are the same:

either singularor plural.
are
We

number.
walk

He

say,

be used

can

us;

mo,

Pluraxi

also have

Verbs

singular;

the

Singular

whom

who, whose, and

and

the stem

the

(c) Sometimes

3.

from

he, they; she,they; it,they;

(6) by changes in

mice.

plural.

different in stem

(a) by words
I, we;

frequentlyindicated by

is most

to the

es

s or

pluralnumber

the

nouns

only with

walks, but

He

say.

you,

They

the
Hence
They walks.
subject in the singular. In

or
a

pluralsubject.
that
to be a change in form
in verbs thus appears
Number
of the subject. But this
they have, because of the number
If we
say.
change does not take place in all forms of the verb.
The horse ran and The horses ran we have no change in the verb.
with singularsubjects,
In the verb be,we have am, is,and was
with pluralsubjects; thus : I am, he is,it was, we
and were
are
theywalk, the verb walk has

they are, you were, they were.

have changes
In verb-groups also we
has slept; They have slept.
: He

are,

Change
whether

springflows
3.

to-morrow.

his
7.

The

punishment.
It cost

fall.
11.

following sentences to the pluralform, and

have had to change the form of the verb.

the

you

1. The

9.
I

was

to show

in form

5.

from

man

He

out

takes
was

five dollars then.

the hillside. 2.
his

ready
8.

The

punishment.
to

go.

6.

bluebird

am

4.

going to
The

It costs

man

has

say

town

took

five dollars.

flies southward

sleptlong enough. 10. He is expected home

12. This' thing will be done.
waiting for you.

She

ber
num-

in the
soon.

Person
Change the followingsentences
the subject and, if necessary,
1. We

came

station.

the
bore

soon

as

towards

swiftlyon

us

the autumn

horses

The

3.

verb.

2.

seemed

impatient

the house.

in which

five sentences

Our

cousins

waiting at
be off. 4. They

to

The

were

beauties

of nature

in

subjectand predicate are

in

5.

the

five in which

and

singular number,

the

the

singularform by changing

wonderful.

are

Make

to the

could.

we

as

47

they

in the

are

plural

number.
LESSON

Some

PRONOUNS

IN

PERSON

have

pronouns

indicate whether

of the person
spoken to,
/ saw
In the sentence,

for the

I stands

for the

you

of

name

by

inflection

in pronouns

persons
person

In

called

are

is

the

I, my,

mine,

thine; third person,

pluralnumber, the
of the second

person

Theirs
5.

is

no

you

uncommon

They brought

us

is

speaking,

indicate

There

forms

of the
you,

person,

2.

Call
fate.

me

4.

you,

first

your,

yours,

thy,

of their best.

gave

are:

we,

In
our,

of the third

yours;

early,and
She

second

are

pronouns

first person

your,

three

are

(speaking),the

personal

second

this distinction

he, she, it, his,her,hers,its,him.

person,

all.

who

one

three

(spoken of).

they,their,theirs,them.
In the following sentences
pick out
and tell to which person they belong :
1. I gave

have

we

"

pronouns.

person

the

of.

thing spoken

or

kim.

speaking,

spoken to, and him for the

spoken of. This distinction is
whicli

first

me;

of the person

to

is

personal

(spoken to), the third

the singular number,

person,

us;

who

one

the pronouns

; and

called person

change in form,

of the

name

else who

one

some

name

strike

you

for the

of the

name

VERBS

of the person

or

"

pronouns.

AND

inflection,or

an

stand

they

36

the

personal

I will go
it to

me

ours,

person,

pronouns,

with
as

the

her

them.
last

3.

gift.

Everyday English

48
In

in Lesson

the sentences

tell the person

23

of each

of the

pronouns.

Make

five sentences

1. One

containinga

2.

with

One

in the second
3.

One

4.

Two

and

follows

as

in the first person

pronoun

pronoun

pronoun

plural.
in all three persons.
containingpronouns
sentences
different in number
containingeach two pronouns
person

person.

Not
This

only

pronouns,

but

verbs also

the

verb

that

only

means

according to the
1st Person

we

Person

you

Sd

Person

he is

The

verb

changes the
thus

form

have

we

are

am

they

to

am,

There

is,was, etc.,are

correspond with

NOUNS

pronouns

and

some

the

The

the

without

AND
nouns

"

word

means,

Gender

sex.

objects: ship
sun

most

the

person

various
of its

forms)
subject;

37

feminine, indicating the

inanimate

examples

PRONOUNS

inflected to indicate

are

English, gender usually indicates sex.

three genders : the masculine, indicatingthe male

indicating,as
objects

few

is for the third.

for the first person,

IN

are

the

sex;

are

are,

GENDER

In

gender.

are

are

LESSON

Personal

changes

person.
its form,

are

you

(of which

be

sometimes

have

Plural

am

2d

saitl to

are

of its subject. Here

person

Singular

and

plural.
singularand

in the third person

usuallyas
common

different word

; as,

antl

is
moon

female

neither

sex;
"

sex,

and
and

the neuter,

applied

given occasionally to

often referred to

as

are

to

few

she,

he.

indicatinggender is by the use of

boy,girl;king,queen; cock,hen; bull,cow.
way

of

endings often indicate gender : actor,actress; author,

authoress; executor,executrix; hero,heroine.
Certain

Case
the

In

in Nouns

personal

pronouns

hat

Some

here.

The

is

meant

one

five nouns,

Name
masculine

gender,

five which

are

of the

gender
man

not

in the

used

Case

of

is the

in this

nouns

or

pronouns

his shows

lesson,which

in

are

NOUNS

grammatical

one

has

left

that the

the

feminine

of the

are

gender, and

gender.

neuter

IN

it ; as, Some

pronoun

LESSON
CASE

ferent
gender by using difdicated
is ingender of the noun

boy.

or

five which

49

indicate

we

words, he, she, it. Often the

that refers to
by the pronoun
his

Pronouns

and

term

to other

38
AND

PRONOUNS

used

to denote

words

the

in the sentence.

relationship
A

noun

that is the

subjectof a verb is in the nominative

case.
A noun
or
denoting possessionor ownership is in the
pronoun
A noun
that is the object of a
or
possessive case.
pronoun
transitive verb, or a noun
in a prepositionalphrase,
or
pronoun
is in the objective case.
tionships
(See Lessons 26 and 30.) Other relaof nouns
and pronouns
also indicated by these
are
three cases, as we
shall see in Chapter IV.
Case is frequentlymarked
by inflection. We find the possessive
of most
in
's
s'.
But
the
inflection
in
nouns
or
ending
is mostly confined to the pronouns.
In the
English for case
sentence, / brought my ill luck upon me, we have the subject of
the sentence, / in one
case
(the nominative), the pronoun
my
in another
and
in
another
case
7ne
(the possessive),
(the objective).
These cases
to be studied more
But
are
fullylater on.
will take the sentence
if you
just given, and insert the other
after another,you will see an illustration
one
personal pronouns,
or

pronoun

of inflection for

case.

Thus

You
brought my illluck upon me.
brought your ill luck upon you.
He
She brought her ill luck
brought his ill luck upon hiin
her.
upon
it. They brought their illluck
It brought its ill luck upon
them.
upon
.

Everyday English

50
In the

followingconversation,insert appropriate pronouns.

"

to be

want

"What

wish to be when

do

"John, what

"

"Wliat

does

"

mother
is

that

says

does

"Why

think

"Because

it ?"

about

it is a useful and

says

honorable

calling."

say?"
the thing

fitted for."

am

?"

so

willingto study,and

am

"

physician."

father say

does

up ?

grow

interested in scientific

am

things."
"Has

"Yes,

reason?"

other

any

uncle,is

brother,

physician,and

I could

into

go

office."
both
are
"Well, John,
make
a good physician."

these

In

and

INFLECTION

has.

language
Once

he readeth.
eth

or

OF

had

once

should

we

These

have

stillfound

other words

in the sentence

daily use

place of the word

It has happened

noun,
es,

; and

second

in the inayi's

as

in

and

person,

or

personal

any

of

the

hat,is

been

"

rubbed

of the word

off,"
to

the

or

by

by the meaning,
by

traction
con-

other

Many

mannes.

the relation

is indicated

the

these old inflections than

now

read,thou readest,

as

in the sentence,
that

it

in

disappeared altogether,have
in

than

literature,
though
everyday English. The possessive

form

endings have
or
dropped,
the

forms,

st for the

or

are

disappeared from
(or genitive)ending of tlie
older

the

used

endings, est

PRONOUNS

fuller inflection

much

they have

an

verbs

subjectsof

39

PERSONAL

th for the third person,

from

are

possession.

LESSON

Our

will

believe

reasons.

tell w'liich pronouns

sentences

denote

which

good

preposition.

pronouns

other

retain

more

of

parts of speech.

Inflection
Hence,

best what

show

of the

survey

the

you,

etc.)are

the

and

that they have

In

the

person

same
no

in the

Example
pronoun,

John

first and

1. Come

and

51
will

pronouns

their

In

case.

book

left Ms

masculine

second

select the
if

personal

on

the

the

gender,and

the

pronouns,
noun

for

also their number,

case,

case

table.

Its antecedent

Why?

possible,the

giving the

(7,

gender,

gender.

Give

which

person

feminine

and

masculine

belongs, and,

each

of the third person.

singularnumber,
the possessionof

personal

for the neuter

forms

to the rest of the sentence

3.

the

of

pronouns

it stands,that is,its antecedent.

their gender, and

2.

of the

followingsentences,

tell to which
which

forms

Pronouns

is.
inflection

that

Note

of Personal

the

state

lation
re-

indicates.

His

is John.

is

personal

It is in the

possessivecase, indicating

the hook.

dry your feet ; they are very wet.

But, mother, don't you see that the coastingis good, and that
?
it will soon
be spoiledby the warm
sun
rubber boots.
I should put on dry stockingsand my
new

Everyday English

52
4.

Oh

5.

Yes, your

6.

Good.

those

Arc

father

He

did.

rubber

new

brought

them

for you last night.

I'd need them to-day.

known

have

must

boots mine ?

thought j^ou'dwant to go coasting.

8. See how
they fit me, mother; and their tops come
knees, so that I can go into the deep snow.
9. Yes, but you must
keep out of the deepest snow.
waist in some
places.
your
7.

10.

He

He

right,mother.

All

Don't

about

worry

above

It's up

I'llbe back

me.

my

to

before

dinner.

LESSON
COMPARISON

Another
in

IN

most

of all.

so

This

we

say

mor("

the second

in the

change

degree

is

and
better,
of the

comparison
in

vary

so, and

apple

call

wc

adjective may

boy is good, another

One

sweetest.

an

be sweet, another

may

of all ;

ADVERBS

of inflection is to indicate what

use

apple

AND

ADJECTIVES

adjectivesand adverbs.
The quality indicated by

One

40

yet

degree.

third the

sweeter, the third,

yet another

quality indicated

best

by

adjectivewe call comparison.

have three degrees of the quality:
In comparing adjectives,
we
sweet, which merely indicates the quality,is called the positive
of the quality than sweet,
degree ; sweeter, which indicates more

an

is called the

comparative degree

highest degree
These

We

are

may

of the

called

quality,is

sweetest,which

called

indicates

the superlative degree.

degrees of comparison.

indicate

the

the

comparison of adjectivesthus

comparative degree

The
;

Adjectives and

in

Comparison

positive. Adjectives ending

adding er and est.
the

is
in

tive
by adding er to the posiindicated
by adding est to
y change the y to i before

the following adjectives : tall,

fine,late,
small, little,

Compare

and

Name

few, tardy, heavy.

five other

compare

adjectives,especiallythose that have

Some

53

is indicated

superlative degree

the

and

Adverbs

compared by using

are

and

more

most

adjectives.

two

with

or

the

lables,
syl-

more

positive

degree.
Superlative

Comparative

Positive

beautiful

more

beautiful

most

beautiful

industrious

more

industrious

most

industrious

the
in this way
following adjectives: healthful,
Compare
cheerful,honorable,splendid,difficult.
five other adjectiTes that require the use
and compare
Name

of

and

more

adjectives

Many

the

changing
by using

with

"slowly.

the

by
irregularly,sometimes
far,farther,farthest;sometimes

compared

different word,

adverbs

Most

are

in part,

word

examples

common

most

most.

as

as

best.
good, better,

Here

are

few

and
regularly compared by using more
sloivly,most
slowly, more
positive degree :
are

"

Everyday English

54

LESSON
TENSE

We

have
and

number

of the

The

time

of the action

tense

; I

went, is past

past

tense
or

action

the

to

; I shall go,

inflection

present,
the

think, I thought;

The

future

is formed

present

tense

Pick
sentences

change

out

tense
:

has

the

I go, is present

tense.

is future

in two

ing
(1 ) by add-

ways

The

tense.

live,I lived,or
of the verb, as /

by prefixingshall

walk,

go, I

went;

of
the

past

or

present

been

made

future
tense

to

show

run.

in the

tenses

of the

will to the

or

/ eat, I shall eat; he 7'uns, he will

; tell what

future tense

stem

of form

teach,I taught.

examples

in form

in

as

their

present,past, or future.

tense

by

show

by change

verb is called

walked; (2) by changing

I

inflected to

of

is indicated
ed

often

are

of the verb, whether

time

VERBS

also indicate

We

person.

IN

verbs

that

seen

41

verb

that

following

is,and

the

past

what
or

the

is meant.

flat. 2. His early attempts failed.

thought the world was
of the game.
3. They will forgettheir business in the excitement
4.
all the tricks of the natives.
5. We'll jump into
He thought he knew
the wagon,
6. They searched their pockets
and we'll all take a ride.
and found not a singlepenny.
7. They came
and saw
aquarium.
my
I
for
in
8. Are you
earnest?
Will you go?
9.
lost my
soon
way,
the fog thickened
rapidly. 10. The bees flew home, laden with
honey ; the swaUows began to twitter in the sky.
1. He

Give

the past tense

fly,call,read, move,
Give

the future

of the first five,and

As
these
stem

we

have

are

said to be

to form

seen,

of each

of these

verbs

fix, control.
of these verbs, using I

sing,run,

help,

carry,

tense
he

some

as

the

subjectof

verbs

atld d

as

the

subject

the last five.

or

ed to form

regular (or weak) verbs.

Some

the past ;
change the

the past tense ; these'are called irregular (or strong)

of Sentence

Keview

Cry, talk,pull,ivish,are

verbs;

verbs ; their past tenses

and

five other

verbs, and
verb

for

number,

Name

and

person

other

regular

Plural

I shall

2d Person

.you yv\\\sing

you

3d Person

he will

the.ywill sing

followingverbs

sing

shall

we

sing

sing

'will sing

turn, bite,blow,laugh,wish.

LESSON

42
PARTS

STRUCTURE,

SENTENCE

irregular

an

TENSE

1st Person

OF

Teach,

tense:

Singular

REVIEW

five

illustrate the inflection of

FUTURE

Inflect the

weak

regular or

irregularverbs.

followingtable will

The

of

taught,thought,flew,forgot,

tense

past

iregular verbs.

therefore

are

examples

55

cried,talked,pulled,wished.

are

in the

think,flij,
forgetare

Structure

OF

SPEECH,

INFLECTION

Name

all the

of sentences.

are
cases.
nouns

they?

what

can

Make

be
a

Substitute

nouns

inflected for

case

of for the
John.

In

that

pronouns

nominatives.

case

sentences

Make

are

used

they?

Give
:

Name

three

as

subjects

all the

personal

verbs.

containing

for these
?

be used

can

objects of

as

sentence

following nouns

Make

that

personal pronouns

In

what

case

in

three

pronouns

How

pronouns.

all the inflections you

prince, hero, author, man,

containing
five sentences

these

can

are

think

brother,

predicate
containing predicate adnouns

as

Give

jectivos.
the

Make

and

Make

Make

degree.

in

compound
a

complex
the

and

the

Repeat

verb

to

subject

and

past.
with

adjective

an

modifying

phrase

the

modifying
tlie

two

predicate.

pronouns,

two

phrase.
with

case,

of

compound

containing

prepositional
sentence

adjectives.

predicate.

sentcnice

objective

tenses

with

sentence

adverb

an

and

adjectives,

noun

simple

subject

the

these

present
with

sentence

modifying

adverbs

two

all

changing

simple

of

comparison

the

sentences,
Make

English

Everyday

56

and

an

pronoim

adjective

in

the
in

the

first

person,

superlative

CHAPTER

IV.

PROPERTIES

OF

THE

PARTS

OF

SPEECH

this

In

chapter
of

eight parts

the

we

III

changes

in

tense, and

other

helped

to

us

clauses,and
in

its

at

properties and
II

we

are

gender,
of

these
In

person,

the
case,

All this has

speech.

in

of words

grouping

phrases,

thought (Chapter I). Now,

each

length its kinds

some

defined

in the sentence.

number,

express

to take

have

of

uses

or
something about inflection,

the

to

we

uses

propertiesof the parts

understand

IV

Chapter

indicate

sentences

Chapter

consider

learned

that

form

the

their chief

and

have

we

study

In

speech.

eight parts of speech

Chapter

to

are

part of speech by itself and

or

and
classes,its inflection,

uses.

As

talk

we

of

number, gender,

person,

and

case,

tense, we

specialor technical
language. Person, for example, in ordinary language means
human
a
being" ; but in the technical language of grammar
it means
and pronouns
distinguish
a
quality by which nouns
between
the speaker, the person
or
addressed, and the person
In the same
gender, case, tense, have
thing talked about.
way,
adjective,
specialgrammatical meanings ; and noun,
pronoun,
using grammatical

are

terms,

sort

of

"

special grammatical

etc., are

terms
a

real

serve

The
to aid

us

for

name

But

each

real distinction in

of these grammatical

thought,

for

or

expressingour thoughts. All the

words
about nouns,
for example, merely tell how
may
by naming things and ideas.
that words

use

lessons

is

terms.

purpose
us

in

that others

serve

of grammar

in

with

thinking clearlyand
will understand.

In
57

all its distinctions

in

expressing our

and

rules is

thoughts

using grammatical terms,

so

you

Everyday English

58
should

be

always

Think

of these terms,

names

for

remember

you

gender,person,

7iouns,

propertiesof words

or

uses

that

sure

their

meaning.

subject,etc., as

that

important

are

the

in

our

thinkingand talking.
LESSON

43
KINDS

NOUNS,
Nouns

divided

are

into several

kinds

the things

accordingto

objectsnamed.

or

1.

Common

and

is the

noun

applied to

of any

thing.

also

proper

noun.

noun.

The

the

boy's

also does

and

proper

the

2.

m(^an

are

noun

always begins

Rome,

or

group

take
we

way

the

are

either

Roman;

as,

The

jury

was

of different units,w(^
nouns

are

collective

proper

capital,and

Boston, Bostonian;
India, Indian; China,
it

in the

of persons

things. Such

may

noun^.

or

of these nouns,

Each
to

include

in the

noun

the

as

singular
to

unit, we

If it is consid("red

plural;

also have

as,

The

of

number

plural verb, according

chosen.
use

singular

collectivewhen

collective

armies, multitudes,etc.
five other

Vesuvius, that of

with

If it is considered

it.

is

nouns.

is understood

singular or

agreed. Collective
Give

from

collection

things.

regarding

singular;

number

or

jxTsons

Henry

nouns.

proper

Nouns

Nouns.

though singular in form,

individual

places,

place,or

Dobbin,

l)e

these

multitude,jury, herd,flock,etc.

army,

may

might

adjective derived

and

Henry;

might be

name

five other proper

Collective

they
are

Give

particular person,

might be

horse's

America, American;
Chinese.

of

of the mountain

name

that

class of persons,

mon
com-

common.

name

name

The

city,Boston;

Note
so

is the

noun

The

boy, horse,mountain, city. These may be

Names
of ideas,like virtue,
boy, any horse,etc.

any

proper

of

one

22.)

Lesson

are

number, heroism,etc., are

A

(See

Nouns.

Proper

name

things. Such

or

not

OF

jury

pluralforms

the
use
as

were

; as,

Nouns
Abstract

3.

Nouns

Number

name

59

quality

general idea;

or

liberty,goodness, happiness, wisdom, enmity, friendship,are

of abstract

examples

select the

followingsentences

In the

is,whether

each

nouns.

the abstract

common

or

drove

Heavy

3.

The

4.

In his haste

5.

The

beauty of

6.

The

Hessians

7.

His

8.

There

9.

The

class in

10.

The

Constitution

waves

club

the

composed

was

of sober and

of

brave

many

were

equal to

not

was

geography will

United

Lesson

This
and

44
NUMBER

it means

wish

to

speak

of

commonly

we

pronouns,

cow

home.

came

home.

The

cows

The

leaf has fallen.

The

leaves

came

have

property of
than

more

means

under

be amended

may

and

one

than

more

different

use

(See

one.

35.)

1. The

2.

and

nouns
we

States

conditions.

NOUNS:

when

regiment.

recite next.

LESSON

using

in their memories.

his courage.
in the

men

of the

Shakespeare.

fightagainstthe Americans.

hired to

were

workingmen.

earnest

remained

Etna

Mount

the rocks.

ship on

he lost his copy

wisdom

certain

forms

and

collective

America.

2.

In

Select the

proper.

kind

tell what

nouns.

is in South

1. Peru

and

nouns

one

one

only, it
more

than

is

Men

are

We

by which

animals.

come.

cannot

we

is called number.
is said to be in the
one,

animal.

an

I cannot

fallen.

nouns

Man

come.

distinguishbetween
When

noun

or

singular number

it is said to be in the

one

pronoun
;

plural number.

when

Everyday English

60
The

pluralof

singular;

ending

to V, and

such1

Some

Nouns

to

or

to the

es

sh, ch (soft),
s, x, and

in

the

z.

plural by changing the

es.

leaf

sheaf

thieves

leaves

sheaves

1
J
]
however, merely add

belief

I'oof

nouns,

roots

enid in y

after

the y to i and

adding

study

ladies

babies

studies

in y after

,"

/.

beliefs

the

plural by

es.

baby

that end

form

consonant

lady

Nouns

by adding

thief

that

changing

ending

nouns

/ usually form

in

adding

is indicated

nouns

is added

es

Nouns

most

reply
replies

vowel

merely

add

fiy
flies

to form

the

plural.
donkey
donkej's
Most

essays

ending

nouns

key
keys

essay

in

add

to form

boy
boys
the

plural,like pianos,

solos.
A

few

es, like

add

quitoes,negroes,
These

Note.
than

snd

now.

children

This

form

the

pluralby adding

ox

brother

oxen

brethren

is

In older
were

echoes, heroes, 7nos-

potatoes,tomatoes.

nouns

"

buffaloes,cargoes,

an

English form

Old

poetry

formed

one

by adding

child

en

children

of the

see
still,

may

en.

to the

plural, once
eycn

older

much

(or eyne)

more

for eyes.

plurals, brether and

common

Brethren
childer^

Nouns
Some

Number

61

plural by changing the vowel.

mouse

tooth

foot

man

woman

goose

mice

teeth

feet

men

women

geese

Some

the

have

nouns

form

same

in both

singularand plural.

when
deer,sheep,trout,perch,shad, and fish(fishes
different kinds).

Examples
we

the

form

words

are

mean

Some

have

nouns

plurals:

two

family)and brethren (of the

stamping),dice (forgames).
sentences

plural number

using each

the

of the

in' the
following nouns
chair, stove, leaf,calf, goose, ox, ally,alley,

sheep.
sentences
using each of the followingnouns

monkey,

(of

society); die,dies (for

same

same

Make

brother,brothers

woman,

Make

in the

gular
sin-

beeves, children,deer, mice, giraffes,studies,potatoes,

hoofs,nieces,watchmen.
Many
etc.

have

nouns

have

Some

no

plural,as

no

singular,as

knowledge,steel,corn,
liards,
pincers,trousers, bilscissors,
anger,

proceeds.
Some

singularin meaning, have the pluralform

nouns,

neivs,

measles,physics,mathematics,politics.
Compound

nouns,

change for

the

eye teeth.

Sometimes

first

part

of the word

are

many

your

follows
The
The

of

an

cupfids,armfuls, bookcases,
take the plural forms in the

nouns

apostrophe and

both

and's when

you

tell

parts

women-servants.

words

used

as

things

s.

mind
^'s,

your

the

your
a

p's and

^'s.

You

use

too

story.

people, with the customary

are
title,

pluralizedas

two
two

such

make

alphabet, figures,and

i's,cross

noio's and

Names

the end

at

pluralized: men-servants,

of the

spoken of, add

Dot

plural

words, commonly

of two

men-of-war; sometimes
brothers-in-law,

Letters

formed

Mr.
Mrs.

Smiths.
Smiths.

The
The

Messrs.
Misses

Smith

(a very

Smith;

the

formal
two

expression).
Miss

Smiths.

Everyday English

(i2
Certain

of

nouns

had in

pluralthey

Many

foreignorigin also have the English form of

The
example, indexes, funguses, etc.
only

of

nouns

the

plural: for

way

to

be

foreignoriginretain in English the form of

the language from which they were
borrowed.

about

sure

these

pluralforms

LESSON
NOUNS

and

Nouns

of the female

'he for persons

Man
We
bull

We

thing named.

or

person

GENDER

often differ

pronouns

the dictionary.

45

PRONOUNS:

AND

is to consult

accordingto

he for persons

use

sex,

and

it for

the

sex

of the

of the male

things without

sex,

sex."

and girlthe female.

boy indicate the male sex, woman
the sex
of animals
by such terms as
distinguishbetween
This
and cow, cock and hen, lion and lioness,and so on.
and

is called

quality of indicating sex

There

three

are

37.)

neuter.

only by diffen^nt words but also by

words; as man-servant,
maid-servant;
Certain
endings also indicate the

bull-moose, cow-moose.
gender,

Lesson

not

prefixesin compound
feminine

(See

genders : masculine, feminine, and

is indicated

Gender

gender.

ess,

and

ix;

as,

actor, actress; executor,

executrix.
is the

What
:

man,

gender of each of the following nouns

and

nouns
pro-

lord,lady,
actress,John, Mary, coiv, doe, buck, girl,

king, queen, duke, duchess,prince,princess,he, she,her,his,him,

it,box, house, happiness,tree,Africa, Kansas f
Many
they refer

nouns

and

to human

pronouns

beings and

do

gender, though
animals,that is,to beingswith sex.
not

indicate

Pronouns

and

Nouns

Person

63

child,infant, animal, deer,fish,pig, rat, duck,

citizen,worker, American, European, they, their,them, who,

Examples

are

words

Such

whom.

gender, that is,either maseuHne

There

of the

common

feminine; sometimes

or

gender.
of gender
specialcases

some

are

be

they

without

to be

considered

are

said to

sometimes

are

do not

that

conform

objects are generally

general rule. Certain inanimate
spoken of as if they had sex ; a boat or ship is commonly called
she.
people commonly
Again, many
she,the sun he, the moon
what the sex of the animal ;
call a dog he and a cat she,no matter
for its sex
to be indicated by its
too young
and a child,when
dress,is often called it.
to the study of other languages than English,
When
come
you
for example, German, French, or Latin, you will find that gender
in these languages means
quite a different thing from what
it does in English. In German, for example, the word for woman
is of the neuter
gender, that for sun is feminine, that for moon
In these languages gender does not indicate sex,
is masculine.
the

to

and

except in the pronouns

few

other words.

LESSON

grammatical property of
has already been considered

The
person,

noun

persons

or

(2) We, the

the

In
"

the

town

pronouns

nouns

and

nouns

36 and

in Lessons
the

name

called

pronouns,

of

39.

the

or

person

speaking :

(1) I, James

The

be

may

pronoun

PERSON

PRONOUNS:

AND

NOUNS

46

James

solemnly aflSfm this

council, do promulgate this edict.

I and

spoken to, and

you
are

"

are

we

and

Monroe

the sentence,
pronoun

do

Monroe,

in the

the

be

here

in the first person,

town

council.

You, David,
and

to

noun

second

have

found

David
person.

the

refer to

truth.

the

as

are

also

rightanswer.
the

person

64

Everyday English
above

In the sentences

the

things spoken of, and

to

The
second

the

the

who

who

is

indicate

answer

reiei

person.
is

speaking.

spoken

thing spoken

or

person

third
one

one

following sentences

the

and

the

indicates

person

In

indicates

person

in the

are

indicates

first person

and
truth,edict,

nouns

the

to.

The

The
third

of.

person

of the

nouns

pronouns:
to wait for them.

1. He

told

2.

You,

3.

We

4.

Let

friends,can judge between us.

shall be expectingyou to dimier.
what pictureshe has to sell.
us
see

5.

You

G.

Oh

! my

stormed

Captain

Ratisbon.
fearful

Cats

tripis done.
His fellest earthlyfoes
friends he loved.
I believe he did but feignto hate.

My

hand

"

will miss the insinuated

eyes

You

to the

And

take

be

wagged contempt
stormy night.

must

town

go ;

her father's

fast before

And

fled

days we've

he fuid

blood would

men

together.
glen

in the

us

stain the heather.

happy li\angthings! No tongue

Their beautj^might declare.
A springof love gushed from ni}' heart,
0

And

I blessed them

unaware

Sure my kind saint took pity on

And I blessed them unaware.

the

was

of the

about
brave

to

2.

The

3.

If the boat had

man

and

nouns

come

me,

indicate

following sentences

of each

person
.

fate.

For should

at

lantern,child,to light
mother through the snow.

Three

In

nose,

the tail that

To-night will

My

our

"

Your

10.

French

we

Captain

Mine

9.

my

know

7. His

8.

not

me

when

number, gender, and

pronouns:

you

called

is he who

faces

upset,

should

we

the

me.

danger knowingly.
have

been drowned.

Nouns

Pronouns

and

themselves

They found

4.

Her

5.

tongue grew

day

10.
11.

12.

13.

friends

Waken,

ladies gay.
dawns the

lords and

the mountain

On

day.

Aershot,up leaped of a sudden the sun,

And
againsthim the cattle stood black every
I see the deep'suntrampled floor.
With
and purple seaweeds strown.
green
At

14.

15.

LESSON
NOUNS

All

call

carries

He

say

he, his, and

words

speak
each

of him

case

we

or

carries

HIM

ball, HE

is

mean

the

in pronouns.

seen

You

friend of yours.

The

it to him.

boy.

same

three
do

Why

we

as

he, we are
subject of a verb.
say

all

him

father gave

relation that

in
Because
he, then as his,then as him?
When
thinking of the boy in a different way.
thinkingof the boy as doing something,as the

first
are

His

hat.

of

say,

is best

This

38.)

speaking, let us

are

have

in sentences

(Review Lesson

case.

CASE

NOMINATIVE

used

pronouns

one.

47

PRONOUNS:

AND

and

nouns

You

hat

excitingadventures.
village.

of the
brought him the news
the old,old story.
Tell me
I can
keep it up no longer,friend.
Harriet,you are joking; I do not believe you.
Sometimes
glad,
a troop of damsels
An abbot on an ambling pad.
Sometimes
a curlyshepherd lad.
Or long-haired
page in crimson clad,
Went
by to towered Camelot.
Be good, sweet
maid, and let who will be clever ;
Do noble things,not dream
them, all day long.
His

many

no

practice.

constant

7.

Treasure

65
with

home

Stevenson's

9.

we

from

from

6.

8.

we

miles

contains

Island

Case

Nominative

hundred

pockets.
sharper every

in their

money

We
a

strong and

hat;

but

of

think

never
we

active,and

he

say
so

on.

saying
carries
In

each

his

carries

hat,he
of these

plays
sen-

Everyday English

66

of

sentence

In the

is

Examples

or

noun

is he.

find which

In

is, which
imperative

an

or

nouns

are

pronoun

Hence

case.
as

nominative

the

that

case,

or

used

pronoun

is in

noun

nominative

in the

clause

clauses.

or

the

case.

pronouns

the

sentence

peaches bring a high price.

This

do.

Peaches

and is in the nominative

(2) They

subjects of
the

is it that

What

is therefore the

noun

subject

hringsa high

subjectof the sentence,

case.

in great fear.

were

They

is the

subject of the sentence,

it tells icho

case, because

and in the nominative

were

in great fear.

In the dependent clause

(3) When you go out, close the door.
is the subjectof the verb go and therefore in the nominative
case.
is imperative,the subject is
the independent clause, which

(understood).
made

1. He

rides and

She

3.

They

4.

Who

5.

Huge oak

6.

You

7.

Louder

8.

Gone

9.

Food

11

How
.

his

lightof

2.

The

danger.

dances

well.

playing tennis with

are

you

gave

and

us.

this ball ?

chairs
I must

the table.

placedaround

were

study

this lesson

togetlior.

and louder grew

the pealsof thunder,
those days of splendor.
are

greedinessis disgusting.
night has a thousand eyes, and the day but one.
tliisbank.
the moonlight sleepsupon
sweet
; but

is necessary

handful

of silver he left us.

12.

Just for

13.

On

14.

When

15.

If this be treason, make

16.

Leave

these

17.

If you

can,

18. He

are

(1) Good

10.

ject
sub-

omitted.

commonly

pricef

following sentences

sentences
you

or

nominative

the

in

general rule,

the

have

the sentence

is said to be

in this way

used
we

subject of

the

tences

the

ground lay the dead

their glory fade ?
can

leaves.

the most

of it.

pleasuresto those who

come

to

closed his book

our

house

because

care

for them.

this evening.

it was

growing dark.

you

In
you

Nominative
A

27)

noun

and

or

which

pronoun

which

the

means

Case

follows

67

copulativeverb (see Lesson

thing as the subject of the verb

same

In the sentence.
is,like the subject,in the nominative
case.
This is he, the pronoun
he is in the nominative
In the
case.

sentence. He

became

king, king is nominative.

copulative verb, are a part

following a
predicate,and are
In

in Lesson

27, select all the

are

NOMINATIVE

said

to

be

is used

noun

in the

logsinto

from

the Latin
inanimate

personified,they
and

peaks, I'm

In

CASE

the

as

of

name

This

vocare,

to call.

are

with

often
you

direct

is often

case

regarded

are

used

once

person

by

case

the hall.

things

in

the

2.

I'll get

3.

Oh

4.
5.
6.

the kettle
with

even

you,

addressed,it is
address.
Tom,
called the

tive,
voca-

alive,that is, are

as

same

Ye

way.

crags

again.

followingsentences, indicate the

the nominative
case
by direct address.
and explain them.
nominatives
Polly,put

nouns
pro-

Continued

"

the

1.

and

nouns

48

nominative

bring some
When

complete

predicate nominatives.

LESSON

When

of the

tives,
nomina-

called predicate nominatives.

the sentences
which

Such

which

nouns

Indicate

the

are

in

other

on.

you

young

scamp

Dr.

Robinson, the baby has swallowed a pin !

"Boys, a path !" our father said.
0 golden days of youth, how littleI prizedyou then.
Where
are
j^ou going,my
pretty maid ?
"I'm going a milking,sir,"she said.
"

"

7.

Father,

8.

You

9.

brave, as well as beautiful.

Blessingson thee,littleman,
Barefoot boy with cheek of tan.

must

have

I stay ?

shown

us,

Madame,

that

woman

can

be wise and

Eim-lisli

Everyday

68

thou surelyart
nightingale,
of a fieryheart.
A creature
O winds, and clouds and darkness,ye are wondrous
The
fault,dear Brutus, lies not in our stars,
that we
But in ourselves,
are
underhngs.

10.

11.

12.

by direct address,or vocative,is independent

nominative

The

of the rest of the sentence, since it is not

subject

Another
verb

predicate. We

the

or

that do not

felt mieasy.
but is said to
verb

the

John

in

the

in

lay down

we

2.

The

3.

Breakfast

are

we

over,

of

the

the

in mind

The

journey

for

go
game

empty-handed.
to bed.

of tennis.

when:

case

after

copulativeverbs,

construction.

49

PRONOUNS

AND

We

POSSESSIVE

CASE

indicates

the

that

the

lessons

the

boy

had
the

bat, his lessons,his duty.

father that he has, or the bat that

might speak

expressions mean

belongs to him,
his

Sometimes

examples at the beginningof Lesson 47, the boy we

His fatherwas
was
spoken of in one place as his.

phrase used.
These

being away,

absolute.

must

we

LESSON

In the

John

verbs,

absolute

NOUNS

subject of the sentence,

home

went

out

(2) predicate complements

(3) in direct address,
(4) in

assertion

struction.
con-

phrases with

constructions;as.

nominative

in the

(i) Subjects

went

independent

an

sleep.

coming our way, we

fire having burnt out,

No

part of either the

is in

nominative

these
to

an

is not

fish

1.

Nouns

be

is omitted

(being)over,

complete

Here

we

call this

of the nominative

specialuse

form

strong.

of his

that he has
has

of

owns

to do.

the

In

other

father,and

Avords,
so

on

Nouns
that

form

John's

to

give examples

of

69
Hence

possessive

also

Nouns

case.

The
expressions
possessivecase.
piano, the baby's rattle,ladies' bonnets,

the

indicate

Helen's

pony,

Case

Possessive

ownership or possession.

his is said to be in the

this pronoun
a

his indicates

form

is,the

have

Pronouns

and

in the

nouns

indicating ownership

possessivecase.
is in

possession

or

or

noun

the

noun
pro-

possessive

case.

The

and
is often used instead of possessive,
genitive

term

the

means

thing.

same

writing the possessive(or genitive)case

In the singular we
add 's to
be carefullyremembered.
must
In the pluralswhich
make
the possessive: the boy'shat.
already
end
in s, we
merely add the apostrophe : the boys' hats. In
pluralsthat do not end in s, we add 's: the inert's hats. Some
that end in an
sound
s
merely take the apossingular nouns
trophe
if they are
followed by a word
beginning with s: for
that end in s commonly
add the 's:
sake.
But words
justice'
that
the
works, Keats's poetry. Remember
e.g., Dickens's
used in the possessivecase
of the pronouns.
apostrophe is never
the aposWe
and whose without
write his,hers,its,yours, theirs,
trophe.
The

In

correct

of

way

the

following examples pick out the

that are in the possessive,and indicate to
that is, what
or
they own
possess.
the

possessive forms
1. Lend

me

See

Lesson

39

long,
be-

for

pronouns.

burden is light.
yoke
my
Englishman's house is his castle.

3.

An

4.

Babies'

5.

They would

not

6.

Is tillsmine

own

7.

Their

toys

duty

on

the floor showed

matched
penny

room

was

nursery.

country ?
to

reason

'Twere
have

the

that

dare to take the children's bread.

not

was

8.

Not

they

noun

is easy, and

My

To

what

pronouns

ears.

your

2.

9.

of the

and

nouns

our

why.
by

better

fair cousin

of the thieves'

far

with

young

booty remained.

Lochinvar.

Everyday English

0
10.

The

11.

Men

12.

What

13.

He

was

one

14.

Do

not

crush the butterflies'

15.

His

fair

16.

Have

17.

The

18.

On

is

farmer

glad to

rest at the

died of old for conscience' sake.

does the poor

Many

20.

All

our

inherit?

son

of the King's household.

wings

in your

I avowed

is

have

the three

AND

PRONOUNS:

in Lesson

seen

50

that

26

transitive

complete their meanings.

used thus to complete the meaning of
When
to be the object of the verb.
We

objects,this
I

say,

him,

saw

call

The

object

of

Remember

transitive

that

only

call

verb

He

is

hero, He

became

See Lesson

nominatives.

In the first four of the

the

objects of

them

met

words

2.

Fine

3.

The

4.

The

5.

Mary,

on

saw

his.

6. Little I

and

verbs

assert

We

objective

only being
followed

or

are

form.

say,

call

case.

becoming,

by predicate

Select

the

the words

no

are

few.

in italics

objects of the verbs

the way.

wants

is said

require the objective

followingsentences

call the cattle.

ask, my

verb

they.

parsnips.
arbutus hides its beauty deep in the woods.
big troubles of life he met bravely.
go

pronoun

47.

verb.

1)utter

personal pronouns
by a difference in

the rest of the sentences.

1. We

require an

or

transitive

captain,are

verbs

noun

is in the

transitive

Copulative verbs, which

case.

are

he, nor

saw

she; call them, not

her,not

as.

fact is indicated

not

CASE

OBJECTIVE

to

as

object.

quec^ns'children.
stories are told with the daisy'spetals.
citizens are responsible
for the count ry 's welfare.
barge sat

NOUNS

used

is my
starting,
golden touch?

the deer's pasture.

high around

LESSON

object

net.

at

read the story of Midas's

enclosure
the

man's

daughter'sself,as

you

19.

We

day's end.

in

Objective Case:
7.
8.

9.

10.

they had plenty to do, they would

You
have broken your promise.
The moonlight steeped in silentness
The steady weathercock.
If

12.

He

13.

In

14.

The

15.

If you

16.

17.

Blot

18.

Leave

19.

Tliis child I to

need any

sunset

one

seldom

sees.

then, record one lost soul

the lughtiugaleher shady wood.

to

myself will take

mine,

of my

and

I will make

the wastefulness

tell which

following sentences

subjects,which

more.

own.

nations condemn

Other

came.

his name,

out

shall be

the

more

beautiful

lady

waves.

the leaves.

they sought they found, after all,at home.

books, take mine.

pleasureswhich

more

all who

get into mischief.

not

of the

roar

71

wealth.
spot they buried the pirates'
ill-gotten

unknown

some

She

In

help freelyto

gave

the

will find under

best berries you

The

above

his voice

I heard

11.

20.

Object of Preposition

or

nouns

objectsof verbs,and

are

of Americans.

pronouns

which

are

are

predicate

nominatives:
1. His defeat

reallya victory.

was

threw

snowballs

at each

other.

2.

They

3.

had checked
our
baggage man
trunks, we leaped upon the
seemed a reahty.
train,and our day of pleasurenow
a
Johnny sought his fishingrod and his old clothes,for this was
holiday.

4.

5.

The

Will you

be

of

one

our

party ?

We

have

hired

automobile

an

for

the afternoon.

LESSON

OBJECTIVE
There
be

in the

he) ;
seems

and
to

is

CASE:

yet another

objective

way

case.

51

OBJECT
in which

We

say

OF

nouns

This

PREPOSITION

and
watch

the doll is

pronouns
is

for

him

may

(not

for her (not she). For is a preposition,and

after it. Let us try other
require the objective case

prepositions,and

see

if the

result is the

same.

Everyday English

72
forms

Correct
with

me,

her and

1. He

It is

for

the

in

substitute

2.

I succeeded

3.

They

4.

We

Our

in

after
as

rule then

pronouns.

of the pronouns

objective case.

is,A

in the

noun

used

pronoun

or

objective

as

the

object of

chaffinch

1. The

select all the

2.

In the midst

3.

In the

nouns

which

of the

Out

nightand

in to him

in death.

And

I will
leave

heaven

the dead.

pledge with mine

kiss but

I'llnot

and

the other world

spreading chestnut
The villagesmithy stands.
Drink to me
only with thine
Or

the heaven

tree

the

Under

And

9.

are

bough.

soul.

slid into my

Came

8.

of life we

beginning God created

She sent the gentlesleep from
That

7.

the orchard

sings on

look

eyes,
;

in the cup,

for wine.

ending line
of a bay.
tide crept up along the sand,
The western
And o'er and o'er the sand,
And round and round the sand,

They stretched in
Along the margin

As

far

as

eye

could

never

see.

case.

:
objectsof prepositions

6.

above,

Sarah.

following sentences

In the

5.

osition;
prep-

played againstJames.

preposition is

4.

opponents.

my

from

the book

took

cases

same

for each

in the

Henry.
spiteof

objectivecase

the

in

noun

also be

with

came

the

use

used

are

would

nouns

1. He

me

nouns

should

we

etc.

custom, then, to

our

and

him

to

etc. ;

(not /, or my).
spiteof them (not they,or their).

with

came

whom, of whom,

With

me,

I succeeded

2.

If

are

the earth.

are

the

ObjectiveCase:

followingsentences, decide

In the

1. He
wants

the book

gave

to

in which

73

the pronouns

case

(I,me).

that he

(I,me)

It is

2.

who)

They object to (my, me) going. 4. (Whom,

5. (Whom, who) do you think I mean?
am?

3.

see.

think

do you

and

to you

Object

those in parenthesis:

be, and choose between

should

home

(they,them) coming

was

Indirect

church.

from

There

7.

6.

It

three

were

(he,him). 8. I admire those (whom,

10. It
who) I think deserve it. 9. John and (me, I) are in here.
be either John or (me, I). 11. I do not know
(whom, who) to
may
and
blamed
Jack
blame.
12. Everybody
(I, me). 13. (Us, we)
(who, whom) we think owns
boys are all ready. 14. This is the man
the dog. 15. This is the man
(who, whom) we thought we saw.
She is older than (I,me).
17. No.
16. Are you as old as (her,she) ?
told you

Who

18.

his brother

between

years

(I,me)

This is the

21.

(his,him) losing his way?

of

This

20.

go.

and

is the

boy (whom, who),

think, wiU

we

LESSON

As

have

we

sentence. Give

In the

in the

are

apple

We

The

The

an

indirect

indirect

The

use

the

preposition;

as,

object,

1. Lend

me

I wrote

five
hi7n

told Jim

3.

He

4.

Their

verb

pranks

me

and

Crive the

affects

and the apple in

me

object, and

me

is in the

without

the word

object of the

their

friendsmuch

me

If

we

is not

prepositionto.
case.

it.

caused

given.

preposition.

shillings.
long letter.

have

ivhatis

objective case.

object is called the dative

all about

indirect

an

it is

indicates to whom

is the

apple

means,

Give the apple to me,

but

the indirect

Sometimes

ol)ject is used

indirect

indirect

2.

object of

words

object,apple, indicates

direct

object,?ne,

objective case.

is in the

sentence

call apple a direct

object, of the verb.

given ;

the action

it is clear that

different ways.

verb

the

Since

objectivecase.

to me,

apple, both

the

me

OBJECT

INDIRECT

the object of

seen,

thought guilty.
the prize.

wc

win

52

CASE:

OBJECTIVE

who)

(whom,

man

and

John

Let

19.

amusement.

Everyday English

74
In

the

select both

following sentences

the direct

objects and

objectsof the verbs, and the objectsof prepositions:

the indirect

address

when

1.

Send

2.
3.

Spare her
Forgive us

4.

We

5.

I will tell you

6.

The

7.

Some

8.

a hearing.
king denied the su])pliants
did
refuse
him
the
Why
they
recognitionhe deserved?
They could not offer him less.
A guide always shows
visitors the objectsof interest.
than we
It has cost us more
expected.
The child found that he could not buy his mother anything for

9.
10.
11.

12.
13.

me

your

this

of money.

large sum

they told it to
a glove for
knight flung his enemy
the tale

has

one

long journey.

trespasses.

our

him

owe

fatigueon

unnecessary

any

York.

get to New

you

thrown

as

me

me.
a

challenge.

rose.

The

penny.
14.

They would

15.

The

16.

Wlien

not

remainder
you

give the horse

you

can

moment's

them

pay

rest.

to-morrow.

the privileges
soon
grant children i)ri\'ileges,

to

come

be

17.
18.
19.
20.

regarded as rights.
the two wounded
The dog brought his master
birds.
Teach
me
thy way, 0 Lord.
It is only justiceto pay all the workers a decent liAdngwage.
They with the gold to give doled him out silver.

LESSON

OBJECTIVE

CASE:

53
ADVERBIAL

expressionsindicating measurement, as of time, space,

have
after an
an
objective case
distance, quantity, we
may
In

think
If

we

of the

miles

say.

may

we

say,

The

plain extends,we

cannot

plain extending anything except, perhaps, itself.

ask. The

is,the verb
can

When

verb.

intransitive

plain extends

extends

The
seem

plain
to

cannot

extends

what f

take

any

we

cannot

That

answer.

object after it.

But

five yniles. At first the words

be the object of the verb extends.

we

five
But

they

not

are

they do

much

question : how
the action of the verb, as
instances
how

of

how

much,

where.

Such

29) and
Here

are

walked

1. We

are

examples

some

travelled

3.

The

4.

He

5.

My

father is fiftyyears

the

following sentences

is six feetand

1.

Hurry home

2.

Three

3.

They traveled

4.

They remained

5.

Six feet in earth

6.

He

many

miles in

9.

Turn

fast

as

as

she grew

years

old.

select the adverbial

in

The

and

sun

11.

Drop

12.

The

13.

14.

He

that

they buried

the

tlie treasure.

of art.

buy these works

to

dark

beyond the forest.

we

steered.

this way.

the

gun

shower.

several months.

fortune

head

spireon

objectives :

can.

you

abroad

night across

10.

wagon.

long distance.

cost

your

inches tall.

three

led the strangers five miles

All

questions as

lasted three hours.

concert

8.

many

objectives.

thousand

They

7. It would

such

answer

are

modify

home.

2.

In

There

so

They

times,when, while, and

therefore used like adverbs
(see Lesson

called adverbial

are

verb.

of the

would.
to

75

far f and

how

or

adverb

an

long,how

far, how
nouns

in this way,

used

nouns

the action

receive

not

the

answer

Objective Case

of the

Review

steepleis sixtyfeet

the

above

ground.

this minute.

courtyard is fiftyby sixtyfeet.

hope to meet my Pilot face to face.

Write

worked

all his life for love

five sentences

REVIEW

In the
is in the

of art alone.

introducing adverbial

OF

LESSON

54

THE

OBJECTIVE

following sentences
objective case and

select each
decide

objectives.

CASE

noun

whether

or

pronoun

it is

"

that

(1) direct

Everyday English

IT)

object,(2) indirect

object, (3) the object of

(4) adverbial objective.
1.

Every failure teaches

2.

On

3.

5.

Grinding his teeth with rage, he

palace.
All day witliin the house she sat in
Teach me
sometlung useful.

6.

I asked

7.

New

S.

I heard

9.

We

4.

her feet she put

to lend

him

York

preposition,or

something, if he will learn.

foolish little pair of red shoes.

me

man

went

away

sulhn

silence.

to

the

king's

his knife.

is

the

miles from Philadelphia.

ninetj'^
owl in the belfrylast Mip;ht.

climbed

and

the mountains

had

wonderful

\'iew from

the

top.
10.

they had been fiiends in youth.

wdiispering
tongues can poison truth.

Alas

But
11.

We

12.

Consider

13.

Sometimes

14.

magic bark.
I lide,wliate'er betide,
All armed
I find

To
15.

take

must

the liliesof the

on

when

current

it serves,

how
field,

lonelymountain

they

or

lose

our

ventures.

grow.

meres

find the Holy Grail.

to

come

l)ur3'
CiBsar,not

Tlie evil that

Tlie

the

good

men

to

praisehim.

do lives after them

is oft internnl with

their

bones,

So let it be witli Caesar.

LESSON

55

APPOSITIVES
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

In
same

Washington, our firstPresident,served two terms.

seemed far away.
Germany, the land of his birth,now
He walked
haunts,the older streets
along his accustomed
city.
You, my friend,are responsible.
house.
We stopped at Mr. Brown, the carpenter's,
each
person

of these
or

sentences, tho words

thing, and the second

word

of the

in italics refer to

the

merely explains the

second

first. The

give the

3.
4.
5.
6.

appositives,and

of each.

case

parrot and

green

solemn

five sentences, each

Write

containing a

"

All

"

There

are

is the

noun

of

class of persons,

of

name

iwoper.

common

noun

places,or

particularperson

specialclasses of nouns
collection; abstract,naming

also two
or

group

one

NOUNS

OF

or

common

are

nouns

of any

name

'proper

appositionto

56

PARSING

AND

REVIEW

is the

in

noun

objectivecase.

in the

Kind.

all her travels.

cat, on

gray

LESSON

the

out

clothing,an old gray suit,was stained and torn.

Of this,my
secret,you shall not learn one word.
They followed their leader,a shrewd old guide.
He has defied me, the king.
We, the people of the United States,have sovereignpower.
The
old lady, a fidgetyand restless person, carried her pets, a

2.

is in the

and
first,

the

His

1.

one

77

appositive.

an

following sentences, point

the

In

apposition with

is in

It is called

case.

same

of Nouns
Pcirsiiiu'

and

Keview

or

things.
thing.

collective,
designating
a

quality

general

or

idea.
Number.

they
take

name
a

All

"

one,

or

are

nouns

singular

or

plural,according

thing. A collective
plural verb, according to whether

more

singular or

than

one,

noun

the

as

may

idea

expressed is singularor plural.

Gender.

and

Nouns
with

female

that
sex,

gender.

masculine

The

neuter.

the

have

Nouns

"

do

are

said

genders

indicates

"

masculine, feminine,

the male

sex

the

nine,
femi-

gender indicates the absence of sex.

designate sex, although referringto beings
to be without
gender, or of the common

; the neuter
not

three

Everyday English

78
Person.

The

Nouns

"

indicates
the person

Case.

first,
second,and third.
speaker or writer; the second

the

the person

spoken

"

third person

the

to ;

cates
indi-

spoken of.

Nouns

"

three persons

indicates

first person

person

have

have

three

cases

and
nominative,possessive,

"

objective.
In

the nominative

(1) the subjectsof verbs,

or
(3)used in direct address,(4) absolutely,
they

case

(2)predicatenouns,

are

(5) in apposition.
In
In

the

possessivecase, they indicate ownership or possession.

the objective
case
they are (1) the direct objectsof verbs,

(2) the indirect objectsof verbs, (3)the objectsof prepositions,

(4) adverbial,or (5) in apposition.
To

word

propertiesand its use or

function.
To parse a noun
tell (1) its kind, (2) its person,
we
(3) its number, (4) its gender, (5) its case, and (6) its syntax, or
it stands in a given sentence.
use
as
a

parse

Example:

Marj^ Colton

Colton is

Mary

is to describe

Teacher's is a

put the teacher's books

proper

gender,nominative
common

its

noun,

case,

noun,

third person,

subjectof

gender,posse"sivecase, modifying the

Books

is

the table.

nine
singularnumber, femi-

the verb

third person,

on

-put.

singularnumber, common
books.

noun

third person, pluralnumber, neuter

objective
case, direct objectof the transitive verb put.
a

is

Table

common

noun,

common

noun,

be omitted

Parse

the

1. Herbert

James
cried
gave

and

in

nouns

parsing,if your
in the

hit the

singular number, neuter

prepositionon.
of much
not
importance,and

third person,

gender, objective
case, objectiveof
In practice,
the person
of nouns
may

gender,

the
is

teacher

prefers.

followingsentences

ball five times.

2.

Herbert's

little

brothers,

with
Fred, shouted
delight. 3. "Look, Marian," they
to their sister,
4. Marian's
a girlof sixteen
friend,Joan,
years.
the two boys some
cakes.
5. The children's faces were
a joy to

behold.

Pronouns

Propertiesof

LESSON

already

have

We
nouns

to avoid

define

as

also that

seen

that

seen

since

pronouns,

have

the functions

have

number,

forms

of the

they

place

gender, and

We

in

place of

Like

by

person

39

of

we

have
nouns,

they

nouns,

See Lesson

case.

personal pronouns.
In the following sentences, insert
give the number, person,
spaces, and

Hence,

noun.

nouns.

indicate

that

pronouns

of

place

in

reason.

used

are

propertiesof

and

person,

in

used

are

other

some

used

word

OF

pronouns

for

or
repetition,

pronoun

57

PROPERTIES

PRONOUNS:

79

for the

inflection ; i

e.

the

pronoun

2.

The

4.

The

are

table is

wanted

Dogs bolt

6.

Mary

7.

Jennie

father

ground.

food ; if children do so,

has not studied
lessons ;

buy

of the

.""

lift

said that

the ball

on

heavy ; help me
cherries are ripe; let us pick

5.

case

gender, and

hat ;

John, get

3.

blank

is

the knife ;

1. Give

in the

used.

have

you

pronoun

get indigestion.

to-day.

will fail in

would

promised that

had

bicyclefor Christmas

felt

if

that

sure

could learn to ride it.

8.

country friends have

Our

deUvered

newspapers

at

door.
9.
10.

The

is now

house

I,James

ours

yesterday.

bought

Fenton, do hereby

last will and

declare this to be

testament.

Make

three sentences, introducing pronouns

and

using a different person in each

in the nominative
introducing pronouns
case,

in the

; make
case,

possessive

two

and

sentences

using both

numbers.

TJiou,thy, thine,thee,and

They

occur

in

poetry,

or

ije

are

in solemn

no

longer

language,

in

common

like that

use.

of the

Everyday English

80
Bible

eliurch services.

of the

or

always used
Thy and

with

thee

few

blanks

1. Come
2.

" "

and

" "

"

3.
4.

They

candor

O
rod

when

book,

tlu^

Mine

and

1.

Mine

2.

Drink

Note

that

written

with

arc,

have

eyes

to

ready.

in poetry

the

sentence

are

It is her

say.

showing this

older Enp:lish, followed

and

glory of the

thine

use

coming

of the

by the

noun.

Lord.

eyes.

possessive forms

below

number, and

of the

with the proper

case

each

are

pronouns

never

children

pronouns,

tell what

and

is :

labor where

The

we

theirs

apostrophe.

an

1. Give

the

seen

Thu"

noun.

Make

hers,and

theirs.

only with

ni("

Fill the blanks

person,

the

by

his,and

thine

nouns
pro-

credit.

l)ook is hers.

of 77iine,
yours,

appropriate

are

followed

or. The

Friends

than they.
Lord, art more
staff,
they comfort me.

and

not

is

seest,etc.

the

among

possessiveforms, mine, thine,yours,

used

2.

wert, thou

with

sentences

inidcrtook it ; the duty is

but broken parts of
are
,

The

art, thou

of the verb

religioussects.

when

does

And
5.

other

person

us

see

form
sp(u;ial

daily use, however,

in these

of the second

thou

as,

still in

are

((Quakers)and
Fill the

thou;

is needed.

stockings by the hearth. They had

faith in Santa Glaus, but still
almost lost
might
hoped
be real. Little Jane was
would come
sure
; but Jim lauglicdat
for her faith. Jim, now
twelve years old,thought
too
was
father and mother
big for su('h fairytales.
only smiled when
asked about
all felt sure
But of one thing
: somebody would
all.
bring presents for
hung

"

"

"

3.

We

climbed

the hill although

slippery.

legs ached,

fine view

top rewarded

at the

and

was
""

"

sides

steep and

breath

came

short.

But

were

the

Antecedents

Pronouns:

Personal

LESSON

The
In

for which

noun

the

sentence,

or

may

2.

he

is servant.

he

in the

the

"

name

tecedent
anare

we

antecedent

The

; but

sentence

must

we

derstand
un-

refers.

the pronoun

to what

came.

speaking, whose

following sentences, indicate

the

the

of each

antecedent

pronoun
1.

or

is called its antecedent.

and

servant

of

named

be

to whom

In

stands

pronoun

is the person

my

not

may

antecedent

The

told.

not

ANTECEDENTS

/ called my

"

of 7 and

58

PRONOUNS:

PERSONAL

81

George lost his ball,bii-the found it again.

Charlotte thought she could swim well,but

her

arms

soon

grew

tired.

6.

bringsits reward.
Boys are tested by their companions.
here ?
John, will you pleasecome
Their friends betrayed them.

7.

Edward

8.

9.

The

3.
4.
5.

Patience

had

thought
book

acquiredthe

my

last hour

had

mine

is neither

In the foregoingsentences

second,

and

number

as

'person

nor

yours

will

you

The

third sentences.

The

sentences.

their antecedents.

In

Hence

model

in

the

the

page
G

rule

82.

above,

and

parse

are

this in the

they

in the

are

first,
same

third,fourth,

are

in the

three

antecedents

their

personal

gender, number,

sentences

on

is

are

this in the

Test

this in any

as
Being the same
respects,gender,number, and person,

antecedent

his,but

that the pronouns

see

pronouns

Test

the sentences.

them.

to be

; it used

pronouns

Test

their antecedents.
seventh

as

come.

gender as their antecedents.

same

sixth and

excusinghis faults.

hers.

now

of the

bad habit of

or

same

four

in these

said to agree

pronoun

agrees

of

with

with
its

person.

each

pronoun,

followingthe

Everyday English

82

George lost his ball,but

found it again.
masculine
His is a personalpronoun,
gender,third person, singular
numb("r,agreeing-with its antecedent George. It is in the possessive
Model.

he

ball.
modifying the noun
masculine gender, third
is a personal pronoun,
He
number, agreeing with its antecedent,George. It is

case,

found.
neuter
gender, third

It is a

personaljironoun,
agreeing with its antecedent
direct objectof the verb found.

the sentence

of his is John
loose

This

in the

As

of the

use

the antecedent

1.

They

2.

She

3.

You

trims her

Every

misunderstood.

of this

unknown
name

was.

lesson, the
; that is,
given.

is not

although indefinite

address.

spoken English is

antecedents

that

troul^les ; not

own

beUeves

EXPLETIVE

point to

the wrong

cedent
ante-

confused.
in

certain

to

seems

in

IT;

plural pronoun
singular. Say,

to

are

use

the

"

tJieirown

troubles.

himself,not themselves.
LESSON

THE

whose

person

the pronoun

has his

one

be

may

us

bat it

hats.

own

(Tror

one

beginning

the

whose

know

makes

clear sentences,

are

are

we

common

Each

at

some

leave your

may

with

objectivecase,

into their inheritance.

It is only when

often

the pronoun

be

may

came

that

ber,
singularnum-

the antecedent

tell whether

do not

we

so

pronoun

by

example, these

For

and

example given

referred to

person

It is in the

cannot

we

"

Henry,

or

ball.

person,

"

his bat.

Henry

tive
nomina-

uncertainty about the antecedent of the pronoun,

John
is not clear.
Thus, in the sentence,

If there is any

handed

singular

in the

the verb

subjectof

case,

person,

THE

IMPERSONAL

59
IT;

THE

COMPOUND

PERSONALS

There
as

we

are

have

two
seen

interestingspecraluses of the word

(Lesson 7), we use this word as an

it.

First,

expletive

Relative
when

wish

we

to

without

It is

it.
in

of

find fault is
in

antecedent

any

snows,

the order

vary

To

findfaultmeans

Pronouns

This

growing dark.

It is easy

sentence.

Second,

easy.

such

83

expression

is called the

also

we

as

It

to

it

use

It

rains,

impersonal

use

of

theyis almost equally indefinite and impersonal

the expressionThey say, where it is not considered who
they
The

pronoun

are.

of

specialgroup

selfto

form

some

personal

is formed

pronouns

singular,and selves to the plural.

of the

are

and
itself,
myself,yourself,himself,herself,

are

called compound

go

personal
have

These

pronouns

1. For

emphasis:

two

These

They

themselves.

pronouns.

uses

myself said

by adding

it.

He

himself will

do

it.

I xoill

myself.
In this

use

they

called intensives.

are

objects of a verb or preposition,and referringto the same

cut himself. Sally made
the subject of the verb: James
as
person
trouble for herself. They deceive themselves.
which
In tills use
they are called reflexives, from the word reflex,
a bending back.
means
2.

As

containing the intensive use and three

personal pronouns.
containing the reflexive use of compound
it used impersonMake
three sentences
ally.
containing the pronoun
Make

The

three sentences

forms

and

hisselfand
should

never

though sometimes
theirselves,

that

we

There
personal pronouns.
shall now
we
study.

60
PRONOUNS

RELATIVE

pronouns

correct
in-

be used.

LESSON

The

heard, are

have
are

considered
other

kinds

in Lessons

of pronouns

58-60

are

which

Everyday English

84

following

the

Examine

and

sentences

the

note

words

in

person

as

italics.
1. This

is the

Here

2.

the

comes

ivhose horse

man

away.

ran

is yet
ivhich is slight,
difference,

The

3.

who helped me.

boj''

who

In the first sentence, the word

important.
the

means

same

in the
boy; in the second, the word whose refers to the man;
third,the word which reefers})ack to the difference. Since they
the words
for nouns,
stand
who, whose, and which are pronouns.
the

analyze the sentences, as in Lesson 19, we see that each

is composed of a principal clause and a subordinate,or dependent,
of these pronouns.
We
clause introduced
see
by one
If

we

further that in each

to

the

adjective;

an

of

ant(^cedent

clauses

called

are

clause in which
which

relative

clause

to

The

or

and

whom

of who.

In the

modify

horse which

I drove

2.

We

spent the

3.

This

4.

The

dog

5.

The

man

6.

The

children whom

7.

I met

as

who, which, what, and

gentle.

was

that my

money

father gave
who

buried the l)onc knows

whose

Harry, who

ox

that.

the

is the residence of ]\Ir. Brown,

that

subordinate

they introduce,and the antecedents

these clauses

1. The

possessiveand objective
followingsentences
point out the relative

included

are

joins

principalclause.
are

pronouns

clauses

clauses.

that

pronoun

relate the

The

their antecedents.

in the

the clauses which

pronouns,

which

pronoun

principalrelative

Whose
forms

is

pronoun

they

because

called relative

are

introducing such

Pronouns

pronouns,
to

lent
equiva-

adjective clause modifying

an

pronoun.

stand

is

clause

subordinate

it is

relative

they

noun

that

the

they introduce

the

sentence

is

us.

is

where

our

new

mayor.

to find it.

gored complains.

we

told

played this afternoon.

met
me

were

on

their way

aboilt the

ball game

to school.

which

is to be

Relative
the

In

Pronouns
insert

following sentences

85

appropriate relative

nouns
pro-

The

1.

stood

lamp

2.

There

were

3.

Many

are

4.

Here

5.

I shall find the

the hearts

five

which

muff

girl

the

relative

have

relative

learned

you

He

"

me

gave

But

however,

what

there

that which
is which

what

think

what
no

is the

of the sentence

wanted, we

In

I wanted

for ivhat.

that

which, or
meaning He gave
as

as

that the subordinate

see

sentence

is the relative

antecedent
same

the

If,
the
me

relative clause

functions

of both
have

what

the

of sentences
verbs

or

no

Who

antecedent
function
:

What

prepositions:
beliefin what I

copula :

be

to

seems

"

nouns
pro-

that.

wanted, and the antecedent of the relative which is

What, as a relative pronoun, is a word that combines the

that.

who

I ivanted.

reflect that

we

thingswhich, and

had

Continued

lesson,the principalrelative

in the last

and

clause.

by

61

who, which, what,

relative ivhat needs especialattention.

The

part of

of the relative pronoun.

PRONOUNS"

are

tence.
sen-

part is the principalclause,and

antecedent

RELATIVE

in each

pronoun

sentence, tell which

each

made

LESSON

As

to-night.

I borrowed.

clause,which

is the

word

measure.

I want.

man

you

for this

weary

sentences, using

After
it is the

are

lighted.

not

was

voted

men

many

comes

Make

the table

on

This

may

Who

is what

also be
steals my

and

of
I

/ could
saw.

nouns.

saw

Clauses

relative.

They

astonished

me.

be

jects
(1) Sub-

(2) Objects of

scarcelybelieve what I saw, or,

after
(3) Predicate nominatives

I
a

saw.

in poetry,
used, especially

purse

may

introduced

steals trash.

as

equivalent to he

Everyday English

80
word

The

is also somotimes

as

with

after certain words

1.

They admitted

2.

As

could

as

many

such

took

As

clause.

is

relative

clause, the
The
was

but

one

ivho did not

The

In
1.

the

does

not

as

Here

relative pronoun
: There
is equivalent to
but wore

always begin

with

the

relative

following('xamples:

followingsentences

The

In

its antecedent.

just tlie thing/or which ive are looking.

is the girlin whose pocketswe found the candy.

farmers

shake
2.

relative

the

out

is

Jane

the

principal

wear.

Note

1. Here

used

colors.

our

luho.

to

and

is the

such

sentence, pointing

pronoun,

relative clause

pronoun.

2.

wore

admitted

They

hut is sometimes

word

no

second

example

ordinate
invitations is the sub-

had

as

nearly equivalent

the

Analyze

For

meaning.

tlieir ])laces.

the clause

relatives clause,and

if used

invitations.

had

enter

the first sentence

In

indefinite

an

o.s

relative pronoun,

through whose

tlieir heads

the

hall

pick

hangs

and
a

out

the relative clauses.

fields the

hunt

passed

could

only

are

solid

sigh.

coat, the

buttons

of

wliich

silver.
3.

It

John

4.

by whose invitation we
The
plains,the greater part of which
grain in abundance.

5.

He

6.

By what

7.

Such

8.

Too

9.

Give

10.

was

that will not

saw

as

work

they do we shall know

are
ready may come.

few of those who

me

what

had

came

belongs to

the tracks that

house.

shall not

the

came.
were

of rich

produced
soil,

eat.

their value.

come

prepared.

me.

dear

made

in the

snow

around

our

Pronouns

Relative

LESSON

and

whom

beings

animals

or

in the

only

animals

to

distinction

no

life; it

is

life and

but

persons

the

has

same

its antecedent.

as

in

is indicated

Case

has

to

things without

to

or

therefore

are

things without
is not applied to

Which

Who

of either human

objects,and

applied only

gender.

neuter

gender

is

and

is used

That

inanimate

or

What

gender.

beings only,

feminine.

or

Continued

"

few distinctions of gender.

of human

used

are

either masculine

of

has

relative pronoun

The

62

PRONOUNS

RELATIVE

87

who, nominative, whose,

forms

the

possessive, and whom, objective. That and ivhat have

The
of
plural and the singularnumber
possessive forms.
the

relatives have

Relatives

their

its

upon

clause of which
The

in

are

See sentences

inflection of the relative appears

Singular

and

Nom.

who

wliich

Poss.

whose

(whose)

Obj.

whom

wliich

In

parsingrelative pronouns
gender, person, and number,
antecedent
in

Parse

its

is

own

the

All
a

you,

we

which

which

case,

and

relative

pronoun

the

pends
de-

relative

2, 3, 6, 8 in Lesson 6L

followingtable.

in the

Plural

that

what

that

what

indicate the antecedent

are

is

the

seen

same

as

in the

; the

those of the
of the relative

use

clause.

the relative pronouns

Model:
Whom

and

clause,that is,in

own

it is a part.

of

case

gender, number,

gender, number, and

they do not agree with

same

But

the

in its

use

the

are.

in case;

antecedents

in

antecedents

their antecedents

as

person

their

is,they

all

forms.

same

with

agree

that

person;

the

no

whom

relative pronoun,

in the

sentences

fortune favors,oive
in the masculine

below.

the ivorld
or

feminine

some

return.

gender,the

Everyday English

88
second

and

1.

pluralnumber, like its antecedent

objectivecase, the objectof the \Qvh favors.
Come
all ye that labor and are heavy laden.

2.

Ill fares the land in which

money

3.

The

should

have

4.

I did not

5.

I cannot

0.

The

shadows

7.

The

good that

8.

The

poor

in the

person,

who

men

endure

whose

man

such

which

i)laceI had

had

the banshee

heard
was

Tell

12.

As

as

Every

one.

every

is the omission
literature,

2.

which

1. The

the

are

sightswe

saw

you

met

2.

The

3.

All the labor

4.

Our

men

hearts

and
5.

Never

the adventures

to

come

6.

These

7.

Where

8.

Are

were

slackingthe
are

the

are
men

after such

everyday English,as

our

neighbors.

to work.

vain.

between

had
we

the friends

before

set,we

saw

summoned

pressedon

L4st summer?

ready

we

left behind

us

us.

I ordered.

the books

you

as

following sentences, and

in the

was

we

we

well

withered.

their way

on

pace

the birds

cedents
ante-

(not their)troubles.

see.

not

dreadful.

were

divided

were

was

clauses.

relative

endured

we

last century,

the

of the relative pronoun.

missing relatives

the

Supply
state

in

his

(which) we pluckedare
cliildren (whom) they met were

The

they had

room.

flowers

1. The

of whom

in number

has

one

construction

common

very

into the

rule of agreement

the

the

do.

I must

could crowded

as

howling at

near.

11.

many

purple.

do.

10.

what

me.

the hills were

they had voted.

heard, and for whom
Rosa
Bonheur, who lived in France in
great painterof animals.
me

spend.

taken.

only President

the

It is

you.

men.

expected of

are

that death
was

than

rightto

to do I cannot

I wish

Jackson

the

fallen between

had

felt sure

is more

thingsas

peasants who

Andrew

Observe

in

earn

the

see

window
9.

the

to

come

to the

citywe

had

Relative
the correct

Choose
1.

Not

one

every

Pronouns

in

word

89

and give the

parenthesis,

reason.

(his,their)faults. 2. Does anybody

place? 3. Let every girlkeep (their,
her)

see

can

his) own
(their,
foretell (his,their) future?
one
own
(seat,seats). 4. Can
any
5. "Every tub," says the proverb, "must
stand
on
(its,their)own
bottom."
6. Nobody likes to admit (they,he) (are,is)wrong.
here

know

LESSON
RELATIVE

PRONOUNS

Restrictive

We

have

and

Continued

"

Clauses

Explanatory

60 that the relative clause is used

in Lesson

seen

63

adjective,modifying the antecedent.

an

thus

makes

1.

The

2.

James

Brown

James

In both

the

it
first,

is meant,

is used

and

main
the

cedent.
ante-

was

antecedent, but in different ways.

designatewhat particularJames Brown
the

to

is called

explanation about
The

designatesthe

foregoing sentences, the relative clause,who

James

clause.

restrictive

sentence, the relative clause

clause.

clause

here last

was

was

here last night,modifies

In the

or

relative

night is my cousin.
here last night,is my
cousin.

who

Brown, who

describes

that

statement

The

as

makes

an

explanatory clause

is

additional
is called

Brown, and

In

sort

of

the

second

comment

an

or

explanatory

interruptionof the

thought of the sentence, and does not change or restrict

meaning of the antecedent.
Compare the punctuation of

the two

above.

sentences

Explanatory clauses
sentence

by

clauses.

This

It is
pronouns

commonly
are

always

Commas

commas.

is

are

an

important

only

set
are

rule in

in the restrictive

omitted, as.

The

time

we

off from
not

used

the rest of the

for

restrictive

punctuation.
clauses that the relative
lost could

not

he made

up.

Everyday English

90
In
are

following sentences, determine which

restrictive and
which
are
explanatory.
libertywill be

1. All ye that love

3.

My
Columl)us,who

had

dry lands

5.

The

6.

Under

conceived

park, the children danced

7.

He

8.

General

9.

He

who

order you

Lee, by

wliose

will not

be advised cannot

of words

group

they

In

we

mean

principalclause
clause is who
In the

clauses

are

Whoever

3.

Whomever

4.

Whatever

Sometimes

the

are

will

Whosoever

sentence

will may

ever,
whoever,which-

Here

come.

the

subordinate

give the principaland

subordinate

may

cofne,

and

cares

wish.

you

do

to

so

may

enter.

he invited.

he met

happened

we

had

expected.

whichever,whatever,whichsoever, and whatsoever

We

adjectives:

hat you

found nothing whatever.

Choose

are

ever
which-

wish.
LESSON
RELATIVE

relative pronoun

in the

These

compound relatives

will.

whichever

2.

called

Take

as

free,will be here to-day.

be helped.

the

one

followingsentences

used

is every

pole.

Pronouns

who

one

every

May

the sword.

set

in form.

whatever,whosoever, etc.
come,

are

which

compound

are

the

perishby

Relative

Compound
is

sea.

around

shall

the sword

drawcth

that

round,

was

cultivated by irrigation.
passed through were
of a great beech, which stood in the center of

we

the shade

the

because

the idea that the earth

into the unknown

sailed westward

There

us.

that persecute you and do good to them that hate you.

old gun, which lay in the attic,
covered with rust.
was

Love

4.

with

them

2.

may

relative clauses

the

PRONOUNS:

joinsa subordinate

principalclause.

64
REVIEW

clause

to

noun

or

pronoun

Pronouns
Interrogative
The

relative
principal

The

relative what
and

antecedent

both

appliedto

is

Whu

without

is

that
life,

to

and
loho,which,ivhat,

are

pronouns

peculiarin

91

it combines

that

that.

functions

the

of

relative.

beingsonly, xvhich to animals and things

either human
beings,or animals,or thingswithout
human

life.
is inflected for

Who

Relative

case

the

have

pronouns

who, whose,whom.

form

same

numbers.

in both

designates or limits the antecedent

and is not set off by commas.
to which it refers,
An explanatoryrelative clause makes
an
explanationor an additional
about the antecedent,and is set off by commas.
statement
relative clause

restrictive

Analyze

the

followingsentences

relative clauses ; and

not

restrictive

The

3.

This is not

4.

All the money

5.

What

6.

In

which

you

winter

the

had risen

the

whom

man

he had

propose

clear,was

8.
9.

10.

could not

would

which

are

deer

came

hidden.

now

help him

only increase
to the

now.

difficulties.

our

orchards

frozen

for the

apples,

fond.

they are very

unhappy whose conscience is uneasy.
what
That depends upon
to do.
you mean
Farmer
Brown, whose crops were destroyed,could
the beauty of the hailstorm.
The good we do lives after us.
is

He

LESSON
INTERROGATIVE

Of

restrictive and

saw.

you

of which

7.

are

of the

deserved.

we

2.

sun,

which

state

give the construction

got what

1. We

the

and what,

six relative
are

as

verb, or

of

QUESTIONS

arc

find

used

:
preposition

as

in

asking questions.
the interrogativepronouns

interrogative pronouns,

they
a

INDIRECT

five,loho,ivhose,ivhom, which,

following sentences

tell whether

and

65
AND

pronouns,

also used

the

In

objects of

PRONOUNS

appreciate

not

subjectsof

verb, as

Everyday English

92
1. To

shall

whom

2.

^\Tio

3.

What

have

4.

Which

of

5.

Whom

can

6.

What

The
also

friends ?

our

are

turn?

wo

that is wrong

done

we

would

accusers

our

is left for

us

He
asked

What

me,

all direct

"

want?

questions may

followingsentences, and put

what

me

he

2.

Who

3.

He

4.

Which

5.

Why

6.

^Vllcre

know

road

we

must

they should

have

same

saying,

as

He

sentence, the

; in the

directly
it is put infirst,
also be introduced
by when,
words
(interrogativeadverbs)
the indirect

questions in the

guess.

where

to

came

you

each in the direct form.

I could not

did not

us

looking for.

are

you

was

accuse

questions. We

In the second

where, whether, why, and other

used in the direct questions. Find

1. Tell

the

originaldirect form

Indirect

they

better ?

questions.

wanted, is

do you

in its

question is

what

me

"

do

now

called indirect

construction
asked

done

have

preceding questions are

Of what

trust ?

now

we

he

was.

take

is the

for

help I

me

for the

camp

problem.
understand.

cannot

night troubled the minds

of the

hunters.
7.

We

8.

Some

9.

I won't

10.

knew

often
say,

were

is at the

one

Please

These

who

who

indirect

called

friends.

door.
Do

answer.
sec

our

Guess

you

is at the

know

why
telephone.

questions are
clauses.

noun

who.

clauses

used

as

nouns,

and

such

verbs

They usuallyfollow

are

as,

tell,
ask, know, think,wonder.

In what

is each

case

of these indirect

Which, what, whichever,and

pronouns
Which

and

may

be

used

both

adjectives.

road shall I take ?

I don't know

Such

as

whatever

questions?

what

time it is.

pronominal adjectivesare

discussed

in Lesson

75.

as

Pronouns

Demonstrative

LESSON

66
PRONOUNS

DEMONSTRATIVE

When
out

indicate

or

from

used

They are adjectiveswhen

this lesson,but are often used

as

is my

chair.

Those

That

is

table.

Give

are

of

first sentence

example

garden tools.

my

this.

me

that.

understand

I do not

flowers.

my

are

point

to

means

For

pronouns.

This

These

called demonstratives,

are

in the

as

of children.

group

demonstrare, which

word

Latin

out.

our

those

this,that,these,and

point

children,we

tree, or house, or
particular

words

the

Hence

those

house, or

this tree,that

say

we

93

have
the demonstratives
As pronouns,
case, but only the
may
This is right,I see
and objective. We
nominative
say,
may
make
But we
this.
cannot
a
possessiveof this,or that,or these,

Try it.
of this,of that,etc.
those.

or

They have
have

They
no
no

matter

the

number;

these kind

say

or
no

what

those

demonstrative

in poetry, but

In

1.
2.

in

possessivecase

or

; the

gender

gender of the

they

this kind

refer always

yonder was once in

everyday English in

the

if pronouns,

demonstrative

we

pronouns

give

forms

in the

the same,

are

They

to.

It is stillused

use.
our

country.

they

are

tell which

number

and

These, then, are your solemn promises.

This glorioussunlightfell upon
those meadows
What

tives
adjecnoun

case.

following sentences

the

same

now.

3.

have

to the third person.

parts of

their

not

that kind.

common

all

use

Do

those.

they refer

noun

must

we

these and

parsing demonstratives, we tell whether

If they are
or
adjectives,we
pronouns.

they modify
Parse

not

say

distinction of
the

pluralsare

kind;

distinction of person;
The

of

Instead

part of this country will receive these refugees?

then

as

Everyday English

1)4
is 3'our

4.

That

5.

Those,

6.

This is too much

7.

Near

8.

I cannot

i)lain
(lut3^
friend,arc barnacles.

my

yonder

these favors embarrass

garden smiled.

copse

believe that ; it is incredible.

LESSON

67
PRONOUNS

INDEFINITE

The

so-called indefinite

of which

pronouns,

each, either,rieither,
several,some,
stand
for nouns,
another,none, may
in

nouns

1. Some
2.

Each

3.

We

4.

None

us

certain

is

us

before

people meant,

and

are

therefore

frequently used

are

for

as

75.)

using, either

s(uitences

in italics clearlystand

indefinites

These

adjectives. (See Lesson

of the

us.

the words

of the

names

pronouns.

Make

though they indicate the

perfect.

foregoingsentences

nouns,

both, such, other,

one,

bore his share of the work.

others there

of

principalare

happy.

were

of them
found

In the

called

of

any,

the

indefinite way.

soniowhat

me.

in the list at
indefinites

as

the

subject or

beginning

an

object,each

of this lesson.

One, either,neither,other,another,any one, anybody, nobody,

Make
also be used in the possessivecase.
sentences
etc.,may
in which

duty

is

so

you

For

them.

use

example,

"

What

is

anybody's

nobody'sduty.
LESSON

A pronoun
The noun

is

word

for which

of the pronoun.
person,

and

used
a

OF

PARSING

AND

REVIEW

68

in

pronoun

pronoun

gender.

place of
stands

agrec;^

PRONOUNS
a

noun.

is called the antecedent

with its antecedent

in

ber,
num-

of Pronouns

Review
Personal

inflected

are

and

gender

in

is not

relative

clause

to

the
A

are

in the

is

clause

and

used

the

the

is

and

relatives
what.

or

not

relatives

An

way.

cedent
anteative
rel-

explanatory

by giving

additional

some

the rest of the

from

are

tence
sen-

is

gender

is

the

or

noun

things
clause,

verb.

by adding
equivalent

and

to

to

soever

or

ever

who,

one

a7iy

or

asking questions.

in

what.
are

is to

used

are

pronouns

Tliey
person.

adjectives

like demonstrative

point out;

modifying them.

have

that which

anything which.

to

pronouns

in that their function

of

formed

Whoever

whatever

Demonstrative

do

adjective

designate its

to

it introduces

which

are

who, which,

are

instead

principalclause.
The

that.

equivalent to

clause

interrogative

They

limited

their

reflexive pronouns

in the

is used

clause

with

subordinate

pronoun

subject or the object of

who, which,
The

or

noun

their

impersonal it;

the

the

explanation,and is set off

Compound
whichever

from

joins a

nouns
Pro-

commas.

which;
as

agree

are

its antecedent

relative what

The

They
gender.

who, which, tvhat,and

singularand plural.

modifies

or

by

that

one

particular and

comment

What

pronoun.

restrictive relative
in

and

person,

antecedent

an

same

form.

differs in function

pronoun

relatives

The

number,

expletive it

the former

and

of

are

show

nouns,

fully than

by their

they

third person.

the

or

person,

more

number

antecedent
The

second

the

the first person,

whether

form

by their

show

pronouns

95

but

have

for

they stand
number

What

are

and

nouns

case,

but

tives
demonstra-

the

?
Indefinite

in

stand

pronouns

general or indefinite

Which, what, and

demonstrative

adjectives. In
is

an

adjectiveor

their

sentence
a

nouns

and

indicate

the

and

all words

nouns

manner.

compounds,

indefinite

or

for

pronoun.

pronouns
you

must

may

decide

also

be

whether

used

as

used

as

the word

Everyday English

90
Parsing

In

pronouns.

is,give its antecedent

number
its

to

tell what

pronoun,

kind

it

possible,its gender, person, and

its antecedent, and name
and
explain

case.

Example
/ is a

is

Whom

the

saw

and

in the

Who

2.
3.
4.
5.

Blessed

They

Where
arc

buried

Her

and

was

of that

men

coming

day, whose

culine
mas-

its antecedent,

7neL

duty, and

the

responsible
person

You

haste away

If she think

Each

care

rude

Two

so

soon.

well of me,
I how fair she be ?

in his

I felt like

Some

very

not

cell forever

narrow

laid.
hamlet sleep.

forefathers of the
one

treads alone

banquet
voices

hall deserted.
there ;

is of the

Sea,
a mighty voice ;
In both from age
didst rejoice.
They were thy chosen music, Liberty !
One

word

was

law?

forgotten.

Fair

Who

13.

see

lay along her back

yellow like ripe corn.
to see
we
daffodils,
weep

The
12.

agree

object of the verb

hair that

WTiat
11.

the

is your

Was

10.

with

the

are

are

think it

9.

to

offers here.

7. This

8.

we

It is of the

boy.

followingsentences

whom

men

is

meek, for they shall inherit the earth.

for they shall be comforted.
Blessed are they that mourn,
This is your
of it.
gratitude,is it ? I will have none
All may
partake freelyof the fresh air and the pun; water which

Nature
0.

in the

these

are

saw.

its antecedent

ol)jective
case, the

the pronouns

Parse

the verb

met

singular number,

person,

last

night.
ber,
gender,firstperson, singularnum-

subjectof

relative ])roiioun,

had

we

common

case, the

gender, third

boy whom

personalpronoun,

nominative

you

where

with

agree

parsing

are

of the mountains

one

; each
to age thou

is you.

Who

did

and
: Descriptive
Adjectives
I could wish my

And

14.

Bound

each

of great

Lives

15.

to each

We

make

can

lives

our

departingleave
Footprintson the

us

sublime,

behind

And

us

of time.

sands

69

LESSON

function

The
The

of

an

1. An

LIMITING

adjectiveis to modify
be

modify must
adjective may

term

AND

DESCRIPTIVE

ADJECTIVES:

97

days to be
by natural piety.

all remind

men

Limiting

in two

understood

be

descriptive;

as,

or

noun

ways

pronoun.

apples, small

red

feet,ivooden buckets.
It may

2.

be

used

the

limit

to

noun

or

as,

pronoun;

we

several books.
all men,
Among the words used as limiting
three,
adjectivesare :
(1) the articles,a, an, and the;
(2) the numerals, such as three,twenty, and so on, which tell
how
and third,
indicate posiand so on, which
tion
twentieth,
many,
or

order ;

(3) the demonstratives, this,that,these,those;

(4) the indefinites,like some, all,any, many, each,every, other,
no,

etc. ;

none,

(5)

which, what, and

interrogatives,

the

also used
66

and

as

pronouns,

and

compounds.

all in (4) except every and

(5),and

in (3) and

All the words

their

been

have

treated

as

such

no,

are

in Lessons

67.

select the descriptiveand

In the

followingsentences
and tell to
adjectives,

1. I have

have

We

3.

Those

houses

4.

If

go

danger.
H

nouns

they belong.

brought these juicyred apples.

2.

we

which

ing
the limit-

seen

many
are

in this

brave
very

men.

uncomfortable

leaky

old

boat, we

quarters.
expose

ourselves to great

Kni",lisli

Everyday

98
5.

brown
6.

night they watched

Every

I heard

8.

Britannia
No

thousand

blended

needs

bulwarks,

In any

no

notes.

for

me.

his beams

far that little candle throws

How

good

deed

in

dark and

fir trees

The

naughty world.

liigh;

I used to think their slender

tops

againstthe sky.
All the little boys and girls,
With
rosy cheeks and flaxen curls,
And sparklingeyes and teeth like pearls,
Tripping and skipping ran merrily after
The wonderful music with shouting and laughter.
close

Were

LESSON

70
COMPARISON

ADJECTIVES:
like
Descriptive adjectives,
inflection
may

same

of

used, however,

stick that it is

of another

These

quality. This
adjectives. Most

adding

er

and

odor

est.

of

as

not

sweeter,and

of

adjectives are

number

another

longest. We

quality, but

indication

show

to

of the

are

]ironouns,

long,of

that it is

differingforms

different kind

and

nouns

is

sweet, of another

as

sweetest.

not

of

say

longer,and
odor

I remember
rcmemb(^-,

11.

We

the

along the steep.

C("llyou run, dear,

So shines

The

behind

tower

Praj' look behind

12.

down

go

task begun,
morning sees some
evening sees its close.

Each

7.

10.

sun

hills.

Each

9.

red

the

same

case.

speak of
yet another

an
as

adjective indicate

different

degree

or

stick that it is

may

of

inflected.

degree of

is called

the

comparison

or
inflected,
compared, by

99

: Comj)arison
Adjectives

form

regular

The

called

the

The

positive degree.

second

greater degree of the quality,is called

is called

the

In the

1. Brave

tell the

often

are

men

love hath

3.

This is the sourest

4.

The

smallest

5.

The

spectators

6.

The

sunrise is very

7.

The

loveliest

days

of the year

are

8.

My

wife had

been wiser than

I.

9.

Of all sad

him,

man

no

degree

of

tongue

these

how

or

the

were

for the

merrier

merry,

honest

most

honest

same

way

adjectivesof
We

stupideror
We

agreeable
more
agreeable
most
agreeable

laugh with

you

and

er

compared by
most

for the

est.
fixing
pre-

lative.
super-

intelligent
more
intelligent
most
intelligent

compared, lazy,sturdy,ugly, homely,

are

others.

many

Many
way.

are

of

pared
general,adjectivesof two syllablesthat end in y are comby adding er and est. For example, -pretty,
prettier,
prettiest.

In the
and

still the twinkle

by adding

comparative degree and

honest

summer.

been.

hearty laugh that made

ill-tempered
you might be.

or

month.

pen,

of all his
sad

more

givepraise.

of Indian

days

it might have

"

to

; it will l)e later next

early now

Many adjectives are not compared

Most
adjectivesof two syllablesor more

In

adjective:

boastful.

readier to find fault than

were

are

merriest

more

of each

lot.

apple of the

of his voice

tones

matter

no

quality,

speck of dust has weight.

words

saddest

his eyes, and

of the

tlian this.

Greater

The

degree.

comparative

modest, and cowards

2.

10.

the

superlative degree.

followingsentences

The

form, indicating

form, indicating the highest degree

third

The

quality, is

adjective,indicatingthe

the

of

need

may
more

say,

two

syllablesmay

abler,or

viore

be

compared
able; honester,
or
more

in either

honest;

stupid.

sometimes

to

indicate

comparison

of

adjectives

K very

lUU
downward,

so

instead

iJiore.

of

and

more

sprak

to

We

do

bright
less bright
least bright
Indicate

that

is,to

this

by using less and

indicate

of this kind

Examples

most.

day Eiit^lisli

followingsentences

thi;

quality

least instead

comparison

favorable

fertile

less favorable

less fertile

least favorable

least fertile

degree of comparison

the

of

less of

are

of

adjectives in the

of the

heroic achievement.

1.

It

2.

than a lioness at bay.

Nothing is more
savage
In this place you will be more
lonelythan when in the city,
Owing to tlie famine, this villageis the least populous.
horrible and mysterious ending.
The tragedy had a most
The king could relyupon
the loyaltyof his humblest
vassal.
Tliis picture is more
famous, though it is not more
beautiful,

3.
"i.

5.
G
7.

was

the

than
8.

our

I would

had

other.

music

Japanese
to

9.

most

than

ears

have
not

harmonious,

the music

we

are

stayed tillI had made

but

it is less

pleasing

familiar with.
you

merry

if worthier friends

prevented me.
more
statelymansions, 0 my Soul !
difficult to choose
the simplest colors than the

10.

Build thee

11.

It is

12.

'Tis

here,most

13.

The

heath

more

be most

may

most

gorgeous.

reverend

could not

doctor.

have

been

bleak

more

on

the dreariest winter

day.
1-4. The

victorious wrestler

was

muscular

more

LESSON

his opponent.

71
COMPARISON

IRREGULAR

ADJECTIVES:

than

quite irregularway; that

or
by prefixinga certain
is, not by adding a certain sylla])le,
word, but by using for the compapative and superlativedegrees
A few

adjectivesare

different forms

and

compared

even

in

different

words.

Adjectives: IrregularComparison
[

"

welt

."

ill

least

less

little

[ later
,

best

better

farther farthest

far

latest
7

]
i more

manii

descriptiveadjectiveshave

Certain

words

such

Among

degrees, and

of

logicallyadmit

much

last

[ tatter

worst

ivorse

late

101

most

meaninp; that does

hence

l)e

cannot

not

compared.

vertical,
equal, true, triangular,daily,
American, European, Italian,etc.

are

weekly, infinite,
wrong,
Good
has, however, established
usage

the

of

comparison

adjectives that do not logicallyadmit of dt^grees

; as,
in
such
is
What
meant
cases
more
really
'perfect.
fuller,emiplier,
many

is
so

more

nearly empty,

nearlyfull,more

nearly perfect,and

more

on.

You

adjectives,
adjectives
course

be

admit

the

like

the

this

to

Limiting

adjectives like
rule

are

much,

one,

these.

of

compare

each

adjective that

which

adjectives

also

of

many,

comparison

Indicate

comparison.

comparison of
all, cannot

every,

numeral

can

Exceptions

following sentences

of

the

on

descriptive adjectives.

; neither

Give

feiv.

70

the, this, that, each,

a,

forth.

so

Lesson

in
of

spoke

we

compared

fifty,and
and
little,
In

that

will observe

will

cannot

be compared.
1. You
2.

They flash
Which

later in

will walk
upon

an

English lane.

that inward

eye

is the bliss of solitude.

3.

They

sailed into

4.

Even

in far

third snowstorm.

places,the white-capped hospitalnurse

is to

be

found.

ricketyshutters had
building.

5.

The

5.

Three

7.

They made

8.

In the darkness

years

she
many

grew

in

all fallen from

sun

demands
he could

and
in

not

see

the

collapsedand ruined

shower.

high-handed
that

the cup

way.
was

empty.

Enolish

Everyday

102
9.

Thoy found

circular

narrow

stairwayloadingto

10.

little square
tower.
the first spring flowers
These
arc

11

And
When

12.
13.

canoe

bade

He

14.

There

15.

He

16.

Here

hundreds

were

singseach

of gay birds in the

twice over.

song

shall he

No

see

enemy

and

But

winter

The

heirs have

Was

rough weather.
equal shares paid in monthly installments.
golden fire.

flash of

clad herself in

19.

She

20.

Maiden,

russet

life I

nameless

A nameless

gown.

lead,

I'lldie.

death

LESSON
PHRASES

have

Wo

have

tiiat

the

function

by

by single words.

1. A
2.
3.

4.
5.

nouns

other

Li

printed

are

groups

USED

seen

also modified

are

park.

track
l']very

IS.

that

voyage.

to be

their abodes

betwixt

light.
taking an inland

boat for

unplumb'd, salt,estrangingsea.

The

17.

in the

convenient

is the most

to blossom.

only,

by eastern windows
daylightcomes, comes

not

the top of the

the

72

ADJECTIVES

AS

])y relative clauses

of adjectives (Lesson 14). Nouns
often as
of words, almost
as
groups
are

modified

following

sentences

the

in italics.

bird in the hand

is worth

two

in the bush.

of grasshoppershid the lightof the sun.

A tall soldier with a rifle
in his hands guarded the
palace.
Beautiful rugs fro7nthe East covered the floor.
I wonder
what
friends at home are doing.
our

Each

modifying

cloud

of these

phrase is

group

groups

of word^

of words

that

is

entrance

to the

prepositional phrase.

belong together and

express

A
a

Used

Phrases
have

single idea, but

above

each

are

modify

1. A

3.

In

autumn

The

coolies

The

Chinese

different

5.

they

used

are

to

of China.

6.

coolies.

An

honorable

An

African elephant.
elephantfrom Africa.

man.

Her

starry eyes.

Her

eyes

writing it is often
of saying the same

or

ways

of honor.

man

An

flowers.

The

speaking

4.

springless
wagon.
without springs.
A wagon
The flowers of autumn.

2.

adjective,as

an

phrases

predicate. The

subject or

equivalent to

103

Many such phrases could be replaced by single

changing the meaning.

nouns.

without

words

no

Adjectives

as

like stars.

to choose

necessary

thing.

Practice

between
in

saying

is therefore excellent training in English. In

things differently
the following sentences
change all the adjectivesyou can into

adjectivephrases:
child is homeless.

1. The
2.

He

is

3.

We

live in

4.

Do

you

5.

We

must

6.

I like the Florida oranges

7.

There

man.

courageous
a

one-story house.

prefercitylife to country life?

obey the royalcommands.

was

an

better than

iron fence

with

the

wooden

Californiaoranges.

gate in front of

stone

house.

lad.
yellow-haired,
blue-eyed
A cheerful
is a valuable thing.
manner
An unoccupied house stood on the seaward
He

8.
9.
10.

was

Clauses

the

clauses to
A

1
.

2.

may

60 and

Lessons
In

also be

used

as

side of the street.

adjectives,as

we

have

seen

in

63.

following sentences
adjectives:

youngster with

Spicesthat came
of England.

change the adjectivephrases and

freckled face met

from

India

were

us

with

much

grinof good nature.

desired by the people
a

Everyday English

104
3.

poultry with bright feathers

long hair and

with

Cats

were

hibited
ex-

at the fair.

4.

Ilis cheeks

5.

Did

6.

They

7.

We

he

I say

like

were

shall

on

errand

an

home

go

friends ?

without

was

sent

were

rose.

the

by

of

importance.
path up the mountain, which

is

shorter.
8.
9.
10.

less than payments by the year.

Payments by the month seem
months
of toil.
after our
These days of rest are welcome
made
to
Gifts that are
wipe out deeds of
charity cannot
dishonor.

LESSON

73

Adjectives

frequently used

are

modify omitted.

1. The
2.

the

the

sui'fcr with

the

pi'ayedfor tlie homeless,for the sailors

distressed and oppressedeverywhere.
It

In

like

came

jjeopleand

people could

word

oppressed,and
word

used
In
nouns,

and

1. The
2.

The

4.

He

5.

The

say
worst

Only

3.

after

sea

for blue

the

the

on

in the

and

second

deep;

in the

third

is yet to

money

be

the

young.

orjjhaned.
speck againstthe blue.

like

and the

be

ofJive.

come.

to the widow(?d

skylark seemed

the

sentence

adjectivesmay

bells tolled for the dead.

gave

for

guilty mean

adjectivesused
suppliedafter them:

indicate
could

nouns

good die

deep,and

sentence

lie sold the votes in blocks

way.

what

innocent

sJqj. Numeral

following sentences

the

the

supplied after homeless, distressed,and

be

the word

same

words

guiltypeople;

blue stands

in the

occurs,

the blue.

the

first sentences

the

innocent

the

bolt from

they

guilty.

He

3.

which

nouns

noun.

often

innocent

with

construction
tliiselliptical

When

adjective b(!comes

NOUNS

AS

ADJECTIVES

as

The

Adjectives:
they collected
freelyto the poor.

the fire

6.

After

7.

He

8.

The

race

9.

The

Lord

gave

to the

is not

knoweth

swift

Article
for the homeless.

money

the battle to the strong.

nor

of the

the way

105

righteous,but

of the

the way

ungodly shall perish.

to the wise is sufficient.

word

10.

It is

our

English

in

way

parts of speech.

to

often

We

words

use

nouns

use

adjectives. When

as

cellar stairs,
district,
peach orchard,we
such
cellar,and peach as adjectives. When
school

say

regard them

often

we

common,

writing them

with

and
servant,barn-door,school-children,

compounds,

them

making

the

expressions
words,

Usage varies greatly in these matters,

be written in several ways.
of these compounds
may

and

many

the, are

times
some-

a, an,

called articles.

hoy

the

designates

ate

boys.

and

English word
older word
and

words

an
ane

are

this

careful

many
an

speakers

h sound

syllable;

an

when

and

the is

same

in

beginning
an

from

if

we

say

The

word
all

among

forms

for

modern

is also

the accent

historical truth.

meaning.

the

form

Old

of

with

used

We

use

an

before

(including h, y,

sound

consonant

But

that.

or

before words

aw

one;

apple, we

an

particularboy.

some

particular boy
really only modern

exactly the

are

say

meaning

meaning
an

mean

selects

or

beginning with

w), and
with

apple, we

an

no

and

hoy ate
particularapple.

we

particularboy and

The

ARTICLE

limitingadjectives(Lesson 69)

no

mean

THE

When

mon
com-

74

ADJECTIVES:
The

fellow-

as

railroad,potpiet

as

schoolmaster.

LESSON

are

times
some-

in very

sometimes,
word,

one

we

using school,

are

regular compounds,

as

hyphen between

different

quite freelyas

vowel

before

of the word

sound.

words

is

and

on

By
beginning

the second

Everyday English

106
Use

before the

aji

or

Explain

followingwords

difference

the

between

the

following pairs of

tences
sen-

1.

Bring

2.

3.

I have

4.

Tell

5.

This

me

found

is

tennis ball.

man

Tell

me

This

house.

LESSON

the horse.

by.

came

the story

again.

is the house.

75

PRONOMINAL

ADJECTIVES

to be noted
interchange of function is especially

The
of the

pronouns.

as

used

are

in

sometimes

some
as

adjectives.

demonstratives, this,that,these,those,yonder.

The

Lesson

of them

number

sometimes

and

pronouns
1.

me

I liavc foiuid tlic tennis ball.

story again.

me

The

by.

came

man

Bring

horse.

(See

66.)
hat and

This

these shoes

mine.

are

peaches are unripe.

failed.
Yonder springunder the maple has never
apple and

That

2.

The

indefinites,any,

neither,such,
Each

those

man

none,

bore

way

word

shall you

business

What
me

what

68.)

to work.

direct j'ou.

65.)

Which

67 and

banner.

Interrogatives, which, what, and

Lesson

Ask

(See Lessons

other.

Every day we meet on our

Any boy in the villagecan
3.

another, each other,either,

every, both,

take ?

bringsyou here ?
questionsyou please.
'

their

compounds.

(See

Adjectives: Summaiy
In

used

Parsing

107

select the demonstratives, the

following sentences
and
state
and the interrogatives,
whether
they

the

as

and

or

pronouns

What

2.

Which

3.

Such

4.

I have

5.

These

are

6.

Those

whom

7.

By yonder

8.

Sits the wind

9.

Ne'er

message

On

is the merchant
as

are

pronominal adjectives :

as

did this letter

1.

definit
in-

bring?

here ?

have, I give thee.

another daughter.
I

of middle

flowers

loveth he chasteneth.

the Lord
I

moon

swear.

in that

shall the

summer.

sun

quarter ?

arise

such another.
is the

What

11.

Cherish

12.

But

13.

Any

14.

All the

15.

On

16.

These

mistakes

17.

God's

in his

those

of that

of this ?

meaning

10.

hearts

that

hate

day and

that

hour, knoweth

thee.
no

man.

will do.

sentence

perfumes of Arabia will not sweeten tliishttle hand.

which day will you return the other book?
are

every

on

heaven.

All's

rightwith the world.

18.

This

was

19.

They stood

20.

Each

the noblest Roman

on

hath its

of them

all.

either hand.

place in

the eternal

LESSON

ADJECTIVES:
is meant

page.

SUMMARY

plan.

7G
AND

PARSING

by comparison of adjectives? In what ways

Give two examples of adjectives
adjectivesbe compared?
may
kinds of adjectivescannot
in each kind of comparison.
What
be compared?
Give examples of such adjectives.
is a limiting adjective? How
does it differ from
What
a
ing
descriptiveadjective? Give examples of each of the followtives,
(2) demonstratypes of limitingadjectives: (1) articles,
(3) numerals, (4) indefinites.
Wliat

E\'c'rydayEno-lish

108

pronominal adjectives? Give

examples of each
of these types of pronominal adjectives: (1) demonstratives,
(2) indefinites,(3) interrogatives.
several examples of adjectives used as
Give
nouns:
(1)
What

are

(2) numeral.
descriptive,
In
Parse
75.
the adjectives in the exercises in Lesson
parsing an adjective,state whether it is descriptiveor limiting
(demonstrative, indefinite,mnneral, or interrogative). Tell
If it can
be compared,
it modifies.
what
or
noun
pronoun
giv("the comparison, and tell what degree it is.
LESSON

77

ADVERBS

The

most

in Lesson
may

In

function

common

of the adverb

modify adjectivesand even

have an example
sentences
we
wind

The

2.

It is much

3.

The

winter

comes

colder; in the third the adverb

answer

1.

2.

Adverbs

Adverbs

classified

are

the
of

of

Adverbs

of each

very

adverb

according
the

dog

The

children behaved

of time
Como

We

ran

answer

lowing
fol-

of these functions.

modifiers

to

the

their

the

the

the

adverb

soon.

meaning.
much.

question how.

the

loell.

question
cannot

where.

hear well

question

over

there.

when.

again lo-m'orrow.
renienibered

these words

verb

adjective

slowly.

here; you
answer

In the

fiercelymodifies

very modifies

answer

place

they

here.

soon

inuch

The

Come
3.

adverbs.

question how, when, where, how

manner

But

fiercch/.
colder to-day.

first sentence, the

Adverbs

other

seen

h]ows

blows; in the second, the adverb

may

have

we

29, that of modifying predicates,or verbs.

also

the

is,as

afterwards.

They

109

Adverbs
Adverbs

4.
what

degree

of

the

answer

much

to

or

often

are

adjectives by adding ly; as,

adverbs, however, have the

soft,softly;sweet, sweetly. Some

form

same

adjective; as. The

enough to be heard.

the

as

speak loud

it is difficult to say

Sometimes
or

much?

badly.

from

made

him

littlesore.

did this very

We

Adverbs

hurt

the shock

It left him

He

how

extent.

Did

not

question

wind

blew

the

whether

word

is

an

did

verb
ad-

adjective.

an

singswell (notgood). The piano sounds loud.

In the

Yon

hard.

they modify,

and

whether

say

child looks well.

adverbs, tell which

find the

followingsentences

The

they

are

adverbs

words

of manner,

place,time, or degree:

3.

Slowly and sadly we laid him down.

The plowman homeward
plods his weary
Wilder blew the wind, louder roared the

4.

The

5.

She leaned far out

1.
2.

way.
waves.

good south wind stillblew behind.

the window

on

sill.

Yesterday the word of Csesar might have stood againstthe world.

7. He had long forgottenhis grievance.
8. Down
dropped the breeze,the sails dropped down.
6.

sleepthe

9.

How

10.

The

11.

Where

12.

He

has

13.

He

soon

14.

Let

15.
16.
17.

hunter

who

brave

crept

very

do the swallows
not

suffered

found

out

sink to rest?

cautiouslythrough the bushes.

go

in winter?

greatly.
that his advantage lay here.

rise.
and see the sun
earlyto-morrow
He spoke haltingly
; but the audience listened eagerly.
our
rouse
You
neighbors.
speak too loud ; you will soon
shot
and shell,
Stormed
at with
us

get

up

Boldly they rode and well.

18.

Touch

her not

Think

of her

Gently

and

scornfully;

mournfully,
humanly.

Everyday English

11(1

LESSON
USES

ADVERBS:

We

have

verbs, but also

I. He
are

is

thoroughlyhonest.

every

man

armed.

was

This is not

4.

COMPARISON

used

are

of

modifiers

as

industrious

more

AND

adverbs

that

seen

78

than

only

not

adjectivesand

I.

2.

That

other

In

in the

the

in each

out

by the adverb.
In the following sentences
each

adverb

verb, an

modifies,and

adjective,or

an

the

select the
say

so

too well.

well.

10.

word

is modified

the

modified

word

word

1. The

6.

the game.
boys nearly won
Swimming is easilylearned.
Holidays arc always eagerlywelcomed.
Indian can
The
walk more
than
noiselesslj'^
The
donkey submits patientlyto overwork.
Too many
people crowded into the boat.

7.

The

He

9.

The

crop

was

10.

The

race

was

II.

The

water

12.

Nothing

13.

began he was
His intentions were
wholly kind.
Clinging l)ravelyto the rojjcs he
The curfew ringsvery rarelynow.

2.
3.
4.
5.

14.
15.
16.

train

works

that

When

17. Almost

almost

came

to

is

white

man.

standstill.

willinglyworks well.
entirelydestroyed.
fairlyrun.

of the Mediterranean
more

delicate than

the circus

all the chestnut

is very

blue.

spider'sweb.
completely bewildered.

trees have

was

Not

jectives
modify admodify other

adverbs, tell what

whether

adverb

be done

adverbs

which

sentence

5.

in italics

adverbs

last five sentences

Point

adverbs.

3.

there.

well

the first five sentences

;

advcrljs.

cer?/ rude.

enough. 8. Your work cannot

9. lie promises very freely; but he performs not
came
on.
swiftly,l)ut surely,the invading army
done

of

They
fiftypeople were
Nearly
They are waiting quite patiently. 7.
was

Almost
6.

modifiers

as

dragged ashore.
finally
died.

is

Uses

Adverbs:
18.

and

Comparison

rain beat gently on

slowlyfalling
Only reapers reapingearly
the bearded barley,
In among
that echoes cheerly
Hear
a song
the river winding clearly
From

The

19.

to towered

Down

111

the flowers,

Camelot.

In she

20.

plunged boldly,
how
matter
coldly
river
ran.
rough

No
The

Comparison
Adverbs

may,

of

Those

Some

and

more

adverbs

their

be

of two

or

degrees of comparison.
as

if

compared
early

oftenest

oftener

adverbs

compared

are
syllables

of two

they

in the

earlier

were

same

tives.
adjec-

way.

earliest

compared by adding
are
syllables

more

most.

willingly
slowly
Some

adjectives,have

syllablemay

one

often

Most

like

willingly
slowly

more
more

adverbs

have

the

most
most

willingly
slowly

irregularcomparison

as

introducing the comparative

of the followingadverbs
:
more

or

same

sort of

correspondingadjectives.

well
ill

badly j
far

Write

ten

sentences, each

superlativedegree

of

one

or

Quick, low, agreeably,soon, often,well,humbly, proudly,earnestly,

loud,eagerly,gaily,absurdly,saucily,angrily,peacefully.

112

Everyday Engiisli
LESSON
SPECIAL

Besides

79

USES

OF

ADVERBS

the four classes of adverbs

of manner,

place,tim{\

and

noted

degree, there

in Lesson

77, those

several

are

special

of adverbs.

uses

1.

The

negative adverb

2.

The

adverb

as, There
3.

and

there is used

not much

Words

as

and adverbs.
verbs,adjectives,

expletiveto introduce

an

in grammar^

fun

usually used

called adverbial

are

?(o? modifies

nouns

as

Lesson

See

objectives.

See

Lesson

He

ran

He

is going home.

7.

sometimes

are

sentence

used

as

adverbs,

53.

mile.

4. Li

comparing things,the,as, and so are sometimes

adjectives; as, the better,so old,as good. (See

adverbs
Part

ing
modify-

II, L. 105.)

how, ivhy,when, where and some

others,are used to
and are called interrogative
adverbs.
introduce questions,
(Lesson 65. )
5.

adverl)s

The

Why didn't
Tell

lesson ?

your

hoio she looks.

me

commonly used as adverbs arc often

Some of these
used as conjunctions,introducingclauses or sentences.
of the work of
when, may do some
words, as xohy,where, as, xohile,
6.

words

study

you

Many

both adverbs
This

and

that

are

relative pronouns.

is the store where I

It is the

There

are

hour

bought

xohen the doctor

words

many

the

out ;

Lift your

In

such

cases

we

head

which

tlu^ words

cannot
up ;

do

when

comes,

prepositions;as, in, out, up, down,

Come

candy,

go

put
not

xohere

in which.

at which.

may

be

either

adverbs

over,

around, etc.

or

in.
your

arms

down.

introduce

phrases but

are

clearlyadverbs, modifying verbs.. They are, in fact,so closely

connected
with the verb as to be, practically,
a part of the verb.

Adverbial
Liftup

your

some

together

adverb

the

cases

part of the verb

In the
as

considered

are

; that

adverbs

is,the

part

one

113

of

two

are

words

speech.

In

(or preposition)has actually become

overthrow, undersell,uphold, etc.

in

as

as

Such

arm.

your

part of the verb

Clauses

and

Raise

means

arm,

considered

sometimes
taken

Phrases

which

followingsentences

adverbs

might be considered

part of the verl) ?

the

do not

wish to be

Lock

out

2.

How

did you

3.

and desperatelyon.
They pushed eagerlj^
Come
down, 0 maid, from yonder mountain height.
Lift up your heads, 0 ye gates ; and be ye lifted up, ye everlasting

1
.

4.
5.

mummers

we

laughed

at.

g/t through ?

doors.
6.

Lot

7.

Push

8.

Heave

ropes ; let down

the

go

off at
up

; the

once

tide

and

the anchor

phrases do

called adverbial
words

Three

2.

The

3.

He

4.

You

AND

5.

We

6.

He

7.

In word

8.

You

9.

Too

10.

In

work
In

the

sailingm

are
was

came

your

adverbs,

1, In

the

therefore
tell what

phrases.

bay.

cave.

ready for a dai/s work.

quick in takingoffense.
and in deed he was
always truthful.
sooner

6?/an

they modify
a

are

errand with great credit.

following sentences

tell what

and

following sentences

hour

than

swiftlyfor our eyes the weasel

His record was
good in spots.
the

CLAUSES

into the west.

followed the bear into the

done

of

the adverbial

by

ship sailed out

have

the rope.

PHRASES

the

fishers went

1.

coil up

80

phrases.

modified

are

weights.
is going out.

LESSON
ADVERBIAL

Many

the

few hours the

you
ran

select the

were

expected.

into the hole.

adverbial

phrases, and

ship had sailed

out

of

sightof land.

English

Everyday

114
will

the last ditcli.

2.

Wc

3.

The

old coach

4.

The

ruined walls fellwith

fightto

rumbled

the hill and into the fire.

down

loud crash.

the first flush of dawn

5. With
6.

His

7.

These

8.

Day after day

9.

Wc

answer

will Ihrow

guns

lay becalmed.

we

10.

Mirth, with thee

11.

Beneath

12.

Some

13.

We

14.

They

15.

Hawks

16.

The

it rustled in the wind, stood the

as

of
apples,the largest
were

to reform.

to live.

mean

banner,

the

our

shell for ten miles.

resolved at such times

have

heathery couch.
degree.

from

the last

to
imjiertinont

was

huge

rose

we

them

all,
grew

on

king.

tlie topmost branch.

in all.

seven

in,ragged and footsore from their long tramp.

and eaglesseize their prey with their talons.

came

heat of the

17. I shot

an

extends for

sun

in the

arrow

hundred

million miles.

air,

He

earth,I knew not where.

is gone on the mountain.

He

is lost to the forest.

It fellto
18.

19.

the untrodden

She dwelt among

springsof Dove.
holy time is quiet as a

ways,

Beside the
20.

The

21.

The

swallow

oft jjeneath

Shall twitter from

22.

Then

24.

felt I like

thatch

my

her straw-built nest.

watcher

some

of the

skies,

into his ken.

planet swims
Then
hand in hand, on the edge of the sand,
Thej^ danced by the lightof the moon.
By fairyhands their knell is rung.
their dirgeis sung.
By forms unseen
When

23.

nun,

adoration.

Breathless with

Clauses

are

new

frequentlyused

In the
1. Come
2.

Where

3.

It

4.

5.

He

was

when

you

sucks,there

where

select the adverbial

or

jective
ad-

clauses.

called.

are

cliimney smokes
hid under

adverbs,modifying verbs

followingsentences

the bee
warm

as

the

sun

when

the bed

suck

I.

and
shoi^ie,

the flue is too

cold where the wind

small.

clothes,afraid because it

was

dark.

blew.

Verbs:

Number

LESSON
VERBS

Verbs,
make

as

assertion.

an

them

without

"

for verb

that verbs

"

are

transitive

or

25,
in

necessary
a

words

are

all

that

sentences, for

The

statement.

; that

You

the sentence.

PERSON

in Lesson

are

make

live word

means

givinglife to

They

cannot

we

AND

learned

have

you

115

81

NUMBER

Person

and

Chinese

word

is,the verb is thought of

have

learned

also,in

Lesson

intransitive,
according to whether

as

26,

they

object to complete their meaning, or copulative,if

they merely assert existence (Lesson 27). We have seen, too,
that verbs have
number
and person
to correspond with their
subjects (Lesson 35) ; and that they have different forms to
indicate
the time or tense of the assertion they make.
These
and considered more
to be reviewed
propertiesof verbs are now
fully.
and
their subjects in number
Verbs
with
By
person.
agree
require an

this

Note

subjects.
I

that

mean

we

he is

In

expressions,the verb

these

singular,are
in the
is the
The

person

second

plural number
in all the

same

verb

In

in the

the

run

are

tense

singular,and

and

person,

but

they have

as

there
in the

follows

is

in the

past

first person

third

is in the

the

one,

have

you

throughout.

is used

forms

is inflected

present

have

is used

am

have

we

he has

are

of their

because

you

are

they

form

I have

are

you

are

their

vary

may

followingforms

the
we

am

you

verbs

The

person

verb

third person

have

singular.

change of
tense

no

form

change

in the
at

third

all.

In

Everyday English

116
earlier English

English

the copula verb

the

and

change

rule,A

verb

I have
you

he has

Give

2.

Never

3.

We

4.

Not

5.

Who

6.

Their forces

in the

case

or

subject

of

only
ran,

person.
in

ber
num-

the inflection

ing
tak-

of

person

run

have

they

run

art the

1. Thou

second

in this limited way.

have

have

you

the following sentences

subjects)in

in the

have:

run

and

its

true

we

we

number

the

day
every-

past tense, like

with

as

run,

run

have

our

all for number

at

agrees

have

verb-group, such as
place only in the word

In

in

second

change their forms

in the

be understood

must

verb

fact,except

in th(; present

not

common

person,

In

in the

; but

of the

singular; while

walked, they do

Hence

plural.

be,verbs

in th(^ third person

or

form

same

in the

singular as

person

the

have

we

have

we

hast, tliou runnest, etc.

art, thou

thou

person

poetical language

in

or

run

have

run

the verbs

(that is,of their

man.

give way,

there is hope yet.

man;

the tramp, tramp of the soldiers.

heard

in vain have
in the world

I waited

for this

has

done

ever

day.

this l^efore?

their provisionslost,
and their hopes
scattered,

were

destroyed.
for

intended

harm.

7.

8.

like ghosts,the Indians stole through

Silently,
'Tis sweet
to hear the watchdog's honest bark.
You
all go home ; you need a holiday.
may

9.
10.

never

There

arc

moment

rules

few

subjectsthat

we

must

of

any

agreement

remember

and

between

the woods.

and

their

would

use

vii",s

if

apply

we

good English.
1.
a

Two

or

plural verb
John

and

smgular

more

when

Henry

are

they indicate different

here.

by

and

require

persons

or

things.

subjects,connected

Mary

and Elizabeth

have

come.

Transitive

Verbs:
when

But
a

refer to the

they

Intransitive

and

same

person

117

thing,they require

or

singularverb.

This

the

and

When

Neither

is used

3.

When

Neither

they

will be
second

in

with

agrees

pluralsubject are
plural.
of different persons

in

(1) Neither

(2) Either

or

you

nor

he

nor

you

Many
these

called

are

following
1. He
2.
3.

require

threw

The

Greeks

You

have

Other

the

verbs

object ; these

stone

are

going.

INTRANSITIVE
to

3.

The

were

Lesson

meaning;
26.) In the

temples.
books.
in

meaning

The

trees

their

transitive:

are

called intransitive

2.

complete
(See

verbs.

complete

boy fell as he ran.

They sleptin the open

1.

verb

the river.

built many

are

the

the

to it.

nearest

AND

verbs

across

read many

third, and

82

object

an

transitive

sentences

the first person

(is)to be invited.

are

TRANSITIVE

verbs

nor,

connected

Often, however,

am

LESSON
VERBS:

and

second

stands

that

pronoun
Sarah

or

at home.

were

subjectsare

the

or

mistake.

one

preferenceto the
preference to the third.

used

by

in time.

their father

nor

has made

mason

is

verb

the

the

When

the

or

singular and

nor,

is both

who

man,

he gets vp

nor

one

or

or,

4.

carpenter

John

one

connected

singular subjects are

two

the

to

course,

fitter.

gas

singularverb

Either

by

refers,of

sentence

plumber
2.

gas fitter is at the door.

and

plumber

The

tall and

air.

shapely.

without

verbs.

having

an

Everyday Eno;lish

118

following

111 the

sontcncos

their objects. Point

watched

1. We

intransitive

verbs.

the hill.

under

bear the burdens

of the dishonest.

3.

Honest

4.

return.
golden opportunity,which will never
The
thou art gone, and each one
gay will laugh when
will chase his favorite phantom.

It

5.

men
a

was

using transitive verbs,

five sentences

Write

and

verbs

the

their haven

To

transitive

statelyships.
the statelyshipsgo on

And

2.

also the

out

the

name

and

before

as

five using

intransitive verbs.
verbs

Some

with

combined
He

that

laughed

adv("rb

an

fears,we

at

preposition.

or

understand

may

/pars as the object of

consider the phrase laughed at as

may

fears for
H(Te

its

are

object,and
few

with

1. He

walked

2.

He

waited

3.

This

4.
5.

is therefore

verbs

more

reallytransitive

are

the

and

verb

that

viM'b which

transitive

adverb

separable preposition or
the stairs

up

for the

concert

(He ascended

the

sentence

sitive
laughed as an intranprepositionat; or we

transitive

are

In

when

has the word

(See

Lesson

if taken

in

79).
nection
con-

the stair^;").

(He awaited

the

conr.

i).

(served)us at tlie liotcl.

offer.
He jumped at (seized)
my
Will you pleaserun
over
(examine) my accounts?
waited

man

on

constructions

Such

explainedeither
a

intransitive

seem

as

are

in English, and

common

transitive verbs, or

as

correctly

are

intransitive verbs

with

prepositionalphrase.
various

The

the

When
after
1. A

Our

3.

He

4.

of the copula
means

noun

the

(seeLesson

same

jierson

or

27)

vegetable.
neighbor was mayor
a

became

Washington

our

of the town.

host for the

became

night.

commander

in chief.

arc

thing as

copula,it is a predicatenominative,

tree is

2.

forms

not

an

tive.
intransithe subject,

object.

Transitive

Verbs:

LESSON

large number

ject. Such
He

well,or

transitive

granted,or

If

we

say,

as

She

sing something,but

has

to

the

verbs

that

intransitive

Such

idea grows

the

as

way.

with

thus

are

may

He

say,

sitive
originallytran-

omit

the object

of course,

mean,

frequent

either

eral
gen-

that she

what.

to say

use

sang

therefore,be

may,

were

have

ob-

an

but implied in
specified,

do not

we

without-

or

familiar,we

sing,we

can

in

verbs

more

not

verb

patrioticsong.

intransitive.

or

for

taken

as

be used

of verbs may

sang

; but

INTRANSITIVE

OR

verb, for example, is sing. We

119

83

TRANSITIVE

VERBS:

Intransitive

or

Among

transitive

as

or

sing,hear,feel,see, taste,smell,write,read,eat,
follow,burst,melt,etc.
verbs that have two
Some
meanings are transitive with the
are

examples

his horse.

She pours the tea.

3. They filledtheir glasses.
I cannot

5.

The

stand here all

blacksmith

day.

strikes the hot

iron
Run

7.

Follow

8.

The

9.

walked

The

lake fillsvery

The

fives.

you

He

broke

the

pitcher.

The

The

test

run

docs

This

me.

They

slowly.

will strike for

an

not

higher

before

verbs:

thing I know.
from

foUow

from

what

tore
waves

wildlyabout
broke

on

the house.

the shore.

verb

it has

an

is transitive

object

us.

the following sentences

came

automoliile ?

say.

l)y which we can determine whether

intransitive,
is,then, to see whether

in the sentence

She

of the clouds.

out

workman

Can

dog

2.

some

stand this heat.

I cannot

you

1. One

are

slowly.

rain pours

the paper.

In

Here

The

tore

or

other.

wages.

quickly for your

6.

the

He

2.

4.

with

walked

1. He

intransitive

and

meaning

one

Ireland.

select the

transitive

and

sitive
intran-

Everyday English

120
3.

He

liurritHl (luicklj^
away.

4.

If his

5.

Three

soil

ask

bread

will he

give him

stone ?

fishers went

sailingout into the west.

thou when
6. Where
the morning stars sang together?
wast
7. Home
they brought her warrior dead.
8. He laughs best who laughs last.
fail.
9. If we
we
fail,
10. They gave the stranger the best they could afford.
12.

does the i)oor man's son inherit?

Into the street the Piper stept.

13.

He

14.

Three

15.

Cromwell,

16.

You

17.

Ben

18.

Fear

19.

They shall walk and

20.

The

What

11.

to his

sprang

me,

team

and

sun

mountain

and

not

faint.

had
scjuirrcl

the

WITH

particularusage,
by words

in

that

quarrel.

84
NOUNS

ADVERBIAL

in

common

especial notice

or

I stand.

not, Caesar.

VERBS,

modified

ambition.

led all the rest.

name

LESSON

whistle.

gave

shower.

charge thcc,flingaway
Lord Bassanio,where

Adhem's
him

in

she grew

years

sec

to his
sleigh,

this

quires
everyday English, re-

our

indicate

verbs

Certain

connection.

are

time, weight, quantity,

space,

destination.
1. The
2.
3.
4.
5.

forest

forty acres (space).

reignedsixtyyair.s (time).
The boy weighed ninety pirunds(weight).
Go west, young
man
(destination).
The engine drove the ship twenty thousand

Each

of the words
a

noun

iM'conies

an

adverbial

nouns

In

measures

(^ueen Victoria

sentence

but

adverb.
or

in italics in the
when
When

adverbial

used

to

above

modify

used, these

so

objectives.

5, above, ship is

true

miles

(distance).
is

sentences
a

verb,

as

words

are

monly
com-

here, it
called

(See L("sson 53.)

objective,and

i7iilesan

Adverbial

Verbs, with

Nouns

121

reallythe
and

cases,

direct

objects of transitive verbs, and

must

not

be

ten

acres

sold

1. He

me

2.

They counted

3.

4.

I like the

the years

until they should

West, because it is so big and

4.

Columbus

5.

Alice waited

months

two

was

on

free.

feet above

nouns

the

9.

"Have

lived here all your

shot

carried

life?" said the

thousand

yards, and struck the target.

they will stay a week.

10.

The

11.

They arrived this evening ;

This paintingis worth a thousand

12.

Another

of

the

objectinvolving the
a

life.

lifeare

Select

l)ecomes

true

the

Run

idea

and

live

are

verbs

objective.

cognate

same

dollars.
after

nouns

intransitive sometimes

commonly
to live

of

interestinguse
is that

visitor.

summer

native.

yet," said the

"Not

sea.

the Atlantic.

across

8.

you

as

here

made

verb

transitive

the verb

as, to

and
run

2.

He

3.

The

4.

They sleptthe sleepof

5.

He

6.

They

blast both

breathed

the

just.
long.

loud and

the breath

of freedom.

is

takes
a

transitive ; and

fought the fight; I have kept the faith.

and died an honorable death.
lived a blameless life,
in the sky.
stars run
their appointed courses

now

that

cognate objectives in the following sentences:

I have

transiti
in-

commonly

objectives.

1.

blew

years.

his voyage

long time for an answer.

Look this way
a minute, please.
They struggledon, step by step.
James
is fifteen years old,and already six feet tall.

7.

and

be free.

adverbial

select the

following sentences

3.

6.

an

objectives:

of woodland.

cityof Denver lies five thousand

The apples cost five cents each.
Washington served his country many

2.

objective

true

adverbial

the

The

1.

in italics are

lift ninety pounds.

can

the

In

with

confused

carefully

be

should
two
objective. These
usages
the nouns
distinguished. In the followingsentences
adverbial

race,
race

Everyday English

122

LESSON

There

object,but merely

require an

Such

to be.

comes

or

He

seemed

the

('.s
king.

noun

same

2.

or

They 6ecamc

or

something exists,or is,

These

etc.

of the land.

owners

modify

the
and

verbs

subject
modify

adjectives

follows

3.

verbs

The

are

shadow

adjectives.

the

see

refers

to

is in the

(See

nominative.

b}^adjectiveswhich
follow
a
Adjectives which

the

copula

following sentences

called

are

The

adjective complements.

or

yellow. Adjectives that modify

the

predicate

verb.

subject of

the

copula and

also followed

are

the

of

subject of the copula

the

as

is called

and

case,

47.) Such

copula

which

thing

or

Lesson

and

that

assert

action

an

express

are

pronoun

person

nominative

In

not

liv-ing
thing.

Tile

do

NOUNS

be,become,seem,
(See Lesson 27.)

called copulas.
I.

PREDICATE

which

verbs

certain

are

AND

COPULA,

THE

85

directlyare

nouns

yellow orange.
select the

cate
prediis

orange

called

(See Lesson

tributive
at-

28.)

predicate nominatives

predicate adjectives:

1. You

jxre

2.

It is

3.

I became

not

I, be not

child ; you

are

man.

young

afraid.

4.

helper,not your slave.

The
thunder became
fierce,and the night
the darkness seemed a solid thing.

5.

The

6.

He

milk

your

turned

remained

the

grew

darker

until

sour.

head

of the

house

but

his real jiower

was

slight.
7.

These

10.

promises ai)})ear fair ; hut our confidence

The ap])les
smcUed
and tasted sour.
sweet
The cloglooks gentle; but looks are deceptive.
How
long have you been cai)tainof the team?

II.

The

moon

rose

12.

The

moon

was

8.
9.

round
a

thin

and

pale.

silver crescent.

in him

is gone

Tense

Verbs:
LESSON

86

VERBS:

When
verb

make

we

by the form
now
assertion,whether

or

time
yet
period before the present, or some
the following examples:
Observe
4L)
(See Lesson

some

Lucy

2.

Lucy invited

3.

Lucy

In

later

some

These

three

or

yet taken

future

time, and

action

the

place,but
the verb

there

are

as

2.
3.

The

4.

We

5.

Near

6.

Many

7.

Out

is

that

is in the

spoken of

will take

future, are

other

tense.

taking place

is in the future

as

place
tense.

the most

tenses.
to the

change the verbs

of the state.
is the governor
not convinced.
They were

1.

present

spoken of

tenses, the present, past, and

followingsentences

taking place

past time, and the verb

sentence

frequentlyused, although
In the

not

something that has

at

is,at

third

the

In

tense.

is

as

is in the

the verb

the action

sentence

come.

later).

or

spoken of

is

the action

before the present, that

past

(to-morrow,

party

present time, and

second

to

at

party (yesterday,or before).

to the

us

or

party (now).

to the

us

first sentence

the

the

the

to

us

ivillinvite

in the

now,

In

invites

1.

of the

show

we

action

of the

time

the

TENSE

statement

123

future tense:

He

fog comes
heard

the

up

the old wall the

were

of the mountains

his bread

8.

Man

9.

Is the army

earns

found

lO. Who

eaglein the forest.

purple \'iolets bloom.
made
by Americans.
and hardy
came
a brave

of the

the cry

inventions

valley at night.

ready

by

for war?

the best

place for

followingsentences

In the
L

With

trumpet

2.

Who

will

3.

and

lightthe

guessed your

the sweat

race.

of his brow.

drum

camp

change the verbs

the soldiers

to the

came.

morning ?
before you spoke.

fire in the

message

our

presenttense

Everyday English

i'24:

boy left alone ?

the

4.

Wh}'^was

5.

The

country children will sell you

6.

The

nightingalesang

7.

When

8. No

mate,

There

9.

But

10.

In the

in

was

sounds

better

were

hushed.

place.

knew.

no

to the mariner's

hollo.

followingsentences

change

the verbs

to the

past tense

birds wake

1. The

early.
wind blows the boy's kite.
birds flysouthward
in winter.

2.

The

3.

The

4.

Where

5.

Little I

6.

The

mills of the

7.

The

Italian

does the fault lie?

from

ask, ray

the

wants

few.

are

gods grind slowly.

which
boys dive for money

the

throw

passengers

steamer.

tired animals

The

8.

all other

night there.
bird did follow,
sweet
day for food or ])lay

any

Came

w^hen

comrade, Lucy

no

will be

no

Nor

at home

was

their flowers.

and

eat

drink,and

then

lie down

the

on

cool

grass.

rain is

The

9.

It falls
The

10.

curfew

The

And

"

How

"

Take

"I want

tree.

tolls the knell of

partingday,
slowly o'er the lea,
jilodshis weary way,

lowing herd winds

leaves the world

fine you

a
no

in the

look with your

adverbs

"

verb, shall we
and
preposition,
common

to darkness

verb

of each

the tense

to the

noun

field and

plowman homeward

The

Give

on

rainingall around.

noun

make
you

for my

and

complements,"said

and
?

phrase,"rephed

the

pushed into the noun's place and

busy little pronoun
Look, Miss Verb, I am a personalpronoun."
will do very well,".said the terb, I like pronouns."
You
alone in an independent construction.
They left the noun
"

the

"

verb,

sul)ject."

"

me.

followingpassage

sentence

uill make

to

"

cried

Teuse

LESSON

have

Let

verb

live adds

us

how

see

VERBS

form

verbs

their past tense.

verb

the past tense, the

d to make

in different

the assertion

make

may

hunt

ed.
I live here

Our

dogs

verb

The
cry

verbs

that

tenses.

The
adds

learned

125

87

REGULAR

TENSE:

We

Verbs

Regular

spillhas
ij

to

the milk,and
spilt

the past tense.

dogs hunted

Our

added,

the past tense

form

to

cried

it.

over

add

d, or

ed, or

Present

verbs

walk

walked

prod

prodded

excuse

excused

fix

fixed,fixt
spilled,
spilt
defied

that form

the past tense

said to be

are

form

by adding

regular, because

their past tense

the

Change

the present to

t to

Past

spill
defy

present

; the verb

making this addition they change the

Sometimes
different endings or
two

In

spellingin various ways.

spellingsare allowable.

Verbs

rabbits.

ied.

of verbs

large number

form

rabbits.

hunt

changes the

She

I lived here last year.

now.

or

ed

or

t to

the great

majority of

the

tense

the
our

in this way.

following sentences

to

past

2. Who
They fix their bayonets to their guns.
right?
guesses
3. They cry when
call them
4. As we
the house,we
we
names.
near
5. You
believe my
sighta face at the window.
story because you
1.

trust

Name
but

6.

me.

are

ten
not

The

slightwounds

verbs
included

that

are

among

soon

heal.

regularin forming
the

their

examples given

past tense,

in this lesson.

Everyday English

126

LESSON

good

their past tense

form

verbs

many

VERBS

IRREGULAR

TENSE:

88

that is,
irregularly,

by adding d, ed, or t,to the present form, but by changing

of the verb itself;as, see, saw;
the stem
swim,
came;
come,
not

get,got; think,thought. These

swam;

in familiar

if you

consult

yet they

for saw,

seen

say

use

are

did, and

for

done

wrongly used.

often

are

doubtful

so

the table

dictionary or

on

People often
the following exercises,

In

on.

forms

the proper

about

the verbs

commonly

are

165

pages

verb,

of any

and

1G6.

past tense, but change the ciation

pronunof the body of the word ; for example, saij, said; hear,
add

verbs

Some

add

Others

heard.

d to the

t, and

d, ed, or

sell,
sold;feel,
felt.
Some
irregularverbs have

also

use

different

vowel;

as,

as

in the

in the

form

same

them

Among

present.

the

past

tense

beat,burst,hit,put, cost,

are

let,set,spread.
All

that

verbs

past tense, those

use

the

strong

change
that

word

same

vowel

in

the

present,

forming the

in

sound

different

use

as

the

word, and

those

that

called irregular

are

or

verbs.
to the

Change the followingsentences

1. The

villagersbeseech

the

captain

past tense:
to

not

(luartcr his soldiers

thcni.

among

farmers

bind

their wheat

2.

The

3.

If the

dog bites

4.

When

5.

The

baby

6.

The

fugitive rides

any

one

by nuichines.

he should

be shot.

buy in those shops, I always feel that I

creeps

am

umvise.

to the door.
over

the

means

to

mountains

and

hides in

deserted

cabin.
7.
8.

They

9.

The

10.

that she

I feel sure
send

messengers

come.

all around

and also

ringthe church bells.

spin and wca^je by hand.

He teaches the ignorantnatives all he knows
old

women

of

simple remedies,

IrregularVerbs

Tense:

all day

sick; I sit here

11.

12.

I lie down

13.

The

14.

They

am

127

long.
night,when I

tired every

go home.

lions eat fresh meat.

glorioussightwhen

they get to the top.

The north wind blows cold ; winter is coming.
We flingstones into the pond and see the water
splash.
John makes
twenty dollars a week; he drives a butcher's cart.
ride well ; you stick tightin the saddle.
You
teaches you to speak so clearly?
Who
I say what I think ; I reallyknow
very little about the matter.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

the

Change
1. He
2.

3.

He

behold

following sentences
the

won

thought

the

to

present tense:

prizefairly.

I heard

one

some

at the door.

7.

thought was the trouble.

The anarchists tlirew bombs, struck people,and slew officers in
what they felt was
a righteouscause.
for a pardon.
He wrote
to the governor
The
earth shook
during the eruption of the volcano, and the
people fled from their houses.
he took honey out of tlieirhives.
The bees stung the boy when

S.

The

soldiers sang

around

9.

The

lake froze

deep that

10.

The

11.

be touched
they drank, must never
They sang of love and not of fame;
Forgot was Britain's glory.

4.

5.
6.

Give
it in

told

he

what

me

clothes

so

the

Brahmans

Each

heart

recalled

But

all sang

Annie

the

past

tense

fire.

the camp
the

rode

men

wore,

the

over

food

by

one

it

on

sleighs.

they ate, the

of lower

water

caste.

different name,

Laurie.

of each

of the

following verbs, and

use

sentence.

buy, catch,die,do,dig,get,
Admire, bear,believe,
begin,cut,contrive,
grow, have,hinder.
Some

verbs

have

the past tense; as,

regular and an
lit;waked, woke.
lighted,
both

irregularform

for

Eveiydiiy Englisli

128

LESSON
THE

The

future

is to take

the action
As

have

we

icillwith

We

he goes

and

is invariable

that

by using shall

will go

he will go

go

Wc

shall go

you

will go

they will

shall is used

that

third

the second

when

speaker wishes simply

say

promise, or

what

and

fuller treatment
Make

and

(2) with

in any

determination

shall in the second

of the

(1) with

or

pronoun

and

of shall and

use

for each

sentence

future tense

with

persons.
to express

go

the first
This

rule

futurity,

of the

will is used

way,

third persons.

nrillsee

Lesson

of the first person

pronoun

the

future tense, where

phrase) the

Point

1. He

will

have

parts of the verb

two

words.

we

out

the

who

2.

You

will,if I mistake

3.

Thou

shall not

4.

They

\\illsurelycome

5.

When

6.

All the nations

7.

Com|)lainingwill

shall

we

are

for its subject:

befriended

will,in

grow,

recite.

verb-group (or verboften separated by other

following sentences:

him.

not, repent of your

rashness.

steal.
for you.

three meet

again ?

of the earth will

never,

so

long

day live

some
as

the world

laws of nature.
Books

106.

in the

verb-groups

know

never

For

for its subject,

of the third person

noun

in

following verbs, using the

ride,sleep,
think,struggle,
study,improve,be, seem,

8.

or

is

to express

the first person,

In

that

going to happen or to be in the future.

the speaker wishes, however, to make
or
a resolution
a

is,to

When

is formed

tense

ivill with
the

asserts

future time.

you

sentences, observe

In these

which

I shall go

go

they

verb

of the verb.

go

you

go

of the

some

future

present form

I go

person,

the

TENSE

form

place at

seen,

the

you

FUTURE

is that

tense

89

some

cases,

only confuse

j'ou.

in peace.

stands,upset

the

The

THE

The

future
The

Tenses

LESSON

90

PERFECT

TENSES

perfect tenses, sometimes

three

are

Perfect

perfect,the past

the

129

compound tenses,
and the
perfect (or pluperfect),
called

the

perfect.
perfect tense

action

the

represents

completed

as

at

the

slept,he has slept. It is

a
verb-group (or verb-phrase)formed by joining have or has
In regular verbs the past
to the
past participleof the verb.
form as the past tense ; as, called,
participlehas the same
loved,carried,dwelt. In irregular verbs it often has the same
present time,

form

; as,

as

run,

/ have

have

eaten, you

different
past participleare sometimes
wrote, have "written;began, have begun.
The

past perfect tense

before

or

had

to the

future

sent for

will have
The

future

the future.

We

shall go
In the

repentedbefore
two

beforeyou

; as, I had

by joiningshall
We

shall have

to-morrow

The

2.

The

3.

When

4.

I shall not

5.

Beautiful vines had

6.

Have
K

seen

by joining
before you

come

as

have

gone

completed before
or

will have to the

before

arrive.

you

; its

the tense

name

of each

it is of

observed all the rules.

playersstrictly
has captured fiftyprisoners.
enemy

1.

you

at

comes.

give its present tense, and say whether

conjugationor the irregularconjugation:

see

the

placeis usuallytaken by
above would generallybe spoken thus :
sentences
will repent before
to-morrow
comes.
or He
arrive,

followingsentences

will he

completed

as

verb-group formed

perfecttense is rarelyused
The

and

chose,have chosen;

action

represents the action

perfect tense

time,and is formed
of the verb, as
past participle
He

tense

me.

future

some

of the verb
past participle

called ; they had

The

It is

past

; as,

the

represents

past time.

some

the

sat, taught,fled. But

come

to

see

us

the end of the twentieth

my

covered

dog ?

He

century.

the old ruins.

has not

come

home.

verb

the

form,

regular

Everyday English

130

to the fair with

7.

Who

8.

They told

9.

Who

went

believed

hath

Write

report ?

our

of

each

in

sentence

failed.

he had

him

you

the

perfect and

of th(! followingverbs, and

tenses, choosing one

using a different
sell,think, lead,hurt, run, dive (past

verb

in each

tense

dived,not dove),know,

sentence:

like,
fall,seek,earn, build.

grow,

LESSON
OF

CONJUGATION

91
VERBS:

REGULAR

(alsocalled conjugation)of
inflection

The
various

tenses

past perfect

be illustrated

may

as

follows

in the

regularverb

a
:

Singular

Plural

I call

call

we

Present
3^ou call

Tense

Past

Tense

(thou callest)

you

he calls

they call

I called

we

called (thou calledst)

you

you

Tense

called

have called

(thou hast called)

Perfect

you

have

called

we

called
had

called

(thou hadst

you

you

had

called
called

called
called

will have

have

had

they had called

I shall have

Tense

called

have

I had

called)

fect
Per-

will call

they have called

he had

Future

they

he has called

you

Tense

will call

you

we

Past

shall call

we

\you will call (thou wilt call)

[he \y\\\call
I hav^

called

they called

fl shall call

Perfect

called

you

he called

Future Tense

call

called

we

(thou vAM

called)

he will have

you

shall have

called

will have

called

they

will have

called

called

"

Note

the two

forms

in the second

person

singular.

(See Lesson

57.)

Conjugationof
It may
to

not

given form

any

of any

tenses

recite it

is meant

bj^ rote

that is called for.

; but

and

its number

person

are

the

how
which

noun
pro-

mentioned,

give any of these forms of the verb.

singular,perfect tense, of
give the third person,
will be easy

to know

will remember

formed, and

are

131

conjugations

it is necessary

If you

given regular verb

when

Irregular

this table of

to commit

be necessary

and

memory

Verbs

to

it

For

example,

the

verb

try.

know, takes have or has with the perfect

perfect tense, we
which is tried. The third personal singularpronoun
participle,
have the form he has tried.
is he (or she or it). So we
Try the
The

in class of

game

the

callingupon

following verbs

each

other

forms

for various

of

reflect,
walk, believe,
expect, relate,dive,

wish, hunt.
suspect, exercise,

LESSON
OF

CONJUGATION
verbs
irregular

The
the

as

and

IRREGULAR

VERBS:

conjugated in preciselythe

are

regular,except for

in the

92

the

different

past participle. Thus

the

in the

forms
verb

same

sing

is

follows

as

PRESENT

TENSE
Plural

SiNGULAK

sing
sing
you
they sing

sing
you sing (thou singest)
he sings

we

PAST

TENSE

I sang
you

sang

we

(thou sangest)

you

he sang

sang

they
FUTURE

L shall

sang

sing
you will sing (thou wilt sing)
he will sing

sang

TENSE

sing
you will sing
they will sing
we

shall

manner

past

tense

conjugated

Everyday Enj";lisli

132

TENSE

PERFECT

Plural

Singular

I have
you

have

sung

(thou hast sung)

you

he has sung

sung,

As

sung,

in the last

various

forms

have

sung

PERFECT

sung

TENSE

etc.
FUTURE

I shall have

sung

they have
PAST

I had

have

we

sung

PERFECT

TENSE

etc.

lesson,try the

of the

of

game

callingfor

followingirregularverbs

some

of the

sit,think,teach,

catch.
drive,eat,drink,fight,sleep,strike,

LESSON
CONJUGATION
The

OF

conjugation

THE

93

IRREGULAR

of the

verb

PRESENT

VERBS

he is
TENSE

BE

AND

quite irregular.

HAVE

Verbs
Irregular
PAST

I had

PERFECT

Have

and

133

TENSE

been,etc.
PERFECT

FUTURE

I shall have

The

verb

singularof
the form

have
the

ordinary verbs in
instead of adding an s

differs from

present ;

to

have,it takes

PERFECT

TENSE

TENSE

had, etc.

had

he had

the third person

has.

PAST

I had

TENSE

been,etc.

PRESENT

you

Be

had

we

(thou hadst had)

you

had

they

had

FUTURE

I shall have

had

had, etc.

PERFECT

TENSE

had

had
had
had

Everyday English

134

LESSON
PROGRESSIVE

Every day
they

and

of I eat,they

using the verb

be with

This

the verb.

continuing.

form,
Like

played.

it

the

the

regular form

of the

by making the

walking)

art

the verb

necessary

in

changes

do.

common

I do

had

walking,etc.

had

been

walking,etc.

of the verb
did make

is in connection

trouble.

This

with

is the

so-

verb, which gives a specialemphasis

the idea expressed. It is used only in the present and past

tenses.

of the

been

TENSE

wc

he
believe,

walking,etc.

TENSE

PERFECT

form

walking,etc.

shall be

we

walking,etc.
very

were

we

walking,etc

called emphatic form

to

it is used

TENSE

walking,etc.

PAST

Another

in progress,

are

we

PERFECT

been

the

TENSE

FUTURE

I had

called

to

walking
are
walking
you
they are walking
we

walking,etc.

been

verb

ing

TENSE

PAST

I had

verb,

suffix

like,is

by

Plural

walking
are
walking (thou
you
is
he
walking

I shall be

another

as

stead
in-

be.

am

was

used
formed

are

the

by adding

SiNGULAB

They

eating;

am

are

represents the action

PRESENT

as

participleof

eating,and

am

forms

playing. These

formed

It is conjugated

all the tenses.

in the verb

have

FORMS

verb

the present

progressive form, because

or

been

we
slept,

participleitself being

the

such

use

have

sleeping; we

wei'e

EMPHATIC

AND

hear

we

Progressiveand
it is

In these tenses

the

statements

it has

customary

form.

much

now

Forms

Emphatic
used.

The

questions and

In

emphatic force

lost its

; in

donH

think,he doesn't

do not

we

(thou dost

think

think)

not

they do

think,etc.

do you

do you

think ?

does he think ?
TENSE,

time

sail next

week.

to express

customary

sleepson

future

We

are

also

use

We

present action
action

to do

in other

progressivepresent
of the

; as,

of

tense

going

am

He

think ?
think

they think ?

did

progressivepresent

think,etc.

INTERROGATIVE

did I think ? etc.

instead

we

do
PAST

think

not

INTERROGATIVE

TENSE,

do

The

think.

thinlv

did not

we

do I think ?

future

are

NEGATIVE

TENSE,

PRESENT

The

the

think

do not

you

think

PAST

I did not

show

Plural

think

he does not

become

has

speech these

common

Singular

do not

tive
nega-

NEGATIVE

TENSE,

PRESENT

you

and

following conjugations

negative and interrogativeforms

almost
alwaj^scontracted ; as, /

I do not

135

we

think

? etc.

going is also used

this

verbs

means

to

shall do this.

used

is also sometimes
iveek

sailingnext

cate
indi-

We

means

shall

progressive form commonly

for
the ordinary form
and reserve
the

is

sleepingon

the

couch, and

He

the couch.

English language is peculiar in having progressive and

And
constant
make
we
emphatic forms for the present tense.
of them.
of common
use
verbs, and decide
Try a number
The

whether
form

you

think

is the most

the

used.

progressive,or

emphatic,

or

ordinary

Everyday English

136

LESSON

95
OF

SEQUENCE
It is very

important

in the

verb

from

changes are

present
clause

says

we

may

Past.

He

said

we

might

Present.

Do

\o\x

believe that I shall succeed

Past.

Did

Present.

You

know

I have

Past.

You

knew

I had

the verb

in the

the

when

am

ready.

came

when

was

read^^

I will go.

He

the

though

ball

so

the

careful.

were

succeed ?

all the way.

come

independent clause

2.

gets hard.

lends

is

past tense, and

from

changed

in the

tense

present

the

the

subordinate

present perfect

to the

past

tense:

I think
4.

helping

is the land to which

whenever

we

all the wa3^

come

following sentences

the work

him

go, if

careful.

are

believe that I should

you

the

to

go, if we

past perfect.

the

5.

come

the past, then

changed

these

followingexamples:

He

Change
1. I

It will be clear what

of tenses.

of

of the main

tense

Present.

Where

6.

the

dependence

I think

money.

This

of the

tense

Past.

is

whenever

the

the

Change
1.

when

Present.

to

to

tense

clauses

clause upon

subordinate

clause is called sequence

When

changes take place in the

principal clause is changed.

in the

the tense

what

in subordinate

of verbs

tenses

learn

to

TENSES

the

3. John
he has gone.
They work hard because

hand

to

all who

they need

in

are

trouble.

ship is sailing?

followingsentences

to

the present tense:

help you ; but I was mistaken.

he thought of what he had escaped.
I could

far that he could not

gets sick

find it.

4.

Did

you

2.
He

3.

know

Fear

threw

that you

expected? 5. The squirrelran up the tree because it saw

6. John brought his dog that he might have company.

seized
the
were

the hunter.

Verb

Contracted
An

action

continuous
1.

They looked for

know

fiat). 3. Had
Note.

"

sentences

as,

is round.

of tense

sequence

wish

in Lesson

who

man

were

is not

with

LESSON

96

7 will

or

verb

adverb

with

the

in such

usage

later under

was

the

junctive
Sub-

FORMS

of the verbs

forms
the

most

common

should,or

loould

you

he has

/ had

would, or

you,

he, she,it,and

for it is or it has
it's,
for theyare
they're,
for they have
they've,

joinedin

contraction

he would

theywould

or

with

number

forms.
for are not
aren't,
for is not
isn't,

wasn't,for ivas
for were
weren't,
hasn't,for has

haven't,for have

mustn't,for

for does
doesn't,
don't,for do not

not
not

won't, for will

not

not

wouldn't for ivould not

not

shouldn't for should

must

not

can't for cannot

not

not

they

he'd,for he had, or
they'dfor they had

has

not is also

for 7 have

these verbs

for she is,or she

she's,
The

Fve

for /

the other pronouns

with

you'refor you are

you'd for you had, or
for you will
you'll,
he's for he is

did not

that the earth

explained

VERB

Fd

Avay

be united

confused

He

2.

are

Pm, for / am
for 7 shall,
or
I'll,

may

be

to

customary

unchanging truth.

frequently contract the

other words.
Among

we

by uniting them

same

an

tences
sen-

104.

In conversation

In the

in those

expresses

thought
is just?

will be

CONTRACTED

contractions

found

{But,He

This

there.

1.37

checks the trunks.

forgotten that God

you

This

clause

condition,or

or

the

earth

the

that

is sometimes

the subordinate

in which
or

rule

exception to this

Forms

coiddn't for could not

of

Everyday English

138
Do

confuse

not

Never

In

and

don't.

ain't; this word

say

is not, and

doesn't

is often

for

not,

am

not.

are

following sentences, make

the

used

wrongly

contractions

where

it is

They have

not

Will you

not

Do

you

possible:
1. I

going;

not

am

been

here ; do you

come

in ?

John

think

not

think

not

they are

rain ?

\\dll be

2.

overcoat.

expecting us

he will stop for you

says

there

find my

I cannot

his way

on

I have

home.

forgotten my

Father says he does not think it "willrain ; if it does,we

]\Iake five other

Note.
the

who

Those

"

of these

use

sentences, each

too

arc

contractions

people everywhere.

The

place,for example, in

they

includingone

rule to observe

used

are

is to

informal

or

more

tractions.
con-

advise

letters.

against

English speaking

They

would

or

be

versational
con-

out

of

97
REVIEW

VERBS:

have

get home.

only in informal

them

5.

prayer.

LESSON

We

umbrella.

or

by educated

use

4.

cannot

precise in their speech sometimes

; but

in familiar

speech and

3.

learned that verbs have

number

and

person, like the

nouns

they have for their subjects. Give an example

in the
of a verb in the firstperson
plural,in the third person singular,
in the third person plural. Conjugate the verb
first person .singular,
and

which

pronouns

think in all its persons

the yerb with thou ?
is meant
one

each
What
and

by

is very

of

the

and
You

tense?

WTiat

seldom

used ?

six

do you know
learned that verbs have

numbers.
have
are

tenses.

the

What

names

of the
fense.

of the six tenses?

use

of

What
Which

Using the verb push, give an example of

Do
the same
thing with the verb are.

is the difference in the way these two verbs form their past tense
the three so-called perfecttenses?
Which
of these two verbs is

sive
irregularverbs. "\^niat is the progresform of the verb?
Give an example. Give an example of the
Give an example.
of tenses?
WTiat is the sequence
emphatic form.

irregular?

Make

Name

five sentences

five other

invohing

common

contracti'ns

AAith verb forms.

Active

Verbs:

LESSON
ACTIVE

VERBS:

have

Verbs

in the active

examples

voice

saw

2.

He

3.

The

VOICE

PASSIVE

They may be either

Study the following

voice.

as

passive voice.

Passive

Voice

Active

1. I

AND

in the

or

139

98

property known

Voice

Passive

and

1. A

bird.

hears

sound.

2.

shot the rabbits.

man

3.

bird

Voice

by me.
A sound is heard by him.
The rabbits were
shot by the
was

seen

man.

4.

Just

5.

Your

kingsruled

the nation.

4.

The

nation

5.

Tliis

ruled

was

by just

kings.
has

teacher

often

given

advice

given you

this advice.

has

by

often

been

teacher.

your

Notice, that the meaning of the corresponding sentences

Notice
also that the
in these examples is exactly the same.
of the verbs
are
forms
changed from active to passive voice.
1.

becomes

were

shot; ruled becomes

was

becomes

hears

Saw

seen;

was

is

heard; shot becomes

ruled;

has

given becomes

in the

subjects

has

been

given.
2.

the active
the

is

There

voice

passive voice

used

the

as

change also
the

subjects are

these

words

are

of the

verbs.

In

kings, teacher; in
longer the subjects,but are

/, he, man,
no

objects of the preposition by, forming adverbial

phrases that modify the verb.

In

the

active

voice

the

direct

bird, sound, rabbits,nation, advice; in the passive

In brief,
the subjects of the verbs.
these words become
from the active form to the passive
change a sentence
we

objects are
voice
when

form,

we

convert

the

object

in

the

active

form

to

the

subject

subject of the active form is retained,

John
it is put into a prepositionalphrase modifying the verb,
broken
window
The
was
broke the window.
by John.

in the

passive.

If the

"

Everyday English

l-to
You

1.

the

ate

the ball.

our

The

3.

corn.

The

boys built a good boat.

6.

The

children

the

English people sent

such experiments.
the

books

subdued

colonists

Convert

teacher

ridicule his old-fashioned

eagerly read

British

The

in their

their con^-icts to

little

the fishermen's

7.

library.

The
8.

The

villagers
hardy
9.

country.

Australia.

nets.

in after school.

keeps us

savage

The

I shall try

10.

form

the active

into

following sentences

other.

garden; and the

clothes.

wild and

this

fully,
care-

passive form:

carried away

5.

sentences

into the

spoiledour

cows

waves

4.

have

The

2.

kind

one

into the

following sentences

threw

John

crows

only by observing

by practice in transforming

and

Change

this idea

grasp

can

no

grainhas
formed from rocks by the
3. The soil was
been spoiledby the rats.
River was
4. The Mississippi
action of the heat,cold,and moisture.
broken
5. King Lear's heart was
Soto.
discovered by De
by the
ingratitudeand crueltyof his daughters,Goneril and Regan. 6. The
covered by the i\'y. 7. The
walls of the old castle of Kenilworth
are
of bullets.
from
the ramparts by a storm
driven back
troops were
1.

Not

of this shall be

word

repeated by

All the

2.

me.

pioneers in Australia. 9. Just

punishment for the crime will be fixed by the judge. 10. The soiland
the forests were
despoiledb}-the greed}'and ignorantinhabitants.
8.

been

has

Gold

discovered

ACTIVE

and

good

1. The

Japan.

3.

their nets

libraryat
bond.

8.
and

which

99

PASSIVE

VOICE

news

The

in the

are

threw.

Alexandria

5.

shall

be

were

Continued

verbs

are

in the active

passive :

She had

2.

It is not

all tarnished with

forgiven.

10.

you
4.

The

so

in old

once

All

night long

liliesin her hand.

three
7.

I knew

known.

made

never

destroyed.

was

His clothes
you

was

"

which

state

quickly spread.

was

real truth

they

the

LESSON

followingsentences

In the

voice

AND

by

G.

nominated

ashes and

soot.

The

in the
9.

give
For-

night shall be filledwith

Active
music.

I thrice

12.
in

day.

fort

was

the

be not
cannot

21.

returned

are

kingly

after it had

will lend
Rome

13.

crown.

cup, and

my

he

fill up

141

was

j^ou

built

not

15.

can.

my

more.

The

been

months.
16.
besieged many
end the gift of sleep. 17. The
us
buildingwas shaken
of the cannon.
18. He was
roar
demned
caught as a spy, he was conhe will be hanged as a spy.
19. Judge not that ye
as
a spy,
judged. 20. We cannot
dedicate,we cannot
consecrate, we
hallow this ground.
The ship was
cheered,the harbor cleared,
Merrily did we drop.
Below the kirk,below the hill,
Below
the light-housetop.

the

the

the

observe

voice

Keeping

of the

difference
/

Example:

taught him

the

the. verbs

in this way

voice

the

of

the

in

subject in each form.

same

change

change the

you

verbs,
in
to

get

followingsentences,

Notice

different

explained

as

that Avhen

meaning.

in Lesson

you

Then

98, and

meaning.
row.

subjectin the passivevoice

same

ims

98

He

taughtby

him

row.

the

Changing to
me

fill up

Come

14.

surrendered

keeping

to

books

presented him

Change
make

these

Voice

in the

Grant

by

When

11.

Passive

and

passive voice

to

row.

1.

He

2.

They convinced

3.

You

4.

I entertained

5.

The

drew

as

in Lesson

his friends into the scheme.

deceived

him

of his

error.

us.

the minister

last week.

7.

of the children.
gardener helped many
The sailor brought his companions into the
scolded them
Every passenger
angrily.

8.

The

9.

They drove

6.

the strangers out

The

commander

11

The

angry

The

old

12.

street.

citizens illtreated the soldiers.

10.
.

was

man

of the

village.

betrayed his friends.

mob

threatened

led the

the two

people into the

speakers.
promised land.

taught by

Everyday English

142

LESSON
TENSES:

The

forms

tense

different from
he is seen,

these
1.

passive
The

were

The

am

seen,

3.

you

The

of the

he with

he with

the past participle

; as, I

was

the

by combining

past participle;as, I

he

he with

the

by combining
past participle;
as,

has heen invited.

of the

he

verb

heen seen, they had

heen

he with

by

bining
com-

the past participle

invited.

perfect tense, passive voice (a form

future

seldom

or

by combining the future perfecttense of

with the past participle
; as, he will have heen found.
is formed

heard)
the

of each

tense

tied

are

by

been

had

verb

the habits

called three

in

the

following

sentences

of his

Country.

form.

wo

four times.

2.

We

3.

Washington

has often been

called the Father

4.

Tracks

laid for

street

5.

I shall be detained

6.

You

7.

Often

8. We

by combining

past perfect tense, passive voice, is formed

The

1. We

the

invited.

are

he with

of the verb

; as, I had

Name

of
participle

invited.

were

the past perfect tense

the verb

the past

by combining

perfect tense, passive voice, is formed

The

never

seen,

consider

will he liked,they will he invited.

you

I have heen seen,

6.

us

am

are

one.

he is liked,they

of the verb

the perfect tenses

5.

by

Let

seen,

say,

tense, passive voice, is formed

future

The

etc.

verb

liked,they

the future tense

4.

she xoill he seen,

one

of the verb

shall he seen,

We

tense, passive voice, is formed

past

were

active

have

we

tense, passive voice,is formed

seen,

the past tense

VOICE

voice.

forms

tense

the present tense

2.

in the
seen,

present

verb ; as, I

PASSIVE

in the passive voice, as

those

they

100

were

are

misled

had

have

you

led

new

in my

railway.

office; will the door be left open

will not

be interfered with.

givpn in the service

through a dangerous path.

their time

been

or

heen

of others.

Tenses

Voice

Passive

of the

Conjugation

Passive

Voice

Singular

Present

Plural

called

am

we

called

are

you

(thou

art

called

are

called

are

you

called)

Tense

he is called

Past

they

called

was

we

called

were

you

(thou

wast

called

are

called

were

called

were

you

called)

Tense
he

called

was

they

I shall be called
Future

be

(thou wilt

called)

been

I have

they

called

been

have

you

called (thou

been

called)

he has

been

called

I had

been

be called

vnW

have

we

hast

Tense

will be called

you

he will be called

Perfect

called

were

shall be called

we

will be called

you

Tense

Past

143

been

have

you

been

they have

called

had

we

called
called

called

been

been

called

fect
Peryou

had

hadst

Tense

he had

been
been

been

I shall have

called

(thou

had

you

been

called

called)
called

they

called

been

we

had

been

called

shall have

been

called

\villhave

been

called

Future

Perfect
Tense

you

will

have

(thou wilt have

he will have

It may

not

though
begins. You
of these

been

called

been

called)

been

be necessary
it is easy

to do

you

called

they will have

to commit
so

if you

this

conjugation to

will notice how

should, however, be able

verb-groupsbelongs when

been

you

to
see

each

tell where
or

hear

it.

any

called

ory,
mem-

tense
one

Everyday English

144

LESSON
VOICE:

PASSIVE

One

RETAINED

Passive

do not

verbs

object of the verb.

exjilainthis we need

OBJECTIVE

of

peculiar form
at this point. If we
say, I
the subject of the verb was
very

101

expression needs specialstudy

that / is
was
given the book, it seems
given. Then in what case is book?
have objects,so book seems
not to be the
It is not the object of a preposition. To
would
that long ago our
ancestors
to know

liave

expressed this idea by saying.Me was giventhe

indirect object(or dative),meaning to me.
an
was

me

is clear; book

sentence

people had

to feel that

come

they said

subject of

is the

me

given. The
good English because used by

so

One

If
do

can

shows

so

wish

we

was

was

form

what

Then

But

the

gradually

sound

not

Here

right;

present form, though perfectly

every

noun

it is

pronoun

that

its

is.

case

is not

one,

is to call the

to tell whether

by insertinga

by its

adopted,

given did

was

was

often

way,

the verb.

book.

easy

book

reallyan

retains

to

explain.

retained

jective.
ob-

objective,we

its inflection

and

given him (the dog) as a birthday present.

given the/n (the books).

Evidently we have made the words in this construction

though historically
they began by being nominative.
the following sentences
Convert
into the passive form,
retained objectives:
tell which words become
offered

He

2.
3.

My
My

4.

The

(aught me Latin.
teacher promised us a holiday.

5.

The

postman

brother

and

tlirce dollars.

1.

me

jective,
ob-

told

me

the

news.

father

In Lesson

99, review

tell first whether

intransitive ;

handed

they

her

valentine.

the verbs
are

in the first ten

regulp,ror

give voice,tense,

person,

sentences

irregular,transitive
and

number.

and
or

Mood

Verbs

in

LESSON

102

MOOD

By the form of
himself
regards
when

example,
a

the verb

definite belief ;

the

that

imply

we

assertion,but

way

Let

they

make

we

verb

wish

for

use

is
a

clear

or

do

we

or

the verbs

positive

again

we

say,

First,when

of the verb.

uses

ask

question, we
mood.
Second,
a

have

expressed,we
or

clear,

were

make

we

listen in still another

he and

indicative

command

when

But

day

For

indicate

day, we

If

wish.

verb.

the

the

not

speaker

request.

definitelyor

is called the

or

we

clear ;

command

assertion

in what

Third,

use

in

/ wish

or

go,

consider these three

an

condition

convey

will be

condition

express

now

us

could

is not

day

we
quietand listen,

Be

contained

positiveassertion.

clear,we

If to-daywere

say,

make

the

indicate the way

To-morroiv

say,
we

VERBS

may

assertion

the

we

IN
we

145

the

use

the

where

subjunctive mood.

request what

call the

we

perative
im-

mood.

The

term

the action

mood,
or

or

mode,

assertion

means

of the

verb

the
is

or

manner

in which

way

regarded by

the

speaker.

is,as we have seen, inflected for numher (Lesson 35), for person
(Lesson 36), and tense (Lesson 41).
the
be distinguishedfrom
can
now
2. The
subjunctivemood
L

indicative mood

The

only in a few inflected forms; as, he is (indicative),

if I were
(indicative),
(subjunctive,old form) ; / was

indicative

if he

be

(subjunctive).
inflected form,
has no
3. The
imperative mood
expressed or implied,is always in the second
occurs
only in the present tense.
In

the

1.

If I

following sentences, tell the mood

were

2.

He

3.

Give

4.

What

5.

Though

was
me

you,

I should

not

ready for his share

portionof the
my

do you
he

know

about

slay me, yet

of each

go.

of the blame.
inheritance.
the indicative mood

will I trust

him.

but

its subject,

person.

verb.

It

Everyday English

146

LESSON
MOODS:

The

indicative

of the sentences
in this

sentences
oven

express

103

INDICATIVE

is

mood
that

make

in

in

are

strong doubt

SUBJUNCTIVE

far the most

by

we

book,

AND

the

form.

common

of the

conversation, most
indicative

in the indicative mood

mood.

Most

We

can

by introducing

he trusted.

adverbs; as. She is hardly to

The
as
subjunctive mood

an

inflected form

is limited

and

disappearing.
In
or

many

doubt

is made

Though

mood.

expressionof

instances, the
in forms

these

of

wish,

with those

identical

modes

condition,

of the indicative

expression originallyhad

tinct
dis-

out by
forms, these subjunctive forms have been crowded
We
the indicative.
may
say, therefore,that the subjunctive

mood

now

exists

only where

it has

distinct inflection

singularof the present;

(2) in the present and past of be;
(1) in the third

person

(3) in the present and past of the passivevoice

(4) in the present of the
have.

perfecttense

in

compounds with if he

of the

Uses

Subjunctive

147

PASSIVE
Past

Present

If I be found
be found

If you

Singular

If I

If you

If he be found
If

If

be found

If you

Plural

If he

be found

we

If

found

were
were

we

were

If you

If he be found

found

were

found
found

found

were

they

found

were

to each of these forms because ifcommonly

introduces
If is prefixed
the subjunctivein English. If,however, is no part of the subjunctive
conjugation.

poeticuse we find
found,if thou wert found.

In archaic
thou be

or

the form

with

thou:

If

thou

find,if

disappearingis shown in the fact that

there were
more
subjunctivesin the language,
many
and that the few we
have are not always used.
We
hardly ever
now
hear If I be,or If he be ; but in their stead,// I am, and 7/ he is. If I
to be the only forms
that are holding their
ivere, If you were, etc.,seem
use.
place in common
That

subjunctiveform
formerly a great

the

is

LESSON
OF

USES

The

SUBJUNCTIVE

THE

subjunctiveis used, broadly speaking,for

First,to

express

2.
3.

Second,

that
to

preceded by
1. If I
2.
3.

purpose

express
a

purposes

thy will
were

doubt

be done.

known!
or

condition.

In

this

use

it is

conjunctionlike if,unless,though,although.

were

you,

I should

do this.

betrayus, we shall succeed.

Though he swear
by all that is sacred,he will not

Unless he

sentences
we

our

two

wish.

Thy kingdom come;

Long live the king.

1.

In

104

have

expressing
two

be trusted.

condition, called conditional

tences,
sen-

parts, called the condition and the conclusion.

Everyday English

148
In the conclusion

found

certain

verb-groupswith may, can,

The
shall,will,might, could, should, would.
peculiaritiesof
The
condition is the
verb-groups will be treated in Tjcsson 105.
subordinate
clause introduced
by a conjunction,like if,unless,
and may
tak(^ the subjunctivemood.
arc

will return.

1. If he go, he

thou

2. Unless
3. If he

help us,
with

were

cannot

we

us, all would

escape.

be well.

begin with if,unless,etc.,though they are

clauses,do not always use the subjunctive mood.

Clauses

that

1.

If he runs,

he will f;ill.

2.

Unless

are

This

you

of usage

difference
of the

Were

cannot

he in my

find j-our way.

largelyto the gradual disappearance

subjunctive referred

clause in the

is due

the idea of doubt

Sometimes
used in

directed,you

to in the

last lesson.

is

expressed by
inverted order, and without

place,he

ditional
con-

would

do

the

subjunctive
the conjunction

same.

following sentences, point out the subjunctive and

id(vi the sul)junctives
indicative moods, and say what
express:
In

the

1. God

grant

this be not

true.

here,we shall be censured.

attempted this,you would surelyfail.

2.

If

3.

If you

4.

I will not

5.

Though

6.

Were

7.

Unless

8.

made, nobody knew it.

live peaceably with all men.
If it be possible,
Though the way is rough, we shall arrive in time.
Had you been willing,
might have gone.
we
I shall not complain if you have tried faithfully.
the da}'is fair or
The boys ought to go to school whether

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

If

Could

be found

we

let thee go, except thou bless me.

they had searched all day, they had

I in
he

need, they would

tries,he

beginning

the mood

cannot

found

no

water.

help me.
succeed.

was

be

changed

in any

of these

sentences?

not.

Potential

Verb-Groups

LESSON

105
VERB-GROUPS

POTENTIAL

so-called potentialverb-groups

The

words

These

them

treat

potential.They
making

statements
wish

change

no

would

be

usually

best be treated
In

the

The

statement
a

plying
im-

their

since

indicative

have

equivalents
they

mood,

may

indicatives.
/ may
/

go,

the

statement,

Make

may,

can,

or

able to go.

am

implying

not

several

direct

doubt

statements,

m.ust.

potentialverbs

of these

past forms

one,

peiiniUed to

am

is /

meaning

direct

condition.

is I

meaning

go, the

can

is,therefore,a

in each

The

in the

as

or
possibility

using

expressed

the sentence

In

or

mood

sentence

go.

and

to denote

of form

; sometimes

ways

mood, sometimes
sul)junctive. Since they

in the

as

marians
gram-

called the

indicative

in the

as

doubt

or

in various

however, used

verb.

Some

special mood

constituting a

as

are,

with

shoidd

called potentialauxiliaries.

often

are

by combining

formed

are

must, might, could, would, and

can,

may,

149

are

shown

here

Past

Present

may

might

can

could

must

May,

can,

and

the

present.

would

shall

should

will,and shall
past;

They

is,incomplete
In

will

must

in their

with

only two
ought have

and

therefore

are

combination

have

said

to

be

forms, the

tense

only

tense, the

one

defective

verbs, that

conjugation.
other

verbs,rnay

and

can

occur

tenses.

Present.

I may

Past.

Present

Past

Perfect.
Perfect.

ent
pres-

call (can

etc.
call),
etc.
might caU (could call),
have called (can have called),
etc.
may
have called (couldhave called),
etc.
77iight

in four

Everyday English

150
Shall and

will

in the

occur

Future.

I shall call

Past.

I should

forms

followingtense

etc.
{willcall),

call {would

etc.
call),
Future Perfect. I shall have called {willhave called),
etc.
I shoidd have called {would have called),
Past Perfect.
etc.

The

in

present

or

time

forms

tense

rather

in which

these

was

action

in future

time.

"

able to call,

indication

by

to the

had

the

subjunctive mood.

past forms

tense

The

of shall and

mood.

as

He

past tense.
than

I should

in the

or

He

expressed as

uses

may

3.

This

4.

Mother

says

5.

Mother

said

6.

You

7.

He

could not

might

They

I should

often

so

form

is that

or

of the

and doubt,
possibility

past action

doubtful

possibleor

action

Tell

followingsentences.

is indicated,whether
or
possible,

or

finish this work

can

we

have
may

happened if we
go

might
be ready ;
we

if wc

now,

go, if

we

j^ou have

had

as
a

present

past action

been

more

careful.

wished.
had

time

enough.

own.

help us, if they would.

like to

thought

to-day.

wish.

nothing that he could call his

could

9.

not

believe the .story.

not

should

8.

the

also

in the

appear

to-morrow, if we

go

He

had

merly
for-

thing has happened

same

could call indicates

call)and

"

an

fact.

2.

10.

become

call indicates either doubt

past action expressed as doubtful

He

of the

present time.

just how the

case

1. We

has

will; they do

call often indicates

able to

was

of these

Some
in each

would

past time.

definitely(He
action

form

possiblebut doubtful

of the word

tense

either in

means

definite past meaning,

obligationin the present tense, though

rather

call

indicate

of possibiUtyor doubt, and thus takes up the work

done

indicate

The

present.

used

are

might call,although

indicates rather

now

"

in the

/ may

indefinite way.

past tense, and although it once

/

auxiliaries

help you,

he would

find

if you

would

let me.

gold at the foot of the rainbow.

Potential

12.

boat may
Father says

13.

14.

He

The

11.

we

Verb-Groups

be late ; if so, we
these
use
may

do this for you,

might
could

do tliisto-morrow,

catch it.

can

boards,if we

if you

151

would

them.

carry

me.

pay

if he would

can

finish

to-day'stask

at

once.

They would be happy if they did

The frog,he would a-wooing go.

15.
16.

Must

and

ought

are

both

in

used

expresses

It is

important
and

can

could

express

to

ynay,

fact,I

He

must

He

ought

ability;

"

With
shall and

the

could

may

be

and

in

meaning

tween
be-

might. Can and

permission. See

express

foregoingexamples.

106
SHALL

AND

treated

also used

are

they

action ;

gone.

might

potentialauxiliaries

will,which

But

go.

the distinction

LESSON

VERB-GROUPS:

future

gone.

to have

and

in the

sentences, 1, 2, 11, 12,

must

between

may

they have only the

past action

have

remember
and

much.

so

also look towards

may

verb-groups that

expect

defective verbs ;

But both
present tense.
I ought to go to-morrow;

in

not

as

WILL

above,

we

include

may

auxiliaries of the future

tense.

Shall

speaker

and

will

intends

first person,

to

simply

and

I shall go, you

If the

are

in the

determination

by

to

distinguished in

futurity,he

express

second

their

and

third person

uses

he

If the

use.

shall in the
uses

will.

will go, he will go.

speaker wishes

in the first person.

be

to

express

In the second
shall:

determination,he
and

I will go, you

third person

uses

will

he expresses

shall go, he shall go, etc.

I vnll go in the first person

also a promise.
expresses
When
ask a question we
the auxiliarywhich
we
use

would

be

iMcnday

152
in the

used
you

answer

Shall you

Yes, I

accept his offer?

distinctions

The

would,

shall,if we

Will

can.

and

should

would

the

are

same

as

will.
is

futurity

Simple

We

go ?

will.

between

shall and

between

Eiiglisli

expressed by,

should,

would, he

you

etc.

is

speaker'sdetermination

The

expressed l)y I

would,

you

should,lieshould.
and

Should

used

sometimes

here!

were

have

in the

to

habitual

express

should

wish;

(wpress

Should

uses.

of ought; as, He

(1)

(2) to

or,

"

additional

some

sense

is used

Would

father.
he

vmuld

as.

action.He

is'

obey his

Would

that

would fall

asleepafterdinner.
Fill the blanks

have

We

"

He

6.

thinks

be there

7. He
be

8.

glad to

Fill the blanks

1.

He

2.

I
we

now

be

in

see

and

hope that

should

I.

so

you

come

early.

would.

or

candidate

all vote

we

for him.

him.

foggy, the boat

rather and

good

you,

use

send

if I

3'ou go

Had

be safe ?

If it

5.

doubt

hardly know

3.
4.

without

model

get the prize.

with

be

good-by ?

to say

he

that

us;

t ime

have

you

"

aid

the}^

do it.

I call to-morrow

4.
5.

will.

or

snowstorm.

promise that

3. I

shall

be destrcA'ed unless

1. We
2.

with

had

better

for would
I had
You

rather

had

not

raniage ?
idiomatic

are

rather and
be

start.

ivould better.

foal than

better take

an

expressionsthat

rogue.

umbrella.

are

The

ImperativeMood
LESSON

THE

When

we

same

the second

as

the verb

"

The

we

May

Close the door.

2.

Give

3.

Help

we

we

me

use

we

form, which

one

the

perative
im-

is the

present indicative,except in
of

are.

the burdens

has three

of the weak.

important features.

only in the present tense.

is used only in the second person.
usuallyomits the subject.

1.

It is used

2.

It

3.

It

wish

regarding the action of

other forms

use

request,

attention.

your

to bear

only

be instead

1.

express

third person,

has

of the

use

we

imperative mood

When

or

mood

person

be,where

MOOD

command

This

mood.

107

IMPERATIVE

express

153

learn to avoid

this error,

In these sentences

of the verb.

May

we

learn is

or

We
learn

the

first or

may

say,

from

this

"

perience.
ex-

potential
verb-group
(see p. 149) expressiveof desire. Or we may
learn,
say Let us
let is a sort of impersonal
etc., or Let him learn, etc., where
imperative and learn the infinitive used as a complement of let.
The omission
of the subjectis the rule for the imperative in
all ordinary speech, except (1) when
wish to be emphatic,
we
or
definite,John, you close the door; and except (2) in old or
Go ye into all parts
poetic language, Go thou and do likewise,
of the earth.
Select the imperatives in the followingsentences
:
may

Give

3.

freelyof thy substance.

Come, let us go a-Maying.
If you'rewaking, call me
early,Mother

4.

Neither

5.

Come,

Thou

1.

2.

borrower

nor

lender

almighty King.

be.

dear.

Everyday English

154
6.

Close the

9.

Strew

door, put on more

logs,and draw near
7. Speak gently,it is better far
To rule by love than fear.
8. Loose the sail,
rest the oar, float awaj'^ do\vn,
Fleetingand gUding by tower and town.
And
In

10.

her roses, roses.

on
never

of j'^ew.

spray

quiet she

Would

reposes.

that I

When

Sing no

am

could,too.
dead, my dearest,

sad

songs

Plant thou

no

Nor

cypress

shady

for

And

if thou

And

if thou

me

head,

at my

roses

tree

Be the green grass

With showers
and

above

me

dewdrops
wilt,remember.
^\ilt,
forget.

wet ;

LESSON

come

from

to certain forms

now

the forms

The

not

are

Observe

used

the verbs

soldiers

2.

We

wish

3.

There

4.

To

you

were

were

in

ordered

is the infinitive,

way

unlimited

an

take

may

objects, but
are.

to march.

ready.

figsto eat.
time

would

become

tiresome.

contains,in addition to its own

is not a predicate. These
verb which

of these sentences

march, he, eat, and

way.

that other verbs

sentences
follo\ving

to be

play all the

verb, another
are

in the

and
the

that differ markedly

of these

action

action

predicatesin

as

1. The

Each

express

One

the

it expresses

infinitives may

they

of the verb

already studied.

called because

so

108

INFINITIVE

THE

We

the fire.

play.

The

word

to is used

icate
predverbs

with

the

Infinitive

The
in

infinitive,
except

the

therefore,to include
of

form

verb.

The

The

word

sleep,etc.

to when

word

used

so

the infinitive

name

we

infinitive of walk
to

It is usual,

given below.-

cases

walk, of sleepis to

is to

is called the

sign

tive.
infini-

of the

words, however, the sign of the infinitive is

certain

After

few

155

omitted.
bids you

1. He

In

these
to

grow
see

2.

They felt the

3.

We

4.

5.

He

dare not

might
the

and

to grow

in.

like it.

not

word

is

co7ne

to

is omitted
1.

are

other

blow.

of

verbs

2.

this

understood;

list in

examples above

to rise and

are

in the

with

need, dare.

the rain fall.

with

sentences

when

it

can

present infinitive.
formed

be

an

finitiv
in-

readily

Verbs

have

by combining have

seen.

formed
passive voice also has two infinitives,
by adding
past participleto the infinitive form of be; as, to be seen

The
the

can,

(to)get breakfast.

is
which
perfectinfinitive,
the past participle
; as, to have

also

see,

used

infinitive

the

sign of

can

as.
It is time

The

I heard

omitted

infinitive is also sometimes

The

with

105), formed

the

to come,

infinitive is not

bid,feel,have,hear,let,make,

I felt the wind

the

Use

after which

to

the words

By

sign of the

the

potentialverb-groups (see Lesson

could,7nay, might, etc.
of the other verbs

equivalent

to venture.

in

Some

stronger.

grow

venture

venture

able to see;

are

wind

the way.

see

can

sentences

mean

we

come.

(present),and

to have

been

seen

(perfect)

Everyday English

15G
The

four forms

Passive

Active

to be

Present

to

Perfect

to have

In

be thus shown

of the infinitive may

see

seen

to have

seen

been

seen

followingsentences, select the infinitive forms and tell

the

and

their tense

voice

5.

willingto take part in the entertainment?

To err is human, to forgivedivine.
I'm to be Queen of the Maj^, mother.
You
ought to have been there.
Oh, what a day to sun me and do nothing.

6.

'Tis better to have

1. Aj-e you
2.
3.
4.

Than

To

down

8.

I meant

9.

Remember

to have

with
10.

It had
To

by the weaver's

if the flax

see

were

justlyand

12.

He

13.

Pure

known

give than
to have

religionand
widows

from

even

those dead

seen

It is better to
was

something better.
to love

You

15.

The

16.

Do

17.

None

18.

As

in

in

not

rise.

men

to receive.

been

miser.

is,to \'isitthe fatherless and the

their affliction,
and to keep himself unspotted

the world.

leave the

knew

roses

there

to be trodden

thee but to love

he died to make

have

I have

To

humbly

dream,

men

thee,nor
holy,let us
'Twere

To

to walk

undefiled

19.

To

and

ought to be given a passport before you venture into Russia.

the African tribes.
missionaryexpected to be sent among

14.

To

mercy

thy God.

11.

20.

sprung.

been strange,

have

croft I stole

offered him

to do

lost

loved at all.

to have

never

7. And

loved and

matched

our

fair cousin

jastto shut my eyes

through the skies.
go sailing
far away
go sailing
the pleasantland of jjlay

named

under

thee but to

die to make

better

^vith young

foot.

by

men

far

Lochinvar.

praise.

free.

Uses

of the

Infinitive

LESSON
OF

USES

The

infinitive has
action

be

modified
as

1. As

noun

quahties

other

They feared
is about

He
Here

play is used

to

is used

as

beginis used
2.

As

in

noun

adjective : We

an

Here

to do is used

3. As

an

Here

to eat is used

as

adverb

to undertake
to

in the

noun

as

2.

To

3.

This

4.

Will

5.

It

6.

When

7.

It is not

8.

You

adverb
to

came

remained
scoff,

adverb

of ancient

9.

We

10.

He

11.

Maybe

to say

12.

He

do

to

take
to under-

feared;and to
about.
the preposition

the

to pray.

modifying came,

the

and

to pray

as

and tell
infinitives,

Persia learned

speak the

is not

money

to ride

an

as

well,to shoot

truth.

thing as

same

to

it.

earn

hard to bear.

to

come

stay

you

to

wear

will be

expectedto

work.

safe to go there after dark.

will have

have

can

after

good to eat.
modifying the adjectivegood.

they give us any flowers

is not good to be alone.

was

case

to do.

an

who

straight,and

you

nominative

adjectivemodifjdng work.

an

men

is too

journey.

have other work

followingsentences, select
parts of speech they are used.

make

the

after the verb

scoffis used as an
modifjdng remained.

young

presses
ex-

animals.

objectivecase,
the objectivecase

to

1. The

(1) it

begin.

In the

what

This fruit is not

adverb:

Those
Here

verb

an

young

in the

noun

as

as

the

take

may

play is natural for

To

of

object; (3)it may

In its grammatical construction
parts of speech.

adverb.

an

various
:

INFINITIVE

being; (2) it

or

by

it is used

109

THE

these

157

much

and

much

to

forget.

other

many
not

to learn

able to
no

placesto visit.
enjoy the sea voyage,

and

mean

yes

comes

being a

poor

natural to

women.

nothing but sulk and complain.

sailor.

Everyday English

158

LESSON
USES

SPECIAL

THE

110
OF

THE

INFINITIVE

in everyday
common
specialuses of the infinitive,
very
If we
knew
him to be
speech,need to be noticed here.
say. We
honest,we are not using the objectivehim as the objectof knew;
knew
that we
that we knew him
do not mean
him, we mean
we
The
to he honest.
object of knew is,therefore,the phrase him
is the same
to he honest, which
as
saying, We knew that he was
We
here :
honest.
have, in fact, a very special construction
to he.
an
objective,him, as a sort of subject of the infinitive,
This
is an
exception to the general principlethat infinitives
have no subjects.

Two

noun

subject

of

transitive

an

infinitive,is in the objective

like construction

We

copula :

infinitive

after

pronoun,

have

We

used

or

knew

in

the

verb

and

as

the

case.

predicate
he

culpritto

after the

nouns

Here

him.

the

the
case
as
predicateafter the copula is him, and is in the same
which
precedes the copula, that is,in the objective
noun
culprit,
This follows the general rule that the predicate noun
or
case.

following a copula is

pronoun

of the

in the

same

case

the

as

subject

copula.
the

Choose

in the

appropriate pronouns

followingsentences

supposed (she) (her) to be a ^ood cook.

They found (he) (him) to be trustworthy;

1. We
2.

(he) (him)

to

get

3.

Did

4.

I believe

5.

I know

6.

He

it to be

with

(she) (her)?

(they) (them)

each
the

of

ready for
hard

work.

anj'^ honest

master.

joker to be (I) (me).

the

clause

foregoing
introduced

construction,thus
cook.

to be

(thou) (thee) to be

believed the

Change
form

on.

know

you

thej' helped

hence

We

to

sentences

by

that

mipposed

the

instead
that

she

complex

of the
was

finitive
in-

good

Present

The

Participle

LESSON
THE

111

PRESENT

PARTICIPLE

carefullythe italicized words

Observe

159

tences
following sen-

in the

Falling water makes a pleasantsound.

the windows
2. Flowere blooming made
gay.
1.

3. We

words

These
eat.

One

verb

may

unhke

the cattle

saw

eatingthe tender

of

them, eating,has a
have, and all of them

verbs since

they

do not

direct

object as
imply action.

cattle eatingare

ending with ing modifies a

adjective. They are therefore

like
and

have

not

they partake of, or

that expresses
that

action,like

participle

verb, and describes

is,it partakes

of

the

of

nature

noun,

a
a

verb

adjective.

an

The

present participleis formed

of the

tense

are

jective,
of verbal ad-

kind

parts of speech.

of two

nature

adjective;

an

they

is therefore

and

noun,

called participles,because

are

participatein, the
is a word

Yet

and do
assertions,

make

of these words

and

transitive

any

expressionsfallingwater, flowers blooming, and

On the other hand, each
clearlynot sentences.

subjects. The

clearlyan

fall,bloom, and

of the verbs

evidently forms

are

grass.

the verb
The

is

verb.

It expresses

by adding ing
incomplete

an

take

the participlemay
transitive,

present participlehas

passiveform

to the

present

action.
an

When

object.

in transitive verbs ;

being seen, being heard, being struck.

as,

Select the present

tell what

and

1. A
2.

rollingstone

Turning
on

3.

object,point

an

Those

the

corner,

we

that

out

gathers no

the

followingsentences, and

if any

they modify;

nouns

take

in
participles

of them

are

transitive

object:

moss.
came

upon

group

of children

the grass.
oxen

coming

up

the road took

prizeat the fair.

sitting

Everyday English

160
4.

They

have

the

seeingeye, the hearing ear,

and

ing
the understand-

heart.
5.

walked

He

the

lookingon
slowly,

ground and seekingfour-leaved

clover.
G.
7.
8.

9.

10.

They watched the sick child,hoping againsthojic.

If you fall,
climbingthose slipperystones, you m\\ hurt yourself.
From
street to street he piped advancing.
And step by step they followed dancing.
Little wliite Lily sat by a stone,
Drooping and waiting tillthe sun shone.
O moon
! in the night I have seen
you sailing
And shiningso round and low.

Avoid

the

use

these sentences
1.
2.

of the so-called
so

that

Entering the town, the stores

Looking westward, there was

THE

the

PAST

AND

THE

known

perfecttenses
as

the

we

closed.

were
a

heavy cloud.

112
PERFECT

conjugation of verbs

that in the
verb

dangling participle."Coriect
what they reallymean
:

they say

LESSON

In

"

use

PARTICIPLES

(Lessons 91, 92)

have

or

had, with

past participle; as, I have

we
a

have
form

seen

of the

taught,He

has

past participleis also used in making the

expected. The
of the verb be : I am
form
expected,
passive voice with some
You are taught,He is wanted.
the
In the regular verbs the past participleis the same
as
by adding d, ed, or t to tlie present ;
past tense and is formed
as, live,lived;expect, expected;dwell,dwelt.
In irregularverbs the past participlemay
not be the
or
may
the past tense, and is formed
in various
as
same
(see
ways
Lesson 114), as sold,put, written.
There
The past participle
is only
completed action.
expresses
form for active
and
one
passive. Standing alone, the past
of transitive verbs is passive.
participle

Past

The

and

Perfect

the

Participles 161
and

in the following sentences

Select the past participles

what

noun

or

3.

4.

modifies

hand, he gave up hope.

Wheat, when ground into flour,is made into bread.
Stormed
at by shot and shell.
Bravely they rode, and well.
It is hard for him
to earn
a living,
hampered as he is by his

1. Defeated
2.

each

pronoun

tell

on

every

blindness.
5.

captive,goaded by their taunts, turned

The

nearest

and

struck

man.

republic,rightlygoverned, is an ideal state.

his sword.
7. Forced to surrender,the captain handed over
8. They found the flowers beaten down
by the rain.
shunned
and hated by the world, he found a home
9. When
6.

the monastery
10.

the

walls.

cliildren do

The

within

know

not

the

when
ugly caterpillars

turned

into butterflies.
11.
12.

13.
14.

in an hour late.
Delayed by the snowstorm, the train came
The rocks,loosened by the melting ice,came
crashingdown the
village.
He found his horse already saddled and bridled.
And
tiny self I see
my
Painted

15.

16.

cleai-and

very

On

the

rain-poolat

Go

not

like the quarry

feet.

my

slave

wish

we

completed before

some

Having
the

words

to

an

night

other

reached

the

express

thing that

the

having

spring,we

reached

that preceded the drinking.

of

at

Scom-ged to his dungeon, but, sustained and soothed

By an unfalteringtrust,approach thy doom.
and kept
reached
The heightsby great men
Were not attained by sudden flight.

Sometimes

Here

neat

adjective,modifying we.

As

idea

of the

is told in the sentence

drank

express

it has
participle,
form

; as,

eagerly.

evidently

This

participleas

an

action

the function

is called the perfect

Everyday English

162

is the

its tense

participle,and

same

the

as

perfect tense of the

indicative mood.
In

and

the

following sentences, indicate

words

tell what

1.

Having

2.

The

the

seen

horses

they modify

the

perfect participles,

sunrise,we went back to bed.

utterlyweary, having gallopedfor

were

three

or

four

hours.

Having complained enough of

3.

to and

turn

4.

Franklin

Make
those

had

you

now

better

do it.

died

three

work,

your

having
eighty-four,

at

lived

sentences, using in each

above, and

choosing

verbs

your

busy

and

useful life.

perfectparticiplelike
from

this list:

think,

teach,eat, drive,walk, talk,see.

The

There
participles
just considered are in the active voice.
is also a perfectparticipleof the passive voice. It is found
by

adding having been

1.

2.

to the

past participle.

they would not go there again.

Having been frightened,
We thought that,havingbeen well taught,
tlieyshould know better.

Select

the

followingsentences

passive, in the

and

active
perfect participles,
:

5.

liimself.
Having been left so often alone, he learned to amuse
visit the musemn.
will now
we
Having seen the pictures,
Having done our part, we can now
go away.
how
You know
hard this is,having tried it yourself.
cence.
Having been accused of this offense,I wish to prove my inno-

6.

Having made

1.
2.
3.
4.

7. You

8.
9.
10.

will be

no

friends

eager

here,I

have

to

the

house

for

help.
built,having seen

to you

come

and

approved the plans.

Having been shown the way, you ought to find the house.
The men
were
glad to be in camp, having marched all day.
Having a.sked and been refused a lodging at the inn,they slept
in the ])arn.
,

Participleis

form

of

verb

that

is used

also

as

an

adjective.

Inrinitives in

LESSON

verbal

is formed
infinitive in -ing

IN

-ING

form, with functions

by adding ing
the

or

to

like those

the verb.

2.
3.

Each
takes

of the infinitive,

This

is called the

gerund.

Swimming is a good exercise.

By choosinggood companions he kept
The Puritans condemned
dancing.

1.

163

113

INFINITIVES

Another

-ing

of these words

impliesan

direct object. But

out

action

all of them

of

temptation.

the second,

choosing,

without

subjects and
fail to make
assertions.
first is the subject of a verb;
The
the second is the object of a preposition; the third is the direct
a

objectof
Note

verb.

that

the

In their construction

they

infinitive in -ing is used

present participleis
In

are

clearlynouns.

are

as

noun,

but

adjective.

an

the

following sentences, explain the construction

in -ing and the present participles.
infinitives
1. This

is

good

the

weather

of the

for

10.

fisliing.
The leaves showed
that a lightwind was
arising.
You
cannot
gain your point by demanding too much.
His earnest
pleadingwith the riotingstrikers had no effect.
They disapprove of your playing for money.
is a coward's
idea of amusement.
Hurting helplesstilings
Our birth is but a sleepand a forgetting.
True worth
is in being,not seeming.
There
was
racingand chasingon Canobie lea.
than they.
They resented our ha\ang more

The

infinitive in -ing

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

running.
it has

Here,

may

also have

although the word

closer relation

to the verb

an

adverbial

running may
stumbled, and

Participlesand infinitives

are

seem

to

is really

sometimes

The

use.

modify
an

boys
the

stumbled
noun

adverb.

called verbals.

boys,

164

Everyday English
LESSON
VERBS:

In the

THE

study of the
have

that verbs

In

present.

the

varied

that

verb

any

these three
that

verb

forms, we

can

please.

express

These

regular verbs offer

the forms

about

in doubt

having drunk, or

the

three

no

or

forms

or

are

many

root-forms
know
of the

therefore

called

few

difficulty.But

one

examples

is sometimes

Shall

irregularverbs.
The

(or/)to the

forms

having drank?

verbs,

that, if we

are

are

seen

present, past, and

of the other

Here

of the

ed

there

stem-forms

any

the principal parts of the verb.

The

(except in the verb he) ; so

has

we

forms,

weak

regular or

strong verbs

all the

have

we
participles

only by adding

three

past participle,include

the

the

In the

irregular or
These

FORMS

STEM

and

tenses

are

of form.

variations

THREE

different forms.

called,the forms

so

114

list in Lesson

one

115

say

is for

reference.

Here
the

are

few

irregularverbs.

principalparts

See if you

can

give correctly

of each.

Beat, begin,bite,break,burst,choose,cling,come, dig,draw, drink,

read, ride,ring,sing,
let,lie (to recline),
mean,
drive,eat, fall,fling,
rise,shine,slide,speak, strive,swear, swim, swing, take, tear, tlirow,
win, mnd, write.
wear,
It is particularly
important to be familiar with

verbs
in

our

because

they

are

among

th6

ordinary, everyday speech.

most

these

commonly

irregular

used

words

List of

Verbs
Irregular

LESSON
LIST

The

followingtable
Archaic

to memory.

ending

in d in the

are

regarded

An

asterisk

as

OF

and

115

IRREGULAR

unusual

present, with

regular,and

(*) indicates

VERBS

reference,and

is for

that

165

forms

t in the

therefore
the

form

to be committed

not
are

omitted.

Verbs

past, like sj)end,spent,

omitted
in d

or

from

the

ed is also in

list.
use.

166

Everyday English

Eeview

of Verbs

LESSON

167

116

PARSING

VERBS

In

parsing a verb we say whether it is regular or irregular,

transitive or intransitive,and
give its voice, mood, tense,
finitive
number, and person, and its subject ; or, if the verb form is inor
we
participle,
give its relation to the word it modifies.
Example
Wounded

is

The

wounded

soldiers

1.

from
past passiveparticiple,

carried

were

into the

hospital.

regular,transitive

the

verb

soldiers.
Were
wound, and is here an adjectivemodifying the noun
carried is a verb, of the regularconjugation,transitive,
in the passive
voice,indicative mood, past tense,tliird person, and plural number ;
its subjectis soldiers.
to

Parse

the verbs

in the first exercise in Lesson

LESSON

117

REVIEW
Verbs

words

are

fseveral words.

that

verbs

Most

words

Verbs that do not

objects.

is

Verbs
used

to

requirean

may

consist of

(or verb-phrase).

always

whose

verb

verb-group

sentence

action.

express

transitive,and

called

VERBS

something.

it is called

Then

simple predicateof

The

OF

assert

99.

verb

verb-group.
incomplete are

or

action is

complete their action are called

objectto complete their meaning

called intransitive.

are

The

few

others

are

subjectswith other words

complement of a copulativeverb
their

connect

The

be and

verb

called

copulative, because

they

called predicate complements.

be

may

predicate

noun

or

predicate adjective.
Verbs

have

TENSE.

Verbs

their assertion

Regular

ed, or

t to

or

verbs

have

of the verb

person
an

in agreement

inflection to

with

express

their

subjects.

tense, the

time

of

action.
those

are

the form

Irregular verbs
stem

and

number

form

the

past

tense

by adding d,

for the present.

those

are
or

that

in

some

that

form

other way

the

by changing the
the regularverbs.

past

than

tense

Everyday English

168
The

future

shall and

with
The

forms

is formed

tense

of the

with
participle

forms

is

of the verb

vai-ious forms

the ])resenttense
VOICE

for the present tense

with

the

the

have.

formed

are

of the verb

for tlu; present and

by combining the present

he.

past

formed

are

by combining

auxihary verb do.

of transitive verbs.

property

by using the i)ast participlewith

auxihary verb

Progressive forms

Emphatic

l)yusing llic form

irill.

perfect

various

is formed

tense

In

the active

voice

the

the active form is

subjectof the verb is the doer of the action. When
receivers of the action become
or
changed to the passive, th(" obj("cts
the subjects. The
passive voice is formed by using the past participle
with

forms

is the

MOOD

the

of the verb

verb

is

be.

manner

or

the

regarded by

of inflection to express

The

indicative

statement

or

mood

ask

express

wish

or

the

There

assertion

are

now

action

or

very

few

of

ences
differ-

mood.

is the

form.

common
now

It is used

to

also often used

to

make

perform

moods.

subjunctive mood,
a

speaker.

question,but it is

the tasks "of the other

The

in which

way

which

formerly had
has

condition,now

many

distinct forms

distinct forms

only

to

in the past

and present of be and in the third person singularpresent of most verbs.

The
command
an
a
or
imperative mood, used to express
entreaty,
is found

only

in the pres("nt,with

subjectyou, usuallyunexpressed.
The
by combining 7nay, can, must,
potential verb-groups, formed
have
some
viight,
would, should,with the present form of ^xM"bs,
pecuharities but may
VERBALS.

verb that differ

The

be best considered
infinitive

and

the

as

indicative.

participle ure

two

forms

of the

widely from all others.

They indicate action and tlu^y
take objects,like other forms of the verb ; but they are used in
may
the sentence
as
adjectives,and adverbs.
nouns,
The infinitive,usually with its sign to, has four forms : a present
active,to see; prcs("ntpassive,to be seen; perfectactive,to have seen;
in the sentence, as
It has many
uses
perfectpassive,to have been seen.
adjective,and adverb.
noun,
The
participlehas five forms:
present active,seeing; present passive,
having
being seen; perfectactive,hnvtng seen;
perfectpassive,
been seen; and the past participle,
active or passive,
seeti.
Participles

Prepositions
used

are

in the

conjugation of

the verb

and

169

also

fying
adjectives modi-

as

nouns.

Verb

forms

infinitives

in

in

-ingare sometimes
-ing or gerunds.

PRINCIPAL

The

PARTS.

used

three

as

stem

indicate all the changes in

past participle,

They

called the

are

principalparts

of

called

are

forms, present, past, and

the stem of irregular
verbs.

verb.

LESSON

They

nouns.

118

PREPOSITIONS

There

certain

are

prepositions. Among

important
the most

little words

in

English called

of them

common

in, vn, out,

are

to, at, above,below, before,behind, after,with,of, through,from.

They generallyindicate
what

consider

us

their

followingsentences

the

In

within

Observe

noun

or

preposition
other

some

A
as

3.

in the house.
They were
We
begin work afterChristmas.

4.

He

5.

The

the

with

came

Observe

the

deer

indicate

the

throughthe forest.

ran

the

me.

preposition serves

giving of the book

preposition shows

house, that
its walls.

is not

What

to

shows

the

some

relation

to

him.

they

In

the

with

were

outside

it,nor

on

it,nor

ond
sec-

erence
ref-

above

do the other prepositionsshow?

before

prepositionalphrase, and
pronoun

and

where

prepositionstands

noun

indicates

or

the relation of

part of the

other
between

noun

pronoun,

or

sentence.
pronoun

A
and

word.

preposition may

because

is.

Let

to him.

2.

that each

introduces
the

the book

I gave

sentence, the

place.

or

1.

relation between

it,but

grammatical character

first sentence

to the

relationshipof time

some

sometimes

be

made

up

of several

words,

of,iji spiteof,up to, out of,aside from, according to,etc.

Everyday Eno^lish

170

following

the

In

Example

with

Come

and

ran

the

prepositions and

the relation.
house.

quicklyinto the

ran

relation between

the

and shows
1

They

out

they show

words

which

tell between

point

sentences

is

Into

preposition,

Aow.se.

me.

the door

2.

The

boy closed

3.

The

rains in autumn

4.

5.

At the center

6.

He

came

7.

Go

hito the

8.

We

heard

9.

Underneath

through

see

can

in

of the closet.

fillthe wells of the country.

a

millstone

of the square

when

stood

there
a

After the rain

11.

The

hole in it.

your

pen

out

brave

13.
14.

We

15.

Out

16.

He

have

of the strong
to the

came

Get
l?.'""
18.

in accordance

come

thee

behind

other

I have

action.

the rainbow.

came

captain'svoice was heard above the roar of

We
eat no meat
during Lent.
They answered accordingto their knowledge.

12.

desk.

of my

ground the seeds lay tln'oughoutthe long winter.

the

10.

quarter about

every

largemonument.

spiteof my i)rotests.
and get my fountain
office,

from

is

citybefore

reasons

waves.

instructions.

forth sweetness.

came

me,

with your

the

his tenth

birthday.

Satan.

aside from

my

poverty for

not

going with

you.

19.
20.

to be absent from my
duty.
againstmy principles
!
drawn
into
a pretty mess
us
Upon mj'' word, you have

It is

the

Sometimes

prepositionis so closelyjoined to

the

meaning

If we
be, in fact,a part of thc^ verb.
say, He
laughs at them, although at is a preposition,the expression
laugh at is equivalent in force to a singleword like ridicule or

of the verb

as

to

defij. (See Lessons

1

Think

2.

He

looked at the

work,

The

.men

fellto,and

4.

The

two

men

5.

He

up

and

went

away.

emptied the dishes.

passed him hy.
big bill at the grocer's.

3.

ran

82.)

sometimes.

of me

79 and

soon

"

Conjunctions
LESSON

171

119

CONJUNCTIONS
class of small but

Another

common
Among the most
The use
since,when, while,etc.

words

or

the

In

words
and

of words

you

the foot of the

what

joina

the

crown.

and

only the

connects

the

sentence

conjunction

with

the

group

crown.

point

have

right.

me.

4.

He

Please

6.

or

groups

Billyand

none.

words

what

out

Come

2.

on

live with

I arrived.

since

came

call

and

friend Jack

my

5.

me.

Do

while you

minutes.
wait a few
can
ready, but we
if you treat him kindly. 9. Tell me why
you
a pot of gold at
They thought that there was
is

love
10.

rainbow.

or

find the

of words

groups

subordinate

clause

to

descended,and

rain

2.

Make

3.

We

4.

Do

5.

The

road

6.

The

squirrels
always

7.

They

8.

We

hay while the

can

resume

you

know

our

how

back
go

down

they

Which

connect.

shines.

unless
know

because
see

of them

and the winds blew.

the storm

is

over.

cUd this ?

you

show

principalclause?

journey when

to

conjunctionsand

the floods came,

sun

will be dark

came

must

his

Jack felldown

of words

following sentences

words

1. The

broke

and

conjunction

the

for

Dinner

dog will
tardy.

were

In

his

it is
7.

the liill.

Jill; in the second

gold

or

there.

The

fell down

the way

this because

8.

Jack

up

conjunctions connect

1. That's

are

2.

the group

the

Silver

another.

one

following sentences

of words

3.

with

a7id Jill went

broke

the

of

Jack

and

Jack

and, but, or, if,because,

the conjunction is to connect
are

1.

first sentence

connects

In

of words

groups

is called conjunctions.

words

important

the

whether

they heard
the

is

moon

the
us

ship before

sliining.
nuts are ripe.
call.
she sails away.

Everyday English

172

think

10.

Do

11.

You

12.

You

need

us

13.

Who

has

seen

you

Or

at the

15.

The

helmsman

Yet

never

; therefore

her

the black

has

17.

He

18.

"Good

19.

If you

have

20.

When

And
I had

But

come.

hand,

her stand

seen

playmates left.
on
ship moved
;

since

our

speed !"
was

lot in it.

nor

cried the watch

to shed

tears, prepare

connect

do

not

friend

nor

Aladdin's

I had

we

lamj).

conncH-t

120
SUBORDINATE

AND

that

conjunctions

clauses in sentences.

elements

say,
an

something quite

mean

we

me

me

means

an

apple and
4
different

apple or

pear,

from.
a

]iear.

say,

different

are

used

But

they

they indicate the

the ideas Avhich they connect.

these

Mary will
it

seen

words, phrases,and

Give
If

have

we

Give

we

now.

toy,

COORDINATE

relation bet\veen

of the
if

119

merely

them

boy,
b("ggarly
in a cellar damp,

CONJUNCTIONS:

to

gateboltsundrew.

lived

Lesson

the

as

LESSON

In

night has flown.

bat

part

no

not

her

green.

come.

have

we

wave

town

our

did not

you

grown

steered,the
a breeze
upblew.
the garden,Maud,

into

For

casement

It's dull in

Come

that

called,but

were

14.

16.

ripen after the grass has

am
so
easilydeceived?

strawberries will

The

9.

come

ntid Ruth

will stay,

tilingfrom

IVIarywill come

if Ruth

will stay.

nature

Thus,

Coordinate
A

further
is very

desirable.

and

sentences

of these

study

The

sentences.

Conjunctions

be

broadly

coordinate

conjunctions and the

coordinate

conjunctions connect
James

They
that

Hemy

other

Hnk

their

tions
conjunc-

that

or

the
are

we

writing.

divided

into

subordinate

classes

two

the

The

conjunctions.

like elements

of the sentence

at school.

hurried

off after breakfast.

independent clauses,or
independent of each other.

are

principal coordinate

The

and, when

tions
conjunc-

phrases,two

two

that

elements

are

late,but

were

words,

is,two
two

any

and

to

prone

conjunctions shows

speaking

our

may

of

use

are

of

the real relations between

express

proper

thinking clearlyin

writers

Young

better

173

differences in the kinds

together with

clauses

much

would

Conjunctions

conjunctions,are

and, hut, or,

nor,

well as.
When
clauses are
two
as
nevertheless,
yet, therefore,
of these conjunctions they make
united by one
a
compound
sentence, as in the example : They rose late,but hurried offafter

breakfast.
into singlesentences
followingpairs of sentences
by
above.
In
choosing the conjunction,
using one of the conjunctions
notice carefullythe meaning of the sentences
and their
Join the

1. The
2.

The

3.

He

4.

He

5.

The

other.

each

relation to

day was fair.

clear.
The sky was
sun
rose
cloudy at noon.
\vill
him.
deserves help. I
help
and bashful.
He is a good student.
is awkward
unsafe.
It was
house was
condemned
by the authorities.
sun

rose

clear.

Conjunctions used
as, both

The

pairsare called

in

and, either

or, neither

correlative
.

nor,

conjunctions;
not

only

but also.
1. Both
3.

hand

eye

negative

instead of

are

trained.

not only trains

Grammar
In

and

as

..

sentence
.

as:

He

us

2. He

will neither

to think but also

we

the

use

is not

so

study nor

helps us

correlatives

tall as

I.

to
so

play.

speak.
.

as,

Evervdav

174
The

subordinate

the clauses
I will go,

hoped

In

the

subordinate

conjunction though connects

the

iVmong

although,though,as,

as

whether, so that,even

subordinate

They

clause.

another.

conjunctions

are

if,because, if,lest,
since,than,that,unless,
if,provided that,when, where, while.

to have

determined

are

clause with

subordinate

conjunctions,changing them
1.

independent

an

followingpairs of sentences, by

the

Combine

conjunction

conjunction that conindependent clause,and the

an

common

more

with

foggy.

subordinate

clause with

subordinate

hght thoughthe night was

clause

sentence, the

the second

n(^cts

the

see

sentences, the subordinate

first of these

if connects
In

they depend.

they would

that

clauses with

will finish this work.

if you

He

subordinate

conjunctionsconnect

which

on

Eiip'lish

it is necessary

wherever

their

own

of the

one

They know

waJ^

ceding
pre:

they

will suffer for their willfulness.

2.

I cannot

3.

He

cannot

4.

He

walks

go

I have

to the circus.
to the

go

slowly.

circus.

He

is very

Some

no

money.

giveshim

one

No

3.

They stepped softly

4.

How

5.

Tell us,

6.

No

9.
10.

Are

sky

do you

can

flowers

should

they

know

please,

one

be rain

blanks

in

soon.

he will live to be old.

knows

one

would

there

2.

8.

use

looks

The

7. The

of the

an

1.

ticket.

tired.

appropriate conjunction in each

the following sentences:
Insert

you

was

are

there ?

going or

do this better
were

all

be heard.

we

parched

not.

can.

there had

been

rain.

no

I suppose
must
we
jdeld.
insist,
wishes were
horses,beggars might ride.
back early
have time for a game
Come
we
may
you

there

either

any

one

in the

of these

of two

meaning

sentences

where

conjunction.s? Would
of the sentence?

you

of tennis.

could

it make

properly

any

ence
differ-

Subordinate

Conjunctions

LESSON
SUBORDINATE

It is our

clause is often

121

CONJUNCTIONS

to say

custom

to

Continued

"

things in

many

shortened

175

phrase

short
or

or

forms.
eUiptical
to

even

word.

For

Here
example, They will oftenfightlargeranimals, if cornered.
cornered.
the words
Thus, the
if they are
if cornered mean
with the principal
subordinate
conjunction if is seen to connect
clause of the sentence, an
expression abridged from
elliptical
a

subordinate

clause.

followingsentences, point out the expressionsthat are

conjunction and its subordinate
equivalent to a subordinate
In the

clause

3.

obey, whether willinglyor unwillingly.

the soldiers marched
Unless sick or disabled,
bravely on.
We shall persevere, even
though discouraged.

4.

The

5.

If

1.

2.

6.

They

must

clouds burst

colors

granted,the privilegewill
in doubt, lead trumps.
When

Shorten

the subordinate

2.

Though
If they

3.

We

4.

While

5.

We

6.

It

1.

into rosy

Make

we
are

cannot

were

footsore

to

if

clauses in the
and

become

fire.

on

be useful to

weary,

frightened,they will
hope

as

we

call for

us.

followingsentences.
trudged
help.

citizens unless

we

on.

are

pitchingthe tent, the guides heard

old and
shall regret many
are
we
a lost day when
all the more
was
tragican error, because it was so
they

were

six sentences,

subordinate

using in each of

conjunctions:

as

them

one

structed
properlyin-

wolf.

useless.
,

unnecessary

of the

followinc;

if, since, whether, providedthat,

unless, than.
junctions,
adverbs, as ivhen, where, while, why, are used as conand still retain something of their force as adverbs of
clauses which
and
they
degree. The
time, place, manner,
introduce usually modify the verb.
(See Lessons 79 and 80.)

Many

Everyday English

176

LESSON

122

INTERJECTIONS
There

are

from

all the

have

any

relation

heigho,mercy,
our

express

words

to the other

3.
4.

do.
Fie,fie ! my lad ; this will never
Heigho, the wind and the rain,
For the rain it raineth every
day.

5.

Hey there

6.

Pshaw

7.

My, isn't this

! you

are

on

flower

my

! I don't believe

word

using

AND

PHRASES,

this book

Throughout

are

1. The
Grass

jections.
inter-

few

instances
word

same

is green

Green is made
2. A

word

We

like to

see

We

like to

sun

may

beds.

of it.

may

in

words

AS

that

seen

are

used

the

noun

sun

ourselves

OF

it is the

sentence, that

noun

or

in two

or

verb.

(noun).

(verb).

SPEECH

function of

determines
or

adjective.

(adjective).
of blue and yellow (noun).
be

PARTS

be

each.

123

have

we

in
interjection

different

CLAUSES

it is used

way

part of speech. Many

Here

called

are

short lesson !

six sentences

word, the

not

good captain is dead.

will be a holiday.
to-morrow

Hurrah

WORDS,

differ

sentence, but stand

words

absolutely. These

or

LESSON

of the

2.

Make

which
feeling,

itself means
something thrown
interjection
common
interjectionsare 0, oh, alas,fie,hey,
hark, hurrah, lo,pshaw, halloo,aha, bah, ho, when.

more

1. Alas !

to

word

The
The

used

parts of speech in the fact that they do

other

independently
in.

words

few

more

its
ways.

Words,
3. A word

My
My

watch

is too

watch

runs

4. A

word

Throw

They

The
of

J 77

adverb.

be adverb

preposition,or interjection.

or

(adverb).

slid doivn the hill

Fido.

Your

be

may

for I

for me

(preposition).
feet are muddy
(interjection).

prepositionor

and

limited

conjunction.

tired.

am

phrase is used for

term

together

often

Clauses

fast (adjective).
too fast (adverb).

may

word

Wait

adjectiveor

the ball down

Down!
5. A

be

may

Phrases, and

much

spoken

of words
if they were

group
as

which

thought

are

word.

one

It is

to

(a) Prepositionalphrases, introduced by prepositions. These

have either an adjectiveuse,
Ponce
de Leon
tains
sought the founColumbus
of perpetual youth; or an adverbial
use,
sailed through an
unknown
sea.
(b) Verb phrases or verb-groups, a verb formed
by two or
"

"

more

The

words

going, have seen, will he called,etc.

phrase is,however, often applied to other

term

of words,

(c) Noun
Albany.
subject of

groups

as

phrases.

The

group

of words

The

the verb

Sometimes

introduces

is

Governor

of New

lives in

York

italicized is used

as

noun,

the

lives.
named

phrases are

from

the form

of the verb that

them.

(d) Infinitive phrases.

(e) Participialphrases.

To go to bed
The

cows

earlyis a good practice.

stood in the shade chewing

their cuds.
Clauses

(a)

may

Noun

used

(6) Adjective
(c) Adverbial

you

different parts of speech,

as

We

clauses.

(object). What

be

say

understand
is

what

you

have

come

perfectlyclear (subject).

clauses.

This is the house

clauses.

I live where

winter

that Jack
comes

built.

early.

for

CHAPTER

At

beginning of

the

of

structure

the

is also the

expression in
In the

this book

of which

to the

Unite

we

again apply

we

of

art

sentences

made

are

the

will

other

the

clear and

day is done.
The squirrelran
David

He

was

Goliath.
The

Indians

and

birch

into

compound

expressionswhen

tences,
sen-

necessary.

better.

conjunctionis

It is natural.

early. Tliey bolted

the

door.

On

their

it burst open.

time.

The

Give

up

darkness

the

freely of

mere

slew

boy.

j^our

labor.

Your

ran

chatted
He

out

on

angrilyat
brave.

was

the

He

wings
a

of

limb

night.
over

oui*

us.

faced

the

giant

him.

lived in tents.

bark.

fallsfrom
He

tree.

sat there and

He

SENTENCES

to you.

come

The

heads.

COMPLEX

alteringthe

if any

and

use

reward

7.

handling

is essential to

of sentences

following groups

Revenge is \vicked.
2. They left the house
return, they found
3. Give freely of your

6.

Skill in

principles

124

AND

1.

5.

of the

some

expression.

COMPOUND

abridging and

4.

grammatical

speaking and writing,

BUILDING

not

is the

sentence

LESSON

Do

study of the

sentence.

of which

effective

the

up

The
tence
senstudy in grammar.
of expression; each idea fintls its complete

unit

learned

elements

COMPOSITION

took

we

The

following lessons

have

AND

sentence.

unit, the elements

we

SYNTAX

V.

The

The

tents

Indians

hunting.
178

got

were

covered

their

food

with

skins

mainly by

AdjectivePhrases

airshipis a modern invention.

The
apple dealer was old. He came
day. He sold piesand cookies as

It

The

8.
9.

Govern

10.

effective

complex

well

LESSON

word

is

relative pronoun

also be combined

AND

CLAUSES

adverb

the

Indicate

tell what
1. These
2.

It

3.

The

music

which

Was

this the

5.

The

time

6.

Give

7.

The

me

The

9.

He

10.

is here

in

shone

reason

jestsat

I look

up

scars

to the

in which

the

saw

picture?

must

make

why

you

cannot

made

who

were

never

whence
hills,

was

hills.

the mountain

he had

the

following sentences,

decision.

our
come.

top, whither

we

steps.
friends

is

by the shepherdwho

we

that

on

tive
conjunc-

This

equivalent to

the

made

was

the

on

where

come

good

sun

our

8.

has

relative.

I studied.

heard

we

room

60 and

liliesblow.

tending his flock

4.

omitted.

they modify:

that

the time when

was

introductory

is sometimes

of

adjective clauses

the books

form

common

79.)

substantives

are

noun
pro-

the

are

meaning
Where

(See Lesson

at which.

and

lost.

were

we

the

or

noun

62.)
relative clause introduced
by

has

that

place where
or

have

we

flowerswhich we found.
found modifies flowers. Do

Here

Here, clearly,the clause which we

not
forget that the relative pronoun
This is the hall I lost. (See Lessons
Sometimes

into

results.

the

see

clause,whose

relative
:

every

125

PHRASES

is the

adjective clause

long ago.

corner

friends.

Any clause that has the function of modifying

is called an
adjective clause. The most
of

of

apples.

as

Try them, and

sentences.

ADJECTIVE

dreamed

was

could

of sentences

of these groups

Some

179

to the street

will make

You

temper.

your

Clauses

and

his reward.

felt

wound.

cometh

my

help.

were

directing

Everyday English

180

adjectivephrase and

the

Since

function

the

Example

same

often be substituted
adjectiveclause,one may
without
changing the meaning of the sentence.

who

man
.

is idle

An

idle

Here

is

succeed.

man

from

came

the south,

traveler
from

the south.

replace the adjectiveclause by

followingsentences

adjective or

} cannot
,,

who

the

the

the

as

for the other

In

adjectivehave

an

adjective phrase.

an

paid by his father.

2. The star wliich shines in the evening is almost red.
3. The books which belong to the publiclibraryshould be as carefully
used as if they were
our
own.
4. A house that is freshlypainted shines in the sunhght.
5. A fire that glows and brass that shines are a homelike
sight.
in the
6. There were
two roads that led to the lallagcwhich
was
valley.
There
carried freight.
7.
was
a largeelevator which
made by fruit.
8. The tablecloth had some
stains which were
in the spring are very welcome.
9. The flowers that come
1.

His

10.

The

debts,which

were

cold \\ands that blew

end to

an

were

many,

the lake in the winter

over

SUBSTANTIVE

words
in down
two

in

of words

matter

126

PHRASES

may,

as

we

AND

have

CLAUSES

be

seen,

used

single

as

of parts of speech. Thus,

performing the functions
through,although
through the woods, the words down

words,
As if is

be used

put

pleasuresailing.

LESSON

Groups

soon

as

are
a

preposition.
conjunction. To
a

either

of custom

separately or

as

the

adjectiveor adverb.
whether
one

word

the words
;

for

right is

Indeed
in such

example,

we

phrase that
it is often
groups

write

are
none

may
mere

written
the less

Phrases

Substantive

three words, but nevertheless

as

is the custom
the

Among

used

phrases

of words

groups

both

substantives) are

word, simply because

one

that

clauses.

for the health.

2.
3.

For

their motto.

In the

country

our

That

2.
3.

They
Keep

4.

There

5.

It

have

you

was

was

verb

the

in the

introductoryword

reasons;

do.

cannot

we

come.

the substantive clause is the subject

in the

it
fifth,

it being

followingsentences
and

nouns,

second, it is

2.

To

3.

Learn

4.

I tliink that you

5.

We

6.

It will not

7.

It

photograph

the

object of

is in

only

an

out

sul)jectof

the verb

was,

expletive.
the

of each

use

apposition with

phrases and clauses

in the

sentence

the blackberries gi'ow.

bird is

tilingthan to kill it.

temper and to speak kindly.
your
did right.
how they criticizeus, if we beheve that

to control

not

is the

point

tell the

where

know

need

nouns:

in this.

fourth, the clause

in the

the

1. We

we

as

misunderstand; in the third,it is the object of the

noun

as

some

are

the tonperature varies.

why

appear;

the

used

of how

sentences

doth

preposition of;

In the

(or

nouns

pity that he coidd not stay.

verb

will

whatever

reasons

many

In the first of these

of the

doth appear

wronged me

careful record
are

Here

clauses used

have

we

will misunderstand
a

as

sivim.

followingsentences

1.

it

Eating to excess is bad

Boys easilylearn to

be used

may

and

phrases

nouns

as

as

181

them.

write

to

so

Clauses

and

care

finer

we

are

doing right.
be easy

to build

dam

in tliis swift water.

10.

happened that the bridgegave way.

is rightwe
will try to do.
Whatever
His only excuse
that he forgot.
was
Do you know
why you should
any reason

11.

12.

Do

8.
9.

stitch in time
you

know

saves

the

nine, is

an

old and

stone
proverb,a rolling

granted this favor ?

wise proverb.
?
gathersno moss
be

Everyday English

182

LESSON

127

ADVERBIAL

tiuit has

clause

Any
adverbial

the function

in italics in these sentences

2.

They

In

the

in the

second, it modifies

of the idea
1.

These
2.
The

3.
The

sun

first sentence, the

clauses

Adverbial

they

Some

deer hid where

the

modifies

verb

had

named

verb

stopped;

begun.

according to

the woods

They

We

eat

5.

Or, they

We

exercise that

may
we

may
we

were

the

nature

examples justgiven.

time.

of place:

thickest.

indicate

clauses

manner.

the Indians
as
singlefile,

indicate

4.

of

adverbial clauses

in

boys marched

in the two

as

clauses

adverbial

because

the clauses

nj).

clause

the

time;

be

may

Other

121.) Note

an

express.

adverbial

There

xoas

often

are

indicate

are

is called

begun beforethe

had

adverb

an

irhen the whistle blew.

stopped

men

of

80 and

(See Lessons

clause.

1. The

CLAUSES

do.

cause.

hungry.

are

indicate
may

grow

purpose.

strong.

6. Or result.
The

7.
You

8.

child cried

Clauses

so

loud that

of condition

will hurt

9.
The

am

are

idea of concession

The

flythough you

cannot

as

destroyed more

tall

as

very

sleep.

common.

you

are.

is

conveyed

in clauses

introduced

if,etc.
may

Comparison is sometimes
bears

coidd not

yourselfifyou fall.

by though, although, even

You

ice

than

try and try.

indicated

theyqie.

by

clause.

and

Compound
following

the

In

tell what

indicate

sentences

they modify, and

words

Sentences

Complex

the

adverbial

clauses,

is the nature

what

183

of each

clause.
surrender

shall be held

1.

If

2.

Since j^ou demand

it I will tell you

3.

Since

have

4.

6.

They mended
They built
They worked

7.

The

5.

we

we

came

we

we

had

not

day.

they waited

for supper.

carefullyso that it kept out the rain.

that they were
ready for the storm.
faithfully
beat the roof in ; but the roof

if it would

was

so

came
tightthat none
through.
They sleptsoundly,although the noise of the storm kept up all
night.
In the morning they felt refreshed,
although they had gone to

8.

9.

tired.

bed very
Life in camp

10.

seemed

comforts

and

them, although they had

restful to

COMPOUND

AND

parts of

The

by

1.

The

2.

I came,

Where

mark,

conjunction,or

winds

blew

and

I saw,

After

2.

We

3.

Give

4.

The

be

the fires went

cannot
us

stay

work

guests

have

have
roads ;

are

be

may

between

nected
con-

them.

there

comma

must

or

be

hotel,for

will have

no

be

may

or

comma

no

semicolon.

cold.

grew

cause

Where

semicolon.

we

punctuation

no

have
to

no

money.

regret it.

met, the feast is set,

merry

wandered
we

sentence

conjunction

no

out, the house

at the

; you

are

complex

conquered.

may

May'st hear the

We

or

the rain descended.

conjunction is used, there

1.

PUNCTUATION

SENTENCES:

conjunction is used

there

or

128

COMPLEX

compound

few

luxuries.

no

LESSON

5.

clear

one

truth.

hut

so

rain fell as

the whole

while

their moccasins
the

prisoners.

as

all

din.

day through

too tired and

the

mud

discouragedto

of these
go

on.

country

Everyday English

184
Where

the clauses

the connection

Where

the

Connect

compound

Use

necessary.

and

in meaning

is

is used.
examples, the comma
close,or where the clauses are
we

the semicolon.

use

of sentences

groups

sentence,

best

your

so

the connection

fifth examples,

following
complex

or

fourth

is not

in the third and

long,as

and

in the second

close,as

short,and

are

changing

judgment

to

as

each
the

the

into

one

expressions if
tion,
conjunc-

proper

punctuation mark.

the proper

in
plaj-ing
playingin

the rain.

We

are

verj^ wet.

the rain.

We

are

not

1. We

have

been

2.

We

have

been

3.

Jocund day stands tiptoeon the

Night's candles are burnt out.
misty mountain top.
I built a fire. .Jack brought water from the spring. May soon

4.

had
5.

6.

our

very

wet.

coffee made.

noon.
gathered thicker and blacker through the entire afterAbout sunset the rain broke on us in all its fury.
People
Tlirough the streets ran a sound of gallopinghorses.
Presentlywe heard a cry
began to run in various directions.

The

clouds

of Fire !

the street
8.

in such

10.

The

train is late.

11.

The

12.

He

We

shall not

catch

She

sleepsall the

is

learned

He

man.

does not

seen

that

used

independently in

word

in the

sentence.

sentence, and

Among

these

James, close the door.

are

They

everything.

know

ELEMENTS

certain
a

time.

129

INDEPENDENT

have

on

it.

people of Killingworth killed off all the littlebirds.

birds in next year.
were
glad to bring more

LESSON

We

safe to be

crowd.

quiet. Mj^ dog is noisy.

is lazy. She catches no mice.

cat
cat

It is not

is

My
My

9.

Close the door.

into the house.

7. Come

words

sentence.
are
nouns

not

or

groups

of

words

are

They do not modify any

governed by any part of the
or

pronouns

used

in address.

Independent Elements
Words
Nonsense

! I don't believe

and

Phrases
So far

in exclamation

used

any

are

often

used

modifying function

sentence,and not

the whole

independent.

of it.

word

adverbs

some

they have

as

are

any

185

at

independently.
all,they modify

part of it.

first
place,Cranford is in possessionof the Amazons.
I was
To tellthe truth,
a littlefrightened.
However, there is no use going farther.
In the

I shall not

Clauses
We

try, either.
are

also used

in this

independent relation.

learning,thank God, that war

are, it would seem, becoming more

are

Men

In the

clauses
1
.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

followingsentences, point
used independently.

is horrible.

civilized.
out

the

words, phrases,and

Mercy, how can you say such a thing?

To speak plainly,
patienceis exhausted.
my
have reached the end of our
In fact,we
hopes.
As the famihar poem
to mourn.
made
was
puts it,man
For my
had much
part, I had never
experience.
Moreover, the plan will not do at all.
There wiU not, you may
depend upon it,be another opportunity
like this.

8.

We

9.

Teachers

10.
11.

12.

found

home

again,thanks

to the

moonlight.
people.
are, you
see, very
Not to mince
to
our
answer
matters,
proposalis Nc.
your
The time for spri;ig,
it is true, was
April; but, so far as we
might be stillin February.
see, we
As

for me,

Independent
by commas.
Make

our

way

much

I do not

elements

sentences

are

in which

my

way

set off from

you

groups

as

can

clear in the matter.

the rest of the sentence

introduce

independent elements
in fact,in truth,so far as I can
indeed,first,
to me, as the good Book
seems
says.

or

of words

see

like other

the
:

followingwords
however,
moreover,

see, at any

rate,it

Everyday English

186

LESSON
ANALYSIS

Throughout

this book
The

of sentences.

book

1.

Simple

DIAGRAMS

AND

wc

have

began

(Lessons 5, 11, and 19) ; and

of the relations

130

studying the

been

with

the

well end with

it may

of the parts of the sentence

sentences

arc

the

analysisof
a

to each

analyzed by naming

structure
sentence

brief survey
other.

the

complete

subject and the complete predicate,and then giving the simple

subject with its modifiers and the simple predicate with its
modifiers.
Our
hewn

summer

house in the mountains

is

stronglybuilt of rough-

logs.

house in the mountains; the

complete subjectis our summer
complete predicateis is built of rough-hewn logs. The simple subject
The
and in the mountains.
is house,and its modifiers are our, summer,
and its modifiers are strongly
and of roughsimple predicateis is built,
The

hewn

logs.

This

In

analysis can

this method

simple predicate are

vertical line.

The

be indicated

by

diagram

as

follows

simple subject and the

the horizontal line and separated by a
on
modifiers are
attached
to the subject or

of

diagraming

the

predicate along the lines extending downward.

Analysis and
Where

have

we

the

object

transitive verb

an

objectwe

put

on

the

simple predicate,and
by vertical
modifiers,separating them

its

without

attaching the

lines,and

and

187

siniplesubject, the

the

hne

horizontal

Diagrams

along

modifiers

the

lines extending

downward.
A fox

Where
we
we

day

one

we

copula and

predicate noun

or

pronoun,

simple predicate and predicate nominative

simple predicate and object above.
the

arrange

do the
Where

have

cheese.

eatingsome

crow

saw

imperative

other

subject or
mood

in

or

part is omitted,

essential

elliptical
sentences, supply

the

as

in the

as

missing

part, putting it in parenthesis.

Compound

subjects or compound

predicates may

be written

together :
The

birds and

the flowershave

birds

and

come

hack to

us.

have

flowers

come

"f.

2.

Compound

simple

sentences

sentences

accordingly.
3. Complex

subjectand

and

sentences

the whole

should
should

should

be

be

treated

analyzed

be divided

predicate.

as

and

two

or

more

diagramed

first into the whole

Everyday English

188
The

boy

who

likes to

fightis

not

always

brave

boy.

is The
complete sul)ject
boy irho likes to fight,the complete
predicateis is not always a brave boy.
The
simple subject is boy, modified by the,and who likes to fight;
not always; the
predicate
the simple predicateis is, the modifiers
The

nominative

is

boy, modified

by

and

brave.

fighthas for its subjectwho, for

its predicate likes to fight. Its simple subjectwho has no modifiers;
its simple predicatelikes is modified by to fight.
The

subordinate

If.our
we

have

old

clause

loho likes to

gardener will help

us,

we

can

finishto-day the

begun.
finish

ta)"k

task

Analysis and
In

the

Diagrams

foregoing examples the

two

189

subordinate

clause

is

adjective or an adverb, according to whether it

modifies
or
a
a
verb, and is itsejfanalyzed as a sentence.
noun
The analysisis indicated in the diagram in the dependent line
treated

as

an

the

in which

is written.

clause

are
Compound complex sentences
analyzed by extending
ments
Analyze each of the two independent eleforegoingmethod.
that make the sentence
compound, as if they stood alone.

4.

the

This

type of diagram

elements

of the

they

may

sentence, and

diagram,

Examples

for

God's

were

groves

it.

treated

as

at

the

of the

end

as

jectives
ad-

modifiers
main

Analysis

first temples.

Avenge, 0 Lord, thj'slaughteredsaints.

3.

The

and

arranged

be

2.

hounds

be

may

appended

above

or

other

foregoing illustratives. Apbe placed on the same

line,with the

apposition with, or
Independent elements
may

line of the

include

to

the

in

are

whole

1. The

in

represented

not

for example,
positives,

word

easilybe extended

can

the huntsmen

into

pouring out

came

the open

glade.
4.

In the heart

of the

5.

This is the boat in which

6.

You

pupils,whose

city the poor live and

lives

we
are

die unknown.

crossed the channel.

now

so

filledwith

play,will be

the

toilers of the future.

7.

It is

an

And

he

ancient

mariner,
stoppeth one of three.

dreamed

8.

He

9.

If dreams

10.

I know

11.

Tell

12.

And
That

Further

that
all

the

was

true

came

bank

what

it

where

we

Judgment Day.
should

often be very

the wild thyme

unhappy.

blows.

laughs at, and I will tell you

stillthey gazed, and stillthe wonder
grew.

me

one

man

small head

examples

for

could carry

all he knew.

analysismay

be chosen

102, 114, 126, 127, 156, 161, 171, 172, and

181.

from

what

pages

he is.

101,

Everyday

190
Here
be

are

analj'zed and

yet

they

of grammar

something

good

parsed.

make

only

in

As

of

Wonderland

from

turn

we

composition, let

grammatical

us

is needed

correctness

told

And

me

mentioned

But

said I could

word

If she should

I gave
You

her

to

Exactly

For
A

she

and

Don't

him

to

you,

before.

be

to

set them

to

that

had

tliis

that

had

you

let liim

free,

between

came

know
ever

secret, kept from

yourself

been

fit)

ourselves, and

this must

Between

two,

were.

was

obstacle

Him,

him

chance

you

we

as

notion

(Before
An

were

more

mine

on.

in tliis affair.

trusts

My

gave

or

gone

matter

from

he should

or

Involved
He

three

they

not

of you

they

one,

all returned

Though
If I

become

us

gave

They

I had

push the

would

What

s^\'im.

not

it to be true)

know

(We

them

sent

him

her.

to

good character,

gave

me

been

to

me

She

He

had

you

she

it.

liked them

be
all the

and

me.

rest,

the

remember

sense.

They

which

can

grammatical!}' correct,

are

nonsense.

than

more

They

study

the

to

Alice

from

stanzas

some

English

best,

and

study
that

to make

PART

TWO

'

1.
THE

ORAL

LESSON

SPOKEN

LANGUAGE

Language began as a spoken, not as

spoke their thoughts for thousands of
writing

ever

occurred

to

them.

In

written,thing. Men

years

the

hfe

before the idea of

of every

normal

before
the written.
spoken language still comes
Not
only is the spoken language before the written in the
of time, but it is firstin importance. Everyday English
matter
still is and will continue to be mainly an
oral language. We
than we
talk much
write.
for
more
Writing is a convenience
preserving,recording,or sending what we wish to say ; but talk
is quicker, easier,more
alive than
writing. This does not
that writing is unimportant ; on the contrary it is so important
mean
think of civilization as existingwithout
that we
cannot
it. But
not to forget,in our
we
are
study of books, that the
real language, the living language, is the spoken language;
that language lives on the lipsof the speaker and in the ears of

the

person

the hearer.
So

how

important it is that language be well spoken

and attentivelylistened to.
It is the instrument
by which we
our
thoughts and our feelingsto each other.
Through
convey
we

see

its use, we
further our
interests and our
own
own
pleasures.
In the world of affairs,
in work
and
in all kinds of business,
men

usually prefer to talk rather than

to write.

interview is preferredto the telephone,the

191

The

personal
telephone is preferred

Everyday English

192
telegram

the

to

the

letter.

or

the

communication,

The

easily and

more

and

direct

more

immediate

swiftlywe

misapprehension, and make

satisfactoryit is
understanding, the more
ideas,correct

can

of

sure

to

change
explete
com-

Hence,

us.

than writing.
talking is better for most ordinary purposes
In oral language there are several things to be kept in mind
and

mastered

First

clear

Our

standard

that

conform.
in the

can.

must

be

because

it

impedes
effort upon

usage

must

be correct.

which

pronunciation
our

of

or

them, make

training,and

It is

by

interfering
it

because

imposes

hearer.

we
mean
By correctness
English-speaking people

in the
our

so

hurried,

courteous.

nor

the

educated

in grammar,

in

speak

progress

unfair

to

To

businesslike

and

Blunders

and
intelligence
Dialect,whether

clear.

; it is discourteous

understanding

unnecessary

Second

we

is neither

manner

unbusinesslike

an

as

Enunciation

mumbling
with

far

as

put

meaning of words,
think

hearers
us

at

ill of

or

our

disadvantage.

of speech belonging
specialpeculiarities
to New
York, or to the South, or to the West, or to New
But we
England, we shall probably not be able wholly to avoid.
Such
its most
should try to soften down
prominent features.
of speech may
of our
add to the difficulty
being
peculiarities
of speech rather
understood,and attract attention to our manner
than to what
are
we
saying.
Third : We
cultivate a pleasing voice and learn to use
must
it effectively.Some
voices are naturally pleasing; others are
fort
be bettered by efMost
voices can
harsh, or husky, or thick.
far as you
the voices that are pleasant to
so
can
; imitate
To make
hear.
voice clearlyaudible, it is not necessary
your
to scream
; screaming is unpleasant and ill-bred. Speak, not
from the throat, but from
the front of the mouth, and your
voice will carry
you
a

may

need

it be the

better.

expert advice, either from

special teacher

school.

In these matters

of voice

and

of the
your

use

of the voice

teacher

speaking connected

or

with

from
the

The
Fourth

In oral

and

the

Clear

; and

muddled

well

as

little chance

things up, putting

end, and the end at

mix
the

just as

are

of

have

we

value

no

if

to

our

say

are

minds

are

if we
being understood
and
the beginning at
first,
of

beginning. Good brains well used

oral speech as in writing or in any of the

in

necessary

middle

the

what

is of

enunciation
have

we

ing
work, clearness of think-

in written

as

right arrangement

important.

193

Spoken Language

the

affairs of life.

In

what

is oral

senses

language more
talking to writing?

in

If so, what

Are

know

Do

things
of any

Do

they?

are

you

four
aware

you

what

what

prefer

you
are

necessary

defects in your
make

you

they

respects is

are,

takes
mis-

any

and

how

to

making such mistakes?

of dialect,either in proof any
peculiarities
nunciation
in
the
section
in
which
in the use
of words,
you
such
teachers pointed out any
peculiarities
your
Do

aware

you

or

Have

live?

Do

grammar?
them?

correct

to

Are

In

written?

What

Why?

good oral language?

enunciation?

than

effective

oral

to

language first?

hear

you

any

one

you?
In

Part

of this book

Two

third of the lessons

one

will be oral.

pupils are expected to stand and speak

Many of these oral lessons are a direct

In these oral lessons the

or

read

to

the

class.

preparationfor

the

written

2.

Write

experience

clear and

of several

vacation.

correct

and

follow.

LESSON

WRITTEN

composition
of your

lessons which

Be
to

paragraphs tellingof
careful

divide

your

make

to

work

some
tences
sen-

your

properly

into

paragraphs.
This

is the
what

Revise
your

your

teacher

first composition of the

you

learned

last year

school year.
about

composition before handing

to do your

work

for you.

member
Try to rewriting correctly.

it in.

Do

not

expect

Everyday English

194

LANGUAGE

3.

CRITICISM

Several
read

of the

aloud

(1) of the

LESSON

OF

COMPOSITIONS

compositions written

by the

As

writers.

f(jr Lesson

class,tell what

to be

are

think

you

of

reading, (2) whether the compositions are

interestingor uninteresting,(3) whether the ideas are expressed
manner

clearlyand

in

good order.
ORAL

4.

COMPOSITION

PLANNING

Before

we

begin

say.

We

must

to

about

say

the

talked it

or

into

must

we

of order

how

see

enable

to

us

considered

shall next
This

present

need
will

plan

have

we

put

guide

thoughts

our

in

know

we

it

to

intend

we

which

things

many

liave

we

plan.

or

what

know

to

subject about

in the class,we

over

writing and

need

sul)ject. After

sort

some

COMPOSITION

write, we

choose

Then

something.

to

to

carefully,
ideas

our
us

an

in

our

orderly

fashion.
There

usually two

are

plan. First,we
or

must

heads.

steps
arrange

Second,

in making

necessary

ideas under

our

consider

must

we

the simplest
few

visions
di-

main

what

is the

best

plan?

Could

you

order for these heads.

Did

composition

your

improve

its

Now

choose

for Lesson

subjectfor

some

order will you

may
or

by
1.

be

chosen,

member

Making hay.
a

camp

which

fire. 5.

your

other

some

of the class
2.

about

place them?
or

next

your

know

you

general heads, under

In what

arrangement?

it freely,tellingwhatever
more

2 have

composition, discuss
it,and make

ideas may
One

three

or

be gathered.

of the following subjects

suggested by the

teacher

ing
Learning to swi;n. .3. Making bread. 4. Buildof a garden. 6. A journey on
Taking care

Rules
the

The

9.

tripon

7.

railway.

of rivers.

uses

of

boat.

The

8.

WRITTEN

5.

195

first

day

in

school.

new

making of artificial ice.

The

10.

Usage

LESSON

compositionprepared for in the last lesson. Your

paragraph
plan will be your guide in paragraphing. Each
idea
in a paraclear one
sentence
should make
:
general
every
graph
it belongs under
be there
should
that
because
topic.
and
have
what
Read
correct
carefully
written,
errors
you
any
Write

you

the

find

may

before

you

hand

LANGUAGE

6.

which

1.
every

2.

would

if you

noun

proper

or

mark.

Names

of the sentence

by

Possessives:

of

need

acquire the

habit

Capitals:Every
Punctuation

use

you

already learned, but

mind

USAGE

OF

rules in the

some

are

sentence

in.

LESSON

RULES

There

paper

your

language which
to

of

keep
writing correctly.

begin with

must

and

review

have

you
to

in

and
capitalletter,

adjective.
must

end

people addressed

must

Every
of

sentence

with

period or

be set off from

tion
ques-

the rest

commas.

Nouns

that indicate

possessionhave an apostrophe
and after the s in the plural; but plurals
before the s in the singular,
that do not end in s form the pluralpossessivelike the singularpossessive
of other nouns, as men's,women's, children's,
etc.
4. Contractions:
letters are marked
Omitted
by an apostrophe in
contracted forms, as isn't,
Fll,etc.
followed by a
Abbreviations:
5.
Words
that are
abbre\aated
are
period,as Mr., Rev.,Conn., N.Y., etc.
The
6. Indention:
beginning of a new
paragraph is indicated by
placingthe first word a little to the right of the edge of the other fines.
7. Quotation Marks:
ning
Quotation marks must be used at the beginand the end of a quotation or of each part of a divided quotation.
Note the use of quotation marks in Lesson 7.
3.

Everyday Kn,i2,lisli

196
S.

^\1lcu

in Verbs:

Number

the

subject of a verb is in the plural

more
subjects,the verb must be
and Mary run;
he is; they are;

number, or when a verb has two or

John
they run;
plural: He runs;
he has; they have.
after
9. Double Negatives
use
or
no
: Never
7ione, nobody or nothing,
be the wronj?
word
here.
lie didn't see anybody. Nobody would
not.
to use these words
10. Lie and lay,set and sit. llcmember
correctly.
I
the
sit
in
this
chair.
books on
I lie down
at night. I lay my
shelf.
I set the dish

Look

on

over

violations

the table.

composition

your

of

of

Lesson

and

correct

any

rules.

these

ORAL

7.
AN

LESSON
STORY

UNFINISHED

goddess of the dawn, and of how the

and brought
believed that she went before Apollo'schariot,
old Greeks
Now
the coming day with her.
Apollo had a son called Phaethon
had grown
to be a stripPhaethon
ling
(pronouncedPha'-e-thon) When
of fourteen,he asked his father one
day if he would grant him a
You

have

read of Aurora, tlie

favor.

"Yes,

my

son," said Apollo,"ask

any

favor

you

please,and

I will

grant it."
the
"Then," said the boy, "let me drive the chariot of the sun across
sky that my playmates may all know that I am reallyyour son."
"Do
not ask tliis,
l)oy,"said Apollo; "j^ou do not know what
my
are
asking. ISIy horses are so wild and strong that I myself can
you
mischief may
afraid to tliink what
I am
control them.
with difficulty
other thing but this,
Ask
follow if you attempt to guide them.
any
and

I will grant it."

But

Phaethon

obstinate and

was

vain.

He

wanted

to show

himself

equal to his father, and adhered sulkilyand tearfullyto his reciucst.

At last Apollo said, I have been thoughtlessenough to offer you what
I have given my
wished.
word, and I must kccj)it. But, alas !
you
"

fear,I

fear for the results."

placed the boy in the chariot,gave

he was
to follow,cautioned him
about the course
Then

he

him
not

many

directions

to let the horses

of Written

Correction
swifth',and
steep grade towards
too

go

him

fear and

with

Can

could

him

the

center

horses

good-by. As the chariot

of the sky, Apollo stood

ending

an

the

to

hold

not

Could

route?

them

for the

Greeks

the

to

wdiat

back,

classical
Stories

he

control

would

The

stand

Old

Greece

teacher

your

She

will

in

dictionary, or

of

Myths,

story, ask
it end.

made

rose

up

the

watched

and

and

chariot

find

Rome,

too

near

it for

Greek

in

you

in

Baker's

and

Gayley's Classic Myths.

story is to be told by several pupils. Wlien

an

the old

how

Metamorphoses,
Guerber's

he

Could

invented

tell you

to

boy
If he

came

have

you

the

them?

they do?

perhaps

Ovid's

Could

story?

keep his place in the chariot ? If the sun

After
the earth,what
would
happen?
ending

197

anxiety.

imagine

you

keep the

bade

Work

Roman

or

and

class,and

face the

Write

the story you

it in

careful to arrange

have

tell it,

speak clearly.

WRITTEN

8.

you

LESSON
told

orally in
If you

paragraphs.

the

last lesson.

introduce

Be
versation,
con-

any

be indicated by a new
speaker must
paragraph. All direct quotations must be in quotation marks.
Make
the story as clear and interestingas you can.
a

change

in the

LANGUAGE

9.

CORRECTION

Examine
of
all

form,

your

such

points

words.

as

work

the

OF

WRITTEN

of the last lesson

WORK

carefullyfor all points

spelling,punctuation, capitalization
; and

of usage,

On

LESSON

such

as

proper

verb

forms,

correct

use

for
of

margin at the left indicate mistakes by the

following symbols : P, for a mistake in punctuation ; Sp, for a
in spelling
in paragraphing ; Gr, for
mistake
; \ for a mistake
in grammar
that is not clear.
a mistake
; CI, for a sentence

En""-lisli

Everyday

198

THE

The

BIG

OF

TREES

alope,between

Pacific

LESSON

ORAL

10.

the

Rocky Mountains
things,but nothing more

wonderful
Ocean, has many
There
its giganticevergreen
trees.
firsthat reach a height of 200 feet or

all

great redwoods.

the

are

Sierras at

an

CALIFORNIA

They

elevation of from

are

several

grow

5000

to

on

the

8000

the

Pacific

wonderful

varieties

But

more.

and

the

of

than

pines and

biggestof

of the

uj)landswest

feet above

them

the level of

largesttrees in the world. Their size is so

that they are commonly spoken of as the Big Trees,though
enormous
their scientific name
is Sequoia, or Sequoia gigantea. The
average
that
has
is
of
reached
in
size
20 feet
diameter at
maturity
a Sequoia
realize what
the base,and 275 feet in height. Can
this means
?
you
If the schoolroom
in which
are
sittingis 25 feet square, a slice
you
of such a tree would almost fillthe room.
Your
cut through the trunk
schoolroom
than 12 feet high ; and our
ceilingis probably not more
derful
big tree is as tidl as a building25 stones liigh. If one of th("se wonin a big city,it would
of
the
trees could grow
most
overtop
hugh "skyscrapers there.
above.
In the famous
Many of these trees sui'pass the figures
giv("n
that the trunk
cut down
at Calaveras,one
was
might be used
grove
24 feet in diameter inside the l^aik. Man}^
as
a dancing floor: it was
of them
have a diameter of 25 feet and a height of 300 feet,and one,
the largestof all,
has a diameter of 30 feet and a height of 325 feet.
The area
witliin which
they grow is rather limited ; they are found
of latitude : that is,as
the 3(ith and the 39th parallels
only between
by turning to a map of Cahfoniia,in a belt less than 200
can
see
you
the

They

sea.

the

ai'e

"

miles

wide in the middle

Their
tree in
or
one

more.

age
our

is

quite as

country may
But

cut down

of the state.

these

impressive as
be 150 years

huge

at Calaveras

trees

had

Another tree
ringeach year.
the biggestof them all,
that at
through, showed an age of 4000
a

discovered

America

make

their size.

old ; in
the oaks

England

full-grownoak
be GOO

it may

like babes.

seem

The

rings; and a tree in growing adds

not much
largerhad 2200 rings. And
King's River,having been burned half
1300

this tree

y("ars.
was

Think

of it !

nearlj-as old

as

\\Tien Columbus

it is

now

; it was

rut.

BIG

TKti-ft

OF

CALIFORNIA

The

Christ

old tree when

an

ruled the

world, and

its

Egypt.
The Sequoia does

not

of California

Trees

Big

born, old when

was

infancy goes back

199

the Greeks
almost

and

far

Romans

as

the pyramids

go into

decay and

as

of

fall

most

as

enemies

and

the storm

are

The

wood, commonly

and

is far

redwood, is

than

cut

and

government,

and

finest groves

protectedfrom

fire and

man.

destructive

the property of the United

now

guarded from

are

of

ax

of the trees have

many

several of the

But

the

Its

buildingtimber,

wasteful

often

are

disease.

or

valuable

Hence

cedar.

down; and lumbermen

when they cut trees in a forest.
these Redwoods, or Sequoia,are
been

insects

the fire and

Hghtning,or

the

called

durable

more

injuredby

It is not

do.

trees

die of old age ; it does not

of

States

the lumberman's

ax.

You
so, you

may

be interested

can

find it in John

geographies,and

in

How

neighborhood?

in your

Which

roots

or

how

to

of

tree

height of

near

written

your

the

to

1.

them

have

tree

bark
Are

for?

used

seen?

Do

or

the

can

measure

know

you

by its shadow?

that you

the

on

be

account

what

By

3.

For

the

Perhaps
the

height

LESSON

in the

Let
big trees of California.
followingorder, and in answer

following questions :

found?
5.

by sight?
Explain the

describe

trees

you

WRITTEN

composition

know

house.

your

11.

Write

you

grow

us

kinds

What

you

are

that

will explain,so

teacher

your

the

measure

Can

to

use

tallest tree

is the

What

of any

ever

sap

of California,

deciduous?

are

If

dealing with California.

do

ones

What

these trees.

Mountains

name

you

Which

trees?

of any

leaves

can

terms.

two

The

of travel

Which

evergreens?

are

tneaning of these
the

of trees

about

more

Muir's

in books

kinds

many

learn

to

what

from

names

How

the

are

large

is the

are

wood

extermination

2. Where
big trees known?
the
old are
4. How
they?

used?
?

6.

What

should

be

done

they
largest?

are

to

save

Everyday English

200
The

first two
and

questions3
questions 5

and

Bring into

information

further

any

that

subject.

your

LANGUAGE

12.

one

third.

composition

your

find about

can

you

in

in

paragraph,
longer paragraph, and

somewhat

in another

answered

be

questions could

LESSON

PARAGRAPHS

A group
and

of sentences

with
should

that

topic.

Each

the first word

should

In

have

paragraph,
some

composition each

nection
con-

paragraph

subject or one part of

unit by itself and is also

makes

composition.
On

marked

are

of

singletopic makes

paragraph

paragraph

distinct part of the whole

Paragraphs

division of the whole

represent one

the story.
a

in that

sentence

every

about

by indention.
paragraph begins a

printed page

the

right of the

little to the

writing,the first word of a paragraph should

be placed an inch to the right of the margin.
By this indention
the divisions of thought are made
clear to the reader's eye.

margin

and

in

printed,each speech made

by one of the persons forms a paragraph. The separationinto
paragraphs is therefore by speakers rather than by topics
In

conversation,whether

written

or

Every change of speaker is indicated

of the reader

to the eye

])y

indention.
The

subject

or

topic of

paragraph is often stated

All the other

op("ningsentence.

must

sentences

topic and they should be carefullyarranged

or

reader

paragraph
reader
In

not

and

on
"

follow

can

only

easilyfrom
sticks

prepares

him

its

to

to

one

about

this

that the listener

A

another.

well-made

topic, but it also carries the

for the
"

following paragraph.
(Lesson 10) there are five

Big Trees of California

paragraphs dealing with the followingtopics:
1.

3. The

The

so

be

in the

Tlu;

Wondciful

Place

whore

Size

of

they Grow.

the

Trees.

-4. Their

2.

Age.

Some

Notable

5. Their

Giants.

Preservation.

Paragraphs
Note

that

topic.

deal with

school Reader

your

of Lesson

structure

1,

Allan

born

Poe

and

in 1809

sentences

any

History ;

The

which

structure

LESSON

died in
in

brought
Boston, he was
in Virginia and was
a
up
Southerner
a

rather
He

Northerner.

of

and,

in

is one

poets
is

Europe,
works

best

his

are

in which
short stories,
was

master, and

poems,

which

beauty.
are

the

of

one

famous

I
sound

garded
re-

greatest.

our

as

His

than

famous

most

our

have

he
his
rare

The

following

first two

stanzas

of

his

for the

poems,
way

the

suggests the idea.

THE
Hear

the

sledgeswith

BELLS
the bells

"

"

Silver bells !
What

world

How
In

of merrin\ent

their

do

melody
they tinkle,tinkle,tinkle,
the icy air of night !

foretells !

its
the
not

of selections

analyze the
Spoken Language."
or

was

born

Though

1849.

or
"

ORAL

13.

Edgar

there

topic of their paragraph?

similar way
the paragraph
a

in

from

Are

sentences.

the

Analyze

paragraph introduces
developed or expanded in

this topic is

how

succeeding

of each

the first sentence

Note

201

graph
para-

Everyday English

202

ovfrsi)riuklc

the stars that

\\'liilo

to twinkle
heavens, seem
With a crystalline
deUght ;
Keeping time, time,time.
In a sort of Runic rhyme.
To the tintinnabulation that so musicallywells
the bells,
From
bells,
bells,bells,

All the

bells
Bells,bells,
jinglingand the tinklingof
"

the

From

the mellow

Hear

the bells.

wedding bells

bells !

Golden

happiness their harmony

Through the balmy air of night
!
How
they ring out their d("light
the molten-goldennotes,
From

What

of

world

all in tune,

And

liquiddittyfloats
while she gloats
the turtledove that listens,

What
To

the

On

What

foretells!

moon

Oh, from out the sounding cvWa,

gush of euphony vokuninously wells !
How

it swells !

How

it dwells

On

the Future

! how

it tells

impels
To tlu" swinging and the ringing
Of the bells,
bells.
bells,
Of the bells,
bells,
bells,
bells,
b
ells
Bells,'
bells,
the rh}Tningand the chiming of the bells !
Of the rapture that

"

To

Rciid

meaning

of

every

ilntinnahulation.
word
the

aloud, stanza

the poem

clearlyand
beauty

of Ihc

stanza.

Make

sure

of the

Runic,
crystalline,
the poem
Read
again, pronouncing every
nuisically.Slovenly and careless reading spoils
word,

unusual

poem.

phrases that sound

tinkle,
icy.

by

such

as

Afterwards, i)ickout

like the

thing that

they

the

words

exprc^ss,

such

and
as

Dictation

LESSON

WRITTEN

14.

203

DICTATION

Write

from

the

attentively as
that

you

need

with

due

care

Exchange
write

from

have

in the

it carefully,
and

"

of the

of the cloud-folds of her garments

Over

the woodland

Over

the harvest

study

fields

soft and

example,

be

used

Bells

but it would

not

"

of

of silver

best

seems

to

the

find whose

two

stanzas

meaning

and

(see

Part

The

learned

that

words,
(see,
modify substantives
also
125), and they may

Bells

have

often

poets

then

and

In this way

them.

only better poetry but

writers,too.
prose
In

to

60

would

expressions,trying first one

what

have

you

I, Lessons
"

we

have

better

of

"

might

prose;

The
have

to

the

or

have

choose

given

between

another, until they get

they learn to write not
poets

Bells," what
been

127).

expression
the same
thing ;

meant

have

and

80

fitted into the line of poetry,

Now

right rhyme.

LESSON

be used

verbs

have

shaken,

snow.

in the first stanza

silver hells.

following selection

bare,
forsaken,

grammar

modify

to

of its meaning,

slow

I, Lessons

Part

matters.

and

LANGUAGE

of

write

air,

brown

clauses may

and

for

the

the

dictation

Out

your

all other

sure

of the bosom

the

Then

so

Snowflakes."

The

15.

Thus

made

Out

Descends

time,

other's work.

each

from

at

two

or

Listen

Bells."

The

spellingand

read

Silent and

phrases

in

correct

way

"

line

and

same

of

repeat anything.

to

for exactness

Longfellow's

In

her

ask

it

reads

teacher

not

papers

After you

the first stanza

dictation

are

always good

words

can

you

expressed by phrases?

Evervdav

204

UESTKDCTIVE

And

what

EiiHish

LUMBERING

phrases

whose

IN

meaning

THE

REDWOOD

REGION

might

have

been

expressed

by singlewords?
The

position of phrases and clauses in

important. In order that the sentence
may
or

clause

Lesson
the

at
see

generally

must

be

the

near

sentence

be

is often

clear,a phrase

it modifies.

word

In

10, for example, in the first sentence, the phrase between

lows
and
the Pacific Ocean
immediately folRocky Mountains
the noun
slope,which it modifies.
Try placing this phrase
the beginning of the sentence, or after the word things,and
if the

meaning

clause that reach

varieties;but

as

clear.

height of

this word

200

In

the

feet or

second

more

sentence, the

modifies

is part of the whole

group

the word
varieties

firs,the meaning is easilyseen.

In the other paragraphs of the same
lesson, notice which
phrases and clauses stand next to the words
they modify^
and
which, if any, do not.
Find, if you can, any other place
of these
where
some
modifying phrases and clauses might
of pines

be put.

and

as

is

Onr

16.

Forests

FOREST

WELL-KEPT

LESSON

ORAL
OUR

205

FORESTS

forests. Being a
to recognizethe value of our
latelycome
imagination,we gave them but little
practicalpeople without much
suming
thought until the price of wood grew alarming. We have been conlumber
in enormous
quantitiesfor building,for manufacturing
and
for crossties on railroads,
for matches.
even
paper and furniture,
ing,
In spiteof the increased use
of brick and concrete
and steel in buildwood to-day for the interior trim of houses than was
we
use
more
We

have

used in all

buildingoperationsthirtyyears

ago,

when

houses

were

still

built mostly of wood.

only one of the services a forest renders. It is

It modifies
the rigors of
windbreak
a
against disastrous storms.
It is a regulator
of both heat and cold.
climate,lesseningthe extremes
of the water
supply. In a treeless country, the rain pours down the
hillsides,
carryingvaluable soil with it,and often leavingonly exposed
Supplying

wood

rocks ; in this way

may

be left

as

is

the hillsides that

barren

as

the desert.

were

covered

Where

with

grass

the hillsides are

and trees
covered

Everyday Englisli

206
with trees,in whole

in part, the water

is absorbed

by the porous soil,

and given out gradually.
soil is held in place by the roots of the
trees,which use part of the water for their growth, and give out part
of it in springs,brooks and rivers. A river controlled in this way by a
Without
forest is a blessingto the country.
such control,
it may
be a
fertilefields into barren wastes, can
convert
curse
destroy
; for it can
houses and people by sudden floods,and can
leave only a dry bed in
times of drought. If you wish to see how the porous
mold of a forest
bed controls the rainfall,
on
a
try the experiment of pouring water
slate ; then cover
a
part of the slate with thick blottingpaper, pour
the blottingpaper, and note the difference in the speed with
water
on
or

The

which

the water

There

off.

runs

fine forest
once
regions in our country that were
lands and are now
desert.
Greedy and ignorantlumbering has ruined
the land.
have
Other countries
suffered likewise. Sicily,now
bare
and burnt during the dry season, is said to have been once
densely
are

wooded.

many

An

ancient traveler records that

Tripoliin the shade."

to

destructive
from

floods of the

animals

have

that eat
bark

injurethe
as

much

enemies

many

they take

government

and

has many

use.

due to
to

trees, or

huge

for

enemies, and these are

Much
is being done now

The

desert.

begin

with timber.
the leaves ;

trample the roots,

; and

areas

terribly

Manchuria

insect pests that devour

consume

worst

The

covered

once

were

the leaves of young

; firesthat
as

now

great rivers of China

sides that

rockj^mountain

Forests

region is

This

from Tunis

could "walk

one

or

stroy''
that de-

lumbermen

lumbering are the

the carelessness and greed of man.
Fire and

preserve

hundred

and

bad

increase
of

thousands

our

forest

area.

of forest

acres

serve,
re-

Private
enterpriseis doing the
planting large tracts.
such as those of Wisconsin,Yale, and
same
thing. Schools of forestry,
trained in the care and plantingof
Cornell,are sending out young men
And
have the splendidforests of Europe, planted years ago
trees.
we
and stillbeing renewed, to serve
as
an
example to us of the beauty and
the utility
of well-cared-for forests.

and

What
your
are

is

more

can

tell about

you

part of the country?

their uses?
?

Have

How
you

ever

are

What
the

seen

trees

forests?
trees

do

pared

lumbermen

Are
you

there

know

for in your

at

work

any

and

in

what

hood
neighborLet

several

Colierence
pupils speak
Supply. 2.
of

Enemies

The

Live

that

in

outline

an

substance

"

The

Our

"

Forests

in

in

placed.

becomes

sentence

In

of the

rearrangement

LESSON
elements

clear

when
there

of the

elements

is

piano singing-with auburn

2.

young

man

In these
has

man

the

Rearrange
there

elements

frowned

He

2.

Black

3.

I want

4.

We

5.

They caught

men's
to

can

8.

in

the
a

hair.

horse

who

owner

is sober.
young

it ; and

lady
the

to be.
so

that

severely.

most

dollars

pair.

weather.

warm

rabbit

which

had

nibbling the bark of

been

trap.

mornings they

sat

on

veranda

the

and

read

the

in shirtsleeves.

closed the door

The

of

badly.

very

swim

in

summer

7. He

room

sold for two

were

wrongly

I entered the

as

shoes

only

papers

me

come

the trees

On

at

right

evidently need

following sentences

in the

shall be entire clearness

1.

6.

them

that the
examples it is evidentlymeant
hair, but not that she is singing with
is required to be sober, the horse is sure

auburn

young

of

care

in the

sentences:

at the

to take

see

we

1. A

lady sat
Wanted, a

the

state

single sentence.

following examples

the

5. Wild

Park.

(Lesson 16) and

importance of putting the modifying

place

Consequences

LESSON

LANGUAGE

18.

in Our

the Water

Woods.

the

paragraph

of each

and

The

3.

Trees

WRITTEN

of

207

1. Forests

Forests.

4. The

17.

Make

of

Forests.

Destroying

Creatures

followingtopics:

the

on

Sentences

in

of the

to allow his

he went

as

game

guests

to do

was

He

spent the

10.

At

midnight it is said

that

with

slam.

unwallingto shoot himself

so.

that he had

9.

money

park

out

earned

ghosts appear.

in wild extravagance.

or

Everyday English

208

ORAL

LESSON

PICTURE

STUDY

19.
A

Study

pictureson

the two

do you

first picture. What

What

happen

hillside when

the

to

sort of trees

the

describe

Now

do

th(^

see?

you

will

What

picture on

"Wliat beautiful and

205.

page

quahtiesof a forest does this picturesuggest ?

How
trees
could you play in this forest ?
many

What

attractive
games

that

see

are

large enough

has been

ground

kept

have

been

looks the

treated

Memorize

like that

like

more

Have

Where?

like this in America?

seen

forest

Which

you

the

forests

seen

in the first picture?

from

this stanza

you

do

suppose

you
ever

you

Have

badlj^written

do

How

cut ?

to

ck^an ?

so

for ?

What

come?

rains

heavy

used

was

the

cut ?

been

siiould have

Describe

205.

the log road

suppose

useless destruction

of

signs

and

204

pages

that

picture

composition ?
"

Morris's

Woodman,

Spare

That

Tree."
old familiar tree,

That

glory and renown

spread o'er land and

Whoso
Are

And

wouldst

Woodman,
Cut

Oh,

not

3. How

log road

5. The
the

1. The

on

picture opposite page

8.

Neatness

the skies !

followingtopics,four compound,

of forests.

forest is destroyed.
in the

in

ties;

LESSON

the

value

it down?

aged oak

WRITTEN

eight sentences

four complex.

its earth-bound

towering to

20.
Write

hew

"

thy stroke !

forbear

that

spare

Now

thou

soa

picture on
198.

page

7.' A

composition.

2. The

beauty

4. Enemies
204.

6. The

fallen monarch

of forests.

of forests.
riders in

of the forest.

An

Uiifinislied

LANGUAGE

21.

LESSON

sentences, using correctlythe words

Make

209

Story

don't,saw,
do, does,did,done,doesn't,
lay (laid),
may,
can, teach,learn.

seen,

sit,set,lie

talking or writing avoid the followingmistakes

between for among.
Usually between applies to two
In

things, among
Never

for did.

done

to

hadn't

ought

in for into.

for

ought

after you

leave for let.

Let James

love for like.

You

for almost.

stepped

You

in

are

riage
car-

into it.
an

remain.

love your

Say,

follows in

wrong

vulgarism,

towards.

old dog

mother.
almost

am

him

Leave

the followingmistakes.

Avoid
the

is

can't teach

You

it.

tricks ; the

new

learn them.

dog can't

most

This
motion

have

or

persons

don't.

He

not.

two.

done

say.

denotes

Into

learn for teach.

He

say,

Don't

doriH for doesn't.

than

more

been,
{lay,lain),

were,

was,

You

in my

care.

like candy.

ready.
The

rightform is printed first;

parenthesis:drowned

(drownded),yours

(oncet),attacked

(yourn), once

athletics (athaletics)
(attackted),
(pome), those things{them things),said he {sezhe),window
poem
themselves {their
(winder),rather {ruther),
himself {hisself),
selves)
theater {thcdyter),
wrestle
guardian (gardeen),licorice (lickerish),
,

(wrastle),
champion {champeen).
Always

these mistakes

correct

ORAL

22.
AN

Near

the end

when

STORY

UNFINISHED

infested by pirates,there

was

one

Kidd, about

up

many

Here

is

one
p

of these

grew

stories.

in class.

occur

LESSON

of the seventeenth

whom

they

century, when
famous
stories

sea

our

coast

was

robber. Captain

of buried

treasure.

English

Everyday

210
A

carpenter and his wife,Al)U('r and Mary, lived in a small

Jerse3^ One bright,
a
lonely hay on the eoast of New

young

village near

evening they walked out to a little bluff overlookingthe sea.

While sitting
there,they noticed a long,black schooner lyingat anchor
ously,
As vessels seldom stopped here,they scanned it curithe shore.
near
and could make
out the black flagof i)iracy
fljangfrom one of
ing
were
the masts.
activelyloadPresentlythey could see that the crew
of them
soon
a number
got
a small boat lying beside the ship,and
and Mary hid among
Abner
for the shore.
into the boat and {)ulled
moonlit

the

sittingin
cocked

As

bushes.

low

hat

and

near,

tliey could

tall,broad-shouldered
offi(;er'suniform, standing in the

boat, and

the

drew

boat

the

an

one

sailors

ten

see

wearing a
and giving

man,
stern

orders.
"It is Captain Kidd

piratecrew," said Aimer.

his

and

with fear.
run," said Mary, trenil)liiig
"No," said Abner, "that would be dangerous. Tlun' nnist not see
So the frightenedyoung
us."
people remained crouchingin the bushes.
But you maybe sure they continued to watch eagerly,
frightenedthough

"Let

they

were.

his

forward

seven

walked
and

seven

ordered

for the
had

and

men

were

pullinghard

the boat up

drawn

on

for

at the

the

beach,

a
pine tree,scanned the sky
;
a brightstar in the east,walked
eyes apparentlyfixed upon
and again
He paused, turned sharplyto the left,
paces.
Here
he paused,ground his heel into the sand,
paces.

captainwalked

then wth

hea\^%

landed

they had

When

oars.

to be

seemed

boat

The

the

us

the

up to

to

men

tall

moment

dig.

they had a hole so deep that

above
the edge. Then
they clambered
Many
out, and began to hiing from the boat boxes,bales,and bundles.
them.
Soon
that
it
to
of these were
so
requiredtwo men
heavy
cany
of these packages was
piledup around the hole. Some
a great mound
all passed
of the men
got in,and stowed away the stuff until it was
They dug rapidly,and in an
their heads
barely appeared

the

earth

that

into the water,

been
see

When

to them.

down

was

now

that the
The

men

was
a

so

away

the hole

carried down

was

shovelful at
with

or

packed

all was

left over

covered

hoiu-

time.

sticks and

to the

was

filled up, and

sea, and

place where
bushes, so that

The

thrown

the hole had

one

could

ship.

Pres-

no

place had been disturbed.

then got into the boat

and

rowed

back

to the

In
unfurled
ently tliey
sailed out

to

and

would

do

How

tell any

Mary

Did

it?

think

you

they

find it?

Explain the

for each

reason

23.

Write

ending

an

it leaves off.

Be

form

correct

Criticise the
as

to

the

are

careful

making

as

to

LANGUAGE

Abner

and
for

Did

they seek

did

it affect their

their lives?

vent
In-

division.

LESSON
of the

preceding lesson,especially
Are

the sentences.

If so, is it because

any

any

of the

of the
sentence

tences
sen-

ments
ele-

place ?

corrections

25.
IN

Life in Old

Coast.

22, beginning where

paragraphing and all the points

24.

in the wrong

fast

story of Lesson

compositions

clear?

as

LESSON

expression.

and

Did

it affect

paragraph

and

paragraphs

not

In

did

WRITTEN

for the

home

of Our

Buccaneers

they failed,how

they succeeded, bow

ending for the story.

an

and

treasure?

buried
If

bushes,consumed

hurried

story might end?

If

lives?

of

Pirates

this

of the

one

the

them.

carry

Stockton's

from

Abridged

"

weighed anchor, and the ship soon

Mary lay crouchingin

and
and curiosity. They now
arose

fear

211

sea.

their stiffened limbs

as

Virginia

sails and

the

All this time Abner

with

Old

use

ORAL
OLD

the

symbols given

in Lesson

9.

LESSON
VIRGINIA

features.
Virginia,in colonial days, had many
interesting
of the time has become
famous.
Even
The open-handed hospitality
at the inns,accordingto law, if a guest were
his arnot notified upon
rival
that he would be charged for food and shelter,
the landlord
could
from him.
not collect money
But so generous
the hospitalityof
was

the

plantersthat tlie inns

whose
The

big planter was

a

vestryman

justiceof

of land

acres

and

the

an

had

the chance

of

entertainingany

in

in his community.
He
important man
the church, a member
of the state lature,
legisand

peace,

hundred

quarters of the negroes

or

seldom

desirable.

was

company

might be

two

Enolisli

Everyday

212

or

would

lord

more

be

tlu;

over

slaves.

five
His

onl}'houses

or

six

mansion

witliiu

thousand
and

the

radius of

three miles.

MOUNT

be set in

VEUNON

lawn, flanked l)yfine trees in English

fashion ; and in every
direction stretched large and fertilefields
devoted to the cultivation of tobacco,which
the principalsource
was
of Old Virginia. Xear
the negro
of the wealth
large
quarters were
barns for drying the tobacco,the stables,
the smoke-house
the dairj',
the kitchen stood
for curing meat, and other outbuildings. Even
apart from the great house in which the planterlived,that the family
His house

might

not

would

have

the heat and

gardens,yieldingmany
the many
people on one

green

odors from

the

cooking.

Large and fertile

needed
were
vegetables,
of these big plantations.

fruits and

to

help feed

Unity

Sentences:

213

built of

times
wood, though somehad
from clay found in the region. It commonly
of brick made
for the summers
were
wide verandas and high ceilings,
long and wai-m.
In the later colonial days, the mansions
began to be built for beauty
well as comfort.
as
Many fine old colonial houses are still standing.

planter'smansion

The

patriotsand

What

like ?

Jefferson's

or

Have

Mount

Vernon,

How

large

such

seen

ever

you

You

home?

Virginia from

life in Old

about

more

est
great-

our

buildings did they have ?

What

themselves

picture of Madison's

out

at

hospitalityof Old Virginia?

the mansions

were

of

of two

Washington's home

plantations?

of the

some

were

the old homes

are

at Monticello.

is said of the

What

statesmen

Jefferson's home

and

of these

the best known

Among

commonly

was

find

may

books

erley's
Bev-

as

bors,
History of Virginia,Fiske's Old Virginia and her Neighand Bruce's History of Virginia,and your school histories.
prepared to talk in the class on one of the followingtopics:

Be

1. The

Settlement

Story

of

the

Virginia.

of

Pocahontas.

4.

2.

John

Captain

Bacon's

Rebellion.

3. The

Smith.

Virginia

5.

in

Revolution.

26.

Write

composition

prepared in
somewhat

Lesson

younger

LESSON

WRITTEN

on

topicsfor

of the five

one

make

it

22.

Try

than

yourself,say

to

which

interestingto

to

pupil

in the

you

child
fifth

grade.

27.

LESSON

LANGUAGE

UNITY

SENTENCES:

The
a

clearness and

great deal

nothing
A

man

to

who

on

do
was

how

with

effectiveness of
we

each

our

use

of

language depend

put ideas together. Ideas

other

in the habit

of

should

not

rattlingaway

be

that

have

placed together.
without
thinking.

Everyday English

214
said of
She's

littlegirlhe

wanted

laugh.

to

relation

each

to

This

of

fond

very

"

She's

affectionate

an

Of

watermelons."

But

of

most

littlething.
his

course

occasionallyget ideas

us

hearers
in wrong

other.

of

matter

knew,

getting the right ideas together in the

proper

tlie plan of the composition, and

is
d(!pends partly upon
(See Lesson 12.) It
partly indicated by the paragraph form.

way

is also

of the sentence.

matter

WlietluT

sentence, or should
expressed in the same
sentences, depends mainly on the nature
Part I, Lessons 124, 127, and 128.)
cold there

(a) It is very

all the year.

ideas

two

be

put into separate

of the

The

be

should

ideas.

natives

(See

always

wear

always

wear

furs.

These

two

sentences

(6) It is

better if comI)iiio(l in

are

cold there

so

all the

that

year

one

the

natives

furs,

(c) The

natives

always

furs because

wear

cold there all

it is very

the year.

Often

pair of

or

Thus

The

President

can

be

shortened

combination

of

the

sentences

the

clause when

phrase
:

of

one

The

assassinated.

was

into
is made.

two

caused

news

deep

be better stated in a
griefthroughout the country. This can
singlesentence : The news
of the President's assassination caused

deep griefthroughoutthe country.

Combine
1. Tlie

their

each of tlie followinggroups

tired

hunters

sat

around

the

into

fire.

singlesentence :
They told stories of

youth.

2.

We

3.

The

cannot

go

We

now.

steeple was

high.

can

after supper.

go

The

men

at

work

it looked

on

like

boys.
4.

The

lightedstreets

seemed

very

pleasant.

than

the

He

had

come

long

distance in the dark.

He

thought he knew
awhile in the big city.
5.

more

villagefolk.

He

had

hved

6.
were

villagefolk better informed

situation.
better informed on the political

he

than

the

found

He

215

Captain!

Captain! My

They

was.

He is still called The

first President.
our
Washington was
Father of his Country.
This is a foolish
President.
to become
8. Every boy has a chance
saying. Any sensible boy knows that it is foohsh.
there at the time.
I was
My
9. There was
a great fire in Chicago.
7.

brother

father and

with

were

make

Idleness cannot

10.

me.

will make

Interestingwork

happy.

you

happy.

you

Children

11.

Animals
We

13.

He

had

The

cap

We

cap.

afraid of the dark.

are

They have no imagination.

We
bass.
caught them with artificial bait.
the morning. We
stayed all day.

caught seven
started out earlyin

12.

Savages

afraid of the dark.

not

are

afraid of the dark.

are

hair left

no

the

on

the bald

covered

top of his head.

place.

againstdrafts.
His eyes
were
bright. They

The

He

to

worn

was

cap

wore

small

protect

his head
14.

twin stars when

15.
thick

Come

he

in the field. We

Captain

The
The
While

! my

Captain

the

follow eyes

on

Captain

for you

the

won,

exulting,

! heart

! heart

bleedingdrops of red.

Fallen

"

sought is

rack,the prizewe

heart

Where

Rise up

tripis done,

steady keel,the vessel grim and daring;

O the

my

fearful

CAPTAIN

the bells I hear,the people all

near,

Captain !

our

daisy chain.

MY

every

But

daisies

LESSON

ORAL

CAPTAIN

ship has weathered

port is

weave

can

the field. The

into

Come

me.

28.

like

merry.

was

with

out

shone

They

black.

were

the deck

cold and

! rise up

my

captainlies,

dead.

and

flagis flung
"

hear
for you

the bells ;

the

bugle trills,

grow

Everyday Eii"ji;lisli

21()
For

you

bouciuct.sand

wreaths

rihhon'd

for

"

the

you

shores

acrowding,
For

you

the swaying
they call,

Here, Captain
arm

beneath

It is

some

dream

My

Captain does

My

father does not

The

ship is anchor'd

From

fearful

not

his

feel ni}^ arm,

safe and

tripthe

that

on

victor

the deck

dead.

pale and still.

lipsare
he has

head

your

fallen cold and

answer,

no

pulse nor

in \\ath

ship comes

Walk

I with

mournful

the deck

Fallen cold and

my

will,

closed and

sound, its voyage

Exult, O shores,and ring,0

But

turning;

! dear father !

This

You've

faces

their eager

mass,

done,

objectwon

bells !

tread.
Captain lies.

dead.
"

This

Whitman.

Walt

written

was

poem

nation
shortly after the assassiof
the

Lincoln, when

entire

plunsf'd

country

grief. The

in

author, "Walt
had
the

served

as

admired

he

the
The

of the

in

nurse

and

knew

dent.
great Presi-

genuineness

feelingin

tlu" poem

be felt by every
"

the

the

Captain
meant

course,

by

ington,
soldiers at Washand

By

Whitman,

hospitalsfor sick and

wounded

can

was

"

one.

"

is,of

Lincoln

ship," the

"

ship

Saying Things
of

Various

in

Make

States.

stato,"that is,the United

AVays
sure

know

you

meaning of every part and word, as rack,keel,etc.,and

and the sorrow
idea suggested by the welcoming crowds
read the poem
dead captain. Then
aloud,with as much
and

as

can

you

you

the

Commit

your

compare

to

poem

clearness

to write

One

write.

of

English

Stevenson.

well.

In

passage

original.

He

famous

prose

in the

worked

essay

this essay

from

WAYS

VARIOUS

IN

writers

Louis

Robert

the

and

memory,

LESSON

THINGS

best

of the

it from

write

memor^^,

LANGUAGE

SAYING

to

the

LESSON

with
carefullj^

copy

30.

learn

over

WRITTEN

29.

was

get the

"

Do

One

the

ness
remembering, however, that earnestnecessarilyexpressedby loudness or by exaggeration.
The
know
Ship of State "?
Longfellow's poem,

earnestness

is not

217

hard

last century
in

he tells how

reads

order

he

to

learned

fittingkey of
words, he should long have practisedthe literaryscales ; and it is only
sit down
after years of such gymnastics that he can
at last,legions of
words swanning to his call,dozens of turns of phrase simultaneously
to do
bidding for his choice,and he himself knowing what he wants
able to do it."
limit of a man's ability)
and (withinthe narrow
he

"Before

Of

we

course

But

write, if

(the writer) can

we

can

hardly hope
improve

can

choose

the

and

to become

ease

and

skillful as

as

of

only try. And one of the ways

writing is to acquire skill in saying things in
For example, we
may
say :
is

He

is

Those
Those

improving

different

or
constantlyin motion,
constantlymoving.
who
live in glasshouses,
livingin glasshouses.
"

"

son.
Steven-

with which

accuracy

we

He

preserve

or

ways.

we

our

following sentences, express

the

In
are

Eno-lisli

Everyday

218

the

representedby
1. I
2.

The

that

sun

4.

5.

mail

daily; we

comes

to

There

are

many

0.

Don't

play

7.

The

8.

Surely you

9.

We

a7n

Think

12.

This

two

you

forms

from

the leaves

to make

the east

of autumn
stingof a bee

accustomed

are

travel how

time you

expended

likelyto do harm.

afraid of the

not

are

arc

of marine

live in America

wind

11.

that

of spring and

every

Ix'pn

see

citypapers.
givento quarreling.
life in the aquarium.

get two

\\ath fire ; it is

flowers

who

day

liills
of gray.

over

sorry

10.

in italics.

brief December

cheerless

Rose
Our

ideas that

fond of play.

am

3.

words

the
differently

you

blew

are

to peace

much

beautiful.

and

plenty.

thought and work

and safe.
comfortable
through the open windows

have

of the

garret.
13.

14.

ground where the battlewas fought.

the young
They found
only a bird's nest from which
flown.
Articles made by hand arc not always ])etter than those made
is the

had

by

machine.
15.

Horses

xised

for racing
experience.

are

31.

ORAL

OLD

NEW

often

unsafe

for drivers

without

LESSON
ENGLAND

and fruits as grew

the
exceptionof such \-{'getahlcs
among
pended
derosebushes and tulipbeds of their gardens,the citizens of Boston
for their dailyfood on the ])roduceof the farms ^vithout the
mistaken if we picturedto ourselves
We should indeed be much
town.
reared upon, as the pleasand Webster
the farms such as Warren
were
ant

With

the

placeswe

know

so

well.

the barns were

small and mean,
could
nor
ill-fenced,
the cow
in the barnyard, or under
there be seen
shed, one of those
with which American
tionized
ingenuityhas revoluimplements of agriculture
of human
a
labor, has cheapened food, and
great branch
The

lands

were

Old

NEW

OLD

New

England

ENGLAND

219

FARMHOUSES

into a liighstate of cultivation. The first

brought millions of acres
threshing-machinewas not invented till 1786; the cast-iron wheeled
and
the potato digger,the reaper
binder,the hayplow, the drill,
raker, the corncutter, are not fiftyyears old. The Massachusetts
farmer who

witnessed

the revolution

plowed his

land

with

the wooden

it was
ripe,cut it
plow, sowed his grain broadcast,and, when
with a scythe,and thrashed it on his barn floor with a flail.
without
without
a
carpet.
His house
was
paint; his floors were
of
candles
few
derived from a
When
darkness
his lightwas
came
on
The
supphed
home
manufacture.
place of furnaces and stoves was
which took up one side of the room,
and,
fireplaces
by huge cavernous
bull

sending half the smoke

chimney.

into the

apartment,

sent

half the heat

up

the

of
served in the coarsest
simplestkind, was
dishes,and eaten with the coarsest of implements. Beef and pork,
made up the dailyfare from one
salt fish,
dried apples,and vegetables,
Josiah Quincy has left us a pleasingpictureof
year'send to another.
with
then Uttle,
There was
or indeed no, communication
such a home.
His

food

was

of the

Everyday English

220
the South

meal

and not

for brown
it.

; and

in the

tells us, was,

The

always well baked.

him

l^read gave

Of this

trace

bread, he

the

simple fare
are

minister alone had

rye

or

Indian

white

bread,
preach upon
with
justice,
recognizesome
ma}^, perhaps,
beans
bread and baked
brown
which, on a

the heartburn

we

world-famous

Sunday morning,
New
England.

of
therefore,

to be found

now

and he could

not

half the breakfast

on

tables of

his clothes.
plain,so were
Indeed,
his wardrobe
treme.
would, by liis descendants,be thought scanty in the exFor meeting on a Sabbath
and state occasions during the week
and
he had a suit of broadcloth or corduroy which lasted him a lifetime,
If the

food of such

man

was

for wear, with his cattle and

lengthbequeathed, little the worse
his neighl^ors
his farm, to his son.
The suit in which
commonly saw
hhn, the suit in which he followed the plow, tended the cattle,and
read to him from
while Abigailor Comfort
dozed in the chimney corner
entire
of homespun or linsey-woolsey. The
Edwards'
was
sermons,
England farmer on
sum
annually laid out, in those days, by a New
clothes for himself,his wife,and his eleven or thirteen children,was
was

at

is it too much
small ; nor
to say that many
a well-to-do
ridiculously
with a less numerous
father of to-daj',
family, expends each year on
hundred
sufficient,one
coats and frocks and finerya sum
since,
years
schoolmaster,
of a flourishing
to have defrayed the puljlic
village,
expenses
constable,and highways included.
It must
England
not, however, be supposed that because the New
farmer

of 1784

was

vated
possessionof a well-stocked and highly cultibecause he ate plain food and wore
plainclothes,he
His education,though
an
insignificant
personage.
not

in

farm, that
was
by any means
not as profound as is within the reach of men
far from
contemptible. His reading was

of his class at present,was

not

extended

and

was,

in

p("(llcrs'
packs.
he rarelysaw
unless it came
The
wrapped about a IniiuUe;
newspaper
edly,
but his inciuisitiveness
amply suppliedits place. There is,undoubtdown
to us
much
exaggeration in the stories that have come
to doubt,
regardingthis singular characteristic. Yet it is impossil)le
tlie most
of evidence, that lie was
shrewd,
in the pres("nce of such a mass
general,confined

the most
who

which

books

as

found

their way

into

The
horseman
of mortals.
iiuiuisitive
astounded
at the eagerhis door to in(|uire
tin' road was
ness
at
traveler
The
an
he sought f(n- news.
inn,
jaded

talkative, the

stopped at
with

to such

most

Old

New

England

221

phrase went, a tavern, sat hungry at the board while the

landlord pliedhim with questionafter questionand gave him the latest
bit of town
scandal,or the last action of the committeemen.
to read a novel,to see a play, to go to a
He held it an abomination
dance, to make a jest,to sing a comic song, to eat a dinner cooked on
day. Yet he would, at
Sunday, or to give a present on Christmas
of draughts with
times,so far forget his austerityas to play a game
the

or,

as

his

wife, or spend
did

hour

an

him

smite

fox

at

and

with

geese

he drank

when

his children.

quilting,
of his better half at the spinningmatch.
to the achievements
or Ustened
He drank ale and cider at the apple-paringbees,and laughed as loudly
one
as
when, at the corn husking, the lucky finder of the red ear
any
the fiddles were
kissed his favorite daughter. But the moment
duced
proto a long talk with the
he went home to his pipe and sermons,
or
conscience

not

palm

His

tea

at

schoolmaster.

Make

can

Courtship

Have

history?

32.

Write

single paragraph

one

Remember

that the first sentence

of

topic, and

that

every

the topic. After

if you

see

in Old
3.

Food

on

in the

the

have

Farm.

of
a

The

of Alice

books

the

written

Amusements

City.

7. A

paragraph,
omit

you

Virginia.
on

Farm

the

Farm

look

it

over

anything?
in Old

New

Vernon.

4. Mount

To-day.

in the Middle

the

about

something

2. Amusements

England.
Old

following topics.

add

Can

repeated yourself.
New

the

paragraph introduces

should

sentence

Hospitality in
and

Pleasures

Apartment

you

have

Farm

England.
5.

the

"

LESSON

WRITTEN

on

found

you

Longfellow's

of

any

have

Earle ?

Morse

to

read

you
or

life in early New

on

What

"

Standish

Miles

of

topics

suggest for discussion ?

you

school

your

other

What

paragraph.

England
in

outline of the foregoing selection,

giving the subject

an

of each

History of the United States.

McMaster's

"

6. An

West.

8.

222

Everyday English
LANGUAGE

33.

In Lesson

30

have

we

LESSON

had

different

ways.

modifiers

either of substantives

used

singleword

What

singleword
1. A

without

dog

honored.

Troubles

4.

bottles. 7. Wood

171

1. Go

with

haste.

4.

travel

3.

Can

without

speed and
To

1. The
2.

Dogs

3.

The

who

man

The

5.

Dreams

be

are

noun.

had

Milk

6.

were

out

of sight.

used

as

adverbs.

of them?

ivith

3.

care.

To

come

6.

I eat

To

the north.

italics

used

are

as

adjectives.

phrase for each of them?

of words

and

member
Rethat

possible.
early.

comes

bite.
served

in

former

tears

(veterans) marched

come

this book
in the

(author of) is dead.

day-time

are

no

truer

than

those

night.
comes
from the PhilippineIslands is ver,y hard.
had peaks that were
The mountains
capped by the clouds.
tlie place where loe camped.
This was
been a time so happy as the days when
There has never
The

in

money.

sometimes
milk

to be

man

for each
Go

The

that

in the

wood

that

at school.

were

10.

may

procession.
that

come

9.

or

seldom

ivho wrote

man

2.

3.

hard to do.

change the order

arc

soldiers who

4.

in

bringsthe

that bark

in the

word

may

you

as

of them

thinking. 5. To speak in anger.

In the springthe birds flytoward

7.

several substitutions

8.

ivith caution.

act without

substitute

used

adjectives.

as

wealth.

Tasks

5.

be substituted

following clauses

The

that

7.

of

man

end.

their services without

gave

you

6.

for each

forfire. 8. The birds

could

all the earth.

over

They

8.

2.

to be used

singleword

What

used

are

following phrases in italics

The

2.

home.

is,they

adjectivegenerallyprecedes the

an

as

in italics

he substituted

could

used

verbs ; that

or

be

may

adverbs.

following phrases

The

1.

clauses

Words, phrases, or

adjectivesor

as

practice in saying things in

some

no

food

so

good

as

that

which

my

mother

prepared.

we

Letters

Informal

LESSON

ORAL

34.

INFORMAL

It is said that
for business

LETTERS

except
losingthe art of writing letters,
Certainly the telephone and the easy

are

we

purposes.

number

travelingtend to diminish the

But
telephones and trolleysand

of

means

write.

to talk

If

letters unnecessary.

make
to

in New

friend
the

quite dispense

with

under

which

York,

the

letters.

Let

ways
al-

cannot

Chicago and

we

want

long-distancetelephone
is

us

might wish

we

of letters

railroads

live in

we

railway journey

expensive, and

223

We

so.

more

imagine

to write

cannot
stances
circum-

some

social

is

friendly

or

letter.
1. You
After

you

have
return

You

2.

for

home, it is

week

at the home
and

courteous

her for the visit.

You

proper

will remember

pleasant,and the good times

describeyourjourneyhome, and tell what you
are
planning a camping party and write to one

she did to make

may

to your

thanking

his mother

you

entertained

been

your

visit

you
are

of

friend.

to write to

the

things

had

there ;

doing

of your

now.

friends

join the party.

3. You
are
making a collection of coins,or postage stamps, or
him of it,and, perhaps,
something else,and you write to a friend telling
proposing certain exchanges.
kind to you and interested
4. The teacher in the grade before this was
in your
Write to her of what
are
doing this year, and
you
progress.
various branches of
think you are gettingon in your
tell her how
you
study.
other letter topics. Discuss two or more
if you can, some
5. Select,
and see what can be found to say upon
of these subjectsorallyin class,

to

them.

35.

Write
lesson.
are

WRITTEN

LESSON

letter upon
a
topic selected from those in the last
There
of the letter.
See the next lesson for the form
a

certain forms

that

must

be observed

in

writing letters.

The

Evcrvday English

224

lioadingmust be the place and date, and should be at the

of the first page.
The
salutation
right-hand corner
below

the

heading, but

of the letter

begins
The

right.

and

preceded by

truly, or

Yours

such

some

line below

one

signatureis,of

to the

is

left side of the

at the

the

upper
comes

The

page.

body

salutation,and
at the end of the

course,

or
sincerely,
Sincerelyyours,

expression. Near

relatives

little

letter,
Yours

or

often

write

Affectionately
yours.
Cypress

43

Dec.
Dear

three o'clock

work.

tossed

We

to-daj^the school bell

that this

teacher seemed

Our

good-by

kinds, and
ate

I wish

can't

in

day of school
pleased as we were

much

of the

liurry.

the last

was

as

desks

our

end

didn't

Wc

before

day's

the holidays.

when

we

said

week.

out

of the

know

You

our

city.

He

angel,thougliher

an

could be with

you

spend

expecting to have great fun.

he Hvcs

on

We

going
big plantation
are

ponies,farm animals of all

And
then such good things to eat !
automobile.
new
a
cook.
Uncle
such pies and things as "Old Mammy"
can

"slie is

Joe says

are

Joe's for

miles

ten

and

to Uncle

never

into

the

rang

to her.

Sister Anna

about

books

our

to be reminded

need

20, 1912.

George,

At

out

Ga.

St., Atlanta,

us.

has

skin is the color of brown

Mother

it is

says

shame

we

coifee."
cousins

holidaystogether.
Affectionately
yours,
Jack.

envelope of this specimen letter might look like

The
on

the

oppositepage.

of the address
other

reason

on

for

Even

the

positionof

the

the

stamp and

important. If there were

getting thvso. things in the regular form,
the

envelope

for the

gram
dia-

is

would

be

no

pathy
sym-

sufficient reason.

a
hard-working postman
Except in informal letters,the address is usuallywritten in
be written
the letter itself as well as on the envelope. It may

just before the salutation,or

of the

signature.

at the end

of the

to the left
letter,

Courtesy in

George

Mr.

Business

225

Lathrop
Park

St.

Burlington
Vt-

36.
The
the

LANGUAGE

letters of Lesson

LESSON

35 should

be

criticised by the class for

followingparticulars. 1. Heading. 2. Salutation.

4. Paragraphing. 5. Sentences.
ORAL

37.

COURTESY

Courtesy is of great
every

one

to look

it is not

out

value

3.

nature.
Sig-

LESSON
IN

BUSINESS

in business.

for himself to

see

Although

it is necessarj^ for

that he gets "a

square

deal,"

When
usuallynecessary
a quarrelsomemanner.
we
our
tempers we gain nothing; we may
give our opponent some
Even
when
is defending what
advantage when we get angry.
one
he believes to be his rights,he can
defend them
courteously. We
should make
this our rule,both in oral and in written communications.
Try as we will to be pohte and kindlyin our business relations,
there
instances where
are
and many
instances
many
courtesy is difficult,
where we
must
say, as gently as we
can, thingsthat the other person
does not wish to hear.
In the followingsituations,
of which you
some
have
face
later
in
to
what
would
Be courteous,but
hfe,
may
you say ?
make
clear
that
it cannot
be mistaken.
your meaning so
to do this in

lose

Everyday English

226

do

you

You

persistentin trying to

All agent has been

1.

not

want
to

mean

as

book,

get rid of him

life insurance

without

sell you

something

policy,or

losingyour

that

building lot-

temper and

self-

your

respect.
Your

2.
in the

butter,and

to him

3.

have

the

over

missed

in such

your

5.

sold you

has made

buy

dinner

your

that you

way

think

and
at

will get

The

older

pupils

Present

your

tho

complaint

brevity is
A

busy

got home

Put
be

not

dinner, or,
to

case

your

you
haps,
per-

him

dismissed.

much

too

you

days, so that

late to

restaurant.

interferingwith

are

to

case

work.

Justify

in

4,

you

have

written

or

dreads
the
before

rights

your

principalof

the

5, of the last
in the

long

writer
you

lesson

diagram

of

it.

submit

Examine
it for

No.

Hughes,
Principal.

Hughes

Yours

respectfully,

below.
to

letter,

Be

busy

brief,
ple.
peo-

disposed to
carefullywhat

correction.

6, Portland, Oregon.

March

Mr.

into

is not

letter,and

School

James

ground.
play-

school.

point in letters addressed

a

in the

LESSON

indicated

man

kindly towards

the

WRITTEN

valuable

feel

Dear

Explain

to her.

case

following the forms

Mr.

measure

his bill.

time several

giving

short

you

satisfied.

justice,and

is

teacher

your

given

footing up

not

over

you

has

in

are

you

regular train

38.

for

mistake

telephone why

your

to

You

Put

stale eggs,

employer has kept

Your

had

4.

has

grocer

30, 1913.

Sentence

of the

227

LESSON

LANGUAGE

39.

Some

Building

letters of Lesson

35

be

to

are

read

aloud

and

Mistakes
by the class for clearness and order.
letter forms
must
sentences, punctuation, spelling,and

in

criticised

corrected

the writers.

by

ORAL

40.
A

Sir

half of the sixteenth

of the end

century.

of his life is

COURTESY"

OF

English nobleman,

an

famous

more

LESSON

DEED

PhilipSidney was

author, but

be

He

famous

was

for his courtesy and

of the most

one

lived in the second

who
as

soldier and

The

generosity.

as

an

story

in

beautiful incidents

history.
Zutphen and sufferingfrom

the battlefield of
lay dying on
As he
pain and thirst,an attendant brought him a cup of water.
soldier near
also
raised the cup to his lips,a common
him, who was
Sir Philipsent the
mortally wounded, looked longinglyat the water.
to the soldier saying, "Take
it,friend; thy need is greater than
cup

While

he

mine."

Have

heard

you

read

or

worthy

to be

compared

select

brave

act from

of another

with

Sidney's?

the life of

brave

or

courteous

You

may,

if you

of these heroes:

one

deed

choose,

Columbus,

Captain John Smith, Washington, John Paul Jones, Nathan

Hale, Molly Pitcher,Captain Lawrence, General Lee, General
Custer.

prepared

Be

4L

Combine

the
Make

Example
after him.
Combined:

after

to

tell this

story in the class.

LESSON

WRITTEN
SENTENCE

BUILDING

following groups

of

sure

that

the arrangement

A troop of strange children

They pointed at
A

sentences

his gray

ran

gray

tences.
singlesen-

is clear.

at his heels.

They hooted

beard.

troop of strange children

him, and pointingat his

into

beard.

ran

at

his

heels,hooting

Everyday English

228
1.

Tlicro

2.

He

strange

wore

the

found

Thoso

namos.

to

way

his

were

names

house.

own

did

He

the doors.

over

with

so

some

difficulty.
3.

The

of

appearance

had

politicians.He

tavern

Rip

attracted

soon

the

attention
His

long gi'izzlcdbeard.

of the

dress

was

uncouth.
4.

It

windows

The

done

patching was
7.

It
I

was

was

8.

The

9.

There

looked

was

rudely constructed

was

6.

schoolhouse

His

out

eyed

him

from

head

foot.

to

great curiosity.

They showed
5.

liini. They

round

They crowded

building. It had

low

one

large

of logs.
and

partly glazed

were

with leaves

of old copy

rainy Sunday.

windows

two

were

It

partly patched.

in

tiled roofs and

among

was

in the

bedroom.

my

stacks

The

books.

gloomy month
in Derby.
detained at a hotel. The hotel was
rain pattered. It beat againstthe casements.
a

room.

of

These

of November.

windows

chimneys.

He
has a red face
pampered coachman.
like dewlaps.
the fire.
It hung by a crooked
11. A teakettle hung over
piece
sticks
and
leaves.
from
The
fire
matle
of iron.
was
dry
crouched
red
old gypsies sat
the grass.
12. Two
on
They wore
cloaks.
gossipingover their evening cup of tea.
Thej^ were

ladyship has
and liis cheeks hang down
10.

Her

LANGUAGE

42.

LESSON

PUNCTUATION:

marks

Punctuation

arc

THE

used

COMMA

help

to

the reader's eye

break

the

reader.

The

change in tlie
writer's thought. It is used to separate words, phrases, or
be kept apart in thought.
off
It marks
clauses that should
indicates

comma

from
1

the

rest

The

name

to

of the

sentence

of the person

spoken

to.

John, pleasegive me the book.

close the window.
I wish, Mary, that you would

or

Punctuation
2. A

direct quotation, or

Mary

replied,"All

The

each

Coniina

part of

right,father,"but

229

divided

"he

did

quotation.
stir from

not

her

chair.
"You

The

3.

have

may

it,"said John,

parts of dates

"if you

will wait

five minutes."

addresses.

or

Palermo, Italy,January 21, 1913.

John

4.

Jenkins,4
Yes

I would

5.

No

or

St.,Scranton,Pennsylvania.

when

rather

Each

Pine

part of
"Yes,

say,

word

in

an

answer.

will,"than

series,where

I can't."

"No,

of the conjunctions are

some

omitted.
We

study geography, history,arithmetic,and

6.

Words

in

in

apposition or

grammar.

parenthesis.

John, Mary's brother,was two years her senior.

has a beautiful
Palermo, the largestcityof Sicily,
7.

Phrases

clauses that

or

distinct from

are

harbor.

the

rest

of

the

sentence.
In

compound
and, but, or other
a.

they

are

sentences

comma

is

before

usually needed

conjunctions separating the clauses, unless

closely connected

in

thought

and

have

the

same

subject.
We
meet

Here

shall be

glad to

see

you,

and

my

father will send

carriageto

you.

comma

sentence

is required to indicate the

a

comma

before and

We

will go and

b.

Explanatory relative clauses

(see Rule 6) and are marked

they

will

sense,

but

in the

lowing
fol-

is unnecessary.

come.

make
off

ments
parenthetical state-

by

commas.

Restric-

Everyday English

230
live relative clauses

the sentence

that

connected
closelj'

so

are

they need

no

with

See Part

comma.

the

of

rest

I, Lesson

63.

Metropolitan Tower, which is one of the most beautiful as well

of the liighest
one
buildingsin New York, was completed in 1911.
Men who will not work have no rightto eat.
(Restrictive)

The
as

clause at the

c.

followed
If you

and

by

Give

excuse

the

usuallybe

at half

me

past three,I will

earlyto-morrow

come

aritlmietic.

my

prepare

should

sentence

comma.

will

beginning of

reason

for the

of each

use

in Lessons

comma

37

and

40.

Make

five

complex

that you

commas

and

sentences

give your

for all the

reasons

use.

ORAL

43.

LESSON

DESCRIPTIONS

narrative
Let

words.

tells
us

study

descriptionmakes
descriptionsand see

story,

two

how

picturein
they are

made.

GRANDFATHER'S
The
grown

chair in which

Grandfather

CHAIR
sat

was

dark with age, but had been rubbed

made

oak, which had

and polishedtill it shone as
of

It was
briglitas mahogany.
very large and heavy, and had a back
that rose
This back was
ously
curihigh above Grandfather's white head.
carved in openwork, so as to represent flowers and foliage,
and
other devices,which the children had often gazed at, but could never
understand
what
On the very tiptop of the chair,over
they meant.
the head of Grandfather
himself,was a likeness of a lion's head, which
had

such

and

snarl.

savage

grin that

you

would

almost

expect

to hear

it

growl

"

Hawthorne's

Chair.
Grandfather's

231

Descriptions
WHITE

PUSSY

and
Her eyes were
by its charm.
young
like those of a child,and exceptingthe pink tip to her nose
brilliant,
tween
of silkyAngora fur.
On her head, beshe was
covered with a mass
her ears, was
a
jet-blackspot, and on her shoulders another,
also jet-black.
Her
waving, plumelike tail was
shaped like a cape.
All the rest of her was
white, and as soft as swan's-down.
snowy
She seemed
like a ball of animated
fur,moved
by a capricioushidden
spring.
Pierre
Loti's Lives of Two
Cats.
Her

face

won

at

me

once

"

After

have

you

read

each

of

these

two

descriptions, what

your

mind?

recall?

What

sentence

have
in
picture do you
How
different things mentioned
can
many
you
does the first sentence
tell?
does
this
Why

first?

come

Why

does

order

in which

it

come

the

What

last?
sentences

Can
are

does

the

you

find

last
any

arranged ?

sentence
reasons

tell?
for the

Everyday Fiiijvlish

232
Tak("

piece of

"

example,

The

sort

of wood

How

much

of it

could

eyes,

Write

descriptionin

placed?

What

is

other desks in the

Of

How

does

the

on

building?

cat?

your

does she differ from

WRITTEN

44.

seat?

fur,tail ?

for

size,shape, color?

description of

How

is it
its

are

your

from

ears, nose,

her habits?

are

from

way

put in

Where

What

see

you

you

color,markings,
What

is it made?
can

subject for description,as,

Desk."

it differ in any

Does

What

as

Teacher's

what

desk ?

furniture

Size,

she

other

move

oats?

LESSON

one

paragraphs

two

or

of

of the

one

followingsubjects:

Stand.

8.

definite
that

Horse.

as

in what
you

the

cat

Give

such

Do

not

dog

lost

details
the

you

the

or

legs,or had
of

Cat.

an

will say

four

and

it.

Make

legs.

be

as

have

only

interesting.

more

distinguishyour

to

say

is unnecessary,

If it should

would

to

everything

subject

LANGUAGE

from

OF

LESSON
DESCRIPTION

may
can

consider
learn

to

this form

describe

of writing

merely by

and

must

see

rules

will

remember, if he would tell how things

help us in describingthings. There is

that are
special importance. Use words
it so.
thing is beautiful,or ugly, Jtellwhat makes

these

Fruit-

lii.sPush-

wish

you

rule of

one

If

But

that

ear,

we
Having tried description,
carefully. No one
more

look.

Peddler

4.

class.

same

RULES

One

tell anything that

has

serve

as

45.

rules.

7.

Minister.

carefullywhat

over

order

can.

three

others

Our

6.

The

3.

Policeman.

The

decide

and

Postman.

The

writing, think

Before

as

Our

5.

Cart.

2.

Dog.

Our

1.

definite and

indefinite

descriptions.

definite.

pare
Com-

JAPANESE

STREET

Little
He

1.

six feet

over

was

clothes that

were

tall,as

Japan
thin

as

loose that it seemed

so

233
rail,and

would

if the wind

as

rusty black

wore

blow

them

off.
He
2.

other

The

turns

up;

When

he

dog

eye, that

mihappy

ill-di'essed.

tall and

was

is

old,gray-muzzled curmudgeon, with

little,

kindles

like

is drawn

his mouth

coal if you

into

only

look at him.

wrinkles,so

to show

walks, he has his tail curled up

from the ground ; and he seldom

liisfeet

legsat

so

as

tight that it

makes

use

of

is called
He

examples fully show

These

the

advantage

an

nose

his teeth.
to lift

seems

than

more

three

This wretch

time,keeping the other drawn up as a reserve.

Beauty.
is an ugly and ridiculous littledog, whose name

His

is

Beauty.

followins;the

of

in description.
rule to be definite

followingpairs of words

In the

phrases,tell

which

of each

definite,and, therefore,better suited to description.

pair is more
Make

or

sentence

containing it.

4. weighing
hurt,bruise. 3. honest,admirable.
feet
hundred
5. lofty,a
ten tons, heavy.
Iiigh. 6. FAiropcan,
red.
9. a man
7. screaming, noisy. 8. brilliant,
Austrian.
l)right
ten languages,a linguist. 10. clear-eyedand vigorous,
who can
use
healthy. 11. trustworthy,ready to die for the sake of duty. 12. A
noise like cats fighting,
an
unpleasant noise. 13. hungry, ready to
1.

walk, saunter.

gnaw

2.

bone.

46.

LESSON

ORAL
LITTLE

Japan is a

land

beauty.

Lafcadio

account

Elfish

small,and
roofs,the

everything seems:
queer,

and

Here

are

few

every

tiling as

well

mysterious: the little houses

little shop-fiontshung with

in their blue costumes.

blue,and

taken

sentences

of his first memories

for

It is also

littlehouses.

of little people and

land of wonderful
Hearn's

JAPAN

the

of
as

from

Japan.
everybody

under

is

tlieir blue

smilinglittle people

Everyday English

234
My
looks

like the

of

top

tops of liis anldes; and

cords

fcH't with

of

being for

human

down

and

of

compassion.

shafts,with

And

by

favor

for

the

which

hat

wide-

short, blue,

"

and

sandals

reaching

bound

fii-stsensation

The

hours, is
this

when

all liis hopes,

hai)i)ensto have

fiber.

white

"tights

straw

horse,trottingbetween

before you

up

blue

bright

palmetto

has

mushroom;

enormous

an

He

as
jacket,blue drawers, close-fitting

sleeved
the

"Cha."

hims(4f

calls

kurumaya

his

upon

of

to

having

shafts,unwearj'inglj'
bobbing

alone

human

enough

being, thus

comprehensions,

to

jjower

feeling

trotting betwecni

memories, sentiments, and

gentlestsmile,and the

evoke

to

the

return

least

comes
apparent display of infinite gratitude,tliis compassion be-

an

sympathy.
whicli
That, how("vei',

discover

accompanied by

it is

smile

kindly curious looks

all these

tliinkingof fairyland.
where

everything

world

of lesser and

to wish

of

world
the

On

wrapper

us

smile.

find

one's

and

And

daintier

where

suddenl}' in
scale than

is slow

all movement

is

surely the

world

with

at

and

land, life,and sk.vare

where

of

self
stranger finds him-

seemingl^vkindlier beings, all smiling

fii'st day, at
is

least,it

you

us,

as

if

soft, and

unlike

all tliat

of the old dream

realization

the

to

appears

delicate,exquisite,adniira])l(":

chopsticks in

bag

paper

package of toothpicks

of

^\ith

stranger that
even

little

jiniikishaman

uses

to

wipe

cherry wood, bound

his face.

things of beauty.

coins,are

by the shopkeepers

in

The

Even

t}dng

bank

the
up

pair

drawing

wonderfully lettered in three different colors

string used

commonly

; most

the consequence

the

self

through

roll

we

curiously ; but there

sky-blue towel, \vith designs of fljdng spai'rows

copper

as

in the gaze

smiles is that

smaller

elsewhere, this

Japanese

half

and
To

toward

hostile

rapidly learning to

am

of Elves.

wooden
even

hush("d,a world

are

has known

one

on

well,a woi'ld

you

voices

is

or

Cha,

looks at you

Everybody

streets.

anji^hingdisagreeableor

never

in

me

of faces turned

multitude

in the

these miniature
is

attracts

^\^th
;

upon

even

thing
every-

of

mon
com-

it

upon
a

the

paper
little

it,which

the
bills,

the

commonest

piece of plaited colored

j^our

last

purchases is

prett}^ curiosity.
"

Lafcadio

Hearn,

Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan.

Eules
Can
How

in this selection
Are

them?

can

geography

learned

you

the

Suppose

were

you

colors would

of the

following,supplying

RULES

Description

selection

on

What
our

paper
a

color it with

Write

sentence

your

paints.

describingeach

imagination the colors and

your

kurumaya.

3.

Japanese lady.

4.

The

hats.

5.

The

houses.

6.

The

signs.
variety of costumes.
lady'sparasol.
street

The

LESSON

LANGUAGE
OF

must

234.

page

wrapper,

niteness to

study of

jinricksha.

DESCRIPTION

be

bay,

The
a

used

(See

in the

objects

drawing,

towel, sparrows,

adjectivesare
impressions?

used

Continued

"

definite.

of definite words

chopsticks,a
string.

the

picture is in black

going to

48.

number

remind

in your

This

234.

2.

8.

paper

from

that it ought to have

7. The

the

use

you

1. A

1.

scene

Japan

get of

do you

LESSON

WRITTEN

What

motion

tell about

you

idea

whole

the

about

pictureopposite page

white.

and

can

elsewhere?

or

47.

Study

did

Why

Japanese people?
writer of fairyland?
else have

What

What

kurumaya?

things described

many

mentioned?

the

What

How

remember

you

colors

any

jinrikishaand

of

dressed ?

the kurumaya

was

235

Description

meaning

tell the

you

of

Lesson

last

named

45.)

of the

paragraph
include

Note

pair of

package of toothpicks,a
bank
bills,coins, a piece of
a

and

how

do these add

defi-

English

Everyday

236
Give

2.

Mr.
"

details afterward.

the
general impression first,

the

Hearn

first tells us

; then

he tells us

that

"

ish
elfJapan everything seems
detail the things that make
pression.
this im-

in

in

be
reversed,
Sometimes, however, this order may
the details coming first and the general impression last.

Keep

3.

the

to

point

same

of view

in

describing;

change the point of view, give the reader proper

If you are describing a house, don't mix up

or, if you

notice.
the

descriptions

of the outside and the inside ; describe tlu; outside,and then

take

reader inside.

your

If you

things as

be

can

Is the

shoe lace.
the inside

from

or

he

seen

at

distance,tell only such

distance ; don't

has

button

in the

room

give the color

off his coat

followingpassage

or

of his

broken

descrilx'd from

tlie outside ?

liad three

study

The

man

at

seen

tell whether

or

eyes,

describing a

are

windows,

set with

old-fashioned
little,

panes

of

looked,
rather peeped,between
the willow branches,down into the orchard,
or
The third,facingnorthward,
with glimpsesof the river through the trees.
connnanded
broader view of the river,at a spot where its
a
hitherto obscure waters
gleam forth into the lightof liistory. It was
stood
that the clergyman who then dwelt m the Manse
at this window
watching the outbreak of a long and deadly strugglebetween two
the farther
the irregularai-ray of his parishioners
nations ; he saw
on
side of the river,and the glitteringline of the British on the hither
])aiik. He awaited,in an agony
of susi)ense, the rattle of the musketry.
glass,each with

It

("anie

around

; and

this

the

was

The

are

most

two

the western

on

gentlewind

Hawthorne's

From

Battle

the

but

The

it.

to sweep

side

the battle smoke

quiet house.

interest you

Concord

From

across

there needed

"

It may

crack

of

to know

Musses

from

an

that tlu^ battle here

Concord, celebrated

in

Old

Manse.

referred

Emerson's

to

poem,

Hymn.
sentences

d("finiteand

points of view?

written
vivid.

for L("sson

Dotlicse

have

47, select those which

the

same

or

different

The

Triest

ORAL

49.
PRIEST

THE

the

and

THE

who

Did

you

And

merrilytrotted along to

Of creature

tractable

more

Tree

MULBERRY

mounted

TREE

his mare,

the fair ?

none

heard,

ever

height of her speed she would stop at a word

the curate said,Hey,
But again with a word, when
She put forth her mettle and gallopedaway.
In the

As

the

gates of the cityhe rode.

to the

near

237

LESSON

AND

of the curate

hear

Mulberry

September all brilliantly

glowed.
The good priestdiscovered,with eyes of desire,
A mulberry tree, in a hedge of wild briar ;
in many
On boughs long and lofty,
a green
shoot,
Hung, large,black,and glossy,the beautiful fruit.
While

The

curate

He

shrunk

With
And

was

from

word

of

sun

he

hmigry and thirstyto lioot ;

the thorns,though he longed for the fruit ;
arrested his courser's keen speed.

he stood up

erect

on

the back

of liissteed ;

saddle he

On
And

he

stood,while the creature

gathered the fruit tillhe took

stood
his

still,
good fill.

never," he thought, "was a creature so rare,

So docile,
so
tiiie,as my excellent mare
;
I stand," and he gazed all around,
So, here now
"As safe and as steady as if on the ground ;
Yet how
had it l)een,
if some
traveler this way.
Had, dreaming no mischief,but chanced to cry, 'Hey' ?"
"Sure

He

stood with his head

And
At

he

spoke

the sound

And
He
Much

down

aloud

of the word

went

remembered
that

out

the
too

well may

in the

mulberry tree,

in his fond
the

good

reverie ;
mare

made

push,

priestin the wild-briar bush.

late,on his thorny green bed.
be thought cannot
wisely be said.
"

T. L. Peacock.

Everyday P]iiglish

238

following words

of the

moauins

Toll the

curate, mounted,

boughs, glossy, arrested,courser,

tractable,mettle, hrilliantly,
steed,docile,reverie.
What
time of the year was
it?
the curate going ?
Where
was
What
kind
of day?
What
caught the curate's attention?
was

What

did he think

What

happened

Read

it ?

of his horse?

did

he

What

mistake

humorous

get the fruit ?

did he make?

lesson did he learn from

What

How

that

poems

interest

may

his accident ?
ownw^ords.

in your

aloud, then tell the incident

the poem

Other

in

interested

he

Why

are

you

Holmes's

Masterpiece or The One-Hoss Shay ; Cowper's John

Gilpin's Ride; J. T. Trowbridge's Darius Green and his Flying
Machine; Gilbert's Tale of the Nancy Bell; Thackeray's Little
The

Deacon's

Billee.

from

Write

was

never

fine animal.

I have

finer ones."

seen

road

3.

His

4.

There

5.

This

6.

The

lay between

two

fine mulberries

were

cities.
on

Their

the tree.

color

almost

was

"They're ripe and sweet," said he.

fill.
eat my
fruit is very good. It's so good that I must
to say, 'You
are
eating
curate said,"Suppose some
one
were

The

black.

curate

them.

saw

mulberries' ?"
In the sixth sentence

note

(' ') within the double

within a quotation. Note
Rewrite
or

"Now," said the curate, "I shall enjoy these mulberries.

2.

my

followingsentences

dictation the

curate's horse

1. The

LESSON

WRITTEN

50.

each

of the

The

curate

is

mounted

marks

use

of

singlequotation marks

")

to

("

The

sun

5.

The

animal's coat

was

quotation

also the last line of the fourth stanza.

the

one

his horse.

glossy.

word

in italics :
2.

shining brilliantly.4.' The

3.

indicate

followingsentences, using another

expressionin place of
1.

the

My

steed is very

curate

was

in

tractable.

deep reverie.

and

Synonyms
51.

LANGUAGE

SYNONYMS

Synonyms

are

Here

is

thing.

docile

that

the

Sometimes
is the

same

as

Antonyms
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Give

for the

synonyms

following,and

is

synonym

thirstyalso;

are

words

of

use

learn,find

means

in

each

of words

group

stood up

"

out

sentence

thirstyto

arose.

oppositemeanings.

dark,light
empty
full,
clever,stupid
gentle,harsh
pretty, ugly
advance, retreat

the antonyms

of the

same

shone

"

discover

"

the

quite

spirit

"

glowed

glossy shining
brilliantly brightly

or

mettle

"

Find

nearly

mean

tractable

"

ANTONYMS

of synonyms

group

239

LESSON
AND

words
a

Antonyms

10.

love,hate
hostile
friendly,
hasten,retard
alien
citizen,

11.

friend,enemy

12.

early,late.

7.
8.
9.

followingwords

(foe)

boot

Everyday English

240

52.

ORAL

LESSON

OCEAN

littleover

Robert

hundred

Fulton, made

later,the

years

its first

TRAFFIC

ago,

the first steamship,invented

the

trip on

Hudson

tlie Atlantic

first

made

River.

Ten

by

years

the

vannah,
Sasteamer
was
trip across
by
sailingfrom Savannah, Georgia,to Liverpool. She made the
a
trip in twenty-fivedays. She was
tiny craft of 320 tons carrj'^ing
with side-wheel paddles, and a 72 horse power
engine. The
power,
coal used on the tripwas
1500 bushels,or about four tons.
She made
the return
crossed
tripin twenty days from St. Petersburg,but never
the ocean
again.
still propelledbj^wind.
For the next twenty years ocean
vessels were
In

1840

the British steamer

tripsacross

the

Britannia

Atlantic.

She

of the Cunard
had

Line

began

lar
regu-

displacement,or carrying
of 1 1 54: tons, a 750 horse power
engine,a speed of 10 miles an
power,
hour, and made the tripin twelve days.
In the sixtyyears since the Britannia^s first trip,steam
navigation
line crossing the Atlantic
lias grown
enormously. Instead of one
there are now
of lines on the seas, running to nearly all the ports
scores
of the world.
Instead of the tiny shipscarryingone
two
thousand
or
have hundreds that carry 10,000 tons or more, and, lately,
tons,we now
The
that carry more
than 50,000 tons.
some
figuresthat express the
size of these huge vessels are startling.A cargo of 10,000 tons would
fillthe cars of a freighttrain five miles long. A big liner can
date
accommo3000 persons
without crowding. A large vessel will burn from
500 to GOO tons of coal per day. Such a boat rises from twenty to forty
feet above the water, and, when
fortyfeet
loaded,needs water nearl}'
The newer
deep to keep off the bottom.
largeshipsare 900 feet long,
and are driven by engines of 75,000 horse power.
Ocean
travel is now
safer than travel by rail. These huge boats
breaks the
driven by two or more
that if one
are
so
screw
propellers,
The ribs and platesare of steel,and able to resist
ship may still go on.
the pounding of the hea\-iest storms.
The
of the ship is
bottom
made
that if
divided into compartments, with walls of heavy steel,
so
the water
gets in, the comj^artment \Villclose itselfand keep the water
out of the rest of the ship. It is said,indeed, that the best of these
a

Ocean
boats

Traffic

241

unsinkable.
But this has unhappil^y
l)een proved
practically
less
is provided with wirenot to be true.
steamer
Every largepassenger
And down under the
telegraphy,to summon
help if it is needed.
vessel is a telephonearranged to catch the sound of the submarine
bells put on reefs and shoals to warn
sliipsoff from such dangerous
places.
The
luxury of these great boats is as wonderful as their size and
fitted out with fine
of the passengers
arc
safety. The staterooms
wood
and good furniture.
There
are
splendiddiningrooms, lounging
baths, and barber shops. On the biggest boats there are
rooms,
palm gardens, ball rooms, and swimming pools. The cost of the
largestboats is about five million dollars.
are

did

When

the

long did the

did

did

steamboats

Give

idea

some

take?

passage

tons

many

first steamboat

of the

number

hold.

How

What

devices

this

the

cross

How

long does

first transatlantic

much

coal

for

will

across

How

now?

How
When

carry?
the

Atlantic?

the

big boats to-day ;

of freightthey will
big liners consume?

of these

one

it take

boat

begin regular passages

of the carrying power
of
of people and the amount

Atlantic?

safety do they have?

for convenience

and

pleasure?
You

"

find

Travel by
intenselj^
interestingarticle on
Sea," by Lawrence
Perry, in The WoiWs
Work, vol. 13. Do
know
Cunningham's poem, A Wet Sheet and a Flowing Sea,
you
The Sea, the Sea, the Open Sea?
or Barry Cornwall's
poem,
can

an

53.
Write

composition,using

SteamshipsOld
in

hundred

The
2.

New.
A

Automobile.

1.

Why

automobiles

Ocean

board.

of the

one

modern

Fulton's

steamer.

2.

Changes

than

horses.

steamship.

automobiles

used for

followingoutlines

now.

are

3.

better

What

they

may

be

used

years.

Liner.
3.

are

LESSON

1. Robert

3.

for in twenty

on

and

years.

What

An

WRITTEN

The

I.

How

engines.

it looks

from

shore.

2.

How

it looks

Everyday Englisli

242

know

We

after it.

plural verb.
of

meaning

Mury

keep

to

"

and

you

us

me

does

"

here

are

because

the

two

pluralsubject and require

ever
help us to make out the

Marij together are

But

grammar

sentence?

example

Between

say,

opening lines of Whittier's

The
an

and

John

say

and

John

nouns

help

and requiresthe objectivecase

preposition,

a
"

We

"

writing. We

or

is

between

will

certain rules of grammar

that

right in speaking
because

READING?

OUR

HELP

GRAMMAR

DOES

LESSON

LANGUAGE

54.

Snow-Bound

may

be used

as

The

tluit brief December

sun

cheerless

Rose

day

hills of gray,

over

at noon
And, darkly circled,
gave
A sadder lightthan waning moon.
the thickeningsky
Slow tracingdown
Its mute
and ominous
prophecy,
A portent seeming less than threat,
It sank from sightbefore it set.

The

that

simple subject,and

is the

sun

tells how
noon

next

the

; and

tell how
stood

are

as

Dcu'cmber

line tells what

trifleharder.

The

modifying
"

as

first two
the

kind

In the third

prophecy

apposition with

"

the word

of

of

and

It.

the
"

line,

; the second

line

it looked

lightit gave.

at

The

subject is It,in th(^ last

The

the

lines make

subject

tracing down

day)

gives the period

line tells how

third

simple predicate is sank,

prophecy."
ominous

the

rose;

the fourth

it sank.

described

"

sun

four lines

line ; the

short

(on a certain

of the action

simple predicates,

This is the skeleton

gave.

first lino also

The

of the idea of the sentence.

feel

reading it we

and gave the

ro.se

lightthe objectof the verb

and

In

first four lines.

is the

first sentence

That

words

sense

that

only

follow

if imder-

is. It (the sun) is

ominous
and
sky its mute
portent," etc.,refers to this

storm, and

prophecy.

the

word

portent is in

will

If you

help

Grammar

Does

entire

the

read

now

predicate; afterwards

The

next

Make

of

to be

The

modifiers
reads

one

as

of the

analysis,and explain the meaning

the

after
main

findingits subject

the

analyzed

243

through,

clear.

is

how

see

lines

quite

sentence

we

lines also need

four

Reading?

eight

will be

analysis, their meaning

thing in getting the meaning
this

and

Our

fit in.
them.

passage.

coat however
stout,
no
chill,
could quite shut out,
Of homespun stuff,
A hard, dull bitterness of cold.
race
That
checked,midvein, the circling
Of lifeblood in the sharpened face,

coming of

The

In

the

same

make

way

told.

the snowstorm

of the

sure

meaning of

the

following

passages

gold
That
tawny Incas for their garden wrought.
Heavy with sunshine droops the goldenrod.
Whittier's
Among
Along

1.

the

roadside,Uke

the flowers of

"

the Hills.

exorbitant during the reign

nobles,whose power had become
the prudence of Henry the Second had scarcely
of Stephen, and whom
resumed
reduced
into some
degree of subjectionto the crown, had now
2.

The

their ancient license in its utmost

"

extent.

Green's

Historyof the EnglishPeople.

and
of the world, had watched

more
others,who had seen
with such a face,
till
and
had beheld no man
waited
they were
weary,
that proved to be much
bors,
nor
greater or nobler than his neighany man
concluded
it to be nothing but an idle tale.

3.

But

"

4.

From

the

palace you

The

Hawthorne's

could

see

the

rows

Great Stone Face.

and

rows

of roofless

city,looking Uke empty honeycombs filled

with blackness ; the shapelessblock of stone that had been an idol in
the square
where four roads met ; the pitsand dimples at street corners
of temples
where the publicwells once
stood ; and the shattered domes
with wild figssproutingon their sides.
The Jungle Book.
Kipling's
houses

that

made

up

the

"

Everyday English

244
5.

the

Full woU

Conveyed

round,
busy whisper,circling

would

sit staringat those fixed

Deserted

in silence for

glazedeyes

Village.
a

moment,

with liini.

the deuce
Scrooge felt,
pla,y,

Dickens's

"

7.

The

Ctoldsmith's

"

6. To

he frowned.

tidingswhen

the dismal

Christmas

Carol.

atmosphere, wliich liad previouslybeen clear and cold,for

hours grew
damp, and had a disagreeabh?chilliness in it.
Two
Years Before the Mast.
Dana's
liliesblow,
the time when
It was
clouds are highestup in air,
And
Lord Ronald
doe,
brought a lily-white
To give his cousin,Lady Clare.
Tennyson's
Lady Clare.

The

the last few

"

8.

"

9.

that
fed

sounds

The

that

nor

is the

standeth

that

man

in the way

Wild

Thompson-Seton's

"

Blessed

the delicious smell

more

Hag that the animals

told

mingled witl.ithe smoke,

cabbage in the yard.

10.

it,and yet

from

came

walketh
of

not

in the

counsel

being

were

Animals.
of the

of the

sitteth in the seat

sinners,nor

scornful.

"

godly,
un-

I.

Psalm

"

THE

Do

you

remember

LESSON

ORAL

55.

OF

ROMANCE

Crusoe, and how

Robinson

beginning of the book

TRAVEL

of his visits to the wharf

he tells at the
where

the

interestingit all

in and went
out, and how
ships came
him ?
Many other people have also found
Here
the

is a selection from

author, George William

book

such

called Prue

Curtis,very

great

was

to

ing.
places interestand

I, in which

well describes the

same

:
feelings

I believe that many

of them
freightwas piledin the old stores.
I knew them, not
remain, but they have lost their character. When
I younger,
but jxartial
decay had overtaken the town; at
only was

The

least the bulk

13ut the

of its India

trade

appliancesremained.

ha(}shifted
There

was

no

to New

York

and

Boston.

throng of busy traffickers,

The
after

and

solemn

school,in

Romance
the

of Travel

afternoon, I strolled by and

245
gazed into the

interiors.

Silence

reigned within, silence,dimness, and piles of foreign

Vast
coils of cable,like tame
treasure.
served as
boa-constrictors,
for
with
and nankeen
seats
men
largestomachs, and heavy watch seals,
trousers, who sat looking out of the door toward the ships,with little
occasional
low talking,as if in their sleep.
other sign of life than an
and oozing slow molasses,as
Huge hogsheads perspiringbrown
sugar
if nothing tropicalcould
keep within bounds, but must
continually
expand, and exude, and overflow,stood against the walls,and had an
for they darkly reminded
of Egyptian
architectural significance,
me
prints,and in the duskiness of the low vaulted store seemed cyclopean
columns
incomplete. Strange festoons and heaps of bags, square piles
of square
boxes cased in mats, bales of airy summer
stuffs,
which, even
in winter,scoffed at cold,and shamed
it by audacious
assumption of
shine
eternal sun, little specimen boxes of preciousdyes that even
now
like old Venetian
schools unpainted,
these
through my memory,
"

"

all there

were

The

stores

odors.

and

then

in rich
had

I liked to

confusion.

twilightof dimness, tlie air was spicy with mingled

look suddenly in from the glareof sunlight outside,

cool sweet

the

far-off island groves

dimness

; and

was

if

like the

palpaljlebreath of the
parrot or macaw,
hung within,

only some
would flaunt with glistening
plumage in his cage, and as the gay hue
flashed in a chance sunbeam, call in his hard, shrill voice,as if thrusting
wire from out that gratefulgloom, then
sharp sounds upon a glistening
the enchantment
navigating
circumwas
complete, and without moving, I was
the globe.
From

the

old stores

and

the

docks

slowly crumbhng, touched, I

know not why or how, by the pensive air of past prosperity,
I rambled
those well-remembered
out of town
on
afternoons,to the fields that
the harbor, and there sat, looking out to sea,
lay upon liillsides over
distant sail proceedingto the gloriousends of the earth,
fancying some
to be my
type and image, who would so sail,statelyand successful,
to all the glorious
ports of the Future.
Going home, I returned by the
stores,which black porters were
closing. But I stood long lookingin,
saturatingmy imagination,and as it appeared, my clothes,with the
I reached
home
spicy suggestion. For when
thrifty mother
my
another Prue
came
snuffingand smellingabout me.
"

"

Everyday English

246
! my

(snuff,snuff),where have you been (snuff,

snuff)?
Has
smell as if
the baker been making (snuff)gingerbread? You
you'd been in (snuff,
snuff)a bag of cinnamon."
"I've only been on the wharves, mother."
"Well, my dear, I hope you haven't stuck up your clothes with
molasses.
Wharves
must
arc
dirty places, and dangerous. You
take care
of yourself,
son.
Really this smell is (snuff,snuff)very
my
strong."
I departed from
But
the maternal
proud and happy.
presence,
aromatic.
I bore about
the true foreign air. Whoever
I was
me
smelt mc
smelt distant countries.
I had nutmeg, spices,cinnamon,
tlie juWy red nose.
I pleasedmyself with being
and cloves,without
the representative
I was
in good odor with myself and
of the Indies.
"Why

son

all the world.

did Curtis

Why

of
smells

of the

one

C'an

you
?

in these

or

did he

he

got home

imagine
India

places?

is the most

or

journey

in his

Where

the

Where

below

imagination ?

the Amazon

What

to

nse

and

would

place would

Uke

objectsand

Wliat

what

What

to Vcniice ?

or

you

want

you

like to

most

you

interestingjourney that

I should

terior
the in-

trip up
Egypt ?

What

Describe

strange lands did th(\ybring

What

boy ?

Where

ha])pen(Hlwh(ni

What

old warehouses.

interested the

to his mind

Japan

like to go to the wharves

have

ever

to

made

"

another

sky
Parrot islands anchored
lie.
And, watched by cockatoos and goats,
Lonely Crusoes buildingboats,
in sunshine reachingout
Where
Eastern
miles about.
cities,
"

Are

with

mosque

and

minaret

sandy gardens set,

the rich goods from near

Among
And

Hang for sale

and

far

in the bazaar.
"

see

visit ?

go

golden apples grow

or

Stevenson.

THE

GREAT

STONE

FACE

WRITTEN

56.
Even

recall

can

you

short

Description
LESSON

be interestingto tell about, if

journey may
what
expectations you had of it beforehand,

things happened on the journey,

of it all afterwards.
Things do not have
what

to

be

Write
or

visit to

decide

Most

2.

Clearest

3.

Best

4.

Which

thought
be excitingin order
you

trolleyride,or

or

railway
from

city different

interesting.

paragraphs about

journey

LESSON

letters read

the

best in the

are

four

or

be

LANGUAGE
of

number

which

to

what

made.

have

57.

Have

it should

letter of three

visit you

recall

can

and

part of the country

neighborhood,

own

your

If you

interesting.

journey, or

247

aloud.

Let

class

the

following respects :

interesting.
and

easiest to follow.

arranged.
to tell most

seem

ORAL

58.
A

in fewest

words.

LESSON

DESCRIPTION

going down, a mother and her little

boy sat at the door of their cottage, talking about the Great Stone
Face.
They had but to lift their eyes, and there it was plainlyto be
with the sunshine brighteningall its features.
seen, though miles away,
afternoon,when

One

And

what

Embosomed

was

the

the

Great

amongst

sun

was

Stone

Face

family of loftymountains, there

was

ley
val-

Some
inhabitants.
thousand
spaciousthat it contained many
these good people dwelt in log huts, with the black forest all around
so

of

them,

on

the steep and

comfortable

slopesor
into

difficulthillsides. Others

farmhouses, and

level surfaces

of the

where
populous villages,

had

their homes

in

gentle
congregated
valley. Others,again,were
some
wild, highland rivulet,tumbling
cultivated

the

rich

soil

on

the

Everyday English

248
down
and
of

from

human
b}'^

tamed
cotton

numerous,

region,had been caught

cunning, and compelled to turn the machinery
The
of this valley,in short, were
inhabitants
modes
of life. But all of them, grown
people
had
and children,
of
a kind

its birthplacein the upper

factories.
and

of many

mountain

familiaritywith the Great

Stone Face, although some
guishing
possessed the giftof distinthis grand natural
perfectly
phenomenon more
of their neighbors.
than many
The
Great
Stone
Face,
then,

was

work

in her mood

of

of Nature

majesticplaj^-

fonnod
fulii("ss,

the

on

per-

side of a mountain
]jendicular
immense
rocks,
by some

had

which

in such

viewed

wlien

tlirown

been

positionas,
at

proper

distance,preciselyto
the features
countenance.

IK

gether
to-

of

ble
resem-

the human

It seemed

giant,or a
Titan, had sculptured his
likeness on the precipice.
own
There was
the broad arch of the forehead,a hundred
feet in height ;
the nose, with its long bridge; and tlie vast lips,which, if they could
end of
from one
have spoken, would have rolled tlieir thunder accents
True
the valley to the other.
it is,that if the spectator approached
as

if

an

enormous

gigantic\isage,and could discern

only a heap of ponderous and giganticrocks,piledin chaotic ruin one
Retracing his stei)s,however, the wondi'ous features
ui)()n another.
would again be seen ; and the farther he withdrew
from them, the more
like a human
face,with all its originaldivinityintact,did they appear ;
with the clouds and glorified
until as it grew dim in the distance,
vapor
Face
seemed
of the mountains
about
Great
Stone
the
clustering
it,
be
alive.
t
o
positively
too

near,

he

lost the outline of the

A
Notice

that Hawthorne

the Face
the

could

Face

is

be

Face

which

that

the

homes

Refer

and

whether

give

it.

and

Notice

rules

they

of view

the

and

from

the

especiallythe

Turn

words, especiallyadjectives,adverbs, and

Have

noticed

you

of

one

age,

small

brother

to make

is

clear how

way

in

valley are

to other

48,

tions
descrip-

verbs.
your

ing?
read-

LESSON

or

sister?

Write

he differs from

and

other

composition

You

two

or

of

in Lesson

in
good descriptions

paragraphs describinghim.
size,hair,eyes, coloring,movements,

wish
he

you

of

WRITTEN

59.
Have

other

any

view

each
46) and examine
details,(3) definiteness of

the

order

the

the

and

43

(1) point

view, (2)

helped

; then

nearer

people of
description given

(Lessons

is

definite

of the

for

of

Titan

which

pression
general im-

impression

giant or

which

from

The

story.

applied here.

are

in this book

of

one,

activities

the

to

by

one

make

given.
see

and
given first,

mentioned

are

the rocks

is

valley from

point

the

it to tlu^ face of

by comparing

features

is the

This

seen.

249

first the

describes

regarded throughout

of the
out

Description

tell of his

may

talk,and

you

children,and

will

why

particularlyattractive.

Do

live

you

Write

Decide

near

mountain,

descriptionof
on

friend who

point of
has

Is there

never

paragraph

view
seen

lake,the
or

then

the

object you

keep

or

about

two

and

sea,

to it.

the
one

Write

prairie?
of these.

for

some

describe.

other

subject of descriptionthat you prefer to

If so, write on
those suggested?
that, remembering that what
is a description
you say should be as definite as possible. Here
of a small boy from Hawthorne's
House
of the Seven Gables :
He

any

and

sturdy little urchin,with cheeks as red as an

clad rather shabbily in a blue apron,
wide and
was
apple.
very
short trousers,shoes somewhat
out at the toes, and a cMp-hat, with the
frizzles of his curly hair stickingthrough its cre\dces. A book
and a
was

square

He

small

slate,under

his arm,

indicated that he

was

on

his way

to school.

Everyday English

250

60.

LANGUAGE

POEM

TO

LESSON
INTERPRETED

BE

Lesson

In

54

sentences

that

clear

us

uniUTstood
the

of

other

when

to

is,when

simple

young

loyaltyof

soldier.
way

understand
often have

You

know,
mile

On

FRENCH

French

stormed

so

away,

on

neck

our

Napoleon
storming day

outtlu-ust,
you

Legs wide, arms

As

Ratisbon:

littlemound,

Stood
With

or

we

syntax.

CAMP

THE

locked

fancy how,

hehind,

the prone brow

Oppressivewith its mind.
if to balance

But

ing
of tellsimple things is
always simple. To

Browning's

OF

The

tells a very
incident of the

bravery and

INCIDENT

we

below

poem

his

each

their grammatical

structure.

not

we

relation

i)arts
that

of

became

the

understood

amined
ex-

number

to

we

him,
to

work

we

out

Poem

A
Just

Interpreted

be

perhaps he mused

as

soar, to earth

That
Let

to

"My plans
fall,

army-leaderLannes

my

once

may

251

yonder wall,"
Out 'twixt the battery-smokes there flew
Waver

at

"

rider,bound on bound
bridle drew
Full-galloping
; nor
A

the mound.

Until he reached

off there

Then

flungin smilingjoy,

held himself erect

And

By justhis horse's mane, a boy :

You
hardly could suspect
(So tighthe kept his lipscompressed,
"

Scarce

twice

looked

You

Was

blood

any

ere

shot

all but

through)

came

you

saw

his breast

in two.

"Well," cried he, "Emperor, by God's

We've

got

you

in the

Marshal's

The

Ratisbon

grace

market-place,

you'llbe there anon

see
flag-bird
flaphis vans
your
Where
I, to heart's desire.

And
To

Perched

him

Soared

The

up

!"

The

chief's eye

again like

plans

fire.

flashed ; but
sheathes
as
itself,

chief's eye

Softened

flashed ; his

presently

mother-eagle'seye
her bruised eagletbreathes ;
When
!"
wounded
"You're
"Nay," the soldier's pride
Touched
to the quick,he said :
Sire !"
And his chief beside,
"I'm
killed,

film the

SmiUng

the

boy fell dead.

Everyday Eno;lish

252
In

stanza

every

need

you

to

clearlywhat

see

each

sentence

is : its

its objectiveor subjectivecomplesubject,its predicate,

ment,
if there is one, and the modifying phrases or
clauses.
Often ideas have to be supplied. In the second
stanza, for
He stood just as if,etc.
The
third
example, Just as, means.
stanza
fourth line of this
presents peculiar difficulties. The
You hardly could suspect
stanza
and you
ask yourself
says,
You
told exactly. But
not
are
told
Suspect what?
are
you
that the boy kept his lips compressed so
tight that scarce
blood came
through them ; and then you are told that you
any
"

had

to

almost

look

twice

before

shot in two.

missing idea.

you

Now,

You

that

saw

if you

the

boy's

back,

you

hardly could suspect that

the

go

can

boy

breast

was

supply the
wounded

was

to the death.

Read

the poem

through carefully,and be sure that you can

clear every
idea in it,by mastering the sentence
struction.
conThe
interpretationof poetry often depends largely
the mastery of the grammatical construction
of the sentences

make

upon

in it.

61.

AN

sound

The

ORAL

LESSON

UNFINISHED

STORY

of the

rapid beat of a horse's hoofs hrokc^ in upon the lazy

tion
gossipof the idlers on the i)ost-ofIice
steps. They looked in the direcof the sound, and saw
white horse dashing madly down
the hill
a
outside the village. Behind
him, swaying from side to side,was
a
and in it two cliildren clutchingthe sides of the seat, and
lightwagon,
almost losingtheir grij).
This
rest

selection is part of the middle

of the

middle

they heard, how

what

they acted

Invent

the

ending of

Were

the

children

the

else the
as

the

story. Was

hurt?

Or

of the

story.

villagerssaw,
horse

ran

the horse

saved

from

Invent

the

what

else

into the
?
sto])ped
injury?

village.
How

How?

Narrative

did

How

they happen

frightened?

By

story does

often

what

blast,a piece of

the

story

"

with

story by making it

an

it does

as

open

This

is often the way

in

find

an

about
the

it,and

this story

of view: you might let one

tellingit as the villagerssaw

lesson.

here ;

road, a

beginning. Very

the

in order

make

to

Try telling this

then explain later how

in which

learn real stories

we

how

of

children

the

been

tell it, instead

of

tellingorallyin the last

Vjeginand

end

paragraph divisions. After writing

of all kinds.
carefullyfor errors

the

63.

point

LESSON

will

you

another

it.

have

the story that you

Decide

by tellingit from

WRITTEN

62.

Write

in the

paper

he

it.

also vary

may

Was

interestingsituation,learn a good deal

how
it ends, and then, last of all,find out

even

beginning of

You

wagon?

first. This is done

interesting part.

it all began.
life. We

with

always begin

not

open

the

the runaway

coming loose,or what?

the middle

have

we

caused

What
to

the children?

were

hitched

part of the harness

A

to be there ?

Who

properly

horse

the

Was

beginning of the story.

the

Invent

253

LANGUAGE

your

Take

it.

care

of

story, revise it

LESSON

NARRATIVE

We

have

in this

several narratives

had

the unfinished

book, as

7,22, and 61, the incident in Lesson 40, or the

A history,a novel, a short
Lesson 49.
position
story, a comtrue or
about
a
railway journey, tell stories,whether

stories in Lessons
poem

in

and
fictitious,

are

therefore

all narratives.

Narration, like description,has

must

have

beginning, a middle,

to tell you

of what

two

men

its
and

were

rules,or
an

end.

doing on

laws.
If
a

some

desert

story

one

gan
be-

island,

Everyday English

254

probably ask how they got there ; you would want

learned how
the beginning. If you
they got there,
there, you would want to
they did while they were
long they stayed on the island,whether
they ever
If they never
and, if so, how they got away.
got

would

you

know

to

and

what
how

know

got away,

would

you

away,

of the death

learned

the hero

the

and

its end

there,and all the

many

the

he

beginning tells

interestingexperiences
taken

and

back

to

land.
Eng-

complete story. Its beginning tells of

chart indicatingthe location of the buried
a

all the

adventures

tells of the

search

and

treasure

for the

the

accompanying

finding of the

tells of the

Its

the islands ; its middle

found

was

pirates; its middle

of the

treasure

cast

on

is

until you

of them.

away

Island

discovery of

treasure

be

to

unfinished

was

complete story.

tells how

he had ; its end

Treasure

is

came

he lived

tells how

the story

of both

Crusoe

Robinson
how

feel that

the

search ;

return

to

England.
Often

by itself.

which

events
you

of

supply

will have

end

not

form
to

until

or

you

61, or

you

events,

rule

point of
mix

the

view

is told ;

completed the incidents

are

to end

is very

in tlie incident

point of view of

In
the

in
you

when

"

has

important

in mind.

in

the

begin with

may

as

before the reader's attention

One

enough information

interest("d in what

begin

may

should

decide where

with

be

complete
complete

or

its

always try to begin

reader's attention.
And, before
you

should

sul)ject. In writing l)rief narratives,

take especialpains with the beginning and end

the story in Lesson

persons

be

it has

compositions. You

your

of the

the reader

and

of

only a part

short,the narrative

It should

it should

tell

may

he will understand

that

and

narrative

however

But,

story.

so

short

way

some

as

in

explanation

in Lesson

60 ; but

tluit will

gain the

begin, it
the

middle,

will be

well

to

story is completed and

flagged.
in

tellinga

the, last story, for

with
villagers

Keep the
example, don't

story.

the

point of

view

of

Narrative
the

children.

One

way

of

Robinson

by the

for the

of the

change

NARRATIVE

THROUGH

story,

own

Islmid

the

of the

is

few

thing
every-

"

story is told

chapters

definitelytold of

the

in Lesson

62

for

ginning;
(1) Be-

LESSON

CONVERSATION

acters
of the charThis

is

all short

seen

stories

in all novels.

the

storj''is wholly told

When

conversation,

few

story told in

veloped
de-

and

in

by the

part

in it.
in almost

audience.

your

of \'i(\v.

ORAL

TOLD

is often

conversations

the reader

stories written

64.

in

part.

(3) Point

(2) End;

story

most

255

point of view.

Criticise in class the

Treasure

to

have

tells his

In

; but

Doctor

confusing

Crusoe

it.

sees

Hawkins,

told

are

be

point of view is to

the

keeping

he himself

by Jim

would

This

the first person.

as

Conversation
tlirougli

told

with

explanatioFxS,called

we
stage directions,

drama.

The

followingselection

from

David

call it

Dickens's

Copperfieldtells of

David's

dinner

and

The little
greedy waiter.
boy is on his first journey
away

from

home,

bashfullyeating
in

of

an

the

his

lonely

inn, with

begins.

and

the

is

ner
dinroom

waiter

staring at him, when

our

selection

Everyday English

256

GREEDY

THE

After

watching

into the second

chop, he said,
"

Will you have it now?"

pint of ale for you.
I thanked
him, and said,"Yes."
Upon which he poured it out of
jug into a largetumbler, and helil it uj) againstthe light,and made it
"There's

me

WAITER

look

half

beautiful.

"My

eye

!" he said.

"It

seems

good deal,don't it ?"

good deal," I answered \\ath a smile. For it was

quite delightfulto me to find him so pleasant. He was a twinklingwith his hair standing upright all over
his
eyed, pimple-faced man,
head ; and as he stood with one
arm
akimbo, holding up the glassto
the lightwith the other hand, he looked quitefriendlj\
"a stout gentle"There was
a gentleman here yesterday,"he said
man,
him?"
the
of
know
name
by
perhaps j-'ou
Topsawyer
I
"I
"No," said, don't think
In breeches and gaiters,
broad-brimmed
hat, gray coat, speckled
choker," said the waiter.
"I haven't the pleasure
"No," I said ])ashfully,
in here/'said the waiter,looking at the lightthrough the
"He came
would
I told him
order it"
not
tumbler, "ordered a glass of ale
It was
It oughtn't to
too old for him.
drank it,and fell dead.
be drawn; that's the fact."
I was
sh()ck(Hl to hear of this melancholy accident,and
much
very
"It does

seem

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

water.
thought I had better have some
"Why, you see," said the waiter,stilllooking at the lightthrough
of his eyes shut up, "our jieople
the tumbler,with one
don' t like things
But Vll drink it,if you
like.
])oingordered and left. It offends 'em.
I
hurt
if
I'm used to it,and use
is everything.
don't think it'll
me,
I tlirow my
head back, and take it off quick. Shall I ?"
I repliedthat he would much
obUge me by drinkingit,if he thought
otherwise.
he could do it in safety,but by no
he did
When
means
throw
his head back, and take it off quick,I had a horrible fear,I confess,
Mr. Topsa^\yer,and
of seeinghim meet
the fate of the lamented

said I

fall hfeless
I

on

the carpet.

thought he seemed
"What

"Not

have

chops?"

we

But

it didn't hurt him.

On

the contrar}^

the fresher for it.

got here?"

he

said, ]iultinga fork into

my

dish.

told

Narrative

Conversation

257

I said.

"Chops,"
"Lord

through

soul!"

bless my

exclaimed, "I didn't know

they were
thing to take off the bad effects of that

he

chop'sthe very
Ain't it lucky ?
beer!
So he took a chop by the bone in one hand, and a potato in the other,
satisfaction. He
extreme
and ate with a very good appetite,to my
afterwards took another
chop, and another potato ; and after that
he had done, he brought me
another chop, and another potato. When
having set it before me, seemed to rimiinate,and to
a pudding, and
chops. Why,

"

absent

become

the

"How's
"It's

in his mind
he

pie?"

pudding,"I

lookingat

said,rousinghimself.

made

answer.

"Why,

"you don't

it nearer,

moments.

some

exclaimed.

he

"Pudding!"

for

bless me,
it'sa

to say

mean

it is!

so

What!"

batter-pudding?"

"Yes, it is indeed."
he said,taking up a tablespoon,"is my
"What, a batter-pudding,"
Come
favorite pudding ! Ain't that lucky ?
on, httle 'un, and let's
see

get most."

who'll

than once
He intreated me
more
certainlygot most.
with his tablespoon to my
in and win; but what
teaspoon,
to come
and
his
to
appetite,I
his dispatch to my
appetite
my
dispatch,
had
chance with
no
at the first mouthful, and
left far behind
was
I never
him.
one
enjoy a pudding so much, I think; and
saw
any
if his enjoyment of it lasted
all gone,
it was
as
he laughed, when
waiter

The

still.

into
in their
The

sible
aloud, putting as much expression as posretell the story
reading. Several pupils may

the selection

Read

own

your

words.

waiter's

language is

will notice that he

Do

would
Lesson

some

65.

WRITTEN

that

understand

and

64?

Write

the

the

so

words

uses

think

you

not

that

his

as

morals, but

educated

persons

you

avoid.

LESSON

pupils

enjoy

bad

the

of the fourth

or

fifth

grades

story of the greedy waiter

story brieflyin

few

in

paragraphs, so

Everyday English

258
that

they

understand

can

wish,

if you

best of the

it.
but

You

use

Uttle

Some

versation,
con-

of the

to the fifth grade for

LANGUAGE

66.

words.

own

your

be sent

compositions may

introduce

may

reading.

LESSON

Analyze the paragraph structure of the selection in Lesson

In narrative,each paragraph represents the speech of some
64.
In conversation,
series of events.
or
a closelyconnected
person
a

paragraph indicates

new

narrative,a
else

paragraph

new

change of speaker.

indicates

of the selection in Lesson

structure

ORAL

67.

In

oral lessons

our

something
try

story made

we

take

may

partnership.

boy

socs

merchant

down

for the
from

he goes
3.

the

what

see

with

into the woods

advertises

for

his

In

order

full story.

dog, and

story

Try

do with

can

the

to make

of which

you

Let

classmates.

your

can

periment,
ex-

be

some

of

them

th(" dog chases

coon
rac-

railroad switchman
a

side

What

is sent

track,in order

of boys
boy. A number
takes the sign, "Boy Wanted,"
office

an

place. One of them

window, and carries

in for his interview.

train to

it into the merchant's

hai)pensin
out
to

the intonicw?

to s^^'itchan

save

office when

approachingpassenger

it from another

train

coming

oppositedirection on the main track. As he is about to throw

ten.
lever,he sees a littlegirlrunning down the side track after her kit-

in the
the

into

all learned

tree.

up

apply

up

probably

by

situation out

built,and together work it

and
the followingsituations,
1. A

have

on

in

STORY

stories you
the suggestionsmade

from

55.

LESSON

COLLABORATING

2.

or

change of topic.

Analyze the paragraph

us

series of events

new

ordinary

In

How

can

the story end?

Lochinvar

Young

259

climbing trees,and, although his father had

warned him of the danger, he sometimes
forgot. One day he fell from
limb of the old apple tree in the back yard, and suddenly
an
upper
found himself hanging from a snag of a lower limb which had caught
George

4.

or

the shoulders.

of his shirt between

the back
It

loose.

of

fond

was

of the

the middle

was

couldn't get himself

He

afternoon,and everybody

asleep

was

busy.

clear

as

merely

story that

the

Write

worked

you

the

rules of narration

you

can,

so

that

be

can

in the

up

that

oral lesson.

member
ReBe

as

definite. Tell things

not

you

all,be

above

and,

they

LESSON

WRITTEN

68.

have

understood,but

so

studied.

that

they

cannot

be misunderstood.

Criticise the

The

structure.

and

for

stories
3. Order.

2. Clearness.

corrected

the
4.

Paragraphing.
in

5. Good

punctuation will

blackboard.

the

70.

LESSON

ORAL

LOCHINVAR

YOUNG

0, young
Through

following points:

made

mistakes
on

LESSON

LANGUAGE

09.

is

Lochinvar
all the wide

come

border

of the west,

out

his steed

was

the best ;

had none,
good broadsword, he weapons
He rode all unarm'd, and he rode all alone.
So faitlifulin love,and so dauntless in war,
Lochinvar.
There never
was
knight like the young

And

save

Ms

He

stayed not for brake, and

He

swam

But

ere

the Eske

he

river where

alightedat

he

stopp'd not

ford there

Netherby gate.

was

for stone,
none

Literest.
sentence

be

noted

Everyday English

260
briilc had

The
For

laggardin love,and
to wed

Was

consented,the gallantcame

the fair Ellen

dastard

of brave

late ;

in war,

Lochinvar.

So

boldly he enter'd the Nethcrby Hall,

Among bride's-men,and kinsmen, and brothers,and all
Then
spoke the bride's father,his hand on his sword,
(For the poor craven
bridegroom said never
a word,)
"O come
ye in peace here,or come
ye in war?
Or to dance at our
bridal,young Lord Lochinvar?"

"

"

"I

long woo'd

Love
And

swells like the

now

To

That

I come,

am

lead but

There

daughter,my
Solway, but

your

one

ebbs

"

like its tide

in Scotland

one
more

cup

"

mine,

of wine.

lovelyb_yfar.

gladlybe bride to the young

would

denied;

this lost love of

drink

measure,

maidens

are

with

suit you

Lochinvar."

bride kiss'd the

The

goblet; the knight took it up.

He quaff'doff the wine, and he threw down
the cup.
She look'd down to blush,and she look'd up to sigh,
her lips,
and a tear in her eye.
With
a smile on
He took her soft hand, ere her motlier could bar,
"

"Now

tread

we

!" said young

measure

So

statelyhis form, and

To

have

Lochinvar.

lovelyher face.
That
did grace ;
a hall such
never
a galliard
did fret,and her father did fume.
While her mother
And the bridegroom stood dangling his bonnet and plume ;
And
the bride-maidens
whisper'd,'"Twere better by far.

One

match'd

touch

When

fair cousin with young

our

to her

hand, and

they reach'd

lightto the

So

lightto the saddle

is

one

word

the hall door, and

So

"She

so

croup

the fair

lady he

Lochinvar."

in hor ear,
the

chargerstood

we

are

gone,

over

swung,

before her he sprung

bank, bush, and

They'llhave fleet steeds that follow,"quoth young
won

near

scaur;

Locliinvar.

Lochinvar

Young:
Th'eHe

was

the

But

of

ye e'er heard

Have

laggard,

"

Scotland

southern

gallantUke

the

Read
as

well

as

who

one

;
on

coward

charger, horse
a

Solway,

; croup,

the

bay in

back

of

hillside.

with

can,

your

feel the life and

audience

of

movement

the

poems

that

know

are

should

you

Buchanan

"Sheridan's

Ride"

ton
Skele-

"The

Longfellow's

; Whittier's

in Armor"
'TnSchool

story.

narrative

short

Other

Read's

dance
rock

Scott.

Walter

Sir

aloud,

spirit. Make

lifeand

; scaur,

poem
you

gay

Lochinvar

young

late ; dastard,

comes

galliard,a

saddle

the

horse, behind

ran

dauntless in war,

so

"

Notes.

they

racing and chasing on Cannobie Lee,

lost bride of Netherby ne'er did they see.

daring in love,and

So

Netherby clan

Musgraves, they rode and

Forsters,Fenwicks, and
There

of the

mounting 'mong Graemes

was

261

Days

"

ing's
; Brown-

"Pied

They

Piper," "How
brought the Good

News

Ghent

from

Aix,"and "Herve
The
Tennyson's

Riel";

"

of Shalott
"

The

"

; and

to

Lady
Byron's

Prisoner of Chillon."

the

Write
would

be

story of Lochinvar

the stage
Who

LESSON

WRITTEN

7L

setting?

would

speak?

in the
What
What

form

of drama.

characters
would

you

would
have

What
you

troduce?
in-

Lochin-

Everyday English

262
var

the

say?
say? What would the "fair Ellen"
bystanderssay? How would your dramatic
LANGUAGE

72.

which

do

we

not

in use, because

belong

the

called

can

find in the

you

Is the
from

order

Young

poem

Lochinvar

fillnot
be

one

The

charger and laggard.

language of prose, and
as

other

words

and

phrases

examples of poetic diction?

are

sentences

different in poetry

ever

Are there any

examples

of this in

LESSON

ORAL

CREATURES

things that animals

shelter.

and

that

WILD

HOW
two

of them

73.

The

the

What

in prose ?
"

Some

old

are

such

to prose,

in

Lochinvar"

words, no longer
longer exists,like galliard;others

differs from

of words

is usual

what

others

poeticdiction.

is often

"Young

poem

everyday English.

scaur;

not

the

in

thing no

poetry, and

to

end?

DICTION

our

language of poetry

The

"

in

use

words, like

Scotch

are

words

many

are

scene

would

LESSON

POETIC

There

What

most

story of what

need

they

eat

BUILD
to

keep

and

how

life

going

are

tlieyget it would

books ; and how they all find shelter would

of keeping themselves
They have many
ways

but many

long story.

safe from

their young

food

also
and

cold and wet, and out of the reach of their natural

enemies.

IVIanyof tliem build their

houses.

own

The

bird's house

is

nest,

softground, but generallya circular,

lined basket built of odds and ends like sticks,
straws, hair,feathers,
Nests
and wool.
are
placed in trees, in holes in the ground, in tall
in hollow trees, or in
grass, in cliimneysand other parts of buildings,
other places that seem
kind
to promise safety for the young.
Each
kind of nest.
of bird builds its own
Only a few, like robbers, such
make use of the nests built by othei
and the cuckoo,
as the cowbird
sometimes

mere

hollow

in the

"

"

birds.

Birds
make

in

nooks

wild

in

homes
rocks

houses.

Bees

dark

corners

other

many

in the

when

of

cavities

The

trees.

or

ground, or in
and
ants, spiders,

mice

and

Rats

nests.

their

make

state

263

in holes in the

build elaborate

creatures

Build

that build

buildings. Bees, wasps,

smaller

of the

creatures

for their young

nests

and

only

the

not

are

Creatures

Wild

How

hornets, and
yellow jackets are,
of them, paper
most
makers.
They make
their paper, as men
do,
out of wood, and fashion
wasps,

it into

houses

of

curious,

interesting,
and beautiful shapes.
blooded
Many of the warmdig holes
and

find

safety
these

wild

animals

in the

ground,
and

warmth

there.

are

the

Among
rabbit,

fox,the woodchuek
(or ground hog), the
mole,and other common
the

grebes

fur-covered animals.
]\Iost of these homes
He
eggs

has

perhaps dug

of the robin

or

of the wild creatures

down
the

to the

nest

(letus hope he has

probably been stung

and

the

the peppery

that the bees and

wasps

are

country boy has

woodchuek, peeped

oriole

bird friends any

harm),
ill-tempered
or
wasp

of the

the

true

hornet.

and
patriots,

not

for

done

good
with
interfering

If so, let him

in

seen.

at the

our

remember

defending their

forefathers have done.

only doing what his own
The cityboy must
learn these interesting
things in other
his cityhas a good musemn,
he can
find preservedthere many

homes

are

houses of

devoted

wild

ways.

If

of these

selves.
kindred,and the stuffed figuresof the creatures themBut country boy and cityboy alike can learn much
from books
to natural history. Here are a few to look for in your school or
our

Everyday English

264
citylibrary.

teacher

Your

probably guide you

can

to further

reading

of this kind.

Study Leaflets.Miller's Little Friends in Feathers and

Fur.
Kelly'sShort Stories about Shy Neighbors. Burroughs's Squirrels
Birds
and
Mcrriam's
Other Fur-Bearers.
through an Opera Glass.
Morley's The Bee People. Baskett's Reptilesand Amphibians. IngersoU's Wild Neighbors. Chapman's Handbook
Beard's Curious
of Birds.
Cornell Nature

Homes

What
that
know

and

Their

Tenants.

things do

animals

animals

use

need

that

shelter?

Is it provided for
What
What
homes?
if you

have

they made
Wh.1,t

can,

need?

think

of ?

What

them, found

birds' nests
were

you

can

most

were

something

of ?

by them,

Have

they?

you

How

of the homes

What

kinds
animals

of shelter do

kind

seen?

you

What

or

Where
seen

made

this lesson.

you

they have?
?

they placed?
kinds

of animal

they made?
Tell,
the followingcreatures
:

were

of

ants, mice, prairiedogs, snakes, spiders. Describe

that accompany

do

for themselves

were

other

of food

the

pictures

How

Wild

Creatures

HORNET

NEST

Build

265

Everyday English

2QQ

WRITTEN

74.

Write
how

and

as

kind

some

of animal

about

LANGUAGE

75.

Whenever

the

LESSON

ON

EXPLAINING

chief

purpose

THINGS

of

writing is

explain it is

to

exposition,or explanation. The selections

articles
16, 52, and 73 are expositions,as are many

called

where

of.

think

can

knew

of

it,what it was
hke, how it was made,
and anything else of interest about itthat you
shelter,

you

its value

of the home

account

an

LESSON

Lessons

and

books.

writing is expository, and aims chieflyto

information
clearlyto the reader.
rules to follow in explanation,just as there are in
are

large part

convey

There

of

in

and

narration

our

description. One

of the firstrules in

explanation,

and clear. If
exposition,as it is often called,is.Be definite
is very
that a man
to say
tall,say that he is over
you want
or

If you

six feet.

the

whether

If

of

river has

house

is

ten,

know

winding

does

not

course,

If you

will

help

if you

say,

Don't
as

terms

to

your

terms, without
of baseball

game

base,shortstop,
etc.,mean.
run,
is the order of
important matter

Another

First,tell

in

In Lesson

73 you

general

for, then
Two

need

that

know

what

such

third

as

homes

technical

clear.

that its track

words

use

twenty,
be

to

you

say

thirty;

or

about

or

can,

explaining the

are

rooms,

twenty,

or

ten,

foreigner,for instance,he would

has many

about

understand, such

explaining them.

are

rooms

circle,or like the letter S.

audience

to

that

exactly,say
comparisons where they

Use

is in

to say

number

don't

or, if you
etc.

want

rules to

clear and

wild

the

nests

of

the

whole

subject

the homes

is about.

of wild creatures

birds, and

then

about

the

creatures.

keep

definite.

what

first told what

are

about

of other

way

explanation.

your

in mind

in,exposition are

(2) Be careful of the order

these

of your

(1) Be

exposition.

Structure

Sentence

LESSON

ORAL

76.

267

EXPLANATION

You

know

if you

that

and

Try

is not

One

base,marbles, or
rules of

so

that

might understand
and

your

the class who

one

in

explanation.

go

into your

to

WRITTEN

Make

the

writing

same

the

seen

that

to

give all the

if

It will

looking on,
probably help

plan of
In

And

the

grounds

most

games

must

try

members

of

you

in

you

those

to

But

the game.

which

game

clearness

gave

and

pointsthat

order
must

LESSON

sentence

STRUCTURE

two

when

composition

to unite ideas in this way,

as

gaip.e,

rules about

LANGUAGE

SENTENCE

in

as,

explanation.

78.

have

play ;

you

try

outline of the main

an

game.

LESSON

the

Remember

plain,
ex-

hounds, prisoner's

played.

play

explanations of

of the

last lesson.

how

know

do not

the

You

is

game

ball,this is quite necessary.

exposition perfectly clear

77.
Write

the

do

you

great number.

the

blackboard

the

in which

boundaries

make

to

not

taking place.

was

on

and

is,

often

you

play

that

stranger to the

what

will sketch

played with

Do

game.

which, like baseball,has

game

give enough
if you

other

some

why

that
you

game

hare
football,
baseball,tennis,basket ball,

and

how

thing

some

recite,that

you

explain,is how

to

easy

explanation of

oral

an

explain

life.

of your

day

when

so

You

lesson.

your

things, every

do

You

explain.

often

or

ideas

more

often

expressed

In
closely connected.
last lesson,you
probably had

they

in the

are

are

by such conjunctions
after. In explaining base-

connecting them

if,when, until,unless,before,and

Everyday English

268
ball you
the hands

might
of

touching

not

say,

If the

"

player

of the

one

composition and

your

five

Make

the

on

how
about

subordinate

containing

clause

conjunction.

by

Make

many

such

sentences

the

the

the Civil

with

War, each

is

runner
over

can

you

training,each

connected

ball in

Look

is out.

runner

manual

clause

about

five sentences

by

opposite side,while

bases, the

see

sentences

is touched

runner

find.

sentence

the

principal

sentence

taining
con-

relative clause.

79.

ORAL

LESSON

FRAMEWORK

TH"

OF

HOUSE

something of how wild creatures build their

You
know
that men
houses.
probal)lyfirst lived in caves, or in holes
then in rude tents and wigwams, and
in the ground, or in soft cliffs,
have them
to build houses
as
we
now.
only after long experiencecame
Did you ever
watch the buildingof a house ?
First,the workmen
A cellar is necessary
blastingout rocks if necessary.
dig the cellar,
not only as a place to store things and to put a furnace in,but also as
the hole for the cellar is
of keeping the house
means
dry. When
a
is laid. This is
made
of the proper shape and depth, the foundation
of brick or concrete, from one
of stone, but sometimes
a wall,usuallj^
feet thick,and made
The
cement.
to two
or
water-tightby mortar
holes for the windows
of the cellar are left in while the wall is building,
and the top of the entire foundation is made
absolutelylevel.
In Lesson

On

73

we

read

this foundation

wall

the

house

itself is built.

Let

us

suppose

wood, and of the simplesttj'pe. All along the

timbers
about
there will be laid heavy square
foundations
foot in
a
to each other,and fastened tightlyand securely
thickness,fitted closel}^
together by long nails or spikes. These timbers are called the sillof
the house.
Upon this sillthe frame or skeleton of the house is now
four inches,are nailed to the
erected.
Long timbers,two inches bj''
and rise to the second or third story. In this rough framework
sill,
our

house

is to be of

These
doors and
openings for doors and windows.
openings are marked out by planks nailed tighttogether. At
the hea\ncr timbers that are
of the upright posts on the sill,
are

left

window
the base
to

make

The

Framework

the firstfloor of the house

over

the cellar from

them

all except the

built up

are

laid,with

the

narrow

House

269

edge up, and

side of the sillsto the other.

ing
stretch-

These

heavy
are
by
placed diagonally
make
the
floor
firm
and steady. In
and nailed tight,to
smallest cottages, piers,or columns, of brick or stone,
one

small

braced

floor timbers
between

are

of

to the floor here

and

pieces of

there

wood

in the cellar to

help steady the

weight of the building that is to come

upon
floor
of
the
second
the walls and floor. The
for
the
story
cross
pieces
them.
in
in
the
that
there
for
are
same
are
no
piers
put
except
way,
Instead of piers,
the uprightposts that are to be part of the partitions
floors and

bear

up

the great

in the first floor help to support the

Around
timber
cross

the

top of the

binding them
piecesfor the

more

third

weight of the second

upright pieces are

firmly together,and upon

outside

or

attic floor.

Next

comes

floor.

pieces of

other
this
the

are

laid the

framework

270

Everyday English

for the

roof.

The

rooftree,or

ridgepole,is

long piece of

that is to

along
top ridge of

the very
the

run

roof.

The

timbers
from

tmiber

ing
slant-

that

the

run

eaves

or

lower
to

edge of the roof

the ridgepole are

called rafters.
of

these

are

Four
of

cut

accurate

length,two

fastened

at each

of

end

the

ridgepoleand
on
opposite sides of
it, and
then, with
the workmen
great effort,
lift the
bottom.

ridgepoleinto

Then

the other

outside framework

of the

its

place,and nail

rafters

are

house

is

nailed

into

complete.

rafters fast at the

the

their

Have

you
you

of
How

observed
wooden

other

plasterfor

How

have
or

an

seen,

no

chicken

matter
coop

How

or

work

How
is the

is it made, and

are

remains

more

described

put

here ?

floors made

roof covered
how

to

is the outside

How
the

is

on

What

LESSON

WRITTEN

building operationthat you

how simple. Even the making of a pigsty
be interesting. If j^ou
a doll's house
can

in detail of

account

of the

stages in building?

put in ?

80.

Give

any

hou.se covered

the doors

are

is the

watched

ever

the

framework

the

But

Much
only the beginning of the buildingof a home.
do before the buildingbeomes
house.
a habitable

Have

places,and

some

Tell the
the better.
thing yourself,so much
in detail and
materials
were
exactly, stating what
process
used, how the}^were handled and arranged, and w^hy.
have

made

the

Or, give a clear

cooking.

account

of

sorne

process

in manual

trainingor

Exposition
LANGUAGE

81.

Analj'ze the paragraph

"

Build

(Lesson 73)

79). What

''

and

is the

LESSON

Framework

topic of each

the order

of

How
of

Wild
House

do

reasons

Creatures
"

(Lesson

Does

paragraph?

What

present this topic?

sentence

"

of

structure
The

271

the

first
for

see

you

paragraphs?

ORAL

82.

LESSON

EXPOSITION

You

had

of

examples

expositionfor study, and have had

practice in exposition,both

some
no

have

acquires skill

one

expression without
of

habit

addition
care

as

deal

of

in mind

the

the idea that you

several of these

need

of

I. A
school
7.

building.
sailboat.

wish, try
you

what

in the form

memorandum

keep from

word

to

do, orally,with

can

you

getting confused.

2.

The

5.

The

8.

school
care

playground.

you

have

pump.

of

locomotive

books.

3.

of

Then
to say

as

can,

five other

The

My favorite sport,
board.
9. Planing a
Gathering blueberries.

engine.

IVIakingpastry. 11. Making coffee. 12.

13. Picking apples. 14. A
15. Breaking
hornet's nest.
16. Preparing a
garden for planting. 17. Planting corn.
sawmill.
19. A gristmill.20. The
duties of an office boy.
if you

4.

6.

10.

this list.

be

can.

rainbow.

Name,

In

definite

of the exact

classmates,and give what

stand, facing your

you

orderly arrangement,

the choice

topics. Make

simple outline,to help

clearlyas

the

of words.

use

knowledge, clear thinking, and

convey

painstaking practice,and

thinking clearly.
clear thinking, there must

and

knowledge

exact

to the exact

Keeping

good

writing. But
important form of

difficult and

this

in

things definitelyand

knowing
to

in

orally and

topics which

might

colt.

18.

be added

to

Everyday English

272

Write
on

expositionon

an

Have

compositionsof

of the

some

"

technical terms

have

the last lesson read aloud.

they

whether

used, and

been

whether

Note

order.

and

clearness

for

Criticise them

LESSON

LANGUAGE

84.

"

know

clearness,

order and

about

topics of the last lesson,or

Be careful,
about.
as
usual,

of the

one

other topic that you

some

LESSON

WRITTEN

83.

any

made

are

clear.

BUILDING
"

Skyscraper
now

are

SKYSCRAPER

given to the

is the nickname

big cities. Not

that is,about two
of twenty stories,

so
"

"

LESSON

ORAL

85.

regardedas

in

common

marvel

our

and

pointedout

tall buildingsthat

very

"

many

years

hundred

to visitors

city. Now there are buildingsof forty and

in the
taller ones
and there will probably be even
of the

high priceof land

the

and

their offices in the heart

have

lead to the erection of these

building of these great

The

They

set upon

are

deep,to

carry

ground

for

people to
city that

structures

is

an

int("resting
process.

of concrete, made

broad

and

weiglit. These concrete foundations must

through shiftingsand or through soft,marshy

of feet until

firm bottom

can

be found.

Otherwise

buildingbe ruined,
slipand part, the e.xpeiLsive

would

and, perhaps,many
On

of

It is

the immense

scores

the foundation

near

edifices.

great foundations

be })ut down

sometimes

future.

districts of the

of the business

huge

fiftj'
stories,

even

thousands

the desire of many

of the wonders

one

as

skyscraper
feet high,was
ago,

lives be lost.

these foundations

building,a framework
hundreds of pounds. These

rises the skeleton of the

each wcigliing
girders,
many
^N-iththe holes
of the exact length required,
have already been made
that hold the girdersin place
through which the steel bolts,or rivets,
of great steel

are

to

be put.

placeby

These

rivets

rivetingmachine.

are

put in red-hot and

hammered

into

273

Buildinga Skyscraper

Where

buildingis going up you may hear the rat-tat-tat of

the machine, Hke the noise of a giantwoodpecker. If you look up,
will probably see a thrilling
perhaps
you
sight. On the steel girders,
hundred
feet in the air,with only empty
threaded by the
a
space
There is
at work.
girdersbetween them and the ground, the men
are
is heatingthe rivets and tossingthem
a
to
forge at wliich one man
another man
above him.
With
by the
unerring accuracy, the man
above him,
forge tosses the red-hot bolt with his tongs to the man
and the man
above catches it in his tongs or in his basket,inserts
it in the hole where the huge girderhas been swung
into its resting
Then
place,and turns on the power that drives his steam hammer.
you hear for a few seconds the rat-tat-tat,as of the giantwoodpecker,
that made
And
are
likelyto grow dizzy as you see
you look up.
you
those men
beams and
stanchng up there in the air on those narrow
doing this accurate and difficultwork.
And
here you
Skyscrapers are faced with brick and stone.
see
another

such

marvel.
T

The

stones

may

be put

on

firstat the top

or

at

the

Everyday English

274

rally
middle, or, indeed, anywhere except at the bottom where you natuexpect to see them begin. This is done by restingeach tier of
the projectionof the steel frame
brick or stone upon
at the base of
of the stories. So you see it does not reallymatter where this
one
work begins.

WRITTEN

86.

LESSON

BUILDING

of

Most

often write

do not

Grass is green

as

lesson there

read

or

sentences

for tall

first sentence

Skyscrapers

"

buildings. Such

cities.

simple idea.

one

We

simple and primer-like

so

In the
"

several ideas

It is a nickname

than

more

Ice is cold.

or

are

in

contain

sentences

our

SENTENCES

"

of the last

is

nickname.

tall buildings are

The

now

combination

of such
big
proper
if we
is necessary
would
simple ideas into longer sentences
the followinggroups
ideas effectively. Combine
of
our
express
common

our

sentences, each into

I

1.

singlesentence

raft.

loading my

was

gently.

flow very
away.

I had

2.

This set

saw

The

the shore

on

tide

began to flow. It began to

coat, shirt,and waistcoat begin to swim

my

left them

the sand.

on

in the wreck

nmimaging

me

"

for clothes.

I found

clothes

enough.
I took

3.

things to keep
4.

I needed

5.

I found

Tliis
a

was

eye

my

useful

use.

had

other

prizeto

to work
I found
It

me.

with

on

it after

shore.

long searching.

valuable

was

more

not

lose time

to

me

than

shiploadof gold.
I

6.

it.

got it down

I knew

in

on

my

We

have

raft.

learned

T (Hd

LANGUAGE

in

LESSON

phrases,or clauses may

expressingour ideas. Skill

that words,

modifying elements

by looking into

it contained.

generalwhat

87.

as

them

chest.
carpenter's

the

for present

upon.

I needed

tools.

very

I wanted

than

more

no

be used

in

using

Building Sentences
language

skill in

means

and

framing

275
these

placing

modifying

elements.
word

phrase or

1.

Washington was
Wasliington was

2.

3.

the

who

man

the savior

We

were

tired when

We

were

tired at sunrise.

You

will be

You

will be

Substitute

phrase

will meet

me

1. Who

culprit?

3.

If

the

to-morrow,

come

fined.

6.

the

for

saved

of our

clause.

countnj.

our

country.

rose.

sun

punished if you do wrong.

punished for wrong-doing.

followingsentences

be

be used

may

when

word

for the

I come?

2.

clause in each

Can

who

guess

you

of the

is the

shall
4. We
cloudy we stay indoors.
will permit us.
5. Whoever
trespasses will
stones.
live in glasshouses must
not throw
that rolls
in time, saves
nine.
8. A stone

days

if you

Those

or

who

are

stitch,if it is taken
while it is dark?
10.
find your
9. Can
gathers no moss.
way
you
and night is pleasantto tired
afternoon
between
The lightthat comes
outside of the
confined was
criminals were
11. The place where
eyes.
the most
sound.
town.
12. A vessel that has nothing in it makes
7.

88.
A

LESSON

ORAL
PICTURE

STUDY

Study the picture opposite. This

York

as

from

seen
are

the

New

is

view

of

portion of

Jersey side of the Hudson.

In

alongside. Beyond
great pierswith steamsliips

the

New
ground
fore-

these is the

ferryboats; and beyond the piersand sliipYork

side rise the lofty towers
of the skyscrapers.
ping on the New
is
of the picture,
The highest of ah, a little to the right of the center
ings,
and about it are clustered many
the Singer Building,
great office buildWhat
three hundred
feet or more
above the streets.
a
rifcing
and jagged outline they make
broken
againstthe sky !
of rooms,
and within them
In each of these skyscrapersare hundreds
Hudson

with

thousands

of

its tugs

men

and

at work.

If you

could look into any

one

of the count-

Everyday English

276
less windows

j'^ou would

busy at desk,telephone,
and typewriter,
with other men
talkingand writing,buying and selling
the seas.
in other cities or across
is the office of
Perhaps this room
to the ocean
some
great business firm that is sending its commands
liners in the harljor or its messages
We
to the traders of far Japan.
the commerce
have built these many-windowed
towers
to watch
over
see

and

men

women

of the world.

How

many

different

any

people, any

see

you

things

Describe

the picture as

this view

of New

York

Are

there

seen.

would

How

What

impressions

hurry, size,business,and wealth?

whole, following this order: (a) The

Jersey shore, (b)

have

trees?

streets, any

picture? Do

in the

see

yon

receive of movement,

do you

New

can

the

Hudson,

the

that

with

(c)
of

points

any

Singer Building

you

liken("ss,of diff(M-enee?

placed in

if

given descriptionsof

After several pupils have

Compare

city that

other

some

of

look

York.

Nvw

town?

your

the

picture,let

the class discuss the followingtopics:

New

1.
a

had
3.

York

New

justarrived
New

The

it would

as

from

York

if he could

to

Write
1. A

visit to
A

letter

appear

return

now

on

to the

or

girl,
waiting on

immigrant boy

an

look

to

or

girlwho

ington
George Wash-

('\iy.

LESSON

WRITTEN

of the followingtopics:

one

country boy writes

city.
giriwrites

to

to

his sister at

home, tellingof his

first

l)rother

to her

tellingof her fir.stsho]jpingtrip in

largecity.
3. An
immigrant boy or girlwrites
tellingof his arrival in New York.
4.

country boy

Europe.
skyscrapersas they would

89.

2.

look

it would

as

Jersey pier for the ferryboat.

New
2.

York

Write

inside of

letter to

skyscraper
"

to

friend in the country

a

city by itself.

school

friend

in

Europe

describingthe busy life

What

Makes
LANGUAGE

90.
WHAT

often wish

We

expression for
often

The

people who

use

would

know

to

given

exclude

to

come

; and

is

word

correct

if

makes

is, custom

what

277

USAGE

is the

what

it is that

we

given

the

correct

usage

of

custom
as

form

or

of

thoughtful,we

are

accepted everywhere

or

intelhgent

national

English.

(1) The English that is

even
intelligent
people say.
for / want

CORRECT

purpose

answer

Usage

LESSON

MAKES

what

wonder

incorrect.

This

Correct

in;

affected
It's

idioms

In some
by foreignidiom.
all,meaning It's all gone; or /

borrowed

from

the German.

An

states
want

in,

Italian

a banan' ; a Russian
immigrant
immigrant will say The birds
York
are
parts of New
City they say T'oid Avenue
sing-ging
; in some
all of these and many
other usages that we might
(forThird Avenue) ;
cite are not good English,even
educated
though some
people may use

speaks of
"

them.

(2) Expressions or
localities. In

"

the

pronunciationsthat
Atlantic

northern

are

states

we

confined
hear

particular
highly educated
to

for Hannah, and so on ;

people say sawr for saw, pawr for paw, Hanner
or
floo'for floor,
fuh for fur; that is,they use the final r as loosely
as the uneducated
Englishman uses the letter h. In the South we may
often hear educated people drop the final r, and use such vowel sounds
To say i'dea for ide'a is also common
in some
as cayn'tfor can't.
parts
of the South.
In the West
there is a tendency to roll the r, giving it
These
variations from national Enga sort of burr,like the Scotch
r.
lish
and
be
called
avoided.
to
are
provinQialisms, are
is
not good usage, unless it has some
(3) Slang
specialfitness in the
There
times when
are
a
place where it is used.
good slang phrase
Sometimes
a slangphrase becomes
accepted
exactlyfits the situation.
as
good usage, and passes into the language as a valuable addition to
it. But too often slangonly serves
the poverty of one's mind
to show
and the sUmness
of one's stock of words.
What
slang phrases do
you

overuse?

(4) Errors

of grammar,

by

which

of the national custom

from

that

good

usage.

Some

of these

have

we

among

been

mean

differences

educated
indicated

in grammar

people,are
in former

not

in

lessons.

Everyday English

278

foreignidioms

usage

Are

grammar.

How

principalviolations of good
accent, provincialisms,slang,and bad
of English ?
of an}- in 3'our own
use

or
aware

you

these faults ?

to correct

you

are

the

things,then, are

four

These

By listeningattentivelyto the talk of the best-educated

people you know, and imitating their diction and their accent.
of your
not
This will correct
some
faults,though they may
in ridding yourself of foreign accent
or
always help you much
1.

provincialisms.
2. By noting the speech of people whom
you meet
parts of the country, and seeing how it differs from

from

other
own.

your

Not only the

By careful observations of what you read.
and good magbooks you read in school,but good newspapers
azines,
etc.
will furnish you
good models in diction,grammar,
3.

Begin

your

will

help

in

you

teacher

your

classmates

we

hke, but

are

of

rather

logs across

got the idea.

or

sometimes
the

Rhine

still be

seen

of

Another

Pontoon

nailed

food
so

across

should

help

that you

or

BRIDGES

Not

only

it

The

none.

streams.

kind

seldom

we

first

Perhaps

not, if all

bridges made

from

that

of boats

or

probably

is the way

first

men

probably the

to tree, like

wild

swinging

floatingtimbers

lashed

militaryoperations,and are
A famous
permanent bridgeof this tj'pespans
permanent.
at Cologne. In Dartmoor, southern
England, there may
hu^e slabs of granite sjSanningthe stream, put there as

together are

an

old device

tree

stop to think

bridges were

of earlj^bridgewas

the stream

bridges

our

pleasure in going where

interfered with.
Bridges

our

be
would
supplj^,
kinds,that
many

were

narrow

grapevine swung
hidder.

away

there

when

time

fallen

and

common,

so
a

our

even

mistakes

any

inconvenient,would

suddenly swept

were

you

Your

LESSON

ORAL

BUILDING

be

school.

are

make.

91.

It would

to

that

usage

your

Ust,and

this

making

good

in

and

neighborhood

by callingattention

your

of

list of violations

in

common

teacher

make

to

in

BuildingBridges
bridgesno
years

one

knows

when, but probably

more

279
than

two

thousand

ago.

discovery of the arch and the development of masonry,

in a kind of bridge that has been in use for thousands
of years.
came
The beautiful old bridge in the pictm-e below
built in Marywas
land
about seventy years ago.
of
this
in
Bridges
type are abundant
where
of
been
them
have
Europe,
standing since the Middle
many
Ages or even
longer.
The most
modern
forms.
type of bridge is of steel,and has many
the shore and in the
Some, like the Brooklyn Bridge, are swung,
on
river,from one huge pier to another; others,like the great bridge
below
from
massive
Niagara Falls,are swung
piers and buttresses
With

clear

the

across

from

shore

to shore.

navigable waters must not be closed,two types of bridges are in

is lifted or turned aside
use
: the drawbridge or swinging bridge,which
when
boat goes through, and then closed again, is one
a
type ; the
other is built high enough above the water
to be out of the way
of
smokestacks
the mast
of
the
vessels.
The
or
largest
Brooklj^nBridge
other
of
New
and
York
bridges
City are of this second type. Delay
in this great harbor
from
interruptingtravel either on the bridge or
the water
would
serious inconvenience.
So the bridge must
on
cause
keep clear of all the water- traffic.
As

AN

OLD

BRIDGE

OVER

ANTIETAM

CREEK

Everyday English

280

Did

ever

you

they

why
How

How

it done?

92.

Write

of

construction
a
as

there
279.

page

fire

useful

Or, describe the

article,as

ladder,the fitting
up of

pump,
room

store.

93.

LANGUAGE
NUMBER

There
or

where

pictureon

know.

you

and

gasolineengine,a

sew^er,

bridge

them.

LESSON

common

some

streams

cross

the bridge in the

WRITTEN
of

account

an

people

Describe

bridges? Do you know

a
see
bridge building?

ever

you

do

Describe

bridges?

no

Did

covered?

are

was

are

of the old covered

one

see

about?

knoAv

of bridges do you

kinds

What

are

untrained
The

1.

IN

VERBS

faults in the

common

some

LESSON

sentences

of careless

writers.
is sometimes

verb

word, because

it stands

near

made

to

the verb

agree

and

with

the

is mistaken

wrong

for the

real subject.
Example
of the

The

first of these

experienceswas

(not were)the bursting

engine.

In the

following sentences, point

out

the subjects of the verb

Remember
that the verb agrees
right verb.
and
that even
the copulative
with
its subject in number;
determined
verb
has its number
by its subject, not by its
(not were) the wounded
was
predicate. Say, Our responsibility
and

choose

the

soldiers.
1. The

character

of the

New

England Puritans

(was, were)

stern

and
2.

energetic.
place of furnaces
fireplaces.

The

and

stoves

(was, were)

suppliedby huge

Number
3.

food, gathered

His

the

on

Verbs

in

281

beach, (was, were)

and

clams

other

shellfish.
4.
5.
6.

lives) in the barracks.

(live,
You and he (is,
are) our main dependence.
The Virginiaplantersbefore the war
(was, were) a class of wealthy
and able country gentlemen.

Where
a

of soldiers

company

two

singularnouns

plural verb.
Where

two

hat and

My

or

Neither

Jack

Neither

the foremen
a

1.

Rice

2.

Their

3.

The

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

12.
13.
14.

How

and

or

fish

if one

or

verb

must

city.
frog or

or

of the

or

nor

they

quire
re-

connected

nouns

plural.

some

workmen

verb

in the

are

here.

stay here

over

Sunday.

following sentences

the noise

toad

rice and

fish.

(attract,attracts) many

(hops,hop)

not

people to

the

(runs,run).

I (am, are) chosen.

and

William

be

by

(is,are) their principalfood.

and

both

the workmen

are)
principalfood (is,
crowd

5. You
6.

foreman

nor

connected

(not were) to blame.

Jillwas

the proper

Choose

4.

nor

by and, they require

in the hall.

are

are

singularverb; but
is plural,the
or
nor

Either

coat

singularnouns

by

connected

are

and

Mary (were, was) on the throne.

Mr. Brown, our
are) coming.
painterand carpenter, (is,
Neither
John nor the children (is,
are) ready.
Either Henry or William
(go,goes) to market for us.
Either John or I (is,
to be there.
am, are) sure
The
policeman and the magistrate (find,finds) no evidence
against him.
You
John (is,
or
are) the proper one to do this.
Neither
Carl nor you nor I (is,
are, am) old enough.
You
and Mary (has,have) the key to the apartment.
is the
?

Are

list of
3^ou

common

profitingby

errors

it ?

begun

in

Lesson

90

gressing
pro-

Everyday English

282

ORAL

94.
A

In

brief talk you

read and

have
hence

The

have

make

only five
definite

novel, it will

be very

If you

story.

most

better way

is to
to

to them

suggest
had

in

The

The

story?
that

you

time

in

be

careful
of the

the main

of the interest

or

story.

of the

events

been

of
the

or

talk should

is about

give

also should

and

pleasure that

and

select

to

has

in the

persons,

plan, your

the book

of

case

of events

describing what

this

By

must

you

In the

say.

and

pages,

Evidently

particularscenes

"

book.

some

plan

have

you

of

ways

carrying

story? The Scene.

What
The
happens?

2. Who

is the

Persons.

II.

hundred

course

few words

very

book,

clear idea of what

followingoutlines indicate different

two

1. Where

I.

read the

not

must

so, you

that you

reading it.

such

out

to

are

to the main

definite idea of what

to talk.

you

do

to

some

of the

purpose

the class

to

several

book

difficult to follow the order

give in

special interest
main

of what

important

spend

of

account

contained

attempt

only those
story and

plan

READ

give them

be to

six minutes

or

HAVE

in the class have

must

book

give an

to

Many

chief aim

your

THAT

are

likecL

it is about.
you

BOOK

LESSON

3.

Plot.

in the

are

Whj

4.

it is

story?
a
good

Its Value.

1. A brief summary

of the

especiallyinteresting.3.

are

2. Some

events.

The

persons

or

events

interestingthing about

most

the book.

If you

talking about

were

Outline

I, you

would

Tom

Brown^s

School

talk

(1) of Rugby

lowing
Days, in folSchool, (2) of

two
or
Tom, East, Arthur, and the Doctor, and perhaps one
ball
others,(3)brieflyof the years of school life,
mentioning the footthe fight,the cricket match, and (4) of Tom's
growth
game,

in character

under

followingOutHne

the

good

II, you

influences

would

of the

(1) indicate

school

some

life.

of the

In

hap-

penings
the

filled the

that

change

that

in Tom

came

the

book, and

Pupils who
talks

the board.

on

clearness and

conclude

book

on

different books

play, and

the

or

boys

especially
older ; (2) you
in this

what
hijtelling

made

plans might be made.

clear
perfectly

talk

them

the book
main

to those who

have

in the book.

be

criticised

preliminarylesson

English

The

brief outlines

write

talks should

The

well be

may

their

of

chiefly for

read, and later lessons given

that all have

some

283

he grew

as

(b) to interest

interest.

on

Brown

speak should

to

are

study and

customs,

or

Other
interestingto you.
thingsare (a)to make your
read

of

years

might talk of the games,

school,and (3) you would

not

of Words

Choice

Tlie

given

to

talks

b}^ different pupils.

Story of a Bad Boy ;

The
Little Colonel; Toby Tyler; Robinson
Little Men;
Crusoe;
den
of Sunnybrook Farm ; The Secret GarPeter and Wendy ; Rebecca
Brown's

Tom

; The

School

Days

on

THE

the sentences

may

are

not

OF

read aloud

that have

been

substitutingdifferent
pairs. Consult

write upon

by

have

the

been

some

of

class in Lessons

89,

the board

used

improperly

or

class will rewrite these sentences,

from

meaning
a

WORDS

written

The

words

Tell the difference in

or

which

well chosen.

94.

LESSON

CHOICE

92, 95, underlining words

which

the talk in Lesson

LANGUAGE

96.

teacher

LESSON

WRITTEN

composition based

The

; The

Bluebird.

95.

; Little Women

those
between

indicated.
the words

in the

lowing
fol-

cUctionary.

affect,effect;proceed, precede;statue, statute; led, lead; expect,

respectfully
suspect ; fly,flee ; respectively,
; of,off ; in,into ; human,
humane; compUment, complement; principal,principle;stationary,
stationery.

Everyday English

284

following

and

the

but

reconciled

and

Claudius

The

scene

is in the

over

"

his

to

and

then

against

is his page.
are

few

brought before
the boy nodding

is

book, the silent tent, the

pale figure of Caesar's ghost
his

to

the

of his fate.

Brutus

warn

two

quarreled,

Although there

now-

turning

lute, Brutus

army

have

Lucius

vividlythe scene
the preparations for the night and

flickeringtaper, and
come

Brutus,

of Brutus.

tent

they

scene

assigned

separating for the night. Varro

are

of

servants

are

notice
stage directions,

the eye

and

Ccesar

Brutus, the

and

leading an

now

this

before

Just

nephew.
now

are

Csesar,are

be

parts may

Cassius

by the class.

assassinated

friends who
Caesar's

studied ; then

and

acted

scene

SCENE

Shakespeare's Julius

from

scene

read

first be

should

GHOST

THE

CMSAR:

JULroS
The

LESSON

ORAL

97.

Then,

Cassius.

with

will,go

your

on;

along ourselves and meet them at Philippi.

The deep of night is crept upon
our
talk.
And nature must
obey necessity;
"WTiich we \villniggard with a littlerest.
We'll

Brutus.

is

There

no

to say ?

more

No

Cas.

Early
Bru.

will

to-morrow

Lucius

rise and

we

Good

more.

night :

hence.

[ReenterLucius.] My

gown.

[Exit Lucius.

Farewell,good IMcssala :
Good night,Titinius : noble,noble Cassius,
Good night,and good repose.
0 my

Cas.
This

was

Never
Let

come

an

illbeginning of the

Bru.

night :
our

souls !

it not, Brutus.

Everything is well.

Bru.
Cas.

'tween

division

such

dear brother !

Good

night,my

lord.

'

Good

night,good brother.

,,

Messala.

[Goodnight, Lord

Farewell,every one.
[Exeunt all

Bru.

Lucius,

Reenter

Luc.

Give

me

Here

in the tent.

Call Claudius
I'll have
Varro

thee

knave, I blame
and

them

and

sleepon

Claudius

Enter

speak'stdrowsily?
of my

men

in my

cushions

;
tent.

Varro

and

Claudius

lord ?

Var.

Calls my

Bru.

I praj^ you,

tent

and

It may

by

and

On

be I shall raise you

business to my brother

Cassius.

Var.

So

pleaseyou,

Bru.

I wall not
It may

art o'erwatch'd.

; thou

not

other

some

lie in
sirs,

we

have

it

my

\villstand
so

lie

and

sleep;
by

watch

down, good

be I shall otherwise

bethink

your

pleasure.

sirs ;

me.

[Varro and Claudius

book I sought for so ;

Luc.
Bru.

Luc.
Bru.

Luc.
Bru.

Look, Lucius,here's the

I put it in the pocket of my
gown.
I was
did
not give it me.
sure
lordship
your
Bear with me, good boj^,I am
much
forgetful.
Canst thou hold up thy heavy eyes awhile.
And
touch thy instrument
two ?
a strain or
Ay, my lord,an't pleaseyou.
It does,my
boy :
I trouble thee too much, but thou art willing.
It is my
duty, sir.
I should not urge thy duty past thy might ;
I know

Luc.

I have

but Brutus.

is thy instrument?

thou

What,
Poor

285

with the gown

Where

the gown.

Bru.

Luc.

Scene

Ghost

Brutus.

The

C^^sar:

Julius

young

bloods

slept,my

look

for

lord,already.

time

of rest.

lie down.

Everyday English

286
Bru.

It

well (lone ; and

was

I will not

thee

hold

shall

thou

If I do

long.

sleepagain;
live,
[Music and

good to thee.
0 murderous
This is a sleepytune.
slumber,
boy,
Lay'st thou thy leaden mace
upon my
That
play.sthee music ? Gentle knave, good night;
I will be

I will not

do thee

much

so

to wake

wrong

thee

song.

nod, thou break'st thy instrument ;

I'lltake it from thee ; and, good boy, good night.

If thou

dost

Let

see, let

me

illthis taper burns !

I think

upon

comes

some

makest

That

here ?

comes

eyes

apparition.
me.
any thing?
devil,
angel,or some
god, some
hair
to stare ?
blood cold,and my
my
Art

Speak to me what thou

Brutus.
Thy evil spirit,

thou

art.

Why

Bru.

shalt

tell thee thou

Ghost.

To

Bru.

Well ; then

Ghost.

Ay, at Philippi.
Why, I will see thee

Bru.

! who

of mine

it is the weakness

Art thou

Ghost.

Ha

shapes this monstrous

That
It

of Ccesar

the Ghost

Enter

How

it is,I think.

Here

I left reading?

Where

down

the leaf turn'd

; is not

see

me

I shall

see

thee

see

at

thou

comcst

Philippi.
again.

me

at

Philippithen.
[ExitGhost.

I have

Now

taken

Ill spirit,
I would

Boy,

Lucius

Claudius
Luc.

The

Bru.

He

Liic.
Bru.

Luc.

hold

Varro

more

vanishest.
talk ^vith thee.

Claudius

Sirs,awake

strings,
my
thinks

heart thou

lord,are false.

he stillis at his instrument.

Lucius,awake !
IVIylord ?
Didst thou dream, Lucius,that thou so criedst
My lord,I do not know that I did cry.

out ?

Cgesar

Julius

Var.

Yes, that thou didst

Nothing, my lord.
Sleep again,Lucius.
thou, awake !
My lord ?

Clau.

My

Bru.

Why

Bru.

Luc.
Bru.

did you
we,

my

so

cry

didst thou

Sirrah

see

Claudius

No,

my

in
out, sirs,

lord,I

Ay : saw
nothing.

saw

your

you

Nor

Clau.
Bru.

Go

Scene
any

287

thing?
[To Var.] Fellow

and

Bid

him

And

we

commend
set

on

me

to my

his powers

any

thing?

I, my

lord.

brother Cassius ;
betimes before,

will follow.

Var. Clau.

It shall be

crept,has

sleep?

lord ?

Bru.

is

Ghost

lord ?

Var. Clau. Did

Var.

The

done, my

lord.

[Exeunt.

crept; niggard, satisfysparingly;division,

quarrel,

hast been awake

too
strife;knave, boy, lad; art o'erwatch'd,
long;
raise,arouse; otherwise bethink me, change my mind; heavy,sleepy;
an't please you, if it pleaseyou; urge, insist on; might,strength;young
those whose blood is young, young
bloods,
people; hold,keep, detain ;
for striking,
with a
murtherous,murderous ; mace, a weapon
a handle
heavy metal head, here used figuratively;
apparition,appearance,
commend
me
image;
to,present my regardsto; betimes,
early.

98.

Write

everyday

in

clearlyand simply what

understood, as they were
years

WRITTEN

English the

LESSON

following speeches.

Tell

that they will be easily

they mean
so
dred
by Shakespeare'saudience four hun-

ago.

1. Brutus's

speech beginning,"The deep of night,etc."

2. Brutus's speech beginning,
"What, thou speakest,etc."
"I should not urge, etc."
3. Brutus's speech beginning,
4. Brutus's speech beginning at the point,"Gentle
knave, etc."
"Here it is,I think."
5. Brutus's speech beginning,
"Go, and commend
me, etc."

to

Everyday English

288

LANGUAGE

99.

FITNESS

We

have

the diction of prose

the

and

thou, are

pronoun

LANGUAGE

IN

(Lesson 72)

seen

LESSON

that

there

tliat of

now

used

is

difference

Certain

poetry.

only

in

between

forms, hke

services
religious

in

or

poetry.
words

and

expressionsmay
in one
class of writing,and
hundreds
of words, in good use
are
whose
quality and place we come
Many

placed by

be
not

in another.

and

of

daily

rule

as

But

longing
be-

there

occurrence,

know

miliari
only by long faSuch
with their proper
familiaritywe can only
use.
get by much reading,and by hearing the talk of people who use
shall learn in time not only to distinthe language well.
We
guish
between
the
prose and poetic diction,but to (hstinguish
language of books and the language of informal talk,or, as we
sometimes
Here

the formal and the informal.

it,between
taken at
number
of pairsof words and expressions,
collection of
Roget's Thesaurus, a well-known

express

are

from

random

to

In

synonyms.

each

pair,distinguishbetween

the informal.

2.

excited,stirrod up.
lend a hand, assist.

3.

the game

4.

get along with you.

retire,
cat's paw, dupe.
dullard,nincompoop.
full dross,best bil^'and tucker.
namby-pamby, sentimental.

1.

5.
6.
7.
8.

is up,

we

have

lost.

11.

busy, chock full of work.

to the bad, dissipated.
gone
crooked,dishonest.

12.

spruce,

13.

he is

he doesn't
indifferent,

14.

gone

to

9.
10.

immaculate.

seed,deteriorated.

care

fig.

the formal

and

Letter

Planning a

20.

morbid, queer in the head.

ugly,ill-tempered.
in wealth.
rich,rolling
a fleabite (a molehill).
a trifle,
unaccustomed, new-fangled.
be deaf to, ignore.

21.

accuse,

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Make

throw

stones

at.

using properly both

sentences

that the
pairs. Remember
mainly on two things; what
whom
are
talking.
you

ORAL

100.

the

are

you

expressions in
the expression depends
talkingabout and

LESSON
A

PLANNING

What

of

fitness of

these

to

289

LETTER

said in the last Lesson

about

diction

applies especially
wrote
business letter in high-flown
to letters. If you
a
correspondent would
probably think you
terms, your
silly.
In social letters,
as
well,we try to avoid the stilted forms of
was

if
as
expression,and to write in any easy, informal way, much
is a good way
we
were
to
talking. Indeed, to talk a letter first,
for writing it. Let us try this plan. Select one
of the
prepare
situations given below, think it over
decide what you
carefully,
then rise and say it clearlyto your
want
to say, and
mates.
class-

You

1.

have

been

cannot

tellhim

3. You

about

have

to your

to have

your
u

in Maine

up

fishingthrough

ice,

or

Write

Hallowe'en

party and cannot

go, and

talk

go.

little of the

Express
pleasure

missing.

are

2. You

and

to

regret ; tell why you

your
you

invited

are

and

seen

lumbering,or cutting

men

holes cut in the ice.

You

write to your

father

it.

been needed
teacher

at home

note

absence excused.

that

and

have

will convince

missed

day

her that you

at school.

deserve

Everyday English

290
letter from

4.

steamboat

to his cousin

describes the

in

first

Marietta,Ohio.
trip of Fulton's

the Hudson.

on

Write

5.

1807, and

in

letter is written

The

York

in New

boy

to

friend

in another

city an

of

account

in your

day

school.
that

Imagine
good for a

6.
you

for the

sununer

How

3.

appearance.

obtained.

how

the

Lesson
Let

determine

of

which

to

enriched

The

idea

by

4.

Boys

The

talk

our

and

and

blew

last lesson.

read

Refer

aloud, for the class

in

as

Birds

down

"

fine

writing

our

What

is less

"

the

seem

bare

writing
must

have

we

appropriate and

grow

details
2.

general
supply;

to

to

CONDENSING

bareness.

adding

swim.

storm

Food

letter.

indulge

to

it by adding details.

inventing such

station.

LESSON

AND

good practice to take

enrich

1.

of

LANGUAGE

not

are

Plants

"

the

llie spot itself. Its

2.

"

to

idea

be

kept

should

say

interesting details.

roots

and

high-

or

not

interesting than

by absorbing food through their

grow
It is

we

baldness

be

from

best.

are

language,

down

particularlocation

LESSON

forms

AMPLIFYING

flown

1. Distance

letters be

the

102.

Although

out

WRITTEN

correct

to

seems

asking liim to join j'ou and

the
details,which might be

letter prepared for in the

number

Sports: bathing,fishing,canoeing.
and other equipment needed.
5. Tents

for the

35

found

4.

101.

Write

region that

friend

the station.

get there from

you

following heads:

the

under

grouped

to

Think

describing this location.

have

You

camp.

j^ou write

and

camp,

with

acquainted

arc

you

and

Plants

"

their leaves.

amplify it ; that is,

Amplify the following sentences,

appropriate to you :

build.
trees.

3.
5.

The

carpenter built

Animals

came

here

house.

to

drink.

The
6.

mountains

The

are

Pyramids
high.

7.

of

Egypt

Francisco

San

is

291
city.

ington
Wash-

8.

crossed the Delaware.

Sometimes

we

afford to

cannot

telegrams, for
words, except

In

amplify.

than
ten
for more
extra
pay
example, we must
in night letters.
Writing telegrams is a valuable exercise. It
teaches one
to condense, and
yet to be clear; to be brief and
words
or
to the point. Write the following telegrams in ten

less.
When

1.

for
your
2.

went

you

your

on

tions
forgot to leave instrucalways your dut3^ Telegraph to

vacation

feeding the cat, which

is

you

mother.

have

You

missed

your

connections

at

railwaystation and

must

to visit
are
you
night. Telegraph to the friends whom
why you have not arrived,where you are, and when you will arrive
the next day.
business appointment in which you give the day, hour,
3. Make
a

remain

and

over

place of meeting.
material

Invent
to write

for other

your

classmates

try

PYRAMIDS

pyramids
Pyramids" we

in various

Cairo.

of smaller

This

group

LESSON

ORAL

THE

are

to "The
near

have

the messages.

103.

There

telegrams,and

OF

EGYPT

parts of Egypt, but when

generallymean

the

famous

consists of three

largepyramids and

group

we

at
a

refer

Ghizeh,
number

ones.

called the Pyramid

They are of colossal size. The base of the largest,
of Cheops, is 756 feet on each side,and its height is 481 feet.
What
these figuresmean
be better realized if we
remember
that a city
can
block is ordinarilyabout 250 feet,and that one
side of this pyramid is
therefore equal to three cityblocks,and its whole base equal to nine
Its height can
be partially
realized by remembering that
cityblocks.
each story of a house is ordinarily
from ten to twelve feet ; and that
this pyramid would
be from fortyto forty-eight
such stories in height.
The shape of these structures
best be seen
from the pictureon the
can
oppositepage.

Everyday English

292
They

wonderful

built with

are

These

tons.
weighing many
into shape with bronze

stones
cut

with

stones

or

witliout steam,

with

even
or

any

saws,

proportion,out of huge

of

stones

other mechanical

they
jjower,

sharpened
lifted and placed,

were

were

Many

is stillunknown.

explainthe method,

to

been

to have

believed

are

the teeth of which

How

gems.

advanced

been

theories have

exactness

but it stillremains

mystery.
tantalizing
the burial placesof kings. Inside tliem are long
The pyramids were
have been found the royal sarcophagi,
corridors and vaults,in which
bodies,
containingthe mummies, or embalmed
or
huge stone coffins,
age
who held the Israelites in bondof kings. The body of that Pharaoh
in their flighthas been found and identified by
and pursued them
his sarcophagus. These
the inscriptionon
great tombs, practically
closed and sealed as if for eternity.
indestructible by the elements,were
which the Egyptians took to insure the preservationof the
The
care
beUef that the soul would
their religious
from
body after death arose
its life in the original
body in the next world.
resume
is not
date of the building of these great monuments
The
exact
indicate a date
of them
found in some
But the inscriptions
known.
a

Can

years.

thousand

Where
what

are

are

the

sentence

Of

pyramids?
?

For

what

what

before

purpose

shape
?

topic of the first paragraph

Of

second?

5000

6000

to

how

Think, too,

been inhabited

have

must

is from

age

many

learned

men

things.

they built

is the

What

the

this means?

what

the world

their

Thus

B.C.

reaUze

you

years

4000

such wonderful

to do

the

and

3000

between

substance

of

each

are

they ?
Of

in this lesson?
Put

paragraphs?
paragraph. Have
the pyramids ?

other

of the

each

old

How

Of

they?

are

you

in

ever

anything else about

of the
be oral compositions by several members
There
may
stance
the subthe following topics. 1. The
Pyramids,
class on
2. The picture facing page
in the lesson.
of the account
in it. 3. Building
of all the speaker can
see
291, an account

heard

read

or

"

"

The

review
class

choice

of

earlier

should

of words.

lessons

note

any

on

different

mistakes

made

forms
in

of

building.

grammar

or

Idioms

Make

an

Or, write

sentence

of

each

on

amids.
pyr-

of

several

is best.

which

decide

and

aloud

complex

of the

referringto the book, an account

outhne, and keep to it. Have

read

the accounts

LESSON

WRITTEN

104.

Write, without

293

the

following

topics:
A

Pyramids at Ghizeh
Pyramid of Cheops

The
The

Illinois

MississippiRiver

The

Cairo

An

Colosseum

The

Prairie

Isthmus

The

Rome

Thomas

105.

Canal

Panama

Julius Caesar

Edison

LESSON

LANGUAGE
IDIOMS

does

is

idiom

An

conform

not

to

The

rules of grammar.

indeed, have
of

instead
is

an

expression,a peculiarityof speech, that

general laws, a sort of exception to the

of

form

The

languages.

most

thou, is

an

use

The

idiom.

In the

idiom.

has

English language

of you,

change

of

idioms,

many

the

as,

pluralform,

gerund

into

is
a
sentence, I go a-fishing,

ciple
partisition
prepo-

fishing is a gerund or infinitive

-ing. In the sentence. We were fishing,the infinitive has come
thorough command
to be a participle,
a predicateadjective. A
meaning

of

idioms

our

The
as

to what

The

use

at, and

if

is necessary

only
hear

we

of

we

would

To

come

tellthe

rectly.
language coris to keep alert

gain such command

and read, and to remember.

independent

elements

idiom.
I can't

the

use

to

way

to-morrow,

truth,I do

not

either.
want

to

come.

in

in

sentence

is

an

Everyday English

294
The
to the

doubt

I do not

of the

the courage

sometimes

But

introduced

phrase
prepositional
possessive.

(the man's

man

the context

need

we

by of is often equivalent

help

to

phrase, the love of a mother, do we

mother
one
feels,or the love that some
In the

depends

It

Sometimes
is

possessedleft
brought

The
This

We

(not Him) being

His

-ing we

use

the possessiveform

there

made

no

to

agree

Every boy must

Every girlmust
But

suppose

and

girls)must

we

this is not

The
We

etc.,we

need

lar
singu-

desk in order.
keep his own
keep her clothingneat.
say,

Every

Every child in the

Sometimes
we
hear, Every

The

race.

^vith the singular antecedent.

say,

but

child in the

room

(meaning both boj's

keep {his){her)desk in order,which shall we say?

settles it by giving preference to the masculine
gender.

Custom
We

that

difference.

After distributives like each, every, any,

pronoun

thing

after of.

(not Harold) winning the

of Harold's

sure

were

the

the infinitive in

Before

with

of yours (your tricks)

of Jim's (Jim'shat).

one

this hat

Take

(store).

also be used

possessive may
trick is

feels for his mother

horse.

skates at Brown's

our

that

unnamed.

This horse is John's

We

meaning.

the love

mean

the possessive used

have

we

to the

the expression is used.

where

on

us

courage).

present

keep his

desk

in

keep their

desk

in order;

must

child must

order.

good idiom.
tense

sailingnext

be used

may

train starts at two

are

room

we

must

Saturday.

for the future.

hurry.

(See p. 135.)

Idioms
The

the

plunges into

He

dies

breast, and

of the

Some

difference
"The

idioms

common

of the

form

we

have

revere

now

it

into

spears

the

hero who

history.
indicate

to

(See Part I, Lesson

time

from

comes

degrees of

79.)

I.

harder

go, the

we

so

he receives the

adverb,

an

as

merrier,"say

the

farther

This

used

so

years.

comparison.

or

more,

The

gloriously. And

the is used

word

The

fight;

of the

thick

these hundred

dead

has been

for the past ; when

be used

may

historical present.

is called the

his

tense

present

295

old

an

gettingback.

shall have

we

English form

thijwhich

much, or by so much.
from
old English
come
One
so
on,
one, two by two, and
We
retain
expressions,by one and by one, by two and by two.
of the originalexpressionin the phrase by twos and by threes.
more
by
by

means

Some

that

of the

should

and
1.

He

2.

What

3.

He

be overused

not

was

man

time
is not

Other

idioms

common

who

is it
one

gettingto

idioms

common

be ?

not

are

Say: He liked his ease.

time is it ?
Say: What
Say: He does not miss trains.

ease.

train.

roundabout

liked his

to miss

and

awkward

are

should

yet good English and

be avoided.
1. Wait

up;

I'm

2.

It is kind

of late.

3.

I can't go without

I can't go without
4.
we

This

have
5.

do.

you

I'm

coming.

late.

It is rather

Say:

I can't go

Say:

unless

you

do, or,

you.

is all the farther

we

have

studied.

Say: This is

as

far

as

studied.

I got the

(from) the
6. He

Say: Wait,

coming.

butter

off of the

grocer.

Say: I got the

butter

grocer.

had

quite som.e

money.

Say

He

had

good deal of

money.

of

Everyday English

296

ORAL

106.

LESSON

MEMORIZING

You

have

been
of

certain amount
Here

why ?

are

POETRY

advised, and

Have

to memory.

poetry
few

required, to commit

even

reasons

you

thought

ever

of the best

1. Much

thought and greatest beauty of our Hteraturc

is in the form of poetrj'. Such hteraturc is worth knowing and keeping.
difficult to under2. Poetry is more
stand,
condensed, and usually more
than prose.
The
close attention
to it that is required in committing
it to memory
is likelyto make
it
better.
understand
us
that
do
not
understand
become
clear to us, have
3. Many things
we
time after we
first meet
them.
This often
a new
meaning to us, some
4.

If

poetry that

with

happens

fLx the poetry in

we

So

it is written.
5.

Knowing

taste and

Do

our

3^ou
any

we

commit

we
our

increase

and

keeping
feeling.

see

flaw

any

to memory.

memory,
our

fine

we

fix there the words

vocal:)ulary.
things with us tends

in these

of the poetry that you

reasons?
have

Do

gives you a feelingof distaste,and

that you
have
forget? Which
poems

improve

to

our

calling
enjoj^re-

you

learned ?

in which

Is there any

of it that

that

like to

learned

j^ou

would
do

you

of them
with the class now.
enjoy recalling? Share some
Here is a song from Shakespeare's play, The Tempest. It is
who is supposed to
by the fairyAriel,as a dirge for a man
sung
most

be drowned

in the

Add

sea.

Full fathom

five

Of his bones
Those

are

doth

thy

are

him

suffer

treasury of memories.

father lies :

coral made

pearlsthat

Nothing of
But

it to your

were

his C3'es ;

that doth

fade.
sea-change

something rich and strange.

Sea-n\Tnphs hourly ring his knell :
Hark
! now
I hear them,
Ding-dong, bell.
Into

"

297

Ehythm

from

Write

the

with

the

memory

short

other

some

poetry is

in which

member
enough. Rening
written, each line beginrecall well

can

you

last lesson, or

in the

quoted

verses

that

poem

form

LESSON

WRITTEN

107.

capital.

LESSON

LANGUAGE

108.

RHYTHM

In

hne

of poetry

find

we

the

syllables: Thus

accented

The

has

every

harp

that

in the

Late

Tara's

the stars

night when

out,

are
/

gallopand gallopabout,

does he

syllablesaccented, until

three

the first of each

halls,

lines.

; the

Why
have

through

once

sjdlableaccented

second

of

line,
/

regular succession

certain

the

end

of

the lines.
This

of the accent

regularrecurrence

its musical

and

helps to give to poetry

In the following stanza
are

from

read

accented, and

is called

that

so

the

indicate

rhythm

clearly:
A

There

And

was

snapt.

strikingclocks,
and doors that clapt,

noise of
ran,

lightillumined

breeze

sudden

And

charm

barking dogs and crowing cocks

fuller
A

rose

feet that

And
A

kiss ! the

touch, a

thro' all the

hubbub

shook

or

meter,

effect.

Tennyson,

it

rhythm,

all,
garden swept,
the hall

sixty feet the fountain leapt.

which

lables
syl-

comes

out

Everyday English

298
four

The

Iambic

1.

is
sj-^Uable

second

This

is the most
Trochaic

2.

each

are

and

come,

meter

where

in
the

third

Dactylic meter
syllableafter

in

and

sere.

mirth,
/

kitchen

my

hearth.

first syllableis

the

Cricket ":

lines in "The

Cowper's

where

brown

syllableof the line is accented,

first

inmate, full of

Chirping on

meadows

English poetry.

syllableafter it,as
/

woods, and

meter

Little

3.

every

of the year,

naked

common

second

the saddest

wailingwinds

Of

syllableis unaccented, and

first

the

are

accented;as:

melancholy days

The

and

where

meter:

English poetry

in

meters

common

accented, and

each

it:

rightof them,

Cannon

to

Cannon

to left of

beliind

Cannon

them,

them,

Volleyed and thundered.

4.

and

where
the first two
Anapaesticmeter:
each tliird syllableis accented.
y

Come

Marking the
Can

poetry.
kind

of meter

in

accents
you

away,

2.

Come
On

and

few

following examples, and

She dwelt among

Beside

or

scanning
tell what

they are?
1.

Scan

accent,

land of the free.

poetry is called scansion,

the

scan

to the

no

come

away,

syllableshave

stanza

ways,

springsof Dove.

it as you go,
trij)
lightfantastic toe.

and

the

in Lessons
of the poems
97 and 115.
Lessons

of each

lines from

the

the untrodden

13, 28, 49, 70,

299

Sanitation

109.

ORAL

LESSON

SANITATION

Sanitation is a word
because the thing that
in

It

general.

means

only recentlybecome generallyknown,

has only recentlycome
to interest people
it means
protectingourselves againstdiseases by applying
that has

that science has

the laws

than

because
that

understand
sicknesses

that measles,and

more

tation
interested in sani-

we

vented.
pre-

know

We

are

most

be

can

We

fathers
fore-

our

were,

discovered.

now

whooping
typhoid

cough, and
diphtheria,
fever, and
and consumption, and a
that

forefathers used

our

regard

to

diseases,

other

of

host

as

able,
unavoid-

precautions

proper

For

taken.

we

diseases

know

are

are

bacteria,and
passed along from

the

sick

germs

^vvw^

are

contagious
caused
by

these

that

if

avoidable

are

or

to

the

these

Sometimes

well.
germs

"^i9^
":S:i,

through the
We
drink.
in what
eat and
air in breathing, sometimes
we
may
in
drink
of diptheria,
breathe in the germs
or
consumption ; we may
of diphtheriaor consumption or typhoid fever.
the germs
Sanitation,
protectingourselves from these dangerous germs.
then,means
There
are
thingsto be learned about sanitation. You should
many
r'^ad about it,and listen to the instructions of your physician. Do not,
are

taken

in

idea that,because
people do, chng to the silly
these deadly germs, they do not exist.
as

some

you

cannot

see

Everyday English

300

disease is
clearly enough. Each
caused by its own
particulargerm ; and the germs, though so tiny that
ferent
25,000 of them placed side by side would extend only an inch,are difbe distinguished
from another.
in shape and can
one
They are
that, when
they get lodged
living things: tiny plants or animals
and produce a toxin,or poison,
with great rajoidity,
in the body, grow

niicroscopo revpiils them

The

that will kill

of

way

in

the

if it becomes

us

and

fightingthese germs
fight,the patient

The

enough.

strong

their

poisons;
if the

recovers;

blood

its

has

wins

if the blood

and

own

win, the patient

germs

dies.
in the

Sanitation

and

home

by conditions that
1.

to remain

allowed
on

or

and

soap

2.
of

and

"

rooms

in

our

fresh
to

We

deaths.

and

stuffyrooms.
Clean

food

or

noses,
are

us

and

stable,or in the rooms

throats,and mouths.

the enemies

doubt

no

water

pure

are

we

is

inhabit,

Clean

water

of disease.

dangerous germs.
carpets from fading,and
"

our

in filth that

dirt,whether

air kill

save

selves
our-

to the

unfavorable

and

working places and

our

have learned that germs

and

then, surrounding

thrive in

thrive and

to

okl

practice

the fear of fresh

much

caused

necessary

The

sickness

lingeron
health.

and

in dark

Typhoid

Diphtheria and consumption

the air. Ptomaine
sons
poimaj'' be carried in milk as well as through
that have begun
fish and meats
exist in food
especially
may
get from impure
decay. These are a few of the diseases we may

fever is generallycarried in water

food and

or

in milk.

"

"

to

are

school

house

fresh night air

especially

many

3.

disinfectants

Sunlight and

darkening

air

about

skins,or

our

to

Germs

be clean.

bodies shoukl

favorable

and

Home

Cleanliness.

means,

conditions

of these

Some

germs.

are

school

drink.

is a menace
dustj^street or a dusty room
to health.
clingto a singlemote of dust, and be
may
and lungs, carrying deadly diseases with
breathed
into the throat
them.
Colds, influenza,
pneumonia, diphtheria,and other sicknesses
find their way
to us through so innocent-seeminga thing as dust.
may
an
5. Do not put to your mouth
article,
cup or pencilor anything
well people often
Even
else has had to his mouth.
one
else,that some
have disease germs in their mouths, and you might not be able to resist
4.

them

Dust

is

dangerous.
Many germs

if they

got into yours.

Sanitation

301

healthy bodies resist disease best. When

the generalstrengthof the body is reduced, it is less able to fightthe
and give the germs
of colds,
feet disturb the circulation,
Wet
germs.
A wound
of any sort
pneumonia, etc., a better chance against us.
should be kept clean.
Troublesome, and even
dangerous germs may
and

Comfortable

6.

body by the gateway of a broken skin.

Flies carry
disease.
7. Keep clear of the pests that carry
many
diseases,especiallywhen they touch our food and drink. They are
full of filth and dangerous germs.
Mosquitoes may poison our blood
Fleas and other verwith malaiia or yellow fever when
min
they bite us.
the

enter

carrj^ disease

in the

same

way.

keeping well.
and wellOur familyphysiciansnowadays are almost always intelligent
will be glad to tell us more
about these important
who
trained men
like
further in interestingbooks
read of them
You
matters.
may
Ritchie's Primer
of Sanitation and Bigelow'sIntroduction to Biology.
all

ought

There

is much

Read

this lesson carefully. Be

what
are

them?

housefly. (2)

(4) Cleanliness

Write

composition

subjects or
Lesson

109.
three

other

some

Follow

one

of the

1. What

they

are

dirt,dust, darkness, and

fresh

3. A

on

are

is next

you

There

remember

(1) The

dangerous
spread. (3) The

to

godliness.

paragraphs on one of the

suggested by the discussion
outlines

given,

or

they

do.

make

lowing
folon
one

and

what

insects.

3. Their

2. Their
foes

light,
sun-

air,cleanliness.

Cleanliness:

body.

Can

four headings.

or

Bacteria:
:

of several

on

systems

our

LESSON

WRITTEN

110.

diseases

against them.

take

contagious diseases

How

pestilentmosquito.

friends

get into

may

to the class

to talk

prepared

Be

to tell how

prepared

about

to know

general precautions given.

seven

with

we

they
by what means
different precautions we
may

caused

are

that

more

1.

Why

clean house.

cleanliness is important.

2. A

clean

Everyday English

302

LANGUAGE

111.

LESSON

SYNONYMS

expressiondepends not only upon good sentences,

To tell
perhaps, upon choosing the rightword.
even
more,
he was
when
heard the sound
friend you
singing might

Accuracy
but
your

in

To tell a
to call it noise.
not like you
please him ; he would
girlshe is a vision might please her ; but she wouldn't
young
sound
and noise are in one
to be called a sight. Now
sense
care
vision
to see is our
vision and siglit.
Our power
the same,
so are
singing
or
our
sight. Either word will do here. And of course

noise,though it

is

You

words

see

may

come

be

pleasing noise.

to

have

different

flavor,or

quality.
they are

unpleasant ; or,
appliedto different things. A boy's legsare also limbs. But to
speak of the limbs of a table is silly. A visit is a call by a friend ;
infliction,
generally from a higher power.
a visitation is an
suggest pleasant things, some

Some

In Lesson

Science

way.

taken

care
so

do

109

words

some

are

is not

the

in the lesson.

these
Try to distinguish between
nearly alike,and show the meaning

appropriate sentences

in this exact

knowledge; precaution means

have exact meanings
and germs

of diseases used

names

be used

must

as

same

beforehand; bacteria

all the

that

pairs
of each

of

Avords

that

are

in

by using them

Scold,rebuke ; oath,profanity; fade,wither ; lamp, lisht; mistake,

falsehood;proud, arrogant; walk, stroll;had, spoiled;quarrel,fight;
ines;
shrewd, wise; run, flow; gush, pour; porter, bearer; natives,aborighome, fatherland.
112.

LESSON

ORAL

LETTERS

FORMAL

Some

letters which

usually letters
nature.

Such

we

write

of invitation

letters

are

to

must

formal.

These

social affair of

some

becoming

be

more

uncommon.

are

formal
Modern

Formal
social customs
and

informal.

with

cards

conveying

the

invitation.

in such

and

Mrs.

Morton

we

always brief,and
Euclid

35
Mr.

and

/ and

note

style.

is

It is

forbidden

are

to the

point.
Hoboken.

Avenue,

Banks, and
ruary
dinner,Tuesday evening,Feb-

present their compliments

request the pleasureof his company

engraved

or

formal

the

its form
and

you

It is

note.

them,

on

Still,as

know

must
occasionallyused, one
always in the third person;

words

common

of the affair written

the date

cards

free
ceremonious, more
tainments
give formal social enterto send
out
visiting

who

Among
people
nowadays more

it is

30

less stiff and

becoming

are

Letters

at

to Mr.

at seven.
twelftli,
February fifth.

Congress

24

St.

Hackensack.

Mr.
and

Banks

Mrs.

Morton

February

and

for

in the

numbers

second

dates

also.

person

Mr.

as

words

; sometimes

invitations,using

frequent;

as

first

"

Lane, Spotless

Brush

the

Town.

Black,
Will

June

out

Semi-formal
more

are

written

are

5
Dear

of Mr.

sixth.

Numbers
street

pleasurein acceptingthe invitation

February twelfth.
his

expresses

twelfth,at

seven

you

dinner

take

Mr.

o'clock.

with

and

Mrs.

us

Saturday evening,

on

Snow

will be with

us.

Sincerelyyours,
Martha

Invitations

forms,

of

with

formal
the

order
nature

are

more

of the

likelyto
entertainment

White.

lowing
be of the fol-

indicated

is desired,the initials R.S.V.P.

visitingcard. If an answer
Please
the words
(French for answer,
if you please),or even

on

answer,

are

also written

on

the

card."

Everyday

304

Tliis would

Wedding

indicate

invitations

distinctlyformal
send
a

an

these,we

afternoon

and

afford

tea.

also

announcements

But

style.
can

EiioHsli

as

to

we

wait

are

so

the

assume

called upon

seldom

for the occasion

and

to

consult

specialist.
Write
and

on
an

party.

the blackboard

acceptance

to

in proper
a

schopl

forms

an

exhibition

informal
or

to

an

tion
invita-

noon
after-

Ehyme
WRITTEN

113.
Frame

its

formal

answer

305

invitation

LESSON

to each

of these three

things,and

1.

An

invitation

to dinner.

2.

An

invitation

to

3.

An

invitation to

evening reception.

an

musical

entertainment

LANGUAGE

114.

in the afternoon.

LESSON

RHYME

Rhyme,

rime

or

in the

likeness of sound
haste is said to

other

rhyme
the

Sometimes

(both spellingsof
with

Thus

waste.

next

are

all his

the

jokes,for

rhymes

curfew

to

each

extremely

an

herd winds

lowing
plowman homeward

And
same

called

are

he.

glee
Goldsmith.

"

couplets.
lines.

The

alternate
four-line,

form

common

of

poetry

tolls the knell of

The

The

joke had

many

in alternate

are

rhyme stanza, is
The

counterfeited

the.ylaughed with

pairs of rhyming lines

Often

common

words.

more

At

The

or

in lines that

come

correct) means

are

of two

taste and

rhymes

Full well

Such

endings

the word

leaves the world

in

arrangement

an

partingday.
slowly o'er the lea ;
plods his weary way,

to darkness

and

to

me.

eight-linestanza

"

Gray.

is also very

The

harp

The

Now

that

soul of

hangs

As if that

as

through Tara's halls

music shed,
mute
Tara's walls,
on
once

soul

were

fled.

So

sleepsthe pride of former days.

So glory'sthrill is o'er.
And
hearts that once
beat high for praise
Now

feel that

thrill

no

more.

"

Moore.

Everyday English

306
Other

orders of
them

to note

you

The

rhymes

rhyme

when

does not

^vorst

may

of

them

be very

not

words

It may

interest

poetry.

fall on

always

the last

syllable,as

other,brother,and

in the

mother

are

the

rhyme includes the last three bles

syllaand firstof them rhyme, though the rhyme

rh"Tne. Sometimes
:

read

you

foregoing examples. The

in

frequentlyfound.

are

pleasant to the
This is

ear.

the l)ird clung to,

spray

Making it blossom with pleasure

Ere the liightree-top she sprung
to.
Fit for her nest and

her treasure.
Browning.

"

Where
called

the

rhyme falls only

on

the last

of
syllable

the

line,it is

singlerhyme ; where it falls on the last two, or the last

three, it is called a double, or a triplerhyme.
Blank
is poetry that does not rhyme.
of the
Most
verse
a

lines in
Much

Shakespeare's plays

of

our

serious and

in blank

verse

; See

Lesson

reflective poetry is also in blank

In such

verses

musical

quality of the words

the

the poet

are

depends for his pleasing effect

within

the lines

verse.

upon

themselves, as

followingexamples :
Tears, idle tears, I know not what they mean.
Tears from the depth of some
divine despair
Rise in the heart and gather to the eyes
In looking on the happy autumn
fields
And thinkingof the days that are no more.
Tennyson.

"

Thus
Seasons

return, but

not

to

me

with the 3'ear

returns

or
morn
approach of even
Or sight of vernal bloom, or summer's
rose,
Or flocks,
face divine.
or
herds,or human

Day,

or

the sweet

"

97.

Milton.

the
m

Ehyme
ORAL

115.

The

Assyrian came

And

his cohorts

And

the sheen

When

LESSON

DESTRUCTION

THE

OF

down

SENNACHERIB

like the wolf

gleaming

were

of their spears

the blue

307

rolls

wave

fold,
purple and gold ;

in

like stars

was

nightlyon

Like the leaves of the forest when

That
Like
That

For

host with their banners

the leaves

host

the

Angel

at sunset

is green,

were

seen

Autumn

spread his wings

of Death

hath

lay wither'd and

morrow

the sea,

on

deep Galilee.

Summer

of the forest when

the

on

the

on

blown,

strown.

the

And

blast,
breathed in the face of the foe as he pass'd;
the eyes of the sleeperswax'd deadly and chill,
their hearts but once
heaved, and forever grew still!

And

there

And

there

With

the

And
And

on

lay the steed with his nostril all wide,

But through it there roU'd not the breath of his pride;
And
the foam
of his gasping lay white on the turf.
And cold as the spray of the rock-beatingsurf.

lay the rider distorted and pale,

dew on his brow, and the rust on

And

the tents

The

lances

And

the widows

And

the idols

And

the

Hath

were

all

the banners
silent,

the trumpet
unlifted,

of Ashur

are

broke

in the

are

like

snow

in the

alone.

unblown.

loud

in their

temple

might of the Gentile,unsmote

melted

his mail ;

wail.

of Baal ;

by

the

sword,

glance of the Lord

!
"

Byron,

Eveiyday English

?m

Read

this poem

bring

to

as

so

aloud

clearlyits rhythm
spirit.
will

You

it abounds

and

its

also that

see

in

comparisons.
Assyrian army

The
is

out

compared

to

wolf

coming to the fold after

the sheep ; the brightness
their

of

is

spears

pared
com-

to the stars reflected

in the

of these

Each

sea.

comparisons is what
call

figureof speech.
other

What
do

Byron's

of Sennacherib's
his army

"

by

attack

the

angel of

1. Her

talked

eyes

like lightning. 4.

of

And

exquisitemusic.

left our
make
12.

7.

fives
mine

The

brilliant

by

moths
avenue.

barren
the
and

when
8.

He

bread

has

11.

was

Chinese

puzzle.

moistened

flew

she

desert.

plow.

writingis

Their

Like birds tlie twilighthours

silent pra3'er.

LESSON

2. His

stars.

are

of

following sentences, changing

literal meaning.
exact
or

the

into

destruction

the

of the

meaning

figureof speech

the

5.

the

out

in the

Lord."

the

WRITTEN

116.

Write

Jerusalem, and

on

find

you

story (II Kings, 18, 19)

retells the Bible

poem

sons
compari-

poem

Lord

we

by. 6. Her eyes

had passed it seemed

an

10.
The

butterflies of

iron

constitution.

Pie makes
pen

is

his

3. She

with
were

homes

like the
9.

the

of

ceasing

Death

livingby the

mightier than

tears.

pen

has
; I

sword.

fluttered gayly along

fa;5hion

the

Figures of Speech
LESSON

LANGUAGE

117.

309

RHYTHM

FLANDERS

IN

the

row

crosses,

on

row,

The

Scarce

our

amid

heard

the

below.

guns

Short

dead.

the

are

days

lived,felt dawn, saw

and were
Loved
loved, and

To

from

you
The

quarrelwith
failinghands

our

the foe

throw

we

high.
faith with us who
die,
sleep,though poppies grow

break

shall not

We

lie

we

now

it

to hold

torch ; be yours

If ye

glow,

fields.

In Flanders
up

ago

sunset

We

Take

in the

place ; and

sky
larks,stillbravelysinging,fly
mark

That

We

poppies blow

fields the

In Flanders
Between

FIELDS*

fields.

In Flanders

Rhythm,
rhyme
and

be read

not

rhythm

so

is,the

; that

example, if we

indicate

beautiful

famous

and

the heavier

thus

/, and

how

the lines should

Loved

// and

will

is merely

see

to sound

in

the accents
poem,

the

accents

by

the

prose,

same

The

like prose.

the accents

way

either

For

of the lines of this

some

lines

difference

fall in the line.

by

lesser accents
two

as

//,we

one

may

line,

indicate

felt

were

dawn, //

sun/set glow //

saw

loved, // and

now

we

lie //

Flan/ders fields. //

In

You

Poetry is not

poetry than

be read.

lived,//

We

as

in

important

more

figurativelanguage.

or

should

is in the

metre, is

or

McCrae.

John

"

(or hear)

as

little longer pause,

*

By permission

read

you

and

of G.

P.

not

that

the

louder

Putnam's

Sons-

heavier
sound.

accent

Now

Everyday English

310
the

read

whole
should

Its accents

not

poem,

fast, dehberately and

too

like the beats in

come

solemn

clearly.
beautiful

and

piece of music.
will notice that these accents

You

line,except in the last line

each

Turn

stanza.

Byron's

to

now

noticing the regular fall of the

there

are

four accents

instead
syllable,
reading,or, as we

to

of ever}'-

are

may

like to

your

teacher

this.

arrange

thinks

LESSON

SCHOOL

PAPER

for the

end

of the

school

see

that

school

to

week

every

copied on

and

year,

writing well enough

schools actuallyprint a paper

Some

will

you

it,

in the poem.

publication of

ar(^

you

to

third
line,but that they come
every
second syllable. This makes
a faster

approaching the

now

Read

115.

Again

accents.

four

of the third

and

in Lesson

poem

ORAL

118.

You

of the second

swifter movement,

say,

in this poem,

come,

if

paper,

undertake
or

month,

and

others occasionallyissue

But

if you do not have your

printed or mimeographed,
paper
and edit it,and pubstillcollect the material, arrange
can
lish

you

It will be necessary
of divisions
may
ments

you

aloud

plan the

to

grouped.

wish

in your

Decide

which

by selectinga number
tions
the different contribuof the

which
:

paper

mimeograph.

in the class.

paper

departments under

or

be

paper

it read

by having

the paper

the

you

following dei)art-

Editorial,Stories,Descriptions,

Poems, Athletics,School News, Current Events ; or you may

partment
The order in which
the dethink
of additional departments.
are

His

come

also be

may

special editor should

be

first duty is to find out

department.
from

to

former

Perhaps
lessons.

some

But

decided

upon.

appointed for each

which

have

articles

been

can

department.

be

preservedby

had

for his

the teacher

the editor will probably have

to

call

A
subjects and

for other

and

write

he

topics as

the class.

suggested by

Paper

contributors.

such

down

School

After

Let

311

him

think

may

of

the board

to

go

such

or

the hst is discussed

and

as

are

number

be assigned to different pupils for

topicsselected,these may
instances, as, an editorial on the purpose
writing. In some
of

"

of the school paper,

the school

and

itmay

"

in order

that

be

may

required
of

contribution

News,

from

each

the

for

every

at

119.

the

assignments

close of the

editors and

for his

hour

or

received

at the next

WRITTEN

they

department

criticism.

spelling,grammar,

other

sufficiently

For

stories and

are

been

one

or

meeting

are

paper

to

be

to be

collected

provided

more

tasks

of the class.

written.

At

by the special

meeting

of the class.

LESSON

is to distribute the
other

have

board,
at the black-

LESSON

LANGUAGE

among

that

their tasks

should

held for revision at the next

specialeditor
and

have

for the school

120.

Each

for the paper

home,

In

livelycompetition.

pupil should

writing,either

The

be

days,
holi-

subject,

same

chosen.

selected.

specialeditors have finished

all the material

for, and

be

may

the

on

two, correctlywritten,

or

pupil, in order

good items

descriptionsthere should
When

brief item

be

may

between

game

high school freshmen, a poem

be best to assignseveral pupilsto the
the best

large number

baseball

the

School

instances,as

of the

account

an

members

All mistakes

in

compositions received
of the

vision
class,for retion,
punctuation, capitaliza-

structure, and

paragraphing
noted in the margin.
are
Suggestions for improving the
also be noted
in the margin.
composition may
Compositions
be returned to the writers for revision or rewriting.
may
In this revision the class is doing one
of the most
important
tasks of the newspaper
and reor
vising
magazine office,criticising
manuscript and making it ready for the printer.
to be

sentence

Everyday English

312

specialeditor

Each

editors and

school paper is to be read aloud

each writer may
of long contributions

contributions

or

readers

as

be
it may

be

in

best

pupils who
speaking.

read

his

In the

own

in

case
some

the editor to read

all the

instances

appoint

some

to

specialexcellence

shown

have

WRITTEN

122.

in the class.

preferablefor

those

reading and

worthy

are

LESSON

ORAL

The

may

low
help of his fel-

paper.

121.

departments it

the

teacher,those compositionsthat

the

in the school

to appear

select,with

now

may

in

LESSON

REVIEW

Write

letter to your

of the

some

rewritten
taken

have

things you

of this book.

The

father

mother, giving an

or

learned

in your

letter is to be written

placed

if necessary,

to your

father

or

in

an

mother.

of

study of Part Two

carefully,corrected,

addressed

It may

account

be

envelope, and
lowing
of the fol-

one

on

topics.
My

Work

in

Narratives,
Composition. Letters,Descriptions,

Expositions.
My
the

of the poems

studied.

What

poems

Work

in Oral

of the

I like best

and

Composition.

things talked about.

speaking.
Information that
preservation; about

of

have

why.

An

What

gained.

life in Old

account

of

I have

About

far

oral lesson.

an

learned

forests

Virginia; Old

Japan ; about travel by, sea and land

bridges,houses, skyscrapers, the pyramids.

and

Some

tion.
qualitiesof poetry, rhythm, figures of speech,poetic dic-

My
Some

Study of Poetry. Some

New
;

and

about

their

England,

about

nests,

Ee view

313

LESSON

LANGUAGE

123.

REVIEW

tences,
headings, Plan, Paragraphing, Senamphfying and iUustrating the statements

of these

each

Discuss

"Words,

definingcarefullyall terms;

below, and

made

as,

unity,clause,

figurative.
preparing for

In

Plan.

(2) find
talk it

all you

out

over

(4) arrange

subject and

this material

few

of your

heads

main

under

think

subject ;

it

main

or

over

heads

order.

in proper

heads
The

Paragraphing.

the

about

can

(3) group

these

composition, (1) choose

plan

will

guide

you

paragraph should have for its topic

paragraphing. Each
of the main
heads, or, in any case, one important division
one
of the subject of the composition. In a paragraph, every
tence
senshould add something to the development of the topic of

in

the

paragraph

and

the

be

should

sentences

in

arranged

leading to the next paragraph.

be a series of closely
In narratives,each paragraph should
connected
speaker.
events, or the speech of one
have
should
Sentences.
unity; it should
Every sentence
not have
phrases or clauses that are not closelyconnected
any

natural

with

order

parts ;
where

idea.

its main

It

word, phrase,

every

or

careful

have

should

clause

should

its relation to other parts of the sentence

"Words.

Words

must

in

be

good

arrangement
be

position

is perfectlyclear,

They

use.

in

of

should

be

inite,
def-

For any
exactly expressing ideas.
idea, however, there
choose
from
often many
possible expressions. We
may

are

several

figurativeor

unfigurative,formal

expression,such as will fit our

we
are
talking or writing.

whom
In

synonyms,

similar

way

following subjects:
Exposition. Name

discuss
Letter
some

what

has

or

formal,
in-

ideas

and

the

person

for

been

learned

about

the

Writing, Description, Narrative,

example of each of these kinds of

Everyday Eng-lish

314

interested
writing that has especially
in this book, or a composition by one
that you

have

come

REVIEW

124.
CAPITALIZATION
A

capital

letter

5. The

abbreviations.
derived

proper

10. The

names.

of

not

names

and

thing
some-

reading.

PUNCTUATION

their abbre\-iations when

used

with

of

names

11. Names

seasons.

pupils,or

2. Every line
Every sentence.
and their
cjuotation.4. All proper nouns
jectives
7. Adof the Deity.
6. I and
0.
8. The
nouns.
principalwords in titles

9. Titles of honor

of books.
l^roper

from

selection

1.

begin:

Every direct

of i^oetry. 3.

LESSON
AND

should

of the

in your

across

whether

you,

of

but
days, months, and festivals,
parties,sects, organizations,and the

like,when one wishes to give them any distinction. 12. The words
North, South, East, West, when denoting sections of the country, but
not when
they denote direction.
Common

abbreviations

which

you

should

know

are

a.b., a.m., p.m.,

Airs., Dr.

Mr.,
(Doctor), Rev., Hon., Prof.,Col.,Gen.,
Supt.,Sec, Treas.,Sr.,Jr.,St.,Ave., Co., Dr. (Debtor), Cr., N.B.,
P.O.,P.S.,O.K., R.R., e.g., etc., i.e.,
viz..No.
used for foreignwords, quoted or specified
Italics are
words, titles
of books
(quotationmarks may also be used for any of these purposes),
and for emphasis. Italics should be used for emphasis only sparingly.
In writing,words to be printed in italics are underlined.
B.C.,

A.D.,

period

is used:

2. After

question

it is

an

mark

the end

1. At

of

declarative

numeral
abbre\'iation,
is used

placed directlyafter

after every

or

or

tence.
imperative sen-

initial.

direct

question. Sometimes

the

rather
interrogative
part of the sentence
Inclosed in parenthesis(?) it is used to indicate doubt
than at the end.
is used at the end of an exclamatory sentenc :
An exclamation
mark
after words
or
cxjiressing
very strong feeling.
.

The

words,

separates

comma

or

clauses

that

should

b
,

kind of parenthesis,
usuallymarks (a) some
as
a phrase in appositionor an
explanatoryrelative clause ; or (6)some
kind of ellipsis,
such as the omission
of a verb ; or (r) some
kind of
of the sentence
thrown
elements
out of their
di.sj
unction, when
are
usual positions.

kept apart

in

thought.

It

phrases,

Punctuation

and
Capitalization

1. The

2. A

of the person

name

parts of dates

Yes

word

5. Each

in

to.

part of

divided

quotation.

addresses.

or

part of

when

No

or

spoken

each

quotation,or

direct

3. The
4.

the rest of the sentence:

off from

It marks

315

answer.

an

where
series,

of the

some

conjunctionsare omitted.

Expressionsin apposition.
7. Adverbs
that modify, not a singleword, but an entire phrase or
sentence
moreover.
; as, however,then,therefore,
clauses.
Dashes
marks
8. All parentheticalphrases or
of paror
enthesis
distinct
used when
from
a
() are sometimes
separation
very
6.

is desired.

the rest of the sentence

9.

element

Any

of the

as, Of all the friends of my

the friends

10. Subordinate

of its natural

is out

childhood, few

childhood

of my

that

sentence

remain

but,

position;

Few

of all

remain.

clauses

with
they are not closelyconnected
in the followingcases
:
adjoiningwords, especially
A transposed clause.
(a) A clause at the beginning of a sentence.
when

non-restrictive relative clause.

or
(6) A parenthetical
See Part

I, Lesson
because

the

The

63.

punctuation

meaning

relative

of

clauses

is important

be affected.

may

Independent clauses.
necting
And, but, and other conjunctions concolons)
independent clauses should be preceded by commas
(or semithe same
unless the clauses have
subjector are otherwise very
closelyconnected in thought. See Part I, Lesson 128.
The
is used to mark
semicolon
more
a
abrupt change of thought
11.

than

the

comma

1. Between

the clauses of

compound

the clauses in

series of clauses.

when

sentence

thej^contain

commas.

2. Between
3. Before
The

More
The

colon

the words
is

namely, thus,etc.,introducingexamples.
used before a quotation or before a hst of particulars.

rarely,it is used
dash

is used

as,

to

separate parts of

to indicate

parenthetical
expressions,
or
in compositions.
The
to

hyphen

is used

to

sudden

after

sentence.

change

colon.

It

separate the parts of

of
separate the syllables

word

running over

thought, or to inclose
should rarely be used

of

compound

from

one

word, and

line to another.

Everyday English

316
The

denotes

apostrophe

(1) possession,(2) the omission

of letters

in contractions.

Quotation
of

marks

used

arc

inclose every

to

quotation mthin a quotation.

compositionsor in this textbook to illustrate

Find

examples in your
each of the foregoingrules. You
should notice that
fixed by good usage, as the rule for a period at the
are
Others depend in part on the taste of the writer;
semicolon

mark

may

separationshould
125.

HOW

Abraham

years

and

old.
of

had

did not

he

He

was

log houses
these

but among

ORAL

LINCOLN

Lincoln

A writer will

off clauses.

he thinlvs the

as

boy,

quotation or the

divided

quotation.
Singlequotation marks inclose

parts

direct

be less

little chance

grammar

of
a

e.g.,
a

sentence.

comma

comma

or

or

colon,
semi-

emphatic.

more

GRAMMAR
to

to

go

study English grammar

a clerk in the only store

was

or

end

LESSON

STUDIED

in Illinois. There

use

of the rules

some

school

until he

when
was

he

was

twenty-two

in New

lage
Salem, a little vilfew books in the neighborhood,
were
farmer some
possessed by a German

village. Lincoln obtained this and determined to

learn its contents
thoroughly. When
working in the store he kept
there were
the book on a pileof calico,
no
and, whenever
customers, he
and pored over
stretched his long form on the counter
the rules of
At the noon
hour, he would fillhis pockets with food and take
syntax.
where he had a quietplace for
his book to a grove on a nearby hillside,
study. His fellow clerk,William Greene, had already studied grammar,
six miles from

and

he

the

often

held

the

book

Lincoln

while

recited.

The

two

behind the store in a bed,

slepttogether in a little room
that both had to turn over
at the
which, we are told,was "so narrow
coln
time."
same
They would rise at dawn, and Greene would hear Linyoung

men

recite his lesson before

breakfast.

At

night Lincoln

was

mitted
per-

in the villagecooper
shop, where a fire of shavings
stud}''
There were
doubtless
furnished lightand saved the expense of candles.
book,
textlong rules and difficult discussions in the old-fashioned
many
master,
schooloccasions to consult the \'illage
and Lincoln had many
to

who

willinglyaided
value

already knew

the

until he

mastered

had

of
it.

him

in

obscure

knowledge, and

But

passages.

he

kept

at

Lincoln

the grammar

Lincoln

How

studied

Grammar

317

did a greater service.

It was
ever
Perhaps no textbook in grammar
the beginning of a discipUnethat made
Lincoln a great writer of Engthe study of grammar
than this,
furnished him
Ush prose.
And, more
with

his first serious mental

task.

His

mastery

of its science gave

him

cult
diffiand led immediately to the study of more
training,
subjects,of surveying,geometry, and Blackstone's Commentaries.
It helped to teach him the value of hard thinking and thorough study.
and henceforth
These lessons he did not forget,
whatever
books or subjects
he studied,he mastered.
He had learned how to study.

confidence

has grammar

How

of

structure
a

and

aided

sentence?

simple

complex sentence?
in the
or

have

you

has

How

what

we

your

How

made

Give
most

learn

did you

to

method
on

show

must

way

subject

did Lincoln
did he

Can

taught

or

of

parts of

them

write

or

composition?

clause

sentence

be

is the

sentence?

compound

What

be

may

used

in

of

alents
equiv-

place of

examples. What
grammatical mistakes
frequently in writing and talking? How

avoid

grammar

say

mind

What

structure?

phrase ?

word

in

you

of

?
to think?

you

be

Has

first thought out?

thinking?

in order

to

Must

you

understand

it shown
Is the

that
tence
sen-

concentrate
it?

What
study grammar?
acter
qualitiesof charby this study ? What did he learn from it?

The

contents

MAGAZINE

SCHOOL

THE
of this

magazine

by

AN

the

INCIDENT

IN
By

Tliis

I had

summer

puppies you
funniest

ever

dog

J., Grade

they

thing happened. On

with

presentedme

that

When

saw.

VACATION

SUMMER

MY
K.

compositions

largeschools and publishedin the

best work of pupilsfrom the fourth

pupilsin one of our

school paper.
They represent the
to the seventh grade.

written

selected from

been

have

the

about

were

farm

same

the

four

four months

lived

an

cutest

old the

old hen

who

constantly
hatching she was
I suppose, at having her eggs
The hen, disgusted,
robbed of her eggs.
taken from her,adopted these puppies. She would not let the real dogmother
her adopted children,and, strange to say, the
near
come
to go back
to their real mother.
to want
They
puppies did not seem
could
she
best
as
grew
very fond of their stepmother,who kept them
"setting."

was

in

nest

The

prevent the

To

eggs

in the straw.

funniest thing of all was

to

her try to teach

see

them

to scratch

gravely wondering
what
it all meant, while the old hen could not understand
why they
did not learn.
Then
This kept up for two weeks.
one
day the motherdog, jealous,I suppose, killed the old hen.

for

worms.

The

pups

would

CAMPING

OUT
By

One
camp

day last
out.

summer

It took

us

my

about

around

stand

p.

ON

T.,

an

hour

BUTTON

MT.

Grade

brother

her

Wallingford and I decided

had
to get ready, and, as we

to
no

had eggs,
We
food.
pack consisted of blankets and some
potatoes, a jar of jellyand a loaf of bread, plentyof water, and some
beef tea.
Enough of all these suppliesfor two persons took up a good
deal of space, and our knapsacks were
crowded
that we
had to use
so
lard pails,
chock full.
and even
they were

tent,

our

319

Everyday

320

English

My

ready we started off with our hea^y packs on our

the load even
brother had his rifle,
which made
heavier.

was

content

When

all was

to

take

revolver.

my

In about

half

hour

an

we

backs.
But

arrived

The
"Camp Lookout," as we called it,and were glad to unload.
had rested we got ready
sun
was
as
we
already setting,and as soon
for the night and made
fire.
our
I collected wood while Wally got our supper ready, as he was
general
chef.
Our meal was
soon
prepared and we eagerlyfell to. My,
camp
how
good it did taste ! We ate a good deal, and when we had had
enough we sat around the dying embers and talked.
About
half past nine we
turned in,ha^^ng taken careful precaution
to put out the fire and to have a good dry place for our
firearms.
About
o'clock we were
awakened
one
by the patter of rain. The prospects
We
did
were
bad, for,as you will remember, we had no tent.
the best to keep dry, but soon
we
were
sopping and httle streams of
Of course, we
water
couldn't lie at full
were
running underneath us.
length on the ground and so we sat up with our blankets over our heads.
There we were, and nothing could be done until it got lighter. We
had
than one
more
heart}-laugh at each other sittingin an uncomfortable
with the water
and down
backs.
our
position,
running over our noses
When
we
thought we could make an attempt to get down through
the forest we had trouble in gettingour wet sneakers on.
In due time
at

our

we

were

time

on

our

of it.

Every

that seemed
We

as

tree

cold

got home
we

but

way,

as

about

it

stillso dark

was

brushed

we

that

againstgave

we

had

us

pretty hard

shower

of water

ice.
half past two

and, findingthe cellar door

slippedupstairsand got into dry beds to sleepas long as

locked,
unwe

could.
AN

By
This

school

was

Plymouth, and
to

see

in

them

founded
some

SCHOOL

ENGLISH

ways

at that

E.

N., Grade

seven

years

things were

before the
about

as

Pilgrimslanded
I would

have

"

times.

pected
ex-

time.

the studies as the

not so much
thought it was a queer school
done.
things were
They used quill pens entirely. Tuesdays
Thursdays the teacher would mend 'those that had been broken

between

at

way

and

off

School

The
The

parents

to walk

321

afraid their children

so

their

beneath

were

were

Magazme

that
station,

rule

was

might know others who

formed forbiddingchildren

together vmless the parents of each child and the "head

home

this consent
held good
given full permission,and even
for but one
trip.
not allowed to
the hottest and driest days children were
Even
on
to school without
come
hats,gloves,and "goloshes,"as they always

had

mistress"

called rubbers.

naughty, the usual punishment was to stay after

school and learn a poem
or
a
psalm, according to how serious they
also apt to add to the home
considered the mischief.
They were
work
and, worst of all,to put a conduct mark on the quarterlj'report.
and
The historyand grammar
were
even
splendidlytaught,
though
studies
hard
and
these
made
other
of
the
were
some
uninteresting,
up
for
instead
for a great deal.
Friday was always called marking day,
into the cloak room
marched
and every single
of having recess, we were
thing we had (books and wearing apparel)was carefullysquinted at,
with the full name
and address,it was
fiscated"
"conand if it was
not marked
to get extreme
censure.
(theirword) and we were
sure
If

cliildhad

been

MUMBLING
By
When

p., Grade

W.

is called

recite.
can't if you try with all your might
You
Make
out of that mumbled-grumbled sound.
The thing he's tryingto expound.
He always beginswith "Why"
or
"Well,"
a

goop

But

what

The

teacher says

These

WHY

he says

had

long

one

day

me

the

was

ears.

DONKEY

THE

to ask

quite young
a

relative who

followingone
Y

L.

search

In my

"Oh,

no

to

one

mercy

will be the death

goops

By

When

next

on

always used
for information
has

me,

of

giftof

me

!"

LONG

HAS

D., Grade

tell.

can

EARS

why the donkey

this point,I happened
on
and he told
tellingstories,

to wonder

Everyday English

322

them

stand

came

to

with

in

the

donkey,

the

rest.

asked

who

second

him

the

continued

time

he

question.
asked

was

hold of the

pullinghis

donkey's

ears

that

hard

as

the

reason

very

me

both

wooden

am

; then

his

what

donkey

world

ing
impatient,and tak'donkey,'all the while

always will

have.

if I do say

other

both

one

met

it

myself.
And

so

are.

You

will not

am

compare

Finally the woodsmen

all

of us?

again. One

much

they talked,each
they

said, "This

and

will be

my

fruit and

with

3^ou

their astonishment

them

will become
trees

vain

the other.
To

was

wonder."

tree."

Christmas

decked

tree

other, "how

the

examined

man

he

as

FATE

one

were

came

taken

will not

right." "Good

one

do

to

for

gracious!"

"

was

packet of toothpicks,which was

leg to the toothpicks,
"just see what

other

said the

to!"

donkey,

and

and

ears,

Christmas

felled.

were

legs, the
month

you
a

thought they, "what

a

am

better than

was

trees

factory.

the

long

H., Grade

J.

the whole

than

when

declaringhe

In

back

the

by

the word

TREES'

FIR

gracious!" said

handsome

more

I will make

"Good

When

droop.

candles

and

the

statelyfir trees stood side by side in a forest. The tallest

I not beautiful ?
See how
proud and said to its comrade, "Am

limbs

with

has

donkey

By

him

sent

third time

mals.
ani-

rest of the

could."

he

as

THE

Two

and

shouted

ears,

the

naming

better,and

it

impatiently repeatedit,and

He

harder

much

ears

remember

him

again interruptedby

was

had

repeated it and

Adam

was.

name

the line

going down

he

ears

Adam, growing exceedinglyangry

was.

For

his

and

name

minutes

few

them

give

to

them, and pretty soon

then, named
liim,and went
he was
interrujitedby the

to

little to make

same

his work

small

Adam

collected all the animals

began

what

of

pulled his

this time

name

ears

the

For

in

ask

to

his work

continued

had

who

But

donkey, who came

pulled the beast's

he

told

made, God

to do so, and

Then

row.

first

were

prepared

He

all names.

on

animals

the

"When

the

leg of

old

sailor,

pocket. "Ah!"
pride has brought us

in his
our

an

The

School
OF

LETTER

By
Dear

Magazme
DEC.

20, 1621

S., Grade

p.

323

Gretchen:

that I would
write
Having promised thee before leaving Holland
be
do live (if't may
World in wliich I now
to thee concerningthe New
of it. The
I will endeavor to give thee a true description
called living),
fashioned,
good ship which bore us to this lonelyland was but frailly
encountered
gales,mayhap thee canst reaHze, in
and, as we
many

sort, our

some

sightmet
land.

On

voyage.

our

Leafless

eyes

December

Never

trees, frozen

20

before have

streams,

landed.

we

seen

frozen

so

What
cold

and

ground,

snow,

desolate
barren

biting

all,a dull,leaden sky. Many of the women

wept
frost,and, over
selves,
bestirred themfor disappointment and discouragement. But the men
heaping up the frozen logsin semblance to huts,while our reverend
and
tears with his hopeful words of comfort
pastor dried the women's
A fire was
started in each of the cabins,and the hungry,
consolation.
shiveringpeople crowded
ovens

around

them,

food

while

was

cooked

in rude

of red-hot stones.

Things are different now.

That, dear Gretchen,was two months ago.
cabins are
The
more
complete, and have fireplacesand chimneys.
Our furniture
have greased paper
We
instead of glasswindow
panes.
consists of a settee, a table,two chairs,three rude beds, a spinning
Those are all our worldly
wheel,a warming pan, two pots,and a crane.
goods ! Mother spins,I cook, and father hunts.
My coverlet is a bear
As yet we
skin.
have heard
naught of the Indians,for which
may
God be praised.

WITH

APOLOGIES
By

Five hundred

TO
I.

PATRICK

F., Grade

HENRY

togetherin a natural desire for

without one is a disgraceto the standard of the school.
a playground and
There
Besides,sir,we are not healthy and able to study without one.
surelyis a friend who can realize these thingsand who T\dllhelp us fight
battles. The strengthto study is not for the strong-minded alone ;
our
it is for the healthy and active.
Besides,sir,we have no choice. If we
too late to give the
thought so littleof health as to desire it,it is now
school

children bound

project
minds

There

up.

made

are

It

is

no

use

"

others

have

we

is

have
the

actually

Is money

so

for

give

By

several

members

cultivated,
than

the

stalk

has

and

the

along

grow

the

jiobody
v.'ould

homes

in the

great

rest

in

that
ever

oftener

we

the

Fall.

ever

tliink

One

saw

flower

other

FOURTH

Inky

B.

Weary

mind

Genius

burns

As

and

on

and

With

fast

poor

roads.

burns

Fourth

price
course

national

along

nose.

heart

to

hands.

expands.
midnight
Grader's

of

cannot

the

oil

toil.

in

the

are

be

Gipsies

bright yellow and

TOIL

toes

There

AVe
tents

quantities

frozen

poetic thought

Long

the

States'

Grade

from

the

at

strength

his favorite.

fingers, blot

have

what

not

family blooms

our

in

F.,

schools

and

the

GRADER'S

By

saj'^ there

kept

name.

are

United

the

am

same

decorate

of

growing

me

any

beside

the

to

kind

must

blossoms

Our

cities.

bunch.

and

used

are

Our

I?

under

family

my

be

know

health

me

Other

to

N., Grade

D.

woods

of

edge

of

and

J.

We

may

it.
as

it.

AM

WHO

need

sweet

forbid

me,

York.

Gentlemen

We

as

death

it.

matter.

Heaven

and

sickness

fields of New

the

on

must

but

in

use.

not

death

take,

may

run

extenuate

there

and

sickness

of

will

it, sir, we

but

but

retreat

no

we

vain, sir, to

Why

one.

is

up

it, I repeat

have

is

English

Everyday

324

each

Spring

flower, and
the

roadside

FORMS

BUSINESS

Every

1.

one

write) checks

receive

may
on

of business

kinds

of certain

the forms

his

letters

of business

forms

to the

In addition

bank

own

also

to know

papers.

check and

needs

one

be able to draw

hopes to

checks

blank

The

account.

(thatis,
nished
fur-

are

deposited. The one who

of money
to be
draws
(or makes) the check writes in the date, the sum
it is to be paid, and signshis
of the person to whom
paid, the name

No.

at the bottom.

name

own

the

where

bank

the

by

First

131S

H.

to James

looks

filled-out check

like this

Jan.

Bank,

National

5, 1913.

Ohio

Columbus,
Pay

is

money

and xA
Harrison,or order.Three hundred and thirty

Dollars.

S. M.

$330.30
This

by

an

order

Harrison

takes

to the

known

the bank

on

the

is paying the money

Thornton

that Mr.

means

it from

to pay

check

bank

to the

clerks to be the

the back

write liissignatureacross

on

the

Mr.

When
he

get the money,

mentioned

man

Harrison

to Mr.

depositsthere.

his
to

Thornton.

must

check, and

be

must

of the check.

of
of the most
common
one
borrowing or lendingmoney,
ways
recordingthe transaction is by a promissorynote. Here is a common
form of such a note, siguif
jing that Mr. Black has borrowed the money
2. In

for three months

from

Mr.

White.

Iowa,

Keokuk,

$500

June
Three
sum

months

from

of five hundred

date I

promise to

pay

to Paul

5, 1913.

White

the

dollars ($500),with interest at 6 %, for value

received.
Peter

325

Black.

Everyday Englisli

326
When
of

form
of the

in which

note

loan, and

3. We

to

are

how

bank,

the bank

be written

the borrower's

know

must

from

is borrowed

money

the

signature.

to make

for
receii)t

paid

money

of Peter

Black

($507.50),in

the

of hve

sum

full payment

hundred

of loan with

and

making"

villages. A

tlie bill is

are

and

of bills goes

out

paid, the

the words
many

bills.

Received

these

namely, in the commercial

here

us.

given represent

the

everywhere, even

in the humjjlest

here.

or

stamped

on

Paid.

Payment, or
(includingdrafts),
notes,
best

chapters of
common

W^hite.

of checks
are

and

interest.

of the firm is wi'itten

name

other forms
But

an

of bill is shown

form

common

the bill under

There

to

seven

Paul

When

time

Iowa,
Sept. 5, 1913.

dollars

The

and

Keokuk,

Received

4.

the blank

date, amount

$507.50

liny

furnishes

presented

where

the arithmetics.

types.

ceipts,
re-

they belong ;
The

examples

BOOKS

FOR

BOYS

SEVENTH

AND

GIRLS

EIGHTH

AND

IN

THE

GRADES

followingbooks for boys and girlsof the seventh and eighth

interesting
things that could be named,
grades are only a few of many
be regarded as only a beginningof a good school library. See
and may
and six in Everyday English,
also the list for pupilsof grades four,five,
The

Book

I.
Myths

of Old Greece and Rome.

Brown's In the Days of Giants (Norse myths).
Butler's The Song of Roland.
Lanier's The Boy's King Arthur.
Mabie's Norse Myths.

Baker's

Stories

Stories
The

Burnett's

Larcom's
Martin's

Life

Little Colonel.

New

Emmy

Girl

Secret Garden.

The

Johnston's

op

England Girlhood.
Loti.

Wells's Patty

Fairfield.
Wiggins'sRebecca of Sunnybrook Farm;
Stories
Aldrich's The

Story of a

Boyesen's Boyhood

in

Bad

of

Norxvay.

The

Flightof Pony Baker.

Hughes's

Tom

Brown's

Mark

Twain's

Life

Boy.

Howells's

Tom

Boy

Polly Oliver's Problems.

School

Days

Rugby.
Sawyer; HuckleberryFinn.

Trowbridge'sSilver Medal Stories.

White's The Court of Bayville.
327

at

Everyday English

328

Indian

Stories

Cooper's Leather StockingTales.

Jackson's

Ramona.

Parkman's
Simms's
White's

Oregon Trail.

The

Yemassee.

The
The

Forest.

Magic

Travel

The Cruise

BuUen's

Buttei-worth's
Dana's

Two

of the Cachalot.
Storyof Magellan.

The

Years

(True)

Adventure

and

beforethe

Ma.st.

of Adventure.
IngersoU'sThe Book of the Ocean.
Jacobs's The Storyof Geographical
Discovery.
Jenks's The Boy's Book of Explorations.
Lununis's Some
Strange Corners of Oiir Country.

Hale's Stories

Mehille's

Typee.
Nordhoff's Whaling

and

Fishing.
The Children of the Cold.
Schwatka's
Stanley'sIn Darkest Africa.
Travel

Defoe's Robinson

and

(Fictitious)

Adventure

Crusoe.

Kipling'sCaptains Courageous.
Russell's The Two Captains.
Stevenson's Treasure Island; Kidnapped.
Verne's

Twenty Thousand

Leagues under
Historical

the Sea.

Tales

Biilwer-Lytton'sThe Last Days of Pompeii; Harold.

Cooper's The Pilot; The Last of the Mohicans.
Dickens's
The Tale of Two
Cities.
Hawthorne's
Chair.
Grandfather's
Kingsley'sWestivard Ho !
Martineau's

Pylc'sMen
Scott's

Peasant

and

Prince.

of Iron.

The
Talisman;
Quentin Durward;
Kenilworth; Tales of a Grandfather.
Stockton's Pirates and Buccaneers
of Our Coast.

Ivanhoe;

Woodstock;

Books

for

and

Boys

Girls

Biographies

Lincoln.
George Washington; Abraham
Years Ago {King Alfred).
A Boy of a Thousand
Comstock's
Franklin's Autohiogra'phy
Baldwin's

Hapgood's Abraham
Jenks's Captain John

Lincoln.

Keller's (Helen) The

Story of My

Smith.

Life.

Scudder's

George Washington.
Southey'sLifeof Nelson.
Thwaites's

Daniel

Boone.

Washington's Up from Slavery.

Science,

Invention,

etc.

Baker's

Boy's Book of Inventions.

Baskett
and Dittmar's Amphibians and Reptiles.
Baskett's Storyof the Fishes.
Black's Photography.
Buckley's The Fairy Land of Science.
Lukin's

Young Mechanic.

The

Mitton's

Children's Booh

The

Proctor's Other
Woodhull's

Worlds

of Stars.

than Ours.

and
Electricity

Its

Everyday

Studies
Beard's

C^lrious Homes

Burroughs's Birds
Comstock's

and

and

Uses.

Animal

of

Life

Their Tenants.

Bees; Squirrelsand Other Fur

Ways of the Six Footed.

Wild
Ingersoll's
Miller's First

Neighbors.
Book of Birds.
Stories

Browne's

Rab

Ford's Horses

and

His

The

Long's Wood
Sewell's Black

Animals

Friends.

Nine.

Kipling Jungle Book

London's

about

Call
Folk

; Second

of the

Jungle Book.
Wild; White Fang.

Stories.

Beauty.

Thompson-Seton's

Wild

Animals

I have Known.

Bearers.

329

Everyday

330

Classic

and

Butcher,

Leaf,

Church's

Stories

from
Crockett's

Red

Lamb's

Tales

Palmer's
Potter's

Odyssey.
from

Virgil;

Myers's

Sohmh

Ilcrrr
Good

Rid

News

of

Ullin's

Lord

Cowper's

John

Holmes's

Grandmother's

Merman.

Forsaken
How

They

Brought

Ai.r.

to

Chillon

The

of Ilamelin;

Riper

Mazeppa.
Gertrude

Daughter;

of Wijoming.

Ride.

Gilpin's

Story

Hiawatha;

Longfellow's;

Kustum

Rial

d'hcnl

from

Poems

and
The

Prisoner

The

Campbell's

Novels).

Bible.

(Matthew)

Byron's

Scott's

Iliad.

The

Narrative

the

of

(.Vbridgements

Children's

Browning's

Tragedians;

Odyssey.

The

Arnold's

Greek

the

from

Shakespeare.

from

The

Retold

vokimcs).
Tales

Cap

and

Leaf,

Lang,

The

Homer;

(four

Livy

Stories

Lang's

from

English

of Bunker

Hill;

of Miles

Courtship

The

On.

Standish;

Hoss

Shay.

Tales

of

side
Way-

Inn.
Scott's

The

Tennyson's
Elaine;
Whittier's

Lay

Last

of the

Dora;
Geraint
Snow-Bound

Minstrel;
Arden;

Enoch
and

Young
Lady

The

Enid.

Maud

Mutter
.

Lochinvar.
of

Shalott;

Lancelot

and

INDEX
of authors

Names

in

numbers

refer

Abbreviations,
Active

to

Byron,

314.

98-101

construction,

of,

comparison
equivalent

;
;

to

pronouns

87;

of

with

verb

and

nouns

in Wonderland,"

21 ; dependent
(subordinate

132,

in

134

in

in

objective,

passive

"Books

that

I have

Read,"

282,

89
clauses,
explanatory
and
complex
sentences,
elements,
184;
independent

summaries,

in

Incident
of the
Robert,
French
250, 251.
Camp,
272-274.
"Building
Skvscraper,"
a
Bridges," 278-279.
"Building
But, relative, 86 ; conjunction,
40, 173.

Browning,

adverbs,
sentences,
188

Compound

314-316.

228-230,

degree, 52, 99, 111.

in adjectives, 52, 53,

184;

voice,

283.

121.

in

183,

sive
progres-

subjunctive,

ent
independprincipal),
175;
tives,
adjecas

315.

Comparative
Comparison,

146, 147 ; copula,

35, 36, 122 ; infinitive, 158.
"Bells, The,"
201, 202.
Trees
of California,
198.
The,"
"Big
Bills, 325.
139

and

and

compound

101

See

84, 171, 174,

32, 33, 42, 84, 103, 177, 179,
222
42, 92, 177, 180, 181 :
nouns,
; as
42, 114, 177, 182, 183,
adverbs,
as
179;
86,
103,
relative, 84,
222;
tory,
explanarestrictive, 89, 229, 230;
89,
89, 229, 230 ; punctuation,
184
independent
elements,
183,
; as
in
185
188, 189 ; order
; in diagrams,
204, 207, 227, 228;
sentence,
tuation
puncof, 183, 184, 227, 230, 315.
See
Sentence
Building,
Sentences,
etc.
Adverbial,
Relative,
Adjective,

183,
185;

133

in

65-78.

21-23,

Colon,
Comma,

112.

49

182.

Clauses,

subject,

190.

of,

325.

Complex
forms,

nacherib,
Sen-

Objective.

Possessive,

Checks

31, 81, 84, 85, 87.

conjugation,

of

pronouns,

Nominative,
Cause, clauses

Cognate

239.
Antonyms,
76.
Apposition,
Articles, 105, 106.
.4s, relative, 86;
adverb,
As
if, 180.

Be,

Destruction

Capitals, 5, 6, 30, 58, 195, 314.

49 ;
nominative,
Case,
defined,
49 ;
49
objective,
possessive,

dent,
antece-

with

138.

"Alice

The

149.

Can,

185.

of

Antecedents,

closed
in-

authors.

and

attributive

115-117.

Ain't,

under

only

307.

104
phrases,
102, 103 ; as
nouns,
105
and
descriptive
limiting, 97
;
97
105
numerals,
articles, 97,
;
demonstratives,
97, 106 ; indefinites
97,
97, 106
106;
interrogatives
107
pronominal,
106, 107 ; review,
108
108.
; parsing,
Adjective
clauses, 32, 33, 42, 84, 89,
103, 177, 179.
Adverbial
clauses, 114, 175, 182.
Adverbial
objective, 74, 75, 112, 120.
Adverbs,
2, 29, 38, 111;
comparison
of, 53, 111;
classified, 108,
109;
adverbial
of, 110;
uses
objectives,
74,
75,
interrogative,
112;
112;
conjunctive,
112,
179;
tions
preposiphrases and
as, 112, 113, 118;
clauses,
113,
independent
114;

Agreement,

italics; titles of lessons

Lord,

123-141.

53,

81,

and
phrases in
usually indexed

are

pages.

Adjectives, 2, 29, 32
predicate, 37, 122
52,

Selections

marks.

195,

voice,

capitals; words

small

in

are

quotation

53, 111.
23, 24,

26,

183;
punctuation,
analysis, 26.
;
19,

sentences,

178,

98-

178,
grams,
dia-

183,

diagrams,
183;
punctuation,
188
; analysis, 25, 187.
24, 25,
Compound-complex
sentences,
184;

26,

189.

Compound
Concession,
Condition,

words,

62.

clauses

of, 182.

sentences,

147

clauses,

of
55 ;
verbs,
Conjugation
132;
130;
irregular, 131,
have, 132, 133 ; progressive

331

182.

regular,
be
and

and
em-

Index

332

phatic, 134, 135; passive voice, 143;

140, 147.
subjunctive mood,
Conjunctions, 2, 29, 40, 171 ; adverbs
coordinate, 172, 173;
112, 175;
as,
subordinate,
correlative,
172-175;
173 ; of several
words, 180.

Elliptical, sentences,

12-14

clauses,

88, 175.

Emphatic

forms

of

verb,

134,

135,

168.

Enunciation,

192, 209.
mark, 6, 314.
sentences, 6, 7.

Exclamation

Contractions,
Exclamatory
137, 138, 195.
Copula, 35, 36, 67, 122, 167 ; infinitive, Explanation, 266-279
of, 266 ;
; rules
See Be.
158.
topics for, 207, 270, 271, 283, 301 ;
Correction, murks
of, 197.
compositions in, 207, 267, 270, 271,
See
Could, 149, 150.
272, 280, 283, 301.
tions.
Exposiin Business,"
225, 226.
"Courtesy
Criticism
of compositions,
194, 197, Explanatory
clause, 89, 229, 230.
211, 225, 227,_247,255, 259, 272;
Expletives, 11, 12, 82, 83.
symbols for, 197.
Expositions : Our
Forests, 205, 206 ;
GEOiuiE
Selection
Ocean
Wild
Curtis,
Traffic, 240, 241 ; How
William,
and I, 244-246.
The
from
Pruc
Creatures
Build,
262-265;
Frame-work
of a House,
268-270;
Dative.
See
272-274
Indirect Object, 73.
Building
a
Skyscraper,
;
Declarative
tion,
Building Bridges, 278, 279 ; Sanitasentences, 5, 6.
"Deed
of Courtesy, A," 227.
Sec Explanation
299-301.
and
Defective
verbs, 149, 151.
Games.
clauses
Degree, adverbs
of, 109;
of,
182.
See
Demonstrative

Comparison.
pronouns,

"Framework

93,

94, 95,

106 ; adjectives, 97, 106.

clauses.
See
Subordinate
Dependent

Description,

230-249;

defined,

230;

of, 232, 233, 235, 236 ; topics

for, 232, 249 ; compositions in, 232,
See
235, 249, 276.
Descriptions,
Studies.

Descriptions : Grandfather's
Chair,
230 ;
231 ;
Pussy
White,
Irving's
Bracebridge Hall, 233 ; Little Japan,
233, 234 ; from Mosses
Prue
from
Manse,
236;

246;
249

The
from

Gables,
_

"Destruction

Great
Stone
The
House

from

an

Old

I, 244Face, 247-

of

the

249.

Genitive.
Gerund.

317;
of

Sennacherib,

See Possessive.
See Infinitivein -ing.
aid
1 ;
defined,
an
and
expression, 2, 57,

in

58,
help in reading, 242,
studied
by Lincoln, 316,
in, 209, 277,
errors

a
as

common

278.

The,"

307.

Grammatical

of sentences, 186-190.
Diagrams
The
Greedv
Dickens,
Charles,
Dr.
Blimber's
Waiter,
255-257;
School, 310.
Dictation, 203, 238.
Different
of saying things, words,
ways
phrases, clauses, 203, 204, 218, 222,
in order,
275;
changes
204,
207;
combining
214, 215, 227,
sentences,
274.
See Sentence
Building.

Hadn't

Have,

terms,

57, 58.

ought for ought not, 209.

in perfect tenses, 129 ; conjugation,
133.

Nathaniel,

Hawthorne,

; House
from
Mosses

Chair, 230
Gables,
Manse,

249
236

;
;

The

Great

father's
Grandof Seven
Old
an

Face,

Stone

247.

Hearn,

LAFrADio,

Distributives,294.
Do, in emphatic verb forms, 134, 135.
Don't, 138, for doesn't, 209.
Drama
:
compositions
in, 261, 287
Julius Caesar, 284-287.
Double
negatives, 195.

123.

Games, explanations of, 267.

Gender, 2, 44, 48, 77.

192, 317;
243, 252 ;

Seven

268-

Future
perfect tense, 129.
Future
tense,
54, 55, 123, 128, 168;
in conjugations, active
voice, 130135 ; in conjugations, passive voice,
142, 143 ; shall and will, 150-152.

Grammar,
thought

and

The,"

House,

defined, 41,

Function,

rules

Picture

of

270.

Japan,
"How

Lincoln

Glimpses

of

familiar
Un-

233, 234.
Studied

Grammar,"

316, 317.
;

"How
265.

Hyphen,

Wild
315.

Creatures

Build,"

262,

Index
Idiom, 277, 293-295.
Imperative mood, 145, 153,
6, 7.
Imperative sentences,

May,

149.
McMaster's

168.

"Memorizing
Might, 149,

Invitations, 303-305.
for into, 208.
94, 95, 106

pronouns,
97, 106.

See

195, 200.

Indention,

clauses.

Independent

History,

Selection, 218-

Poetry,"

296.

221.

In

Indefinite

333

jectives,
adModifiers,

Mood,
Must,

Paragraphs.
Principal

See

151.
14-17.

Phrases, and
145-153, 168.
149, 151.

verbs,
See Adjectives, AdClauses.

Clauses.

construction, 68.
elements, 184, 185, 189,

Independent
Independent
293.

Indicative
mood, 145, 146, 149, 168.
Indirect
questions, 92.
Infinitives,defined, 154, 168 ; the sign

of, 155
used

and

; tense
as

voice

in, 155, 156

adverb,
or

adjective,

noun,

subject of, 158 ; with predicate

158; in ing, 163, 293, 294.
noun,
Inflection, 2 ; examples, of 44 ; review
157

of, 55, 56.

"In

Old

211-213.

Virginia,"

Intensives,

83.

Interjections, 2, 29, 40, 176, 185.

Interrogative
91, 92, 95,
pronouns,
106 ; adjectives, 97, 106.
Interrogative sentences, 5, 6.
Intransitive
verbs, 34, 35, 117-120,
167.

Irregular verbs, 54, 55, 126, 127, 131133, 164, 168; list of, 165, 166.
Irving, Washington,
Selection, 233.
It, expletive, 11, 82, 83 ; impersonal, 83.
"Julius
Csesar,"
284-287.

The

Ghost

Scene,

rules of, 253, 254 ; collaboration

tion,
in, 258 ; told by conversain, 197, 258;
197; paragraphs
topics for, 258, 259 ; compositions
in, 193, 197, 211, 247, 253, 257-259,
261.
See Unfinished Stories.

Narrative,

A Deed
of Courtesy,
227 ;
Narratives
:
The
rative
Greedy Waiter, 256, 257 ; NarThe
Priest
the
and
:
poems
of the
Mulberry Tree, 237 ; Incident
French
251 ;
Camp,
250,
Young
of
Lochinvar, 259 ; The Destruction
Sennacherib, 307.
ject
subNominative
49, 51, 65-68;
case,
native,
of a verb, 66;
predicate nomi67 ;
absolute, 68 ; apposi-

tives, 76, 77.

Notes, 325.
Nouns,
2, 28, 29, 58-78 ; common
30, 58 ; predicate,37,
proper,
as
adjectives, 41;
122, 167;
collective,
adverbs, 75, 112;
abstract, 59 ; number
in, 45,
59-62;
gender in, 48, 49, 62,
in, 49, 50, 65-77 ; person
case
63-65

Number,

Kipling,

Rudyard,

Jungle Book,

243.

Learn

the

spoken,

191-193.

nouns,

Letters,
topics

Object

informal,

.304;
289;
305,
303,

304

302-

planning

of, 289

formal,

304.

Lie, 196, 208.

"Little Japan," 233-235.
H. W., The
Longfellow,

2, 44

Love

Lives
Pierre,
for like, 208.

Manner,
182.

195,

in

59-62

280,

and
nouns,
proin verbs, 45-47,
review
of
281;

nouns

77.

adverbs

of

transitive

verb, 34, 117"

of Two

of,

108

object of transitive
Objective
case,
verb, 34, 35, 49, 51, 70; object of a
preposition, 39, 49, 51, 71, 72;
indirect
object, 73 ; adverbial, 74,
75 ;
appositives, 76, 77 ; review,
after
retained
75, 76 ;
a
passive
of
144 ;
infinitive,
verb,
subject
158.

Snowflakes,

203.

LoTi,

parsing,

120, 167.

223,
303,
for, 223,
276,
226,
exercises in, 223, 247, 276, 290,
312;
models, 224, 225, 226,
;

as

58;
47,
63;
in,

208.

for teach, 208.

for let, 208.

Leave

67,

77, 78.

45-47,
115-117,

Language,
Lay, 196,

76 ;

appositives,

78 ; review,

and

Cats,

clauses

231.

of,

34.
Objective complement,
"O
Captain!"
Captain!
My
216.

"Ocean
Traffic," 240, 241.
218-221.
New
"Old
England,"
"Our
Forests," 205-207.

Ought,

151.

215,

Index

334
li)5, 197,

Paragraphs,

200,

201,

221,

single, 221, 258, 271;

analysis of, 200, 201, 207, 221, 258,

258,

313;

251;
Lochinvar,
259, 260,
Young
Julius Csesar, 284-287
; Ariel's Song,
296

The

Destruction

rib,
of Sennache-

307.

271.

78 ; of personal pronouns,
of relative pronouns,
87,
93,
88; of donionstrative
pronouns,
96 ; of adjectives,
94 ; of pronouns,
108; of verbs, 167.

Parsing, of

nouns,

82

Positive

degree, 52,

99.

See

son.
Compari-

Possessive

case,

49,

51,

68-70,

195,

294.

Potential

168.
verb-groups, 149-152,
Predicate, 8-11 ; simple predicate and
perfect,
modifiers, 15, 16; compound,
17, 18;
159, 163;
past, 160, 161;
complete, 16.
161, 162; passive, 162.
See
Predicate
Parts of speech, 2, 28, 29, 57.
adjective, 37, 122.
35.
Predicate
Nouns,
Pronouns,
Verbs, etc.
complement,
168 ; in infinitive,
Predicate
Passive
voice, 139-144,
37, 67, 122, 167; after
noun,
infinitive, 158.
155, 156; in participles, 162.
Past perfect tense, 129.
Prepositions, 2, 29, 39, 169, 170, 177;
Past tense, 54, 55, 123, 167; in regular
a
part of the verb. 112, 118, 170;
of several
in irregular verbs, 126,
verbs, 125;
words, 180 ; adverbs
as,
in conjugations, active
127;
112, 113, 118.
voice,
130-135
in conjugations,
tions
passive Present tense, 54, 55. 123 ; in conjuga;
in
of active
voice, 130-135;
voice, 142, 143 ; in participles, 160,
tives,
161.
passive voice, 142, 143 ; in infiniT.
the
Priest
and
L., The
155; in participles, 159; used
Peacock,
for
for the
237.
future
Tree,
Mulberry
; 135, 294
; used
in conjugaPerfect
129, 168;
tenses,
tions,
past 295.
84.
active voice, 130-135
jugations, Principal clauses, 21-23,
; in conof
Principal parts
verbs, 164-166,
passive voice, 142, 143;
in infinitive,155, 156 ; in participle,
168.
of verb, 134,
135,
Progressive forms
161, 162.
168.
Period, 5, 314.
2, 28, 31 ; antecedents, 31,
Person, 44, 45 ; in pronouns,
47, 63-65 ; Pronouns,
number
in verbs, 47, 115-117;
in nouns,
81,82;
in, 45, 47 ; personal,
63,
47, 48, 50, 51 ; gender in, 49, 62 ;
65, 78.
Personal
47, 63-65, 79-83 ;
case
in, 49-51, 65-77; properties of,
pronouns,
tive,
inflection, 50, 51 ; antecedents, 51,
79, 80 ; relative, 83-90
; interroga81, 82; gender, 62, 63; case
in, 6591, 92; demonstrative, 93, 94;
77 ; properties of, 79, 80 ; parsing,
indefinite, 94 ; review
of, 94, 97 ;
81, 82, 96 ; compound
personals, 83 ;
parsing, 82, 87, 88, 93, 96.

Participle, defined, 159,

168

present,

Pronunciation,
192, 202, 277.
Punctuation,
5,
6. 89, 183, 184, 195;
30,
177,
nouns,
228-230
the
181 ; as adjectives, 32, 42, 102, 103,
;
summary,
comma,
314-316.
See Comma,
Period, etc.
adverbs, 39,
222;
as
180, 203, 218;
of Egypt,"
291, 292.
42, 113, 218, 222; prepositional, 40, "Pyramids
169, 170, 177; infinitive, 177; participial,
ments, Question marks,
ele5, 195, 314.
177 ; as
independent
in the sentence,
185 ; order
Quotation marks, 195, 197, 238, 316.
See
Sentence
204, 207, 227, 238.

review

of, 95.

Phrases, 20, 177;

as

Building.
Studies, 208, 235, 276.

Picture

of, 182.
194, 195, 199,
207, 213, 241 ; a letter, 2S9.
The
Hells, 201.
Allan,
PoE, Edgar
SnowThe
Poems:
Bells, 201, 202;
O
flakes, 203;
Captain, My
tain,
Capthe Mulberry
The
Priest and
215;
246;
Tree,
237;
Travel,
of the French
Incident
Camp,
250,
Place, adverbs

Planning

of, 108

composition,

clauses

Receipts,

325.

Reflexives, 83.
Regular verbs, 54, 55, 125, 130, 164.
Relative
clauses, 84, 86, 103, 179;
restrictive and
explanatory, 89.
fied,
classid("fincd and
Relative
pronouns,
87 ;
87 ; case,
83-86
; gender,
87 ;
antecedents,
parsing, 87-89 ;
restrictive
and
in
explanatory
95.
Compound,
90, 91, 95; omission

clauses,

90

of, 88.

view,
re-

Index
Restrictive

clause,

89.

Retained
objective, 144.
27 ; sentences
of sentences,
Reviews
:
and parts of speech, 42, 43 ; sentence
structure,
parts of speech, inflection,
75,
55, 56 ; of the objective case,
76 ; of nouns,
77, 78 ; of relative

90, 91

pronouns,

of

94-

pronouns,

97 ; of adjectives, 107-108
; of verbs,
of
sentence
analysis,
167,
168;
138,
195 ;
of
186 ;
of
common
usage,
228,
mistakes, 209 ; of the comma,
229 ; of the
study of composition,
312 ;
of
paragraphing,
planning,
of
sentences, and words, 313, 314;

capitals and punctuation,

305, 306.
Rhyme.
207, 298, 309, 310.
Rhythm,
Robinson
"Romance

Crusoe,

284-287

Shall, 54,
130-133;
in

Julius
William,
Ariel's Song, 296.

128

55,

in

in

Csesar,

conjvigations,
137;

contractions,

142, 143 ;
150, 151, 152.

passive,

uses

guished,
distin-

Should, 149-152.
Sit, 196.

Slang,

277.

R. L., Travel, 246.

Selections, 209-211.
Frank,

Stevenson,
Stockton,

Narratives,

Stories.
See
Stories.
Strong verbs.

See

8-11

Unfinished

Irregular.
simple subject
compound,
15;
of verb
with,

and

17,
modifiers,
14,
11518;
agreement
117; of infinitive, 158.
tions
inflecmood,
145, 168;
Subjunctive
of, 147, 148 ;
for, 146, 147 : uses
former
148, 150.
uses,
Subordinate
clauses, 21-23,
171, 174,
See
89.
relative,
84,
86,
175;

244-246.

"Sanitation," 299-301.
Scansion, 298.
"School
Paper," 310, 311.
Young
Scott,
Walter,

Set, 196.
Shakespeare,

Subject,

314-316.

254.

of Travel,"

335

Clauses.

Lochinvar,

phrases and clauses, 180,

Clauses.
184, 315, 316.
See Comparison.
Sentences, 1, 3; and non-sentences,
4; Superlative degree, 52, 99.
kinds
of, 5-7 ; punctuation of, 5, 6,
183 ; inverted
order of, 10 ; elliptical, Synonyms,
238, 239, 288, 302.
Substantive
See
181.

259"261.

Semicolon,'
183,

; simple, 18 ; compound,
complex, 23, 24, 178, 183, 184,
24, 25 ;
compound-complex,

12-14

186-190

; order

19 ;
293

Building,

Analysis,
tences,
SenCompound

etc.

Sentence

3.

grams, Telegrams,
dia-

in, 204, 207,

186-190, 213,

unity,
227, 228, 313;
See
Sentence
214, 313.
Sentence

Syntax,

analysis, 8, 9, 16, 17, 25, 26,

in reading, 242-

66, 91, 186-190;

244, 252.

Sentence
building, supplying
subject
and
order,
predicate, 9 ; changing

291.

tion,
; simple inflec125 ;
regular verbs,
in
jugations,
irregular verbs, 126, 127 ; con130-133
; progressive and
of,
134, 135 ; sequence
emphatic,
136, 137 ; in passive voice, 142, 143 ;
in subjunctive, 146, 147 ; in potential
tives,
verb-groups, 149, 152; in impera-

Tense,

45, 54, 123-152

55

153

in

in

infinitive, 155, 156 ;

See Present,

in participles,159-162.
Past, Perfect, and Future.

11, 12, 207;

filling ellipses, 14;
That, 31, 84, 87, 91, 93.
changing
number,
46, 47, 61, 280,
See Article.
281 ; supplying
words,
50, 80, 85, The, in comparison, 295.
Theirselves
for themselves, 208.
152, 174, 280, 281 ; changing tense,
Selections
from,
Alfred,
124, 125, 126, 127 ; changing voice, Tennyson,
297, 306.
140, 141 ; changing words, phrases,
and clauses, 103, 180, 218, 222, 275 ; Transitive
verbs, 34, 117-120, 167.
178,
179,
There, expletive, 11, 112.
compound,
183,
184;
complex, 24, 25, 179, 183, 184, 214, These, 93.
215, 293;
175,
This, 93.
291;
condensing,
several
amplifying, 290 ; combining
Those, 93.
into one,
adverbs
of,
178, 179, 184, 214, 215, Time,
of, 108 ; clauses
182.
227, 228, 274; topics for, 208, 235,
293 ; review
exercises, 27, 33, 55, Topics, for compositions, 194, 207, 208,
56, 274, 275.
213, 221, 223, 227, 232, 241.
Treasure
Sequence of tenses, 136.
Island, 254.

Index

336

Unfinished

Stories,
from

Selection

196,

Stockton,

209-211;

252.

Selections,
rules

Usage,

197

Phaethon,

verbs.

What,

31,

See

84,

31,

and

Infinitive

See

168.

163,

copula,

in,

55,

J.

conjuRation
progressive,

and

irregular,

164-166;

137,

reviews,

167.

33,

116,

with

275

with

choice

parsing,

288

and
167

128,

129,

the

uses

2;

parts

39,

283

poetic
277,
Figures
149-152.

149-

93.

203,

diction,
278.

of

262
See

Speech.

or

222,

218,

236

233,
and

formal

176,

phrases

in,

definiteness

of,
;

180,

42,

phrases,

in

speech,

of
with

interchanged

Idioms,

Yonder,

in

137;

distinguished,

sentence,

different

usage,

Would,

168.

143

152.

clauses,

contracted

infinitives
;

167,

138,

Verb-groups,

121
138

154-164

participles,

121

as

contractions,

142,

in

177;

regular
130-133;

120,

objective,
of,

forms

20

12.5-127,

parts,

cognate

Words,

conjugations,

in

128;
in

151,

150,

145-153;

135;

134,

nouns,

in,

emphatic

in,

130-147:

of,

55,

passive,

281;

tense

mood

123-138;

adverbial

280,

54,

242.

91.

87,

130-133;

My

Snow-Bound,

G.,

84,

Captain!

"O
216.

215,

31,

Will,

ber
num-

91.

Walt,

Who,

34,

122;

115-117;

48,

principal

36,

115-117,

and

152,

35,

45-47,
in,

person

54,

intransitive,

117-120;

34,
117-120;

tive,
transi-

115-168;

33-37,

29,

2,

91.

87,

87,

Captain!"
Whittier,

Verbs,

regular.

85,

84,

Whitman,
Verbals,

168.

144,

139,

Weak

Which,

195.

of,

Voice,

informal,
;

correct

Synonyms,

APPENDIX
GRADE

EXERCISES

CORRECTIVE

If you
1. Do

wish
it

at all times

2.

to

acquire habits

yourself; you

what

Cultivate

you
a

have

must

been

of correct

guard your
taught.

critical yet courteous

speech,you

speech,and try

attitude towards

others; that is,you should note keenly what you

Such
school,at least,help each other by criticising.
criticised in former

enunciation

years

must

not

be allowed

to

apply

the

language
hear, and, in

of

been

must

errors

to

as

recur;

have
your

be

correct ; and you

must
clear,your grammar
get
practiceof beginningsentences with such words as
ing
as the follownow, "why,say, listen. Practice yourselvesin such matters
of attacked,
the use of he doesnH (not don't),
ivell
: the pronunciation
the distinctions
(not good)as an adverb,the correct use of shall and will,
between fewer and less,
between and among,
etc.
fartherand further,
must

rid of the awkward

Exercises
form
use

like the

in
following,

in
of

which

you

choose

parenthesis,may be employed, and added

of habit :
the rightform becomes
a matter

1. Of

the correct

to, until the

(whom, who) are you speaking? 2. (Wliom, Who) do you

mean?
3. To (whom, who) did he give it?
4. He gave it to (him
and me, him and I). 5. Between
(you and me, you and I),I think he
will fail. 6. She (doesn't,
afraid. 7. They are playing
don't) seem
(well,good) to-day. 8. They sing (beautifully,
beautiful).9. The
garden looks (beautiful,
beautifully)
to-day. 10. We saw him yesterday.
He (let,
he
He
believe
would
left)us
(said,
says):
help us.
"You
all
There
boys are
are
(fewer, less) people here
right." 11.
than
if I did this?
yesterday. 12. (Should, Would) I be blamed
13. (Shall,
14. I think I (shall,
Will) you go to-morrow?
will) be
337

Everyday English

338
busy.

too

further). 16.
They walked (farther,
matter
(further,farther). 17. This

15.
the

consider

among)

us

volunteer.

to

18.

two.

(Among, Between)
(myself,I) are

and

He

19.

them

their) own
Everyone must carry (his,
in
sudden
of (his,their)courage
sure
danger.
23. A crowd
(unless,without) you need me.

the

Insert

word

these sentences
1. I
not

of the

one

drink

of water.

drill on

kind

those

to

on

Such

talks

have

to

207.

p.

will be.

call

not

me

(was, were)

men

blank

places in

each

of

He

2.

to

came

other sentences

Pupils may

detect

such

book, suggestions have

to

been
mates.
class-

your

preparation the getting of the

of what
ideas,and the arrangement
The
more
orderly manner.
useful activity,
the easier

in this very

little thought

and

to you

worth

ideas worth

on

to your

while, your

listeningto.

hearers.

to express

be made

can

But

interest in it

own

Try

part it

your

your

on

subject

real,and

ideas

your

it

your

of

some

followingsubjects:

1. The

growing of

for examinations.

city.

World
drawn
our

of

explainingsomething

clear and

have

With

pleasure both

the

Do

be

can

TALKS

in this

and

in

say

experience you

the

one

i-equireas

information

necessary

be

No

through.

other's work.

in each

of the lessons
In many
made
about presentingor

must

21.

the misplaced modifier,use

FORMAL

you

see

none

find fault.

For further

blunders

was

to

in

in

only

want

similar

(between,

it

22.

will

the station.

waitingat

help us,

lies

to

going

he

says

all there

load.

20.

He

My

5.

War.

7.

into the

taxes

are

3.

corn,

war.

spent.

the

the

11.

What
A

the

plant.

city ordinances.

country.

ending of
9.

other useful

some

Obeying

visit to
The

or

World

The
War.

help win
election.
presidential
we

did'to

6.

2.

Preparing

My visit to
beginnings of the
4.

8.
the

How

war.

12.

we

were

10.

How

policeman's

Appendix
duties.

Board

of the

Powers

13.

of Health.

business.
or trade,or
profession,
the immigrant expects
16. What
has to learn.

how

On

of these

many

something worth
ideas

your

talk

them,
such

in

think

not

things

Wlien

do.

in

do

we

state

we

formal

Skill in debate

all

on

them
Such

for you.

why

reasons

organized

naturallylike

subjects,we

way,

conflict of ideas is

days.

There

in mind
1.

the

very

as

we

for

reasons

debating, and

are

we
a

think

we

thing

necessary

knowledge

Do

are

things that

some

and

be learned
young

much

in school

even

debaters

training,

should

keep

argue

for the

tiresome.

In

not

useless and
of view.
2.

requiresmuch

beginnings of such skill may

the

but

He

It is
resort

to

sake

of

dispute,try

to

arguing is
other person'spoint

argument.
get the

Such

be

right,and you may be wrong.

important to get the truth than to win a dispute. Do
tricks or to quibbling. Be sportsmanlike. "Fair play

may

more

mere

jewel" in this justas it is in athletic contests.

3. Distinguishbetween
facts and prejudices.Make
know
a thing,or
only think it.
you
4. Play the game
but with courtesy.
not only fairly,
or

Let

succeeded.

opposite beliefs,and

and

try

say,

democracy.

not

and

can

DEBATING

give the

our

interchange and

have

you

for them

alike

and

over

not

or

jot down

it over,

after

ON

As

think

of

think

you

thinking just what you

interestingto your classmates.

it,and

on

Select one,

tell you
frankly whether
criticism will be good both

to

gardener.

interestingplace

most

topics could

twenty

saying?

it clear and

make

to

20.

The

the

and

farmer

grant
tlie immi-

What

17.

visited.

ever

is

helps the

snow

for

find here.

to

choice of a
My
using good EngUsh.

14.

Reasons

15.

Keeping the city streets clean.

19.
I

How

18.

339

ridicule

meeting.

your

Do

not

opponent.

Always

interruptexcept

on

address

the

permission.

sure

Do

chairman

whether

not

abuse
of

the

Everyday English

340
Do

5.

what

things you
prove your point.
6. Debate
only such topicsas

state
to

long introductions.
why
know, and the reasons

at

think

you

to

once

they help

Leave
simple to you.
In choosing subjects
older and wiser heads.
the school,the to\vn in which you
live,in the

problems for
debate, look about

knottier
for

Proceed

in

time

waste

not

clear and

are

daily news.
In

sides ; that is,whether

1. Is

they

one-session

school

bo modified?

the rules of football

be

charged for school contests?

doing its duty? 5. Should
be

Is it better to

an

may

be

two

day better than

Should

6.

debatable

are

2.

read?

there

whether

followingquestions,see

the

two-session

Should

3.

day?

gate-money

Is your

street^cleaning
department
he
likes to
what
most
one
only
independent voter or to belong to a
4.

read

political
party?

USING

ON

Samuel

Dr.
learned

to

so

are

learn

found

w^e

even

know

we

to

and

see

in

LIBRARIES

is of two

Knowledge
where

to

what

out

know

how
This

to

use

is easy

alphabeticalorder.

that there

are

no

we

most

kinds

you

it."

about

one

all that

remember

and

find out

knowing, that

dictionaries.

use

arranged

the word,

AND

England's wisest

usually find

maj^

must
are

you

to books

access

First,we
the words

all,or

But

have

or

things worth

many

them

learned.
if we

thing

of

one
"

said

once

either know
There

Johnson,

men,

BOOKS

REFERENCE

he

wish

can

hope

has

once

to

know,

them.
to

When

All

learn.
we

have
the

several things which

its pronunciation (indicated

dictionarygives us : its spelling,
for noun,
v. for
by diacritical marks), the part of speech it is (??.
for adjective,
and so on), its meaning, or meanings
verb, aclj.

(ifthere

are

several),and

often

the

(as, for example, good bye, shortened

with

you;

dicere,to

word
from

it is derived
the

from

English God

he

the Latin words, prcB, before, and

predict,from
say). The big dictionaries almost always give these
or

341

Appendix
derivations,and often add, also,a
is used.

the word

in which

from

sentence

things. If he does, he
dictionary aside that he reallyknows

will notice

careful student

all these

ture
English litera-

feel when

may

lays the

he

he has looked

the word

up.

here is a group
interesting,
words that you might look for in the big dictionary:
of common
shop, villain,peach, silly,sugar, squash, algebra, juggler,
hideous, tide. Each of these words has had a strange history,

find the histories of words

If you

familiar

they

as

are

all of

to

dictionaryis,indeed, a

The

us.

principaluse is,of course, to

and the exact meaning
the pronunciation,
give us the spelling,
well enough.
do not know
of words that we
stead
Inalso reference books.
are
Encyclopedias,or cyclopedias,
interestingbook

very

though

its

about
history,
giving words, they give information
of knowledge.
They
science, literature,indeed all branches
of

in

sometimes

are

topics are

The

example,

wished

you

either in the article

States,or

the United
There

lives

to

of volumes.

number

Spain or

on

in that

in both.

biographicaldictionaries,giving only the

etteers)
geographicaldictionaries (calledgazmen;

also

are

famous

of

in

oftener

but

arranged alphabetically.Suppose, for

with Spain. You
about our war
know

find it mentioned

would
on

volume,

one

giving places,rivers,mountains, and so on ; historical

dictionaries ; lists of livingpeople who are well known, such as
Who's

Who

books

Other
such

as

or

the

on

textbooks.

of this sort, you

the Index

at

following things :

betically
arranged alpha-

are

arranged by topics,
science,discussions of public questions,

of knowledge, however,

school

book

books

All such

America.

l)ooks
histories,

and
in

in

When
use

are

the Table

the end.

wish

you

In

to

find anything

of Contents

this book

ginning,
at the be-

try looking

Clauses, Infinitives,Julius

Dickens, Telegrams, Business Letters.

When
you
go to the public library you
of looking for things. Suppose

you

want

have
a

Caesar,

another

book, let

up

us

way

say

Everyday

342

on

trees.

in

the

Look

the

and

title,
the

little

the

loan

of

the

library

slips

provided

desk.

If

Last

either

name

fill

the

out

of

name

the

books

them,

the

is,

you

Do

by

the

with

school

do
lead

this

they,

often

pencil,

and

is

in

also,

not

are

and

that

when
it

can

be

want,

ask

the

in

at

help

Cooper's

get

for

the

find

j^ou

number

Do

rolling

it,

and

not

the

unfair

an

the

mark

public

do,

easUy

to

make

books

of

corners

to

thing

them,

tear

the

up

belonging

wish

you

slip

the

book

Do

the

to

of

one

catalogue

care.

only

not

on

the

name.

by

occasionally
;

so

mark

author,

When

with

with
"

"

If

hand

card

book.

own

your

the

wish

the

called,

law.

by

may

you

you

you

the

dog's-ears

It

forbidden

books,
not

"

library.

fact,

is

sign

make

Never

in

it

respect

make

or

school

own

with

of

or

as

and

book,

pages.

or

slip,

in

orchards

name,

and

If

look

author

the

call

the

Handle
soil

of

own

purpose,

library.

of

name

what

"

or

alphabetically).

your

find

Mohicans,

the

of

the

don't

the

the

and

for

in

arranged

write

"

"forests

or

is

number,

you

"

trees

want,

you

attendant

an

The

it

book

"

(which

catalogue

card

find

you

word

the

up

English

the
to

public
but

do,

furnished

property.

In

mark

something.

erased.

very

light

your

mark

SELECTIONS

TO

BE

COMMITTED

PRESCRIBED

SEVENTH

FOR

EIGHTH

AND

BY

NEW

YORK

STATE

TO

DEPARTMENT

MEMORY

THE

GRADES

THE

OF

EDUCATION

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

the

acknowledgments

and

Thanks

material
for

by

the

and

Scribncr's
to

George

by

Joyce

H.

"

Requiem

and

to

by

Name

The

Company
to

Charles
Robert

Henry
Charles

of

France";

for

"Trees"

Page
by

Scribner's
Stevenson.

"

Oxford

of

Doubleday,

Louis

righted
copy-

pany
Com-

author,

the

"Recessional"

for

"

"

and

Spires

to

have

of

use

publishers,

the

Doran

Kilmer;

Company
Kipling;

for

the

Button

to

to

Sons,

P.

The

Letts

M.

Dyke,

van

"

of

use

Winifred

for

E.

to

who

publishers

permission

granted

kindly

and

authors

following

due

arc

and

Rudyard
Sons

for

GRADE

SEVENTH
THE

SPIRES

the

saw

As

The

OF

OXFORD

spiresof Oxford
passing by,

was

spiresof Oxford

gray

Against the pearl-graysky.

heart

My

Who
The

go fast

hoary collegeslook

down

put their games

They

away.

the quad.
cricket-field,

The

lawns

shaven

To

seek

They

and

Who

took

Instead

Than

youth

of cap

and

and

to

you

Give
With

us

NAME
name

the

OF
to

down,

the gun

gown.

fairer

Oxford

even

lives

good

place

town.

Winifred

"

THE

away

for God.

khaki

the

bring

"

happy gentlemen.

you,

laid your

Who

Oxford,

their merry

country
rest

of

bloody sod

gave

For

God

war

peaceful river.

left the

They

God

boys at play,
bugles sounded

the

when

The

years

careless

On
But

Oxford,

in

gay,

golden

men

die.

to

and

The

The

abroad

went

years

the Oxford

with

was

FRANCE

From

Charles

"The

Red

Scribner's

fillthe mind

shining thoughts

that

lead

mankind.

glory of learning,the joy of art,

that tells of a splendid part
name
Flower,"

Sons.

By

Letts.

The
A

M.

by Henry
permission
345

van

of the

Dyke;

"

copjTight,

publishers.

1916,

1917, by

Rncrlisli

Everyday

346
In the

long,long toil

Of the human

and

the strenuous

race

into the

the feudal darkness

From

fight

its way

to win

day
Of Freedom, Brotherhood, Equal Right,
A

like

name

star, a

Give

us

With

to stir the l^lood

glow and

warmer

touch

the

At

light.

France

give you

name

of

name

"

of

flood,

swifter

"

tliat knows

fear,
A name
like the sound of a trumpet, clear,
And silver-sweet,
and iron-strong,
That calls three million men
to their feet,
a

courage

Read}^ to march, and steady to

The

foes who

Give

us

With
A

the

to

And
A

the

at stake

cause

like

of the

the sway
the world

on

sword,

is the world's free life

like

name

vow,

give you

France

"

prayer.

!
"

Henry

GALAHAD

Sm

the casques of men,

My good blade carves
My tough lance thrusteth sure.
My strengthis as the strengthof ten.
is pure.
shatteringtrumpet shrilleth

Because

The

The

The

my

heart

hard brands

shiver

on

the

high,
steel,

crack and fly,

spoar-sha'fts
splinter'd

The

"

to share

people everywhere,

the rule of the

name

"

of sacrificialstrife

In the burden
Where

with wrong,

name

the heart

move

from

that calls

name

meet

strengththat noble griefsimpart,

that speaks of the blood outpoured
mankind

save

that

"

ringslike a battle-song.
I give you France !

name

name

To

that

name

threaten

not

horse

and

rider reel

van

Dyke.

347

Appendix
They reel,they roll in clanginglists,

rain
lightly

That
How

sweet

To

felt the kiss of

never

bounteous

More

love.

aspects on

mightier transports

Me

shrine ;

in mine.

hand

maiden's

Nor

in crypt and

bow'd

are

thrall

above.

is drawn

heart

knees

My

end,

and

shame

from

save

ladies bend
fall !

their favours

all my

But

that

I battle tillthe

them

showers,

ladies' hands.

from

looks

are

whom

On
For

flowers fall in

and

Perfume

stands,

the tide of combat

when

And

beam,

me

and

move

thrill;

So keep I fair thro' faith and prayer

and will.
A virginheart in work

the stormy

down

When

lightbefore
dark

Between
I hear
Then

by

I hear

some
a

of

goes,

swims.

me

the forest

stems

noise

crescent

glows,

hjanns :
shrine I ride ;

secret

voice but

none

are

there ;

void,the doors are wide,

The tapers burning fair,
Fair gleams the snowy
altar-cloth.

The

stalls are

sparkleclean.
shrillbell rings,the censer
swings.

The
The

And

silver vessels

solemn

Sometimes
I find
I

leap on

ch aunts

resound

between.

lonelymountain-meres
magic bark ;
on

board

no

helmsman

steers

I float tillall is dark.

gentlesound, an awful light!

Three
angels bear the holy Grail :
With folded feet,in stoles of white,
On sleepingwings they sail.
A

Everyday Knglisli

348

! l)lood of God

Ah, blessed vision

beats
My spirit

bars,

dark tidc^sthe t^loryslides.

As down

star-like

And

her mortal

mingles with

the stars.

goodly charger borne

I go,
Thro' dreaming towns

When

my

on

cock

The

The

the Christmas

ere

crows

streets

are

tempest crackles

The

with

dumb

the

on

morn,

snow.

leads,

ringing,springsfrom brand and mail

But o'er the dark a glory spreads,
And gildsthe drivinghail.
I leave the plain,I d'unh the height;
No branchy thicket shelter yields;
And

blessed forms

But

Fly o'er

waste

maiden

knight,to

hope, I

Such
I yearn
That
I

whistlingstorms
fens and windy fields.
in

muse

fear ;

not

the airs of heaven

often

me

meet

here.

joy that will

not

spaces

Wliose

stricken

dreams;
angel'shand.

haunt

odours

by

This mortal

an

armour

my

that I wear,

weight and size,this

Are touch'd,are turn'd

This

And

clouds

And
A

are

broken

heart

and

eyes.

to finest air.

in the

sky.

thro' the mountain-walls

rollingorgan-harmony
Swells up, and

Then

"

cease,

livingbeams,

clothed in

lilies of eternal peace,

Pure

And

know

given

to breathe

on

Pure

is

me

move

shakes

and

falls.

the trees, the copses

nod.

Wings flutter,voices hover clear ;

O justand faithful knight of God!
Ride on! the prizeis near."

349

Appendix

So

pass

By

hall,

and

ford,

bridge
I

All-arm'd
Until

hostel,

ride,

find

the

whate'er

holy

and

by

grange

and

park

pale,

betide,
Grail.

Alfred
"

Tennyson.

GRADE

EIGHTH

HELEN

TO

is to

Helen, thy beauty

Like those

The

weary,

his

To

own

barks of yore,

Nicean

gently,o'er

That

me

perfumed

sea.
bore

wanderer

way-worn

native shore.

desperateseas long wont to roam,

Thj'^hyacinth hair,thy classic face.
Thy Naiad airs liavo brought me home
To the glory that was
Greece,
On

And

the

grandeur that

Rome.

was

Lo ! in your brilliant window-niche

statue-like I see thee stand,
How
The

agate lamp within thy hand

Ah, Psyche, from

Are Holy-Land !

the

regionswhich
Edgar

"

THE

The

snowy

SONG

BUGLE

castle walls

splendour falls on

And

Allan

old in story

summits

the

lakes,
the wild cataract leaps in glory.
And
blow, set the wild echoes flying,
Blow, liugle,
dying.
Blow, bugle ; answer, echoes,dying,dj'ing,
The

long lightshakes

across

hark, O hear! how thin and clear.

farther going !
And
thinner,clearer,

sweet

and

far from

cliffand

scar

faintlyblowing !
Blow, let us hear the purple glensreplying:
Blow, bugle ; answer, echoes,dying,dying, dying.
The

horns of Elfland

350

Poe.

Appendix
die in yon

love,they

They faint
And

for

grow

sky,

field or

soul to

roll from

echoes

Our

rich

hill or

on

351

and

ever

river

soul.

for

ever.

set the wild echoes

Blow, bugle,blow,
And answer,
echoes,answer,

flying,

dying, dying, dying.

"

TO

Alfred

Tennyson.

WATERFOWL

Whither, midst fallingdew.

While

glow the

Far, through

with the last steps of

heavens

their rosy

depths, dost thou

day.

pursue

Thy solitaryway?
I

Vainly

the fowler's eye

to do thee
thy distant flight
the
crimson sky.
As, darkly seen against
floats
along.
Thy figure

mark

Might

Seek'st thou the

wrong.

plashy brink

weedy lake,or marge of river wide,

Or where the rocking billows rise and sink
Of

the chafed

On
There
Teaches
The

ocean-side ?

is a Power

thy

Lone

care

along that pathlesscoast

way

desert and

whose

illimitable air

wandering, but

"

"

lost.

not

All

day thy wings have fanned

At that far height,the cold,thin atmosphere.
Yet stoop not, weary,
to the welcome
land.
Though the dark night is near.
And
Soon
And

soon

that toil shall end

shalt thou
scream

find

among

home, and rest,

summer

thy fellows

Soon, o'er thy sheltered

; reeds

nest.

shall bend

Everyday English

352
Thou'rt
Hath

the abyss of heaven

gone,

swallowed

Deeply

fonn

yet,

on

the lesson thou hast

has sunk

And

thy

up

shall not

soon

my

heart

given,

depart.

He

who, from zone to zone.

Guides through the boundless sky thy certain flight,
In the long way
that I must
tread alone.
Will lead my steps aright.
William

"

Cullen

Bryant.

TREES

I think that
A

poem

tree

I shall

lovelyas
whose

liftsher

flowingbreast

sweet

leafyarms
in

is prest

mouth

that looks at God

tree

And

see

tree.

hungry

Against the earth's

A

never

tree

that may

nest

of rol)ins in her

all

day.

to pray

summer

wear

hair;

has lain ;
Upon whose bosom snow
Wlio intimatelylives with rain.
Poems

made

are

only God

But

by fools like

can

make

me.

tree.

Joyce

"

RECESSIONAL

God

of

Lord

our

of

Beneath

of old
fathers,known
our
far-flungbatth^ line
"

Dominion
Lord
Lest

God
we

awful

Whose
ov("r

Hand

we

"

hold

palm and pine

"

Hosts, be with us yet.

forget lest we forget!
of

"

Kilmer.

Appendix
The

tumult

The

and

the

captainsand

Still stands Thine

Lord

God

Lest

we

navies melt away,

Lo, all our

pomp

one

Lest

of

headland

sinks the fire

lest

"

sightof

with

forget!

we

tongues that have

God

Lest

we

Thy

the law

"

heart that puts her trust

iron shard

and

that builds

guarding,calls

mercy

on

Thee

not

foolish

and

frantic boast

For

use.

"

All valiant dust

And

"

Hosts, be with us yet,

forget lest we forget!

reekingtube

In

awe

of

heathen

For

in

Thee

not

Or lesser breeds without

loose

we

power,

boasting as the Gentiles

Lord

"

yesterday
and Tyre !
with Nineveh
the Nations, spare us yet.

If,drunk
Such

"

of

forget

we

Wild

heart,

"

and

Judge

"

sacrifice,

contrite

"

Hosts, be with us yet,

forget lest we forget!

dune

Is

"

of

our
Far-called,

On

shouting dies
the kings depart

ancient

and

humble

An

353

"

dust,
to guard,

word,

Thy people.Lord

on

Ajiien.

"

RuDYARD

"

Kipling.

REQUIEM
Under

Dig

the wide

and

the grave

and

Glad
And

Home

And

let

I laid
verse

grave

you

he lies where

is the

with

down

me

he

home
"

for

will.
me

longed to be

home
sailor,

the hunter

lie.

me

gladlydie,

did I live and

This be the
Here

starry sky.

from
from

Robert

the sea,

the hill.
Louis

Stevenson.

Everyday English

354

LIST

SELECTIONS

OF

Seventh

Spiresof Oxford,by Winifred

The Xuine of France,by Henry van
Sir Galahad, by Alfred Tennyson

The

Grade
M.

Eighth

Letts

345

Dyke

345
346

Grade

Helen, by Edgar Allan Poe

To

350

Bugle Song, by Alfred Tennyson

To a Waterfowl,by William Cullen Bryant
Trees, by Joyce Kilmer
by Rudyard Kipling
Recessional,
Requiem, by Robert Louis Stevenson

The

The

following poems

Department of Education
the body of the text :

350
351
352
352

353

prescribedby the New

for the Eighth Grade
are

Camp, by Robert Browning

Captain! by Walt Whitman

Incident of the French

0

Captain! My

Helps
Macmillan

Company,

1919

250
....

215

Grade
Sixth

Reader, page

233

Bugle Song

Fifth

Reader,page

285

Waterfowl

Sixth

Reader, page
Sixth Reader, page

311

Eighth

in

Sir Galahad

To

included

to
are
Study accompanying the following poems
in Everyday Classics,
by Baker and Thorndike, The

Seventh

The

State

to

found

be

York

Grade

Recessional

279

of the followingpoets recommended

biographies
be found in Everyday Classics :

Portraits and
for study will

Stevenson, Robert

Fourth

Louis

Tennyson, Alfred

'.

Whitman, Walt
Printed in the United

States

Reader, page
Sixth Reader, page
Seventh Reader, page

50
223

of America.

362

of

University

Los

This

book

is

Phone

California

Angeles
the

DUE

Library

last

date

on

stamped

Rd
r%

iij/
XJ

#K^
^""^

""

-"
\

below.

t)i

UniveisiW

4113309
007
L